3.0
|
100th Anniversary | 1 issues |
3
|
100th Anniversary: X-Men #1
Jul 18, 2014 |
"100th Anniversary Special: X-Men" (and the line of these "anniversary specials" in general) must have sounded great in the initial editorial pitch meeting. But after reading "100th Anniversary Special: X-Men" I have absolutely no interest in reading any of the others. It's a reverse "What If...?" comic, where readers are given an alternate ending to a story where we'll never get the original version -- and without a strong story, it's not fun at all. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
47 Ronin | 1 issues |
6
|
47 Ronin #1
Nov 8, 2012 |
I wanted to like "47 Ronin" #1 more than I did, but the writing needs to catch up to the art. It's not bad, but it needs to be a little more engaging to the reader. Right now, it feels like the visuals are doing all the work to bring people back for a second issue. This could be a lot better, and hopefully we'll get that soon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
5 Ronin | 1 issues |
4
|
5 Ronin #2
Mar 9, 2011 |
After two issues of "5 Ronin," I can't figure out what the point of this series is, except perhaps to provide a venue for David Aja's gorgeous covers. I wish there was something more being offered up, but with "5 Ronin" it appears to be all about the art. Considering Milligan's has some great comics under his belt both past and present, this is a bit of a disappointment overall. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
A-Force | 2 issues |
9
|
A-Force #1
May 19, 2015 |
"A-Force" #1 is a triumph, taking a concept that could have simply been dashed off and then ignored and turning it into a book that I'd cheerfully read every month. Even if "Secret Wars" itself is unappealing, this book muscles its way into your heart through sheer quality. If there are any books that somehow survive the end of "Secret Wars," I'd love for this to be one. "A-Force" is an A-Plus. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
A-Force #4
Sep 11, 2015 |
"A-Force" #4 is in the tough situation of having to deliver a lot of plot in order to ramp up for a conclusion. I'm still eager to see an "A-Force" ongoing series, if only because Bennett, Wilson and Molina certainly dazzled me with the early issues. Hopefully, they'll get an opportunity to play to their strengths there; with "Secret Wars" miniseries all starting to wind down, though, the sudden conclusion looming around the corner does "A-Force" no favors. In the end, a great miniseries has ended up with an average installment here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
A-Force (2016) | 3 issues |
6
|
A-Force (2016) #1
Jan 6, 2016 |
Ultimately, I wish the narration from Singularity had been dropped entirely from "A-Force" #1. You can still understand what's going on without it, and the disparate clash of her thoughts and dialogue would have never happened. Hopefully, they will get smoothed out a bit in future issues, but -- for now -- this issue is only alright. In order to stand out as an ongoing series, the writing needs to step up to the plate a bit more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
A-Force (2016) #3
Mar 7, 2016 |
After a rocky start to the ongoing series, "A-Force" #3 settles in much better now and provides more of a reason to read the comic than just fond feelings for last year's miniseries. When the book debuted, I was less than enthusiastic, but I'm now firmly on board. All in all, a nice recovery. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
A-Force (2016) #5
May 5, 2016 |
If "A-Force" #5 is any indication, the series is in good hands. Thompson, Caldwell and Herring's first issue together is fun and exciting, even as there are strong character and plot hooks to keep readers coming back for more. I'm firmly on board. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.3
|
Abe Sapien (2013) | 6 issues |
6
|
Abe Sapien (2013) #6
Oct 14, 2013 |
In terms of story, "Abe Sapien" still feels like it's catering to the Mignola-verse completists. So long as that's enough to bring in the sales, fair enough. The big reason to read the title right now, though, is Fiumara's art, which is guaranteed to knock your socks off. If he and brother Max Fiumara keep trading story arcs as the main artist, nothing could happen for months on end and I'd stick around. If a Fiumara brother draws it, I'll read it. These two artists are just that good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Abe Sapien (2013) #10
Feb 12, 2014 |
"Abe Sapien" #10 is a good issue, and more importantly it helps solidify the purpose of this series and where it's going. For a book with a protagonist that I've never cared that much about, "Abe Sapien" is rapidly becoming an enthralling read. The future of the world may still look awful in this fictional universe, but it's nice to see Abe making his way across it one town at a time. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Abe Sapien (2013) #13
Jun 13, 2014 |
"Abe Sapien" #13 is a good example of how this title has shaped up into something interesting and intriguing. At this point, I think it's safe to say that it's justified its existence. "Abe Sapien" is another strong monthly dose of horror, and now's a great time to find out for yourself. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Abe Sapien (2013) #17
Oct 13, 2014 |
Fiumara's art is the real attraction for "Abe Sapien" #17, at the end of the day. With a five-part story kicking off next month, hopefully the book will find some of its drive once more; doubly so with a spotlight on Grace just around the corner. This book has its ups and downs, but on the bright side, there's always something to make tuning in worth it. Still, I'd rather the book be great all around month-after-month; hopefully this was just a temporary lack of drive. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Abe Sapien (2013) #25
Aug 17, 2015 |
"Abe Sapien" has been a slow moving book for quite some time, but there's usually been some sort of character work to keep interest high. With even the characters at a standstill this issue, though, it's the art that pushes the title along. Hopefully some of those revelations are just around the corner because, while I can look at Fiumara's art and feel like I've received my money's worth, there does come a point where those answers need to be revealed before readers give up and move on. At the moment, "Abe Sapien" appears to be inching towards that point. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Abe Sapien (2013) #31
Feb 11, 2016 |
"Abe Sapien" #31 could have easily been a bit of a flop with its detour away from its main character, but Mignola, Allie and Fiumara instead present us with a dark and dangerous ride through a realm of evil. It's not something they could get away with every month, but it's positioned at just the right time and place to succeed. Where we go from here? Somewhere bad for Abe Sapien, but good for readers, that's for certain. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.1
|
Action Comics (1938) | 11 issues |
6
|
Action Comics (1938) #872
Dec 11, 2008 |
Still, things are definitely rolling ahead towards the big conclusion. Big turning points are hit here, and it's hard to not get a little excited about what's next in "New Krypton." There are numerous ways that I can see this story going, and I appreciate the fact that Johns and company have kept me from pointing at one and saying, "Yes, this is how it will all end." In many ways, "New Krypton" is to the Superman group of books what "Sinestro Corps War" was to Green Lantern's two comics; a creative kick in the pants that brings out the best in all comics involved. "Action Comics" #872 is easily the weakest installment of this story to date, but when your weakest is still a good (if not great) comic, that's a good sign indeed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Action Comics (1938) #873
Jan 14, 2009 |
In the end, "New Krypton" succeeds as a good story, but it definitely lost a little bit of its punch towards the end; one or two less installments and I think it would have been fantastic from start to finish. As it is, it's still very good and I'm glad I read it, but that wow factor from the first few issues just couldn't make it to the conclusion. Then again, with all sorts of new wow events just around the corner as shown here, well, the good times are clearly going to keep on coming. With Johns taking some time off of "Action Comics" for the upcoming "Superman: Secret Origin" series, hopefully it won't be long before we see the follow through. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Action Comics (1938) #876
Apr 15, 2009 |
A year with no Superman in "Action Comics" or "Superman" is a risky move, but so far I'm really enjoying the new directions for these books and the Superman line in general. It's definitely an entertaining read, and there's enough to bring readers back for another installment. That's all you can really ask for, in the end. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Action Comics (1938) #884
Dec 13, 2009 |
At the end of the day, "Action Comics" #884 may be getting close to the end of the story of Nightwing and Flamebird, but I feel like it's a slightly missed opportunity. Continually shifting artists and crossovers certainly didn't help the title, and I feel like we're going to leave them knowing little more than we did at the start. Ah well. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Action Comics (1938) #890
Jun 30, 2010 |
Lex's specific quest for power might seem odd initially, but Cornell justifies it in such a way that it feels natural by the end of the issue. And with a passel of villains just waiting to tangle with Lex in the issues to come of "Action Comics," well, this run up to "Action Comics" #900 promises to be a blast. Cornell and Woods are working together like they've done so for years. Villainy has never been so much fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Action Comics (1938) #895
Nov 24, 2010 |
"Superman" might be having problems with fill-in writers and additional scripters getting added to the mix these days, but "Action Comics" is on fire. If you haven't already, check it out; this is a great place to start as "The Black Ring" enters its second half. Here's to Cornell and Woods being around for "Action Comics" #900 and beyond, because this pair have a great synergy going on here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Action Comics (1938) #896
Dec 29, 2010 |
When "Action Comics" was announced as going Superman-less for ten issues, I think most people wrote the book off. What we're getting, though, is a continuing dose of fun each month. (And if "Secret Six" and "Action Comics" each somehow get a continuing sales boost out of this crossover, I'll be pleased as punch.) Another solid, entertaining issue from all parties involved. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Action Comics (1938) #898
Feb 24, 2011 |
With all of the eleventh hour revelations this issue, it feels a bit like all the pieces are being hastily shoved together, but even with that sudden high speed nature it's still enjoyable. What could have been a mild disaster (Lex Luthor taking over "Action Comics" for ten months) has turned out to be a book to look forward to. Kudos to Cornell and Woods, and here's to their run lasting for a great deal to come. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Action Comics (1938) #899
Mar 31, 2011 |
I've greatly enjoyed most of the Cornell and Woods run on "Action Comics," but this chapter feels like a misstep. I appreciate what Cornell and Merino were trying to accomplish here, but it doesn't quite hit the mark. Here's to next month's conclusion being up to the normally higher standards of this run. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Action Comics (1938) #900
Apr 27, 2011 |
Like so many anniversary issues, "Action Comics" #900 is a mixed bag. Cornell and Woods together provide the best material, while Doomsday drags the comic down, and the other contributions hover at various points in the middle. It's not a bad way to celebrate the anniversary, but with a little more of just the strong material, it could have gone from a good comic to a great comic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
2
|
Action Comics (1938) #901
May 25, 2011 |
After an overall strong run on "Action Comics" over the last year, it's disappointing to see it collapse so badly here. Everything that made the book fun is gone, and what's replacing it feels like a dud. At this point, I'm willing to just wait until September when a new storyline begins. This was just painful. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.7
|
Action Comics (2011) | 21 issues |
8
|
Action Comics (2011) #3
Nov 2, 2011 |
Morrison ends the comic on a strong note -- if nothing else there's a moment there where I realized that I, at least, got faked out on where one story was heading -- and with each new issue I'm dying to see the next one that much more. This is easily my favorite issue of the three to date, and I'm going to hazard a guess that I'm not alone. "Action Comics" is knocking it out of the park, and it's great to see such a strong Superman comic on the stands again. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Action Comics (2011) #5
Jan 4, 2012 |
On the surface, "Action Comics" #5 veering away from the title's regular storyline sounds disappointing. But reading this comic, one thing is quickly clear; if you need to postpone a story for a couple of months, "Action Comics" #5 provides an excellent template on how to do so. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Action Comics (2011) #7
Mar 7, 2012 |
"Action Comics" #7 is a good comic, but in some ways it feels like the story relies a bit on having just read the events of "Action Comics" #4. Still, as said before, it's going to work much better in the collected edition. By the end of the issue, we're all well-primed for what's to come in the next. The new "Superman" creative team gets to prove itself later this month, but regardless, I'm overall pleased with what Morrison and Morales are doing with Superman here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Action Comics (2011) #9
May 3, 2012 |
Initially I was a tiny bit disappointed that we'd once again zoomed away from the main narrative in "Action Comics," but this issue was enough fun that by the end of the lead story I didn't mind any more. I am ready, though, to see the back-up stories dropped (and perhaps the page count and price along with them). They're starting to distract now and while Fisch and company have turned out some nice enough pieces before, I'd rather see them on a different project. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Action Comics (2011) #10
Jun 6, 2012 |
"Action Comics" #10 is a good comic, but we're going to need to see how this plays out in #11-12 to get a better understanding on if it's a great comic. Standing on its own, it works well enough, but it's clearly the first act in a three-act story, and where we go from here is just as important as this issue's starting point. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Action Comics (2011) #12
Aug 1, 2012 |
There are some great bits here and there that have me still interested in what's to come. The final pages set up the next storylines with an almost gleeful menace, and there's at least one revelation in the last couple pages so surprising that I almost cheered. Still, "Action Comics" #12 is a comic where the sum of its parts is weaker than each individual moment. Ultimately, this feels like a rare misstep from all parties involved. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Action Comics (2011) #13
Oct 4, 2012 |
Wrapped in what is quite possibly the most unattractive Bryan Hitch cover I've ever seen (if it wasn't for the outfit I wouldn't have even guessed it was Superman), "Action Comics" #13 just never comes together. There are good ideas and some fun moments, but this feels like a comic that could have used some revisions on both the script and the art. It's frustrating, too; this is a comic that is 80% of the way towards being great, but the parts that don't work drag it down to below average. This should have been a 4 or 4.5 star comic, and you can see pieces of it that qualify, but it stumbles one too many times. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Action Comics (2011) #15
Dec 5, 2012 |
Some parts of Morrison's "Action Comics" run have been stronger than others, but it feels right now like he's been saving the best for last. "Action Comics" #15 is promising to end the run on a high note, but even if it slips a bit, we still got this great installment. Definitely take a look. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Action Comics (2011) #17
Feb 21, 2013 |
Morrison's run on "Action Comics" has had some real gems (including one in this storyline!), but it's just as often crashed and burned. I'm glad "Batman Incorporated" still has a few more issues to go, because hopefully Morrison can go out on a high note there. This issue, unfortunately, is mostly disappointing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Action Comics (2011) #26
Dec 6, 2013 |
"Action Comics" #26 is only Pak and Kuder's second issue, but this book has already shifted into "must read" status for me. It's a real joy to sit down with a copy, and I appreciate that they've turned in a nice cliffhanger to make me want to find out what happens next. Here's hoping the duo continues to work together for a while, because they're off to a great start. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Action Comics (2011) #28
Feb 5, 2014 |
"Action Comics" #28 has quickly cemented this title as my favorite Superman title right now; I feel like Pak and Kuder have found a strong voice that also fits the character. With "Superman Unchained" set to wrap up later this year and Geoff Johns and John Romita Jr. taking over "Superman," there are some changes coming to the Superman creative stable. Here's hoping "Action Comics" remains untouched, because this is a creative team that works, and then some. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Action Comics (2011) #30
Apr 4, 2014 |
I'll admit that I was a little worried when I heard that Doomsday was coming back (and that storyline is kicked off at the start of this issue), but if Pak and Kuder are involved, at this point I'm willing to feel a bit safer about the prospect. This has been a fun storyline overall, and I feel like "Action Comics" is in good hands. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Action Comics (2011) #36
Nov 7, 2014 |
"Action Comics" #36 is a good comic, and it also serves as a good jumping on point. Pak and Kuder's run on the title over the last year has been strong, and with the disruptions for an overly long crossover at a close, it's nice to see the duo back to what they've done best here: creating a strong Superman title. If you haven't seen what they've done with the character, this is as good a time as any to rectify the situation. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Action Comics (2011) #38
Jan 8, 2015 |
There's a lot to love about "Action Comics" #38, from the creepy art (Kuder's tentacle-drawing skills are dynamite) to the nature of the creatures that they're fighting. If you haven't checked out Pak and Kuder's take on Superman, this is as great a time as any to start. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Action Comics (2011) #40
Mar 13, 2015 |
As a primer/refresher for who Bizarro is, "Action Comics" #40 succeeds. However, reading this comic, I don't feel a huge burning desire to pick up "Bizarro" in June, and that's frustrating. The humor isn't present nearly enough to compensate from the lack of anything out of the ordinary. It's perfectly average once you factor in the art, but that's not the note that I wanted "Action Comics" to go out on for a few months until "Convergence" comes to a close. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Action Comics (2011) #41
Jun 8, 2015 |
"Action Comics" #41 knocks it out of the park, and it's a joy to see Pak and Kuder returning in a sea of new creative teams on other titles. This is a book that has its own voice while working well with others; that's a creative team to celebrate. If you haven't read the Pak and Kuder's run on "Action Comics" yet, this is a fantastic place to begin. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Action Comics (2011) #44
Sep 11, 2015 |
"Action Comics" #44 has taken the overall "Truth" idea and integrated it well into the book, able to tell stories like this and play off of the basic idea of Superman's outed identity while still touching on the themes that Pak and Kuder clearly enjoy exploring. All in all, another solid issue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Action Comics (2011) #45
Oct 9, 2015 |
"Action Comics" #45 is a real mixed bag. There are some strong elements working alongside other ones that have taken a big stumble, and I'm not sure this issue is a cohesive unit. "Action Comics" is usually the strongest of the Superman comics from DC, but it looks like that position will be temporarily vacated to one of the other titles this month, An unfortunate slight misfire from a book that normally gives us much, much more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Action Comics (2011) #49
Feb 4, 2016 |
I'm sad to see Pak (and possibly Kuder, although that hasn't been confirmed) is off "Action Comics" after #50; the book has been a joy to read ever since his arrival two years ago, and it would have been nice to see them tackle a repowered Superman once "Savage Dawn" wraps up. Even here, though, it's nice to be reminded what good hands the title's been in since their arrival. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Action Comics (2011) #50
Mar 10, 2016 |
"Action Comics" #50 is a strong issue -- probably one of the best Superman chapters post-"Convergence" -- and it feels like this comic is going to make a lot of readers feel much better about Superman's year-long depowered story arc. With two final chapters to go, we've gotten a great setup for those remaining pieces. Nice job. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Action Comics (2011) #52
May 16, 2016 |
So what does "Action Comics" #52 accomplish? Mainly, it's there to introduce the continued existence of pre-New 52 Superman to Batman, Wonder Woman and anyone who hasn't been reading, "Superman: Lois and Clark." Other than that, it's really just a chance to get ready for another confrontation and enjoy some good-looking artwork. I wish there was a little more to this comic, though, especially since those earlier chapters were so gripping. The final chapters might hopefully get back up to that level, but -- for the moment -- this issue is decidedly middle-of-the-road. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Action Comics (2011) One Shot | 1 issues |
4
|
Action Comics (2011): Futures End #1
Sep 4, 2014 |
"Action Comics: Futures End" #1 isn't a bad comic, but it doesn't stand out either. It doesn't add much to "Futures End" (other than giving a tiny bit more back story to Superman), but it doesn't take away from the series either. It is worth noting, though, that this feels like a story that could have just as easily been told in the present day. Once you notice that, the comic suffers a bit more. Without that little glitch, this would have been a completely average, down-the-middle comic. Missing the whole point of tying into the timeline of "Futures End," though, feels like a wasted opportunity. A slight stumble for a comic that was already otherwise average. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Action Comics (2016) | 1 issues |
6
|
Action Comics (2016) #957
Jun 9, 2016 |
Ultimately, Zircher's art is the big winner of "Action Comics" #957. It's a handsome look for the title, and I'll be glad to see more of it before long. Jurgens' story needs to find some new ground to cover, though, even amidst a back-to-basics setup. On the bright side, now that "Action Comics" is on a twice-a-month publishing schedule, he has the opportunity to advance the writing at a much faster pace. Once some more issues are released, "Action Comics" may very well turn into a properly intriguing comic, but -- at least for now -- the best part of this new structure (Superman's family) is the least present element, and that's a shame. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.1
|
Adventure Comics (2009) | 7 issues |
6
|
Adventure Comics (2009) #0
Feb 6, 2009 |
For a dollar? I think it's a comic with money well spent. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Adventure Comics (2009) #1
Aug 12, 2009 |
All in all, a fun and strong debut for the book. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Adventure Comics (2009) #3
Oct 14, 2009 |
With so many hints of stories that were to come, it's hard to not get slightly disheartened as you read "Adventure Comics" #3. Simon Valentine's story seems to be in such early stages that I doubt we'll get much more of what Johns had in store for him and his relationship to Superboy, certainly. The further hints of what the missing members of the Legion of Super-Heroes are doing in the 21st century are wonderfully tantalizing, even as sharp-eyed readers can try and pick up the locations of those characters. Even Johns and Shoemaker's Legion stories are heading towards somewhere that I fear won't be met during Johns' final three issues. (Doubly so since the lead feature of the next two issues is taken up by Superboy Prime and the Black Lanterns.) Still, I'll enjoy this ride while it lasts, and here's hoping Levitz and company are able to make "Adventure Comics" as thoroughly enjoyable as this creative team has. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Adventure Comics (2009) #4
Nov 18, 2009 |
In the end, it's the second feature and Ordway's pencils that make me interested in seeing "Adventure Comics" #5. And who knows, maybe the character of Superboy-Prime will finally get retired at that point. I don't hate the character, but I do think it's a joke that needs to be put away for good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Adventure Comics (2009) #6
Jan 18, 2010 |
Farewell, Johns and Manapul. I was hoping for a long and fulfilling run on "Adventure Comics" from the two of you, but what little we got was still a lot of fun. It's a high caliber to follow, that's for certain. And if nothing else, I'm convinced that I need to read "The Flash" when you bring it back later this year. I just wish you could've had a little more time to properly wrap things up, that's all. Still, not bad. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Adventure Comics (2009) #11
May 14, 2010 |
At the end of the day, it's a so-so wrap up to Mon-El and the 21st century Legion. It's a little rushed in places, and some plot threads seem to have fallen away entirely. (Did anyone else notice that on the hidden Legion members in the 21st century that we never did get appearances of Dream Girl or Tyroc? Oops. Hopefully, Paul Levitz will fix that.) "Adventure Comics" seems to be the poster child for having stories derailed these days, but with Levitz on board starting next month let's hope it's the start of some stability. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Adventure Comics (2009) #12
Jun 3, 2010 |
I'm hoping with time Sharpe's finer details pick up; he's listed as the artist for the next couple of issues of "Adventure Comics" so clearly it's a "wait and see" proposition. And of course, we do need to see a little more in the way of an actual plot here from Levitz. But as a flashback to yesteryear, it's not bad. But to keep readers coming back, we need something a little more proactively good, and soon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Adventure Time (2012) | 1 issues |
7
|
Adventure Time (2012) #3
Apr 12, 2012 |
"Adventure Time" in both comic and cartoon form is the sort of creation that appeals to all ages; I actually know far more adults into "Adventure Time" than kids, after all. If you've never watched the television show, don't let that keep you away from the comic. As someone who came into it via this format, trust me: it's a lot of fun. Great stuff all around. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Adventure Time: Marceline and the Scream Queens | 1 issues |
5
|
Adventure Time: Marceline and the Scream Queens #2
Aug 8, 2012 |
The primary "Adventure Time" is the sort of comic that I'll recommend to anyone, regardless of age or how much/little they've seen of "Adventure Time" the show. It's a book that appeals to just about anyone, and if you aren't already reading it, give it a try. "Adventure Time: Marceline and the Scream Queens" #2, however, is a book that feels like it's intended more for only the "Adventure Time" completest. Ultimately, that universal appeal just isn't present. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Adventures of Supergirl | 1 issues |
7
|
Adventures of Supergirl #2
May 26, 2016 |
"Adventures of Supergirl" #2 is a fun issue, and this tie-in series feels strongly on course. This is a book I would definitely recommend to fans of the show. "Adventures of Supergirl" is a good way to tide viewers over until the show returns, then keep them hooked enough to read some more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.8
|
Adventures of Superman (1987) | 5 issues |
5
|
Adventures of Superman (1987) #521
Dec 3, 2010 |
"Adventure Comics" is already on the road to improvement, but I do wish we'd had a little less "Green Lantern Idol" and a little more plot development. Still, I'm excited about "Adventure Comics" again, something I haven't felt in months, so hurrah to Levitz and Borges for making the book fun once more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Adventures of Superman (1987) #523
Feb 9, 2011 |
As an introduction to "Legion Academy," "Adventure Comics" #523 is a solid first issue. And of course, the teaser for next month's issue promises more excitement to come. But for now, this is fun stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Adventures of Superman (1987) #524
Mar 16, 2011 |
"Adventure Comics" is doing well with its new Legion Academy feature, and even if it ends up being a limited run in "Adventure Comics," hopefully it'll show its face again before too long. This is a fun, easily-accessible gateway into the 31st century. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Adventures of Superman (1987) #527
Jun 2, 2011 |
It's actually the non-origin parts of the issue that I found myself enjoying, like Comet Queen and Glorith's growing relationship, or watching the Academy kids go through a training exercise. Some of them (Dragonwing, Variable Lad, and Gravity Kid in particular) still feel like they could use a spotlight or two to flesh them out, but with just two issues left before DC's reboot in September, I suspect we're rapidly running out of time in that regard. Still, it's been a fun little series, and I'm going to miss it once it's gone. Hopefully something similar is still store for us come September. The Legion Academy in "Adventure Comics" has been a treat. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Adventures of Superman (1987) #528
Jul 7, 2011 |
"Adventure Comics" was never going to break any barriers in storytelling (although those early Phil Jiminez pencils for "Legion Academy" were lovely), but it's been a consistently fun comic. Like so many of the other titles going away after August, I'll miss it. Here's hoping to see a lot of its faces in the main title, come the fall. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
Age of Bronze | 2 issues |
9
|
Age of Bronze #27
Jul 14, 2008 |
My only complaint about "Age of Bronze" would have to be that I wish we had more issues on a regular basis. And clearly, the best way for that to happen would be if everyone started buying "Age of Bronze" as well. It's a fantastic series, and with three collected editions on sale, now is the perfect time to try it out for yourself. You won't regret it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Age of Bronze #32
Dec 12, 2012 |
Perhaps the most impressive thing about "Age of Bronze" #32 is that it's been two years since the last issue and I never felt lost or confused or out of touch. "Age of Bronze" is an amazing series that every comic book reader should be buying. It's got drama, adventure, betrayal, humor and everything else that an epic should contain. Even when the book is downright depressing, the level of craft here is so strong that it's still ultimately a joy to read. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Age of Heroes | 1 issues |
5
|
Age of Heroes #2
Jun 21, 2010 |
"Age of Heroes" #2 is a little disappointing. I'd expected a lot more bang for my buck, and while the Gravity story was entertaining, the rest is easy to miss. I wish we'd had more complete stories in this issue, because I think that might've turned the tide. "Young Allies" fans should definitely check out this issue, but otherwise, there's not too much to entice one in. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
2.0
|
Age of Ultron | 1 issues |
2
|
Age of Ultron #3
Mar 30, 2013 |
"Age of Ultron" #3 feels like it's sealing the fate of this miniseries. There's no sign of the pace approaching something that can grab your attention, and the idea of seven more issues of this can't help but invoke a vague sense of dread. "Age of Ultron" right now feels like a failure; after building a lot of buzz in "Avengers vs. X-Men," this feels like a complete reversal of fortune. Maybe we'll all be proven wrong and later issues will show us otherwise, but for now, |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Agents Of Atlas (2009) | 1 issues |
7
|
Agents Of Atlas (2009) #3
Apr 6, 2009 |
"Agents of Atlas" #3 is a surprisingly good book, proving once again that there are no such thing as bad characters. It's all in how you handle them, and Parker's made these cast-off characters from the 1950s vastly entertaining. I'll definitely keep reading so long as he keeps writing them. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Air (2008) | 1 issues |
4
|
Air (2008) #1
Aug 22, 2008 |
The strange thing is that I don't hate "Air" by any stretch of the imagination. I'm actually disappointed more than anything else. I wanted to like "Air" very much, and there's certainly a lot of potential here. But it feels like the wrong publishing strategy is being used on "Air," or at least the wrong approach taken to a serialized comic. I'll certainly check back in on later issues of "Air" because I'm hoping the advance praise (including a quote from Neil Gaiman, who seems to have also read multiple issues beforehand) bears out and things rapidly improve. But right now? It feels like a book that is determined to scare off its readers as quickly as possible. A false start can doom a new title from Vertigo; I think Mike Carey and Jim Fern's "Crossing Midnight" fell into that same trap, and by the time things picked up and really got rolling, no one was left to notice. The symbolism of "Air" opening with an airplane plunging to its destruction was not lost on me, not one bit. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.5
|
Alabaster: Wolves | 2 issues |
9
|
Alabaster: Wolves #2
May 10, 2012 |
"Alabaster: Wolves" #2 is just as good... actually, strike that. "Alabaster: Wolves" #2 is even better than the first issue. Kiernan and Lieber are a natural pairing of creative talent, and I hope this mini-series is the first of many from the pair. "Alabaster: Wolves" is officially my favorite southern supernatural horror series. Lots more, please. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Alabaster: Wolves #5
Aug 15, 2012 |
"Alabaster: Wolves" was an introduction to the character of Dancy Flammarion to me, as well as a re-introduction to Kiernan's writing. The teaming up of Kiernan and Lieber was a great choice; the pair play off of each other's strengths and they've made "Alabaster: Wolves" a strong debut for the character that makes me desperate to read more. Hopefully we'll get that soon. If you didn't read "Alabaster: Wolves" you've missed out on one of the creepier mini-series of the year. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Alex + Ada | 2 issues |
7
|
Alex + Ada #5
Mar 26, 2014 |
"Alex + Ada" #5 continues a quiet but enthralling series. Luna and Vaughn aren't going for big flashy stories but they don't need to, here. Instead it's thoughtful and intriguing, and I'm in for the long haul at this point. This might be a low-key series, but "Alex + Ada" is a winner. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Alex + Ada #10
Nov 14, 2014 |
"Alex + Ada" is still chugging along in a solid, enjoyable manner. With the sky the limit for future stories (even as they're being set up here), this is the sort of book that could just as easily run for years as it could also move towards a specific climax. Either way, I feel like I'm on board to find out. If you haven't read "Alex + Ada" up until now, the first ten issues form a perfect piece of material with which to enjoy, have a satisfying conclusion -- and then find yourself wanting more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Aliens: Fire and Stone | 1 issues |
7
|
Aliens: Fire and Stone #1
Sep 24, 2014 |
"Aliens: Fire and Stone" #1 is an above-average start to the revitalization of the "Aliens" license, one that has me interested in the nasty little xenomorphs for the first time in quite a while. If Roberson and Reynolds can keep this up, I'll be quite pleased. And heck, it's made me interested enough to check out all of the other "Fire and Stone" mini-series also en route. That's not bad for a single issue. Not bad at all. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
All-New All-Different Avengers | 5 issues |
6
|
All-New All-Different Avengers #1
Dec 4, 2015 |
"All-New, All-Different Avengers" #2 is riding on characterization rather than plotting, and -- for the moment -- the characterization is strong enough that it's a good call. Eventually, it will need to find a better balance, but I'm willing to let that slide because this is such an oft-repeated moment of the Avengers re-forming in the face of disaster. For now, it's a pleasant continuation of the series and the tradition. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
All-New All-Different Avengers #3
Jan 15, 2016 |
"All-New, All-Different Avengers" #3 checks in as average, but it should really be much stronger. The pedigree of this creative team promises much more, and the Avengers are the cornerstone of the company's comics more than ever thanks to the two massively successful films. Maybe future issues will have a little more spring in their step now that the opening story arc has completed, but -- for the moment -- this is a book in need of more excitement. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
All-New All-Different Avengers #7
Mar 24, 2016 |
"All-New, All-Different Avengers" #7 is a fun issue that comes in and achieves its goal quickly and efficiently. I think even readers who aren't picking up the crossover will have a lot of fun with this; I know I did. It's a strong job from all parties involved. I wish all crossovers were handled as well as "All-New, All-Different Avengers" #7. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
All-New All-Different Avengers #9
May 13, 2016 |
"All-New, All-Different Avengers" #9 is a lot of fun and sets up multiple story threads (the new Wasp, the Vision's plans, Nova's upcoming journey into space) without feeling overcrowded. "All-New, All-Different Avengers" #9 is a good opportunity to check out the series if you haven't been reading it up until now, even as it gives existing readers a lot to enjoy. This is good old-fashioned superheroes served up in a way that will entertain modern readers. No complaints here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
All-New All-Different Avengers #11
Jul 1, 2016 |
"All-New, All-Different Avengers" #11 is fun, with just enough to bring readers back for the conclusion in the next issue. If you're going to plunge the characters into outer space and alien dimensions for a couple of issues, this is a nice way to get it done. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
All-New Ghost Rider | 1 issues |
7
|
All-New Ghost Rider #2
Apr 11, 2014 |
"All-New Ghost Rider" #2 is a good comic. Eventually we're going to need answers, but until then, it doesn't matter. Smith and Moore have cooked up a new take on Ghost Rider, one that feels a little more modern but doesn't lose sight of the old character concept. If you're going to revamp a character for the modern era, this is a great template on how to do succeed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
All-New Hawkeye | 1 issues |
7
|
All-New Hawkeye #1
Apr 10, 2015 |
In the end, it's hard to keep from feeling like a comic set firmly in the past with the Barton brothers as children would be a great thing from this creative team. Since we probably won't get that, this is the next best thing. For a series that could have been creatively dead on arrival following Matt Fraction, David Aja and Annie Wu's time on "Hawkeye," what we have instead is a book that's definitely worth reading on its own merits. Sometimes lightning -- admittedly very different bolts of lightning -- really can strike twice. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
All-New Hawkeye (2015) | 1 issues |
9
|
All-New Hawkeye (2015) #6
Apr 21, 2016 |
I'm really going to miss "All-New Hawkeye," and -- considering this was a series many fans once thought unnecessary -- that's a huge achievement. Lemire, Perez and Herring brought a strong authorial voice to this series, just like the previous "Hawkeye" series from Fraction, Aja and Wu, and they go out on a high note with a strong conclusion. Just be warned; once you read "All-New Hawkeye" #6, you'll want to sit down and read all eleven comics back-to-back -- but there are worse fates in life. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
All-New Miracleman Annual | 1 issues |
3
|
All-New Miracleman Annual #1
Jan 2, 2015 |
I wish "All-New Miracleman Annual" #1 was better, but if anything, it's just a sharp reminder that Gaiman's success writing "Miracleman" post-Alan Moore is that much more of an impressive feat. It looks gorgeous but, considering the "All-New" part of the title, these stories have scripts that feel old and somewhat stale. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.5
|
All-New Wolverine | 4 issues |
7
|
All-New Wolverine #2
Nov 30, 2015 |
"All-New Wolverine" #2 is fun, pure and simple. X-23 was often characterized by the doom and gloom followed her, so it's nice to see that she can still deal with heady subjects while having a bit of cheer and a spring in her step as Wolverine. The death of Wolverine may have come across as a bit gimmicky, but -- with Laura as the new Wolverine -- it was clearly all worth it. I'll be back for more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
All-New Wolverine #4
Jan 15, 2016 |
With art that bolsters the story and a story that brings the art to life, Taylor, Lopez and Navarrot deliver another fun comic that could have so easily been forgettable. "All-New Wolverine" #4 feels fresh and fun, and that's exactly what will keep readers coming back every month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
All-New Wolverine #7
May 2, 2016 |
"All-New Wolverine" #7 is a much quieter issue than the previous six, and it proves that the potential range for the series is much more than just action-adventure romps. Taylor and Takara's story may have a strong component of silliness in its makeup, but there's a good core about Laura and relationships that buoys it forward in a pleasing way. With the book about to get dragged into "Civil War II" next month, this breather is just what readers needed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
All-New Wolverine #9
Jun 6, 2016 |
"All-New Wolverine" #9 ultimately seems to have one purpose, and that's to put Laura and this future Logan in the same room together. It's clearly part of the setup for the next storyline, and hopefully there will be a bit more pep to those issues. In the end, though, it's too bad that the journey to get these characters together wasn't a little more exciting. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
2.0
|
All-New X-Factor | 1 issues |
2
|
All-New X-Factor #1
Jan 9, 2014 |
"X-Factor" had a slightly troubled final year as David started to wrap up plotlines, but I was hoping that "All-New X-Factor" #1 would be a fresh start for the title, free of backstory and moving forward in a smart new direction. And while I give David and Di Giandomenico credit for presenting a brand-new beginning, here, "All-New X-Factor" #1 comes across as a problematic-at-best relaunch. Ultimately, a big disappointment. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
All-New X-Men | 8 issues |
7
|
All-New X-Men #1
Nov 13, 2012 |
"All-New X-Men" #1 is a nice enough start, even as it ends up being a bit too familiar. Still, there's certainly a lot of set-up here for the main push of the series, and with the second issue on sale in just two weeks it will help with the pacing a bit. Still, "All-New X-Men" #1 could benefit from a little more energy and new ideas in the issues to come. How that pans out, only time will tell. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
All-New X-Men #9
Mar 20, 2013 |
As slow as "All-New X-Men" #9 feels, it is nice to at least get a little forward movement. The three different groups of mutants (the All-New X-Men, the Uncanny X-Men, and the Brotherhood of Mutants) are all inching closer and closer together, and the next conflict between them all is just around the corner. I'd like to see things move a little speedier in the future, though. At $3.99 a pop, we need to head out of the comfort food zone and into something a bit more memorable. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
All-New X-Men #13
Jun 28, 2013 |
"All-New X-Men" #13 is a book published on a pretty frequent basis, and considering how slow it moves, that's a good thing, because I shudder to think of this was a once-a-month book. Still, a slightly faster pace would be greatly appreciated. This is entertaining enough, but it could be a lot more fun with a bit of pep added into the mix. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
All-New X-Men #15
Aug 7, 2013 |
"All-New X-Men" #15 is a pleasant comic, and it's great that Lafuente got to take a crack at this series. But at this point, there's a sneaking suspicion that some readers are going to use the conclusion of "Battle for the Atom" as a jumping-off point for "All-New X-Men" unless things pick up quickly. There's still a distinct lack of substance in "All-New X-Men," and there's only so long that readers are going to be willing to wait for it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
All-New X-Men #18
Nov 14, 2013 |
"All-New X-Men" is a book that, even more than most comics written by Bendis, is clearly paced for greater enjoyment in a collected format. There's no doubt that I'll enjoy this a great deal more when paired with all of the other issues around it. But as a single issue, it's just all right, primarily because of the stunning art from Immonen and Von Grawbadger. I appreciate what Bendis is trying to accomplish here, but 18 issues into the series, at some point the pace needs to pick up a bit. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
All-New X-Men #28
Jun 11, 2014 |
If "All-New X-Men" #28 was the benchmark that all future issues made sure to reach, I'd be delighted. It's fun, it fills in details, it gives you your money's worth and then some. This comic can move slowly at times, but this is an example of how sometimes it finds just the right pace. Nicely done. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
All-New X-Men #30
Aug 18, 2014 |
At its heart, "All-New X-Men" #30 shows that the title is now more than ever nothing more than a second issue of "Uncanny X-Men" on any given month. It feels like storylines that solely belong to this title are being given short shrift, in favor of those with the parent title. That's probably not bad for someone who's reading all of the X-Men titles, but if you're only picking up "All-New X-Men," that's a bit of a problem. There can be a way to tie all of the books together while still making them each separate and unique (the "triangle numbering" era of the "Superman" family of books in the early '90s is a fantastic example), but so far it's not quite here. That's a shame. "All-New X-Men" has a great core concept, good artists, a fun cast -- it would be nice if it could just focus on its own storylines. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
All-New X-Men #40
Apr 22, 2015 |
In the end, "All-New X-Men" #40 is a nice looking book with a few character beats that aren't bad but also aren't the most riveting for a book that's about to go on hiatus. The cover-teased plot involving the Utopians is relegated to a few pages at the beginning and end of the comic; otherwise, it feels like a series of character beats all getting thrown in before the proverbial timer hits zero. The ideas here are intriguing, but it's a shame that they didn't have a little more time to properly play out instead of getting dumped onto the reader right before the buzzer. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.8
|
All-New X-Men (2015) | 4 issues |
5
|
All-New X-Men (2015) #1
Dec 3, 2015 |
"All-New X-Men" #1 feels like its priorities are misplaced. This isn't a very riveting first issue; if this was a brand new cast of characters, it might be more understandable, but it's really just business as usual. Right now, "All-New X-Men" #1 feels like it's coasting on good will to have readers come back. There have been enough other X-Men titles cancelled in recent years, though, that it's a dangerous assumption. Here's hoping for something with a little more pep next issue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
All-New X-Men (2015) #5
Feb 26, 2016 |
"All-New X-Men" #5 has good intentions but an execution that never quite comes together. The basic plotting sounds good, but -- for the moment -- it's a bit clumsy and brash in the actual writing. It looks good, though, and hopefully future installments will take their time a bit more and bring something a bit more refined. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
All-New X-Men (2015) #7
Mar 31, 2016 |
"All-New X-Men" #7 gets a lot of credit for really trying to go in a direction different than characters beating each other up, similar to the way Blob had to point out to the X-Men that they were the ones causing the ruckus, not him. This is a comic that feels like it needs another draft; there needs to be less coincidence or confusion on the story's part for there to be stronger roadblocks. Not bad, but this had the potential to be so much better. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
All-New X-Men (2015) #9
May 16, 2016 |
I've been hoping to see "All-New X-Men" up its game, and "All-New X-Men" #9 feels like a step in that direction. The rest of "Apocalypse Wars" is full of possibilities, and -- with such a strong character portrait of Evan -- it looks like Hopeless, Bagley and Hennessy are heading down the right path. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
All-New, All-Different Avengers (FCBD 2015) | 1 issues |
7
|
All-New, All-Different Avengers (FCBD 2015) #1
May 6, 2015 |
"Free Comic Book Day 2015: Avengers" hits the mark with its Avengers story; there's a little something for old and new readers alike, and I'm looking forward to seeing Waid and Asrar's new series when it kicks off later this year. While the backup Inhumans feature isn't quite as attention-grabbing, it does serve as a reasonable introduction to the idea of the Inhumans; if Marvel's going to make their upcoming film a success, they could use boosts like this to make them more center stage. As a free comic book given away to a wide audience, this offering is most definitely a success. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
All-Star Western | 2 issues |
8
|
All-Star Western #2
Oct 29, 2011 |
"All-Star Western" is two for two issues, now. And if you're thinking that you don't like westerns, just stop and think about it for a minute; this is a comic with the Crime Bible from Greg Rucka's Question stories, and with demonic zombies. This isn't just cowboys and yeehaws, if that's what you're thinking all westerns are about. Palmiotti, Gray, Moritat, and Bernet are creating a western comic for the modern era here. Saddle up and get on board before it's too late. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
All-Star Western #9
May 24, 2012 |
"All-Star Western" #9 is nice book, but those picking it up for "Night of the Owls" are going to miss out on the rest of the comic, which is far more interesting. Palmiotti, Gray and Moritat's Jonah Hex story has been consistently strong, and that's the real reason to check this series out. So buy it, but look at everything else that's going on and you'll be much happier. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Alone Forever | 1 issues |
8
|
Alone Forever #1
Feb 5, 2014 |
"Alone Forever" is perfectly timed to give to your loved one, or your perpetually single friend, or perhaps just yourself (regardless of if you're single or not) -- it's a Valentine's Day gift for people of all walks of life, really. Leave "Alone Forever" on your coffee table and I promise you, before long you'll hear chuckles and groans of recognition as your guests start leafing through it. Good stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Alpha Flight (2011) | 1 issues |
7
|
Alpha Flight (2011) #6
Nov 25, 2011 |
"Alpha Flight" has been a great deal of fun, and as the mini-series gets closer to its conclusion with #8, it pains me a little bit to know that not enough people were reading it so that we could get a #9. Still, we're getting a fun comic out of the deal that could have just as easily not existed. It's been a good ride, and I'm glad we've still got two more to go. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) Annual | 1 issues |
5
|
Amazing Spider-Man (1999) Annual #35
Nov 3, 2008 |
In the end, "Amazing Spider-Man Annual" #1 is just a little too rushed and too plain to intrigue. (And before you ask, I have no idea why this annual was renumbered #1 when the regular series itself isn't renumbered. The fact that there's also a #35 on the cover just makes me all the more confused, to be honest.) |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Amazing Spider-Man (2014) | 2 issues |
6
|
Amazing Spider-Man (2014) #2
May 21, 2014 |
All in all, "Amazing Spider-Man" #2 was a fun read, enough to make me want to come back for more. Slott has a lot of balls up in the air, and provided they keep moving forward, I think we're good. I'll come back for a third issue next month, certainly. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Amazing Spider-Man (2014) #6
Sep 12, 2014 |
"Amazing Spider-Man" #6 is enjoyable, but with a little more care it could be so much better. The ideas are strong here, but the execution needs a little more polish. This should be a flagship title for Marvel, and if that's the case, let's see it shift back up from good to great. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.2
|
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) | 5 issues |
8
|
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #2
Oct 23, 2015 |
"Amazing Spider-Man" #2 is a real pleasure, one that can have a character concerned for his own well-being while making sure that unconscious bad guys get rescued from a base that's going to be destroyed. Slott has been writing "Amazing Spider-Man" for a while now, and this issue is a reminder not to take his presence here for granted. "Amazing Spider-Man" #2 is a strong issue that's a good jumping on point for those who have been holding back. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #4
Dec 14, 2015 |
"Amazing Spider-Man" #4 is another great installment in a fun series. It's nice to see the character handled with respect and inventiveness; hopefully, this new direction for Spider-Man will last a long time. Spider-Man is in great hands with Slott, Camuncoli and Smith. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #8
Feb 22, 2016 |
"Amazing Spider-Man" #8 is amazingly fun. Slott and Buffagni wrap up "The Dark Kingdom" in a satisfying way, taking some elements from the first story arc but not relying too heavily on them in order to get this three-parter off the ground. Thanks to a fun story, handsome art and some good colors from Marte Gracia, we've got a winner. Spider-Man should be presented one of Marvel's marquee characters, and "Amazing Spider-Man" #8 does just that. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #11
Apr 29, 2016 |
"Amazing Spider-Man" #11 is another great installment in a must-read series; Slott, Camuncoli and Smith give us a fun new take on Peter Parker and company that reminds us yet again that you can change the character's overall status quo without losing drama or a good storytelling hook. As long as the stories are this good, I'll happily remain on board. Good stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Amazing Spider-Man (2015) #13
Jun 6, 2016 |
"Amazing Spider-Man" #13 is a painful issue to read. Though things may turn around quickly, "Amazing Spider-Man" feels like it's shedding everything that made the first eleven issues so much fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.1
|
Amazing X-Men (2013) | 7 issues |
7
|
Amazing X-Men (2013) #1
Nov 6, 2013 |
Having enjoyed "Wolverine and the X-Men" the past few years under Aaron's stewardship, I'm not worried about the slightly slow start to "Amazing X-Men" #1. It's still a very pleasant read, but I do wish that it had come out of the gate a little faster and a little stronger. Aaron seems to be banking on the return of Nightcrawler and the art from McGuinness and Vines to be enough of a draw to stick around for "Amazing X-Men" #2, and on some level I can't help but think that he's right. That is all it will take for most readers to come back. I'll be one of them, but hopefully Aaron's script for next month's installment will have just a bit more spring in its step, too. After all, this isn't supposed to be "Pretty Good X-Men." I look forward to the shift up to amazing status. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Amazing X-Men (2013) #4
Feb 24, 2014 |
"Amazing X-Men" #4 is going to please a lot of McGuinness fans, and with good reason. It's a beautiful comic, and the sequences with Nightcrawler himself are written well and give a fun little bonus in character backstory for him and Beast. But overall, this is a book that depends on the art, because the story just hasn't been cutting it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Amazing X-Men (2013) #6
Apr 16, 2014 |
It's a shame that Aaron is gone so soon on this title. With Nightcrawler back and Firestar on the team, whatever plans he had for them -- and other characters -- will eventually only appear in interviews, if even that. This is a slightly lackluster way to wrap things up for Aaron. When Craig Kyle and Chris Yost take over with "Amazing X-Men" #8, here's hoping they'll handle some of the elements that were left behind. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Amazing X-Men (2013) #7
May 21, 2014 |
"Amazing X-Men" #7 makes me wonder more than anything else why Immonen doesn't have her own regular series, at Marvel or anywhere else for that matter. This issue is an example of how a fill-in should work; entertaining, doesn't upset the apple cart, and makes you want to see more from the creative team. I know I certainly wouldn't complain. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Amazing X-Men (2013) #9
Jul 10, 2014 |
"Amazing X-Men" #9 is a disappointing second issue for Yost and Kyle, and not a great debut on the book for Barberi. Maybe things will turn around, but in a book that's shuffling through creators left and right, this title needs some consistency in the quality. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Amazing X-Men (2013) #12
Oct 24, 2014 |
"Amazing X-Men" #12 marks a moment where, in just twelve issues, this title has made itself irrelevant once again. With a fill-in and then an "AXIS" tie-in scheduled to round out the rest of the year, I'm not sure that status will change any time soon. What first felt like a great opportunity is now a title quietly limping towards what one can only expect will be a stealth cancellation. If this is the best that "Amazing X-Men" can do, maybe it's time for one less X-Men title until there's a proper reason to revive it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Amazing X-Men (2013) #16
Jan 28, 2015 |
I like the character of the Juggernaut, and the first issue of this storyline showed some real promise. Now that we're into the second installment, it feels like this book is back to its old tricks and that's not a good thing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.6
|
American Vampire | 8 issues |
9
|
American Vampire #2
Apr 25, 2010 |
I'm enthralled with "American Vampire" and I'm pleased to see that the first issue's strong debut wasn't just a fluke. "American Vampire" might be getting some initial attention because of King's involvement in the first five issues of the series, but I think if it had just been Snyder and Albuquerque it would be picking up strong word of mouth praise based on their contributions. (That said, I'd love to see King come back with some more prequel back-up stories down the line.) Definitely check out "American Vampire" if you haven't already. This is a fantastic new series that demands your attention |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
American Vampire #4
Jun 24, 2010 |
Vertigo's had some great new titles debut over the course of the last year or so, and "American Vampire" is definitely part of that crowd. I'll miss King after next month's conclusion of his story, but Snyder and Albuquerque will be just fine on their own. It's easy to see why DC's supposedly tapping Snyder for more work down the line; he's a real find. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
American Vampire #9
Dec 6, 2010 |
"American Vampire" continues to move from one strength to the next, and this issue is no exception. Hurry up and read this book, already. You're missing out on the next big thing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
American Vampire #13
Mar 30, 2011 |
Thirteen may normally be an unlucky number, but that's not the case here. This is a strong start to both a new storyline and its second year in general, even as it provides a strong introduction for any new readers interested. "American Vampire" sucks you dry every month, and then has you coming back for more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
American Vampire #17
Jul 27, 2011 |
"American Vampire" is a continually solid and strong comic, but that doesn't mean it's ever predictable. It is, as always, a joy to read, with just enough storytelling tweaks and surprises to keep you on your toes. It's no small wonder that "American Vampire" just won an Eisner award, because it's well deserved. Good stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
10
|
American Vampire #20
Nov 2, 2011 |
"American Vampire" is consistently strong, month after month, so it's with that already in mind that I say that this is probably my favorite issue to date. There's something about that retelling of the Lewis and Clark expedition into "American Vampire" lore that makes it extra entrancing. Whatever that is, I'm not complaining. You don't get much better than this. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
American Vampire #25
Mar 29, 2012 |
There's an epilogue in "American Vampire" #25 shifting location but also tying into all the ideas we'd seen in this issue. As a result, it works both as epilogue and prologue for what's to come; that earlier mention of change being in the air is especially true here and it's a strong springboard for the next 25 issues and beyond. As long as Snyder and Albuquerque are around, so am I. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
American Vampire #32
Nov 2, 2012 |
"American Vampire" is going to be missed during its (hopefully brief!) hiatus but issues like this will just make its return that much more welcome. Snyder and Albuquerque, as always, don't disappoint. Until the book returns, "The Blacklist" is a great way to leave the series on a high. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
American Vampire: Lord of Nightmares | 1 issues |
8
|
American Vampire: Lord of Nightmares #1
Jun 14, 2012 |
"American Vampire: Lord of Nightmares" #1 is another strong "American Vampire" comic, and one that is living up to the need for it being its own mini-series. If you haven't read "American Vampire" up until now, this is a good a place as any to jump in and see what you think. For readers who are already familiar with the series, though, it's a crucial new chapter that fits in well with everything else that we've seen so far. All in all, a win-win for everyone involved. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
American Vampire: Second Cycle | 2 issues |
8
|
American Vampire: Second Cycle #2
Apr 18, 2014 |
"American Vampire: Second Cycle" #2 keeps the returned series moving at a strong clip. With a mixture of horror, adventure, and even sociology, Snyder and Albuquerque are reminding us all over again what a great series this is. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
American Vampire: Second Cycle #9
Aug 10, 2015 |
Add in a little touch of humor throughout "American Vampire: Second Cycle" #9 (the "Goodbye, Felicia" moment made me laugh out loud) and this is a solid, enjoyable comic. I feel like it's trying to whet my appetite but, fortunately, it's for the next issue and not human blood. I'll be sad to see "American Vampire: Second Cycle" eventually come to a close but, with the glimpses of modern-day Las Vegas at the start of this issue, it's coming with a bang, both figuratively and literally. Here's to the ride towards the conclusion. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Ami-Comi: Wonder Woman | 1 issues |
7
|
Ami-Comi: Wonder Woman #1
May 30, 2012 |
Palmiotti and Gray do a nice job of bringing the story of "Ame-Comi: Wonder Woman" to life as well; it's easy to follow, it's suitable for just about everyone and most importantly it's a lot of fun. My only big complaint so far is that it's just a three-issue mini-series, because Palmiotti and Gray clearly have a strong handle on the character. (Presumably she'll be showing up in the upcoming "Ame-Comi" ongoing series too.) It's a shame that "Ame-Comi: Wonder Woman" is saddled with such an ungainly name (and not one that I think has any real name recognition to at least offset it), because this deserves more attention than I think it will get. It's fun, it's well-crafted, and at just a dollar it's cheap to boot. Definitely check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Angel & Faith Season 10 | 6 issues |
6
|
Angel & Faith Season 10 #2
May 12, 2014 |
"Angel & Faith Season 10" #2 makes me feel like the series is on the right track. The previous volume was so much fun that it's a relief to find it still moving in a good direction. So far, so good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Angel & Faith Season 10 #5
Aug 8, 2014 |
It's great to see both Buffyverse series on track, rather than playing the "which is the good series this time?" game. Gischler's moving the book alone well, and the next time Santacruz needs to step in for guest pencils, I'm game. If you haven't picked up the new "Angel & Faith Season 10" series, this is as good a place as any to give a sample and see for yourself what's inside. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Angel & Faith Season 10 #12
Mar 9, 2015 |
Even with everything slowing down a bit this month, "Angel & Faith Season 10" #12 is still a good comic. Now that the necessary exposition is over, I'm looking forward to the series hitting the ground running again next month to boot. All in all, this is a comic which could have easily crashed and burned with a new creative team but has instead been a pleasure to read month after month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Angel & Faith Season 10 #18
Sep 4, 2015 |
"Angel & Faith: Season 10" #18 is definitely one of the better issues in the series, and I feel like the book is now on track to barrel towards its (eventual) conclusion. The villain is well established, the cast is works well together and the utter absence of Angel this month is barely even felt. All in all, a thumbs up. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Angel & Faith Season 10 #23
Feb 8, 2016 |
While I worry about the series' conclusion, if only because Archaeus is also the main villain of "Buffy the Vampire: Slayer Season 10," the comic has been on track enough that I'm hopeful the series will end on a strong note, regardless of what still has to happen in the parent title. If Gischler and Conrad team up for more comics down the line (either "Angel & Faith: Season 11" or something entirely different), I'll certainly pick up a copy. They've done a nice job with this series, and I'm genuinely eager to see how they wrap things up. Good job. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Angel & Faith Season 10 #24
Mar 3, 2016 |
It's a real pleasure to see the creative team work so well on this title, and I'd certainly welcome them back for a potential Season 11 run. Even with the hazard of sharing a "Big Bad" with another comic, the series has worked out well. Big thumbs up here, and -- barring disaster in next month's conclusion -- a job well done. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Angel & Faith Season 9 | 6 issues |
8
|
Angel & Faith Season 9 #6
Jan 26, 2012 |
Gage and Isaacs whip up a particularly delicious conclusion to "Angel & Faith" #6; it's a moment that in retrospect we should have seen coming, even as it reveals itself on the final page with a bit of surprise. It's a clever development, one that will excite a lot of readers. It's a good usage of the comic book serial format, and all in all wraps up another strong issue. If you were a fan of the television show or even just the "Angel: After the Fall" comic, definitely check out "Angel & Faith." So far, it hasn't disappointed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Angel & Faith Season 9 #10
May 31, 2012 |
If you aren't reading "Angel & Faith" but were a fan of the "Buffyverse" over the years, this is the perfect introduction to the comic series. It gives you everything you need to know about what came before, as well as where the book is going; more importantly, it gives you a wonderfully written and drawn issue. Licensed sequels in comic form can be a difficult creation, but Gage and Samnee make it look easy. Joss Whedon fans, you need this comic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Angel & Faith Season 9 #13
Aug 29, 2012 |
"Angel & Faith" #13 is another solid chapter in a series that has rapidly eclipsed its parent title. Gage and Isaacs are taking a slightly strange odd couple of the "Buffy the Vampire Slayer" universe and making it compelling and inviting reading. This is how a media-tie-in comic series should be handled. Good show, Gage and Isaacs. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Angel & Faith Season 9 #18
Jan 30, 2013 |
It feels like "Angel & Faith" is coming close to an end, and that'll be a shame if only because of how much fun it's been. "Angel & Faith" #18 is a perfect example of that entertainment; Gage and Isaacs have turned out not just a good media tie-in comic, but a good comic, period. Its parent title might run a little hot and cold, but "Angel & Faith" has been consistently strong. If Gage and Isaacs work together on another comic once this is over, I know I'll stick around to read it, too. Another good show from this duo. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Angel & Faith Season 9 #22
May 31, 2013 |
"Angel & Faith" #22 is another in a long line of good comics from Gage and Isaacs. Fans of the stars of this comic should definitely be buying these; definitely one of the best licensed books I've read in a while. I've said it before and I'll say it again: if Gage and Isaacs work on a comic together, I'll buy it, no questions asked. As always, good times. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Angel & Faith Season 9 #25
Aug 29, 2013 |
"Angel & Faith" #25 was a great conclusion to a series that will be genuinely missed. All of the other "Buffyverse" comics over the years have had ups and downs, but credit to Gage and Isaacs: this has been a remarkably consistent and good comic. I wish all licensed books took this much care. In the meantime, next time Gage and Isaacs work on a comic, I'll be first in line to buy it, no questions asked. Gage and Isaacs have created a comic that all future "Buffy" creators should use as a model. Well done. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Angela: Asgard's Assassin | 1 issues |
6
|
Angela: Asgard's Assassin #3
Feb 9, 2015 |
After three issues of great art but a somewhat aimless story, though, I'm increasingly convinced that the sole purpose of "Angela: Asgard's Assassin" #3 is simply to have a series starring Angela, rather than any particular desire or hook that someone came up with for this comic. Everyone involved is doing their best to make it work, and there's a lot of talent on the title. If there's some sort of inner core idea driving the book, it's curiously absent in the final product. This book is gorgeous, but that's not enough to pull me back for any more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.7
|
Animal Man (2011) | 10 issues |
7
|
Animal Man (2011) #1
Sep 7, 2011 |
The art might be uneven in "Animal Man" #1, but the script is dynamite. Lemire's been a rising star at DC Comics lately, and the "Animal Man" re-launch shows that their trust is not misplaced. (Now can we just get the old outfit back? I always liked it much more than the blue and white number.) |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Animal Man (2011) #5
Jan 4, 2012 |
"Animal Man" has been good month after month, but this latest installment (even with the slightly weak final line to lead into an eventual cross-over) helps solidify everything we've seen up until this point. "Animal Man" may have looked like an underdog, but it's definitely one of the top books at DC Comics now. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Animal Man (2011) #7
Mar 7, 2012 |
"Animal Man" #7 is another strong installment from all parties involved and it's refreshing to see readers have quickly figured out this is a book to watch. Each issue makes you anxious to see what's next for "Animal Man." Knowing that there's an upcoming crossover with "Swamp Thing" is just the icing on the proverbial cake. If you're not reading "Animal Man" yet, this is a great place to try and see for yourself. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Animal Man (2011) #12
Aug 2, 2012 |
"Rotworld" is off to a solid start here, and knowing that "Swamp Thing" #12 (wrapping up the prologue) is also published the same week makes the chunk of exposition here feel a bit more reasonable. At this point, my biggest complaint is only that next month's issue #0s means that we'll have to wait an extra month for "Rotworld" to kick in to high gear. All in all, not a bad opening. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Animal Man (2011) #14
Nov 12, 2012 |
I must admit with this title in particular, I'm already eager to see what "Animal Man" will serve up post-"Rotworld." It's nice to know this story (which has built up since the series' debut) is heading towards a conclusion. Even a slightly lacking issue of "Animal Man" is ultimately still worth reading. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Animal Man (2011) #18
Mar 6, 2013 |
"Animal Man" #18 feels satisfying to me; it's been a big build-up after all, and Lemire couldn't have a story that lasted so long feel rushed or simple when the final piece was put into place. I think he's succeeded admirably here, and I'm already looking forward to whatever Lemire and Pugh do in the pages of "Animal Man" next. It's a sad conclusion, but one that will play out with good dramatic effect in the months to come. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Animal Man (2011) #20
May 3, 2013 |
If I hadn't ever read "Animal Man" #6, I suspect I would be more entranced with the end result of this comic. For readers who have been around since the beginning, though, "Animal Man" #20 feels more than a little disappointing. With the book going through so many twists and turns in the last couple of months, this comes across as a fill-in rather than an important part of the overall "Animal Man" saga. The final two pages (with art from Timothy Green II and Joseph Silver) show some promise, but right now my enthusiasm has been temporarily shot. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Animal Man (2011) #21
Jun 19, 2013 |
"Animal Man" #21 has the book back in fine form, and I'm completely enthused about the title once more. Lemire, Pugh, and Portela's kick-off of a new storyline is strong and interesting, and wherever we go from here, I feel like I'm on board for the ride. "Animal Man" #21 is the sort of superhero comic that makes me continue to enjoy the genre. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Animal Man (2011) #24
Oct 21, 2013 |
While I'll be eagerly awaiting Albuquerque's return to "American Vampire" next year (and Lemire sneaks in a fun reference to said comic here), him teaming up with Lemire in the meantime feels like a great usage of his talents. Lemire and Albuquerque work well together, and this is a good way to pick up the pace now that the hiatus due to Villains' Month at DC Comics is over. Welcome back, "Animal Man." |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Animal Man (2011) #28
Feb 24, 2014 |
"Animal Man" #28 is another solid issue, and while I'm sad to see the series about to wrap up, it is good to know that Lemire will continue to write Animal Man's adventures beyond the conclusion of this comic. Hopefully, if nothing else, it'll draw some attention to the collected editions of "Animal Man," because it's been a fun ride. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Animal Man (2011) Annual | 2 issues |
8
|
Animal Man (2011) Annual #1
May 30, 2012 |
Readers of "Animal Man" right now will probably fixate the most on Jacob's two-page vision of the future, moments that are even in the future of "Animal Man." It's a rather horrific end to a lot of heroes, and Animal Man himself appears for an enigmatic warning about the Rot and what it will do to his own family. It's a message that is hard to ignore, and hints at bad times in the months to come for "Animal Man." Regardless, though, "Animal Man Annual" #1 is not only a good way to help fill this fifth week of the month for DC Comics, it's a good comic, period. This is a good reminder of how Annuals used to be, and hopefully we'll be getting this level of quality in the ones to come. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Animal Man (2011) Annual #2
Aug 2, 2013 |
"Animal Man Annual" #2 works as a stand-alone, longer-than-normal issue of the series; it's something that feeds into the main run but at the same time could be easily understood if you'd never experienced it before. It's nice to see Lemire and Foreman back together once more, and readers get their money's worth. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Annihilator | 1 issues |
7
|
Annihilator #1
Sep 10, 2014 |
"Annihilator" #1 looks fantastic, and Irving's already bringing his A-game to the comic. Will the story catch up? I suspect so. I'm not worried about Morrison easing us into the mini-series, since these days it's become a more and more standard operating procedure of his. There's enough to hook you for "Annihilator" #2, but it's also not a full "wow" script just yet. Are we going to get there? There's one way to find out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Annihilators | 1 issues |
4
|
Annihilators #1
Mar 3, 2011 |
"Annihilators" is a book I should have loved unreservedly. Instead, it feels like no one involved has their heart in it, save for Green's funky, jagged art style for the back-up feature. This should be a bundle of energy, but right now it feels like no one knew it was show time. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.5
|
Aquaman (2011) | 14 issues |
7
|
Aquaman (2011) #3
Nov 23, 2011 |
"Aquaman" #3 is good, and I don't feel like it's being dragged out at all, but at the same time I found myself wishing that it felt a little longer. Overall it's a good issue, though, and Johns and Reis are definitely making "Aquaman" a compelling read. With the lead-in to what we should be seeing next issue, it looks like everything's about to get even crazier next month. I'm looking forward to it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Aquaman (2011) #4
Dec 28, 2011 |
Overall, though, the re-launch of "Aquaman" feels like a resounding success. The comic is fun, it's creepy, and Aquaman himself isn't the sad sack that so many writers have seemed determined to portray him as over the past few years. So far, so good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Aquaman (2011) #6
Feb 23, 2012 |
"Aquaman" #6 isn't a bad issue, but it's awfully predictable and feels dumbed down in places. The first incident feels ridiculous, and the second one has an ending you'll see coming a mile away. I like the idea of Mera getting a solo outing here and the flashback moments we get are by far and away the best part of the issue. Overall, I expected a lot more from this issue than what we actually good. Not bad, but it could have been better, too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Aquaman (2011) #8
Apr 25, 2012 |
"Aquaman" #8 is ultimately a nice issue and while I'd like the pace to pick up a little bit more, for now the book is working. One gets the feeling that Johns and Reis have carefully mapped out both the future and past of "Aquaman" in great detail; in doing so, they've certainly created a route that everyone is eager to follow. For now, that's enough. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Aquaman (2011) #14
Nov 29, 2012 |
It's nice to have "Aquaman" fun again; "Aquaman" #14 reminded me why Johns and Ivan Reis launching the series last year caused so much excitement. If you fell to the wayside recently, "Aquaman" #14 feels like a strong jumping-on point to help give it another try. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Aquaman (2011) #20
May 27, 2013 |
If nothing else, "Aquaman" #20 makes me more than ever wish that we had Ostrander on a monthly series at DC Comics. He clearly plays well in a joint sandbox, and he's a good writer to boot. Until then, though, I'll just keep my eyes open for moments like this. And if nothing else, if you are going to substitute in a last-minute fill-in comic? Well, if they were all this fun, I don't think people would mind quite so much. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Aquaman (2011) #23
Aug 28, 2013 |
"Aquaman" #23's not a bad conclusion to the second year's worth of stories for this title, but it's definitely one of the weaker issues to date. Johns normally writes a more powerful conclusion, and in the end I'm willing to wrap it up to the sudden need for a fill-in issue that shortened this story overall. (On the bright side, it was a fun fill-in.) With all that behind us now, I look forward to year three kicking off next month. We've been given a good launching point into that third year, and it should be fun to watch it play out. Not bad, but I wish it was better. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Aquaman (2011) #25
Nov 27, 2013 |
"Aquaman" #25 is a satisfying conclusion to a storyline and a particular era in the character's history. I've enjoyed Parker's writing on other titles and I'm looking forward to seeing what he can do with the character. "Aquaman" has proven to be one of the big successes from the New 52, and hopefully that will continue into the 2014. Until then, though, this has been a revitalization of a character that has been fun to swim alongside. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Aquaman (2011) #26
Jan 2, 2014 |
"Aquaman" #26 is absolutely middle of the road. I'd have been more happy if Parker's first issue had a bit more punch, especially because I worry that with Johns gone some of the readership will leave without even trying out Parker's stories. His writing has been strong enough on other titles that I'll certainly stick around for a few months and see what happens once he's had a chance to settle in. But for now, the end result is totally average. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Aquaman (2011) #30
Apr 25, 2014 |
"Aquaman" #30 does a nice job of wrapping up the Hercules storyline, even as it also opens the door for a follow-up. But more importantly, I like how Parker is letting this book connect a bit with "Wonder Woman." It's easy for a title like "Aquaman" to feel like it's playing on the fringes of the DC Universe, unconnected to the other books (the earlier crossover with "Justice League" being an exception). This makes it feel part of a greater whole, without at the same time tangling itself too tightly with other story threads. It's a nice touch, and the sort of continuity that works well. All in all, this was fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Aquaman (2011) #32
Jun 26, 2014 |
"Aquaman" #32 feels as dependable as ever, as it solidly trucks along. It's a good, solid, enjoyable book. Hopefully the crossover with "Swamp Thing" brought some new readers here (and vice versa), because I'd like to see this creative team continue with their overall plans. It's not reinventing the wheel or making me gasp in shock, but it doesn't need to either. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Aquaman (2011) #34
Aug 28, 2014 |
"Aquaman" #34 satisfies as it wraps up Chimera's story, and that's something that month in and month out this title's been doing. With little subplots happily blooming and a new rogue's gallery slowly being built up, "Aquaman" is the little book that could. It might not make your head explode with each new issue, but it doesn't need to; it's fun and it gets the job done. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Aquaman (2011) #36
Nov 26, 2014 |
"Aquaman" #36 is another dependable issue from an equally dependable creative team. It's not reinventing the form but it doesn't need (or aim) to. If you're looking for a solid, reliable superhero comic, you'll do well with "Aquaman." |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Aquaman (2011) #40
Mar 27, 2015 |
Parker and Pelletier's time on "Aquaman" has been fun, and it's sad to see it conclude here. Hopefully, the duo has some collaborations in the future lined up, because they definitely work well together. Until then, this is a satisfying conclusion to go out on and a perfect way for the title to take a breather before the new creative team shows up in June. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Aquaman (2011) Annual | 1 issues |
6
|
Aquaman (2011) Annual #1
Oct 31, 2013 |
"Aquaman Annual" #1 ultimately gives me hope that if there is a title starring the Others, that Ostrander will be on board and continue to build and flesh out these characters. If it does happen, though, can someone come up with a better name for these characters and their potential comic? The Outsiders would fit quite well. Hopefully between now and then, someone will find one that sings. At any rate, this comic isn't bad, but I did find myself wishing that it was a little better. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Aquaman (2016) | 1 issues |
6
|
Aquaman (2016) #1
Jun 24, 2016 |
There's some interesting plotting and ideas here, from some supporting characters not being as supporting as you might have first thought to the fact that both Aquaman and Black Manta are trying to spread their conflicting messages to the land-based media assembled for the opening of Spindrift. I'm curious to see where this will go, and how much or little the overall diplomatic mission will remain center stage now that the attack has occurred. While the ideas are good, however, the execution isn't quite up to stuff; things need to sharpen up a bit if "Aquaman" wants to stay afloat with readers. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Aquaman And The Others | 1 issues |
5
|
Aquaman And The Others #4
Jul 7, 2014 |
"Aquaman and the Others" #4 is a great example of a middle-of-the-road comic. It's not bad, but there's nothing that makes you think, "I must find out what happens next," either. I'm not convinced that the idea of having a book starring these characters is a bad idea -- Ostrander's stop-overs with them were a little stronger -- but the execution of this one lacks any strong reason to care, unfortunately. If things don't pick up quickly, the comic with the awkward title will probably be just a distant memory by this time next year. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Archer & Armstrong (2012) | 7 issues |
8
|
Archer & Armstrong (2012) #1
Aug 2, 2012 |
"Archer & Armstrong" #1 gives us an extremely strong debut for the series; it's funny, it's got action and there's even a fun new spin on the ultra-rich "1%" powerbrokers and what they'd do with a superhuman weapon in order to control the economy. In short, it's exactly how a series from twenty years ago should be updated for a relaunch today. I'm sold on the new "Archer & Armstrong." If you were a fan twenty years ago, definitely take a look. If you've only heard about how fun the original was, this is a good way to get a sample of what you were missing. It's not the same as the Windsor-Smith issues, but it's still quite enjoyable in its own right. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Archer & Armstrong (2012) #5
Dec 12, 2012 |
"Archer & Armstrong" #5 continues another installment in a strong title for the company. This is a creative team who understands the strength of the buddy comedy genre and how to make it work. To borrow a phrase, you'll laugh, you'll cry, you'll eagerly await the next issue. That's exactly what you should want from a monthly comic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Archer & Armstrong (2012) #7
Feb 13, 2013 |
"Archer & Armstrong" #7 is another satisfying chapter in a comic that a year ago I would have thought to be near-impossible to revive. If you've been resisting giving the new "Archer & Armstrong" a try, I think this issue is a good example of the way that this series -- and the re-launched Valiant in general -- operates. That's a good thing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Archer & Armstrong (2012) #9
Apr 10, 2013 |
"Archer and Armstrong" continues to roll along as a fun title. It's not perfect, but it's still pleasant and the strengths outweigh the weaknesses. If you were only going to try one Valiant title, "Archer and Armstrong" is the comic you need make sure to read. Definitely take a look. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Archer & Armstrong (2012) #12
Aug 16, 2013 |
It's worth pointing out that a sub-par issue of "Archer & Armstrong" is still a fun comic; it's just not quite as good as what's been seen up until now. At the end of the day, it'll bring a smile to your face and you'll want to read more. But if this is your first issue, just understand this: it's normally even better. Just get yourself ready for the fun that's in store. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Archer & Armstrong (2012) #13
Sep 12, 2013 |
"Archer & Armstrong" #13 ends on a strong cliffhanger, thanks to Ivar's addition into the mix. The sky's always been the limit for this series (in either incarnation) and I'm glad to see that Van Lente and Perez aren't afraid to continue in that vein. This is, month in and month out, an entertaining comic. For those not reading, maybe it's time to jump on board yourself, especially with a new storyline kicking off in October. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Archer & Armstrong (2012) #15
Nov 15, 2013 |
There's a lot going on here for a book that could have been dismissed as fluff. Ivar's instability, Archer's continued rage, Armstrong's sadness over losing his friend. It's another solid, entertaining comic, and I have to say I appreciate that I can always depend on this book being fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Archie (2015) | 1 issues |
8
|
Archie (2015) #9
Jun 24, 2016 |
"Archie" #9 reminds us why this title has transformed from something that most readers would easily dismiss into a must-read each issue. Following a great closing scene to remind us of Betty's place in Archie's life, I'm itching to read the next issue. If you haven't been reading "Archie" yet, give it a whirl, but be warned: you'll get hooked awfully fast, and that's a good thing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Arclight | 1 issues |
8
|
Arclight #2
Aug 7, 2015 |
"8house: Arclight" #2 continues to intrigue, even as I find it slightly frustrating to know that the remaining two chapters of "Arclight" won't be for a while, as the other "8house" stories step up to their time at bat. Graham and Churchland have created a gorgeous world, and I'm dying to see what happens next. Fortunately, if the other "8house" books are as fun, it'll be an enjoyable time to see what else is in store. "8house: Arclight" makes fantasy truly fantastical again. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Aria, Volume 2 | 1 issues |
8
|
Aria, Volume 2 #1
Jun 3, 2008 |
With beautiful, Italian-inspired art (having been to Venice, the amount of reference material that Amano uses must be massive), "Aria" is a real joy to read from start to finish. So what if very little happens? It doesn't matter, this book is like going on the best vacation you can ever imagine. If there was ever a way to really move to Aqua, based on Amano's books I'd sign up in an instant. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.5
|
Arkham Manor | 2 issues |
7
|
Arkham Manor #1
Oct 22, 2014 |
"Arkham Manor" #1 is a reasonable enough start to the series. With the setup presumably complete, the second issue will make or break the comic. For now, though, I'm pleased enough to want to see what happens next. If the pace picks up a bit, we'll have a real winner. For now, I'm optimistic. Not bad at all. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Arkham Manor #3
Dec 29, 2014 |
I'm still enjoying "Arkham Manor" enough to stick around to its conclusion, but at the same time I'm also not quite so disappointed to hear that the book is ending with #6. As a mini-series, that means that Duggan and Crystal are heading towards the slightly limited shelf-life that it seemed headed towards. I'd much rather have a book get in and out with the appropriate amount of time than to overstay its welcome. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.3
|
Astonishing Ant-Man | 3 issues |
8
|
Astonishing Ant-Man #3
Dec 28, 2015 |
"The Astonishing Ant-Man" may exist because of this year's "Ant-Man" movie, but -- if that's how it got the green light -- there's another reason to be happy about that quirky film. "The Astonishing Ant-Man" is a ridiculous amount of fun; if you haven't read the series up until now, this issue works well as an introduction to what you've been missing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Astonishing Ant-Man #5
Feb 29, 2016 |
"Astonishing Ant-Man" #5 has it all: it's funny, it's serious, it's touching, it's ridiculous -- and all of those elements show up at just the right times. I really want this book to stick around for a long time, because it's one of the best ongoing series at Marvel right now. Seriously, if you aren't reading it, give it a shot. I bet you'll love it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Astonishing Ant-Man #7
Apr 25, 2016 |
"Astonishing Ant-Man" #7 is another installment in a series that everyone should be reading. It's got humor, it's got drama, it's got superheroes and supervillains fighting one another -- what more could you possibly want? Well, if the answer is an incredibly likable main character to tie it all together, don't worry, because Spencer and Rosanas give us that too. This is a great point to give this title a whirl; trust me, you need to jump on board. This book is too good to let slip away. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Astonishing Tales (2009) | 1 issues |
3
|
Astonishing Tales (2009) #1
Feb 8, 2009 |
Paul O'Brien's sales chart analysis of the last "Marvel Comics Presents" that ended in August 2008 showed the book shedding 70% of its sales over those 12 months. I'm a little surprised that Marvel's giving the ongoing anthology title format yet another try, and so quickly at that. If this is the best that Marvel's going to offer up, I suspect that "Astonishing Tales" will not astonish anyone with a swift cancellation. This is a book that felt like it was full of old inventory stories, and that's not going to end up being much of a draw for anyone. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Astonishing Thor | 1 issues |
3
|
Astonishing Thor #2
Jan 27, 2011 |
"Astonishing Thor" is, at its core, not astonishing. In a market glutted with Thor comics left and right in preparation for the upcoming movie, this feels like another pitch that got greenlit for no other reason than to have another collection on bookshelves later this year. This is disappointing at best. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Astonishing X-Men (2004) | 8 issues |
7
|
Astonishing X-Men (2004) #26
Aug 14, 2008 |
Maybe next issue Bianchi will pick up some strength and be fully recharged, because Ellis certainly has adapted quickly to the title. For what's supposed to be the flagship title of the X-Men franchise, "Astonishing X-Men" seems to be suffering from one creator not quite hitting the mark. Is it too much to ask that next month we get an A-game from both? Let's hope not. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Astonishing X-Men (2004) #30
Jun 28, 2009 |
Maybe with Phil Jimenez on board for the next story, we'll see a more regular release schedule for "Astonishing X-Men" and that will help matters out. While I don't mind waiting extra for something that's really good, when the title feels below average the long publishing gaps make the comic feel a bit more of a letdown. And in the end, letdown is exactly how I'd describe "Astonishing X-Men" #30, after all that promise earlier on. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Astonishing X-Men (2004) #32
Nov 4, 2009 |
I feel bad for Ellis and Jimenez, because what could have been a "big" story is now yesterday's news. If the two stick around after this story is over, hopefully the book will be back in sync with the rest of the X-books. For now, though, it feels like little more than a harmless diversion. Fun, sure, but three steps behind everyone else. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Astonishing X-Men (2004) #37
May 12, 2011 |
Here's the thing about "Astonishing X-Men" though: Average story and great art isn't a bad combination, but I'm not convinced it belongs on what's supposed to be a marquee book. If this story was running in "X-Men" or "Uncanny X-Men" (or any of the other X-Books right now) I don't think I'd have batted an eye. But for the title that's supposed to be the big wowie, zowie comic? It's playing it safe. Way and Pearson may still have a trick or two up their sleeves for us but for now, this is just all right. I'd like to see something bigger and bolder from them if they stick around. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Astonishing X-Men (2004) #38
May 20, 2011 |
I hate to say it, but this story is helping diminish the "Astonishing" brand at Marvel from its intended marquee of big-name, high-quality creative teams. And at an extra dollar an issue, the insult is a little higher. This is a big disappointment; I can't see myself reading the other "Meanwhile" issues here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Astonishing X-Men (2004) #48
Mar 29, 2012 |
"Astonishing X-Men" needs a strong focus, considering it's the one of the four X-Men titles that appears to be largely forgotten these days. Can Liu and Perkins provide a purpose for the book? Right now, it remains to be seen. The first half of the issue gives me hope that it's possible. The second half -- well, let's hope things get a little livelier next month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Astonishing X-Men (2004) #50
May 24, 2012 |
I wanted "Astonishing X-Men" #50 to be a great comic; I'd have settled for a good comic, but the result is just disappointing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Astonishing X-Men (2004) #63
Jun 13, 2013 |
"Astonishing X-Men" has had some rough spots here and there, and I've felt like it's floundered a bunch. At the same time, though, I've been coming back every few months because I keep feeling like there's real potential. With this current storyline, "Astonishing X-Men" has reached that potential. Liu and Walta's story is going in a good direction, and as long as issues like this keep showing up, I'll keep reading. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Astonishing X-Men: Xenogenesis | 1 issues |
6
|
Astonishing X-Men: Xenogenesis #2
Jun 13, 2010 |
"Astonishing X-Men: Xenogenesis" #2 isn't bad, but it's moving at a slightly slow and overly deliberate pace. I'd have liked to see some more plot progression here, considering this is only a five issue story. Still, as a strange side-step from the rest of the X-books, "Astonishing X-Men: Xenogenesis" is a nice way to take a break from the doom and gloom of "Second Coming" and relish in the weirdness. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Astounding Villain House One-Shot | 1 issues |
8
|
Astounding Villain House One-Shot #1
Nov 1, 2013 |
I really would love to see some more "Villain House" stories, be they in "Dark Horse Presents," another one-shot, or any other medium. Once you read these stories, I'm pretty sure you'd agree. Wheeler's "Astounding Villain House" is a brilliant bite of dark superheroics, and if we're lucky it will be the first of many. Scoop up a copy, and I bet you'll be singing his praises before long too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.7
|
Astro City (2013) | 16 issues |
8
|
Astro City (2013) #1
Jun 5, 2013 |
It's nice to see "Astro City" #1 return with such a strong comic right out of the gate. I also appreciate that "Through Open Doors (Part One)" is set up in a way that the next issue could be the next installment, or it could be several months until we return to this narrative. Either way, I'm pleased with the end result. Busiek's slight experiment with storytelling worked well, and there's a lot given to us here that could be used for dozens of stories down the line. In other words, just like a good "Astro City" comic should be. "Astro City" #1 reminds readers just how much fun Busiek and Anderson's series can be. It was absolutely worth the wait. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Astro City (2013) #3
Aug 15, 2013 |
It's a real pleasure to have "Astro City" back on the stands once more. Busiek and Anderson continue to charm readers with their stories of heroism and sacrifice. But of course, that doesn't just apply to those wearing a costume and using a codename. With a comic like "Astro City," it's a reminder that the superhero genre isn't dead. You just need the right creative team telling the stories. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Astro City (2013) #5
Oct 9, 2013 |
Busiek promises in the letter column that these story fragments are eventually leading somewhere, and that the Broken Man's strange map of thumbtacks, yarn, and artifacts all really do connect into a larger map. But even if it didn't, I'd be happy with this issue. It's different and quirky, and while it's not something that could be done every month on a successful level, as a little detour it's fun. With next month's issue serving as a follow-up to the current series' debut, there should even be a bit more traditional storytelling ahead for those craving it after this diversion. Any time Busiek and Anderson want to play with traditional storytelling, I'm in. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Astro City (2013) #8
Jan 17, 2014 |
"Astro City" #8 continues a strong and engaging storyline, and I appreciate the fact that how it will end is anyone's guess. It's topical and exciting, and it makes me all the more happy that "Astro City" is back. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Astro City (2013) #11
Apr 14, 2014 |
"Astro City" #11 -- and the series in general -- is a real joy. Dependably strong once again, this comic has a wide appeal. Everyone from "Doctor Strange" fans to just those who like a good character study should check this comic out. Once again, Busiek and Anderson have crafted a winner. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Astro City (2013) #13
Jun 13, 2014 |
The new series of "Astro City" has given readers a lot of great comics, and this one is no exception. What Busiek and Anderson do here isn't something that should be replicated down the line, but it doesn't need to be either. They've taken a charming story and made it that much more so; the fantastical mixed with the mundane, and the biggest conflicts being over the little things in life. I've been thrilled with the return of "Astro City" for the past year, and this is no exception. Highly recommended. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Astro City (2013) #15
Sep 12, 2014 |
"Astro City" #15 isn't a bad issue, but it's just a solid average, and that's surprising for a book normally as fantastic as this one. I'll still take an average "Astro City" over a lot of other comics on the market, mind you, and I hope I'm not the only one. If this is the weakest a book can get, you're ultimately in very good shape. I know I'll be back for the next issue in October. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Astro City (2013) #17
Nov 24, 2014 |
"Astro City" #17's heart is in the right place, but this isn't one of its more shining moments. With a larger four-part story focusing on Crackerjack and Quarrel starting in December, things look a bit more promising. But this feels like another faltering moment for a series that used to be impervious; considering how great Busiek and Benjamin Dewey's "Tooth & Claw" #1 was this month, it's a bit of a let down. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Astro City (2013) #19
Jan 15, 2015 |
"Astro City" makes you fall in love with characters you've only just met. That's very much the case here, thanks to Busiek and Anderson taking just the right amount of time to unspool Quarrel's story. Told as a single-issue story, this wouldn't have worked at all, but this story arc comes across perfectly paced and always provides more than enough to make us come back for the next installment. If you haven't read "Astro City" in a while, come and take a look at this story arc. Stories like this will make you a fan of "Astro City" all over again. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Astro City (2013) #23
May 15, 2015 |
"Astro City" #23 looks great, and the story itself is even better. Hopefully the rest of this story arc will prove to be just as strong. Comics like "Sticks" are a good reminder of why "Astro City" has well-earned its beloved reputation, and Issue #23 is a huge success from Busiek and Anderson, as they give us your new favorite gorilla. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Astro City (2013) #26
Aug 20, 2015 |
"Astro City" #26 is a pleasant way to celebrate the series' twentieth anniversary and, as I said before, I want a follow-up down the line to see if Samaritan was able to take what he learned here and really apply it to his life. Surprise bad-guy portion aside (and one that admittedly isn't the bigger solution), this is a solid exploration of what it means to be the world's greatest hero, for good or for ill. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Astro City (2013) #28
Oct 23, 2015 |
"Astro City" #28 is a fun, if not quite groundbreaking, comic; it's got familiar beats, but Busiek still handles them well and crafts an entertaining story. This month, though, it's Chaloner and Von Grawbadger who steal the show and push this up from above average to full-on great. Once again, "Astro City" delivers the goods. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Astro City (2013) #29
Nov 20, 2015 |
"Astro City" #29 is another strong, fun issue from a fairly consistent series. I love how Busiek and Anderson don't shy away from stories that don't have easy, simple answers, and this one is no exception. I'm looking forward to see what happens next in December; if you haven't read "Astro City" in a while, this is a good place to check it out for yourself. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Astro City (2013) #31
Jan 25, 2016 |
"Astro City" #31 is a fun little issue, and one that I hope gets followed up before too long. It's another reminder why this series is dependably worth buying and is able to use different viewpoints and perceptions in ways that stand out. Busiek and Merino's comic takes a familiar face and gives us a nice twist. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Astro City (2013) #32
Feb 22, 2016 |
"Astro City" #32 is a strong opening to a new storyline, one that I hope continues for at least several months. Busiek and Anderson's sequel to "Tarnished Angel" is off to a strong start; super-powered crime noir is a strange and specialized genre, but they turn out a real winner. Until the next chapter hits in March, I know what I'll be doing: re-reading the original storyline. This is a real winner, folks. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Astro City (2013) #35
May 23, 2016 |
Busiek and Randall round out "Astro City" #35 with a mystery about the Weirdies, Mister Drama, the Landlord and the various Jack-in-the-Box heroes that continues to unfold. Add that to the story of being a legacy, and you get a comic that feels densely plotted and more than your money's worth. "Astro City" #35 is a reminder that the superhero genre can give us rich, interesting characters and plots, so long as talented creators like Busiek and Randall are at the helm. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Astro City: Astra Special | 1 issues |
8
|
Astro City: Astra Special #1
Oct 1, 2009 |
While I'm enjoying "Astro City: The Dark Age," reading "Astro City: Astra Special" #1 is a good reminder that "Astro City" has its share of fun along with, well, dark. It's a great reunion for readers and Astra, and we've still got a second issue to read a month from now. For "Astro City" fans who have missed some of the lighter-hearted stories, come back! It's what you've been waiting for. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Astro City: The Dark Age Book 3 | 1 issues |
7
|
Astro City: The Dark Age Book 3 #1
May 12, 2009 |
In many ways, "Astro City: The Dark Age: Book Three" #1 is set-up for the remaining issues of this story, but I'm good with that. This is just the right way for the comic to come back after a bit of an absence, and by the end of the issue things are definitely rolling full speed ahead. It may sound odd to say, "Bring on the dark ages!" but this latest "Astro City" mini-series evokes that exact reaction. It's nice to see it return. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Astro City: The Dark Age Book 4 | 1 issues |
6
|
Astro City: The Dark Age Book 4 #2
Mar 6, 2010 |
But after enjoying the two-part "Astra Special" and getting reminded how much lighter and fun an "Astro City" story can be, I think I'd ready for "The Dark Age" to come to a conclusion. While I'm not against multi-part stories in "Astro City" ("The Confessor" showed that there's absolutely a place for that kind of thing), I'm looking forward to more one- and two-part stories down the line, and hopefully with a cheerier tone in places. "Astro City" should never be quite so dark for this long a time period. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Avengers (2010) | 2 issues |
4
|
Avengers (2010) #10
Feb 23, 2011 |
"Avengers" is normally a bit more fun than this, but everyone involved already seems tired of the current story. That's not a good sign. Neither is the fact that a reprint of the recent "Heroes for Hire" #1 in the back is far more interesting than the main feature. "Avengers" needs some more energy, and fast. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Avengers (2010) #11
Mar 30, 2011 |
With all but two pages being splashes, this comic feels like it ends before it's even getting started; in general this story has felt slightly rushed, but this issue even more than before. And as for the surprise final page? Well, let's hope that it's at least in part a trick; I'd hate to see the most recent storyline involving that character to be undone so casually. After a strong opening, the current "Avengers" storyline has been running out of steam, and this issue is no exception. I want to like this story, but each new chapter is a little less than the one before. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.7
|
Avengers (2012) | 7 issues |
8
|
Avengers (2012) #3
Jan 23, 2013 |
"Avengers" #3 is a satisfying (if slightly speedy thanks to one character in particular) conclusion to the initial story arc, and so far it's a very good comic. Over time, there's no doubt in my mind that it has the potential to be great. For now, though, it's already good enough that I'm willing to call this a big success. In terms of the Marvel NOW! revamps at the company, this is one of the big winners, easily. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Avengers (2012) #6
Feb 21, 2013 |
As for the big surprise at the end, older comic fans will see the significance and gasp a little, but there's enough information here so people who don't get the reference will still understand that something big is happening. It's a sharp, neat little twist and in hindsight it fits in well with what was already presented in "Avengers" #1-3. Hickman does a great job here, and he and Kubert turn a quiet story into one that's still captivating. I've never been a big "Avengers" reader in the past, but comics like this continue to make me a fan. Well done. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Avengers (2012) #9
Apr 10, 2013 |
"Avengers" #9 is an odd duck. I want to love it as much as I have some past issues, but once again this is a comic where it doesn't work as a single issue. Add in that this is also an issue of "Avengers" where the Avengers themselves do almost nothing, and you end up with a book where the stars appear to be the supporting cast, not the heroes themselves. Like before, I'm sure that the next issue will come down the pike and instantly suck me back in to being a full-speed cheerleader of the title. But for now, this installment feels like a bit of a letdown. A lot of the winning components are there, but it's missing a few vital pieces to jump into the realm of great. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Avengers (2012) #11
May 8, 2013 |
It almost goes without saying that "Avengers" #11 is, like every other issue these days, also a little slow paced. Sometimes that pacing works well, sometimes it feels like "Avengers" is being dragged out a great deal. This time it falls into the middle of those two positions; it's still slow, but moments like Sam and Bobby parting with AIM Agents give it a certain pep that otherwise wouldn't be there. I'm still enjoying "Avengers," but I am starting to wonder just how long things are going to build. It's still good, but a tiny bit of enthusiasm is starting to chip away the longer that we get that climactic moment delayed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Avengers (2012) #14
Jun 19, 2013 |
"Avengers" #14 feels like it's suddenly back on track again, and I'm always in favor of that. How this ties into "Infinity" or where it will end is anyone's guess. For now, though, it feels like business-as-usual, and that's the best result you can hope for when you see a crossover banner on a title you read. Fear not! Crossover-itis hasn't set in just yet. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Avengers (2012) #16
Jul 18, 2013 |
"Avengers" #16 is fun, but it's hard to keep from feeling like the best parts of the issue are too short and the most average parts are too long. Still, even with the balance a bit off, it's an enjoyable read. I still have no idea what "Infinity" will be, and I don't care, so long as Hickman and company get to keep telling their "Avengers" saga. Avengers assemble, indeed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Avengers (2012) #18
Aug 22, 2013 |
"Avengers" #18 survives on the art, but as the first main tie-in to "Infinity" it's a bit of a disappointment. Hopefully future installments are going to pick up the pace and turn out something a bit more exciting, because otherwise I don't see any real need to buy "Avengers" for the next few months. Regular "Avengers" readers deserve something more entertaining than this. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.8
|
Avengers Academy | 14 issues |
8
|
Avengers Academy #3
Aug 20, 2010 |
I've never been a serious "Avengers" fan; I'll read the occasional title here and there, but I don't get super-excited because a new issue of one of them came out. (Well, except for "Young Avengers." That's an entirely different beast.) In the case of "Avengers Academy," though, I've found my book to hook me. This is great stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Avengers Academy #5
Oct 6, 2010 |
Still, a sub-par issue of "Avengers Academy" is still better than a good issue of many other books. After the high standards set by the previous four issues, this one is just a slight disappointment. Hopefully Mike McKone will be back on pencils next month, presumably just in time for a spotlight on Reptil. Here's to being back to its strengths next month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Avengers Academy #6
Nov 7, 2010 |
"Avengers Academy" has finished introducing its six main characters, and I'm interested to see just Gage and company have in store for us next. This has been a remarkably successful launch of a new series, and I'm jazzed to keep reading. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Avengers Academy #10
Mar 2, 2011 |
"Avengers Academy" continues to be a solid, entertaining book month in and month out; for a comic anchored by six brand-new (or relatively new) characters, that's not an easy feat. Hopefully class will stay in session for some time. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Avengers Academy #13
May 4, 2011 |
Do people even still scream "Food fight!" and shove a slice of cake in someone else's cake? Like so much in this comic, it feels forced and from a different genre entirely. "Avengers Academy" from the previous twelve issues? Come back, you're missed. This issue felt like a refugee from a different comic entirely. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Avengers Academy #14
Jun 2, 2011 |
All in all, a satisfying issue, one that sums up the series as a whole and is entertaining for both long-time readers and those giving the comic a whirl for the first time. Gage and Chen take a slightly silly concept and turn it into one of the stronger issues of the series to date. This is another pleasant reminder why "Avengers Academy" is one of Marvel's better series right now. Ignore the general silliness of a "point one" issue and check it out for yourself. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Avengers Academy #17
Aug 3, 2011 |
Don't let the "Fear Itself" banner scare you away; this is turning out to be a pivotal story for "Avengers Academy," and easy to understand even if you aren't reading the "Fear Itself" mini-series. For those wondering when the proverbial shoe was going to drop ever since the first issue? It looks like it's just around the corner. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Avengers Academy #23
Dec 15, 2011 |
"Avengers Academy" has, post-"Fear Itself," picked up the pace and become a strong, tightly focused book. (It was good before, but this feels like a real shot in the arm.) Hopefully it will get the attention it deserves; Gage, Raney, and Hanna are turning out a fun and consistent comic here. I'm more than happy to stay enrolled with them as the deans of the school, thank you very much. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Avengers Academy #25
Feb 1, 2012 |
"Avengers Academy" #25 isn't the final issue in this storyline, with an epilogue around the corner. Hopefully it will push the comic back up to the higher levels I've come to expect. This issue isn't bad, but I expect great from this title, not just good. With any luck, great will be back in our next installment. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Avengers Academy #28
Apr 5, 2012 |
Despite the strange plotting of "Avengers Academy" #28, I do think Gage clearly gets the Runaways cast and if a new "The Runaways" comic ever started I'd be pleased if Gage was in charge. It's a nice glimpse into what these characters have been up to as well as an opportunity for them to appear again before long. I don't know if it'll happen or not, but I'd welcome them in this book's pages again. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Avengers Academy #29
May 7, 2012 |
"Avengers Academy" #29 is fine but not great; it feels like a bit of a mixed bag as it zooms off on a strange tangent before pulling back into the main story. Ultimately it's the sort of crossover issue that ends up being inoffensive; it doesn't disrupt "Avengers Academy" but it's certainly not critical reading in the slightest. Maybe #30 will change things, but for now it's entertaining if not terribly important. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Avengers Academy #32
Jun 20, 2012 |
"Avengers Academy" #32 is a comic that is good, but it's frustrating to see these additional elements pushed into a story that would be better without it. If you are an "Avengers vs. X-Men" reader who is thinking about picking up "Avengers Academy" #32, definitely do so. It'll give you an idea of what the book's about and the kind of stories it tells. Just make sure to stick around once the crossover has concluded. I'll bet that what we get next will turn out to be even better. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Avengers Academy #34
Aug 1, 2012 |
"Avengers Academy" #34 feels like it could be the start of the end of the series; if it wasn't for the October solicitations showing at least one more issue beyond the end of "Final Exam," I'd be worried. Still, that's a good sign for us as readers; it says that "Final Exam" genuinely feels like a game changer. Here's to the next three chapters not proving us wrong. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Avengers Academy #36
Sep 10, 2012 |
"Avengers Academy" has been a fun series, and it's sad that it's not only coming to a conclusion but is doing so in what feels like a slightly rushed and accelerated manner. Still, there's more than enough for fans of the series to enjoy here; the ending's going to be bittersweet, but we'll have fun getting there. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.8
|
Avengers Arena | 5 issues |
5
|
Avengers Arena #1
Dec 12, 2012 |
"Avengers Arena" #1 right now feels decidedly average. For a book that promised a lot of controversy and shock, so far it hasn't delivered on either. Over time this could still easily shift in either direction, but for now it fails to stand out among the pack of other Marvel NOW! titles. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Avengers Arena #5
Mar 4, 2013 |
"Avengers Arena" #5 still hasn't quite come together, but Hopeless and Walker are certainly trying to make it work. For now it's not bad, though, and as the numbers presumably dwindle we'll hopefully start to get some more characters to care about as they rise up through the chaff. With so many strong "Avengers" titles in general, though, I think "Avengers Arena" might end up suffering in comparison, so it needs to up its game and soon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Avengers Arena #10
Jun 6, 2013 |
With the death of a well-loved character this issue, "Avengers Arena" #10 is hitting the point where I think readers will need to decide if they're sticking around or not. If teenagers fighting to death is your sort of thing (and with the success of properties like "The Hunger Games" and "Battle Royale" it clearly is for a lot of people), "Avengers Arena" is probably hitting its stride quite nicely right now. For those who are reading "Avengers Arena" because they were big fans of books like "Avengers Academy" and "The Runaways," on the other hand... I can't help but think that this storyline might be changing their minds. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Avengers Arena #14
Sep 2, 2013 |
"Avengers Arena" #14 in many ways sums up the series in general: there are little bits that fire off perfectly, but then larger issues that are harder to ignore pull the overall feel down a bit. Of course, if you're wondering why there's no mention of the surprise final page from "Avengers Arena" #12, that's because it isn't. Hopefully, there won't be long to wait until the final issue to see that resolved. In the meantime, "Avengers Arena" trudges on, full of good intentions, but never quite where it promises to be in terms of quality. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Avengers Arena #17
Nov 14, 2013 |
"Avengers Arena" #17 feels like the book is on track for a strong finale. While I don't think it's going to be the bloodbath that the comic promised for so long, it's certainly going to be violent and tense. Who knows? If nothing else, there are enough original characters created for "Avengers Arena" that the massacre could still happen. Honestly, though, I think that Hopeless has hit the point where there's not a need for character deaths to satisfy the audience. (I'd actually be more pleased if they didn't all die.) It's a little too late at this point, but "Avengers Arena" has definitely found its voice. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Avengers Assemble | 2 issues |
8
|
Avengers Assemble #10
Dec 12, 2012 |
"Avengers Assemble" #10 (as well as #9 before it) has been a pleasant and rewarding surprise. There are a lot of "Avengers" titles right now, but make sure that you don't miss "Avengers Assemble" in the mix. "Avengers Assemble" has become a must-read superhero comic; all comics should be this much fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Avengers Assemble #14AU
Apr 15, 2013 |
Once the initial strike is over, "Avengers Assemble" #14AU calms down a bit. The immediate grieving for those who were lost is affecting, and one that pays off from the introductions performed earlier by Ewing and Guice. It's not quite as interesting at that point as Black Widow scrambles to survive, but it's still a good story. At the end of the day, the lack of a script from Kelly Sue DeConnick was no longer an issue; Ewing, Guice and Palmer had turned in a good and pleasing comic. "Age of Ultron" has been a big bust up until now, but this has been one of the bright spots of the entire event. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Avengers Prime | 1 issues |
8
|
Avengers Prime #3
Sep 30, 2010 |
Even the slightly-too-chatty nature of the characters in "Avengers Prime" (there are several moments where you might want to strangle Tony Stark just to shut him up) can't detract much from the overall fun and joy that goes through "Avengers Prime." There's a twist or two revealed at the end of this issue, and I suspect before it's all over those twists might get another layer pulled off to show that we still didn't know what's really going on. I'm more than happy to settle in for the ride. This is a big heap of fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Avengers Undercover | 1 issues |
7
|
Avengers Undercover #2
Apr 9, 2014 |
"Avengers Undercover" #2 is another good issue, and so far it's taking the "What happens next?" hook and running with it in a way that should not only appeal to the readers of "Avengers Arena" but also hopefully bring in some new readers. This is a book that's on the right track. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Avengers vs. the Pet Avengers | 1 issues |
6
|
Avengers vs. the Pet Avengers #3
Dec 17, 2010 |
"Avengers vs. the Pet Avengers" is hardly high art, but it's thoroughly entertaining. If you aren't reading these comics yet, buy the whole lot, settle down in front of the fireplace with a mug of spiced cider, and have a great winter evening reading them all. What started out as a joke as turned into a book to look forward to. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.3
|
Avengers Vs. X-Men | 3 issues |
6
|
Avengers Vs. X-Men #3
May 3, 2012 |
"Avengers vs. X-Men" #3 is a nice looking comic that ultimately serves as little more than set-up for future fight scenes. If you're interested in the threat of the Phoenix, I suspect you're going to have to wait a while. Perhaps tune back in around issue #10? At this point, though, I think most readers are prepared for lots of fight scenes within a larger framework. If that's what you're looking for, you're most definitely in luck. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Avengers Vs. X-Men #7
Jul 5, 2012 |
"Avengers vs. X-Men" #7 is full of sound and fury, but unlike "Macbeth" I wouldn't say it's signifying nothing. Rather, it's the soundtrack to the latest surround sound, IMAX, mega action flick. If you know what it is going in, you'll find something to enjoy. If you're looking for a thoughtful insight into the differences between the two teams and their methods, though, that's for a different comic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Avengers Vs. X-Men #11
Sep 12, 2012 |
The basic plot of "Avengers vs. X-Men" as a whole isn't that bad. It's even slightly fun. But with eleven issues published, there's simply no way that there's been eleven issues worth of plot here. It's not even close. In extending the story to twelve issues, Marvel's gotten more sales, but sacrificed some storytelling to do so. Financially it's a great decision for the company, but in the long run I can't help but think that a more streamlined "Avengers vs. X-Men" could have bought far more goodwill for Marvel instead. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.5
|
Avengers World | 6 issues |
8
|
Avengers World #2
Jan 23, 2014 |
"Avengers World" #2 is fun and inventive, and it's got a proverbial spring in its step as it moves forward. I was a little wary about yet another Avengers title debuting, but Hickman, Spencer and Caselli are making it so enjoyable that I just can't complain. This is a nice addition to the Avengers family. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Avengers World #3
Feb 24, 2014 |
"Avengers World" #3 has some of Hickman's strengths and weaknesses on display when it comes to the Avengers. He's coming up with huge, brilliant ideas... and then putting them partially or entirely on hold for strange detours. There's a balance between characters and plotlines that it feels like Hickman still hasn't quite mastered, and "Avengers World" #3 shows the end result. This would have been a great half-issue's worth of plot, but without anything else to balance it out, there isn't quite enough to boost the issue overall. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Avengers World #7
Jun 4, 2014 |
"Avengers World" #7 is a book with an apt title. It has a great global mandate, and seeing it touch in with all parts of the shared universe is fun. But hopefully, the title doesn't also mean that that it will take a full year for "Avengers World" to complete something. I'd prefer the title to wrap things up before the planet moves entirely around the sun. Any chance of at least one thread to get tied off soon, please? |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Avengers World #9
Jul 18, 2014 |
This is a comic that quotes "Back to the Future" twice, and both times the line is wonderfully accurate. What's not to love? This issue might feel like a bit of a trifle in spots, but it's so much fun as it luxuriates in everything about it -- I bet you'll love it too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Avengers World #13
Sep 22, 2014 |
Considering that all of the "Avengers World" plot lines still seem wildly up in the air, I'm a bit hesitant about the promise that this massive story will be concluded next issue. Hopefully it will flow smoothly and we'll get a satisfying wrap-up. But if not, well, it's hard to wonder if having two issues in a row spend a lot of time introducing new generic characters from other parts of the globe was such a smart choice. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Avengers World #16
Dec 12, 2014 |
Then there's that ending. It's fairly problematic. I get why it exists, to bring back a character who's going to be in the supporting cast for a new series in 2015. But considering this character was killed off by the creative team who had transformed her from a random background face into a major character, it's hard to keep from feeling like this character maybe should have stayed away. The proof will be, of course, in what happens with the character moving forward; for all we know it'll be utterly brilliant. But looking solely at "Avengers World" #16, this feels nonsensical and more than a little out of the blue. Then again, it's hardly the only problem with this issue. This is not a shining moment for a normally more interesting series. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Avengers: Children's Crusade | 1 issues |
7
|
Avengers: Children's Crusade #1
Jul 8, 2010 |
Still, it's great to see the characters back, and hopefully starting next month we'll see some of the characters that fell into the background here (Patriot, Hawkeye, and the Vision in particular). All in all? It's great to be home again. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Avengers: Ultron Forever | 1 issues |
7
|
Avengers: Ultron Forever #1
Apr 1, 2015 |
"Avengers: Ultron Forever" #1 is a solid start to this particular storyline. The story is a good opening chapter, and the art and coloring looks extremely attractive. My only real complaint is that, even with the battles at the end of the comic, Ultron coasts more on reputation than actually evoking any fear. We're told how dangerous the Ultron Singularity is but, for whatever reason, he's not coming across as truly deadly. Hopefully, that will be a bit more in the foreground as the Avengers get closer to the killer robot itself. Based on what we get here, though, I think most readers would want to see the next installment. Mission accomplished. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Avengers: X-Sanction | 1 issues |
5
|
Avengers: X-Sanction #3
Feb 1, 2012 |
"Avengers: X-Sanction" needs to rally a great deal if it's going to end on a high note. This should be getting readers excited for "Avengers vs. X-Men" and asking retailers to reserve them a copy. If that's going to succeed, Loeb needs to pull a new plot point out of his hat. Right now, it's losing ground. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
AVX: Consequences | 2 issues |
8
|
AVX: Consequences #1
Oct 10, 2012 |
With four more issues to go, of course, "AvX: Consequences" could easily zoom off in a different direction. With this strong first issue, though, it feels like a project that's on track for a strong finish. With a strong focus and momentum already moving forward, this feels in some ways to have the drive that the parent series could have benefited from, too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
AVX: Consequences #5
Nov 8, 2012 |
"AvX: Consequences" shouldn't have worked half as well as it did, but it's much to everyone's credit that it opened and closed a success. Gillen and Walta (plus the artists from the first four issues) have turned out a fun mini-series that provided exactly what it promised: consequences. Add in a great last word from Cyclops, and it makes me genuinely interested in where these characters will turn up next. I'll be ready to read that comic, whatever it might be. Well done. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Azrael (2009) | 2 issues |
7
|
Azrael (2009) #1
Oct 26, 2009 |
The one big down side to "Azrael" #1, though, is the art. After having Frazer Irving, J. Calafiore, and Tom Mandrake draw Nicieza's Azrael stories up until now, Ramon Bachs was already at a disadvantage. But even without that pedigree of talent having led the way, I think Bachs is still the wrong choice of artist for "Azrael." Bachs's art is blocky and rough, in an almost primitive manner. While I don't mind a rough art style, there's something about Bachs' art that misses what I think "Azrael" needs most. There isn't a dark, gloomy look about the way Bachs draws the book, and it was that special mood that Irving, Calafiore, and Mandrake all evoked quite well. As strange as it sounds, "Azrael" looks a tiny bit too cheerful, despite the grim events it's depicting. "Azrael" could actually be an excellent book, but someone more suited to the scripts than Bachs would have to come on in order for that to happen. Still, the script for "Azrael" #1 was strong enough that I want to read more. T |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Azrael (2009) #3
Dec 21, 2009 |
"Azrael" as a title is unfortunately saddled with memories of some of the worst excesses of the '90s, and that's a shame. This new "Azrael" is a different beast entirely, and hopefully Nicieza will get to continue to tell stories of this nature. "Azrael" is far more interesting than it deserves to be, and that's a good thing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
B.P.R.D. | 1 issues |
7
|
B.P.R.D.: The Dead Remembered #1
Apr 6, 2011 |
"B.P.R.D.: The Dead Remembered" is a fun start to a flashback mini-series. It's a little surprising the book hasn't done more up until now with the Salem witch trials, but perhaps it was just an ace up a sleeve waiting for the right moment. I'm still eager to find out how the cliffhanger of last month's book gets resolved, but until then this is a fun way to spend a few issues. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.9
|
B.P.R.D.: Hell On Earth | 15 issues |
8
|
B.P.R.D.: Hell On Earth: The Devil's Engine #1
May 16, 2012 |
"B.P.R.D. Hell on Earth: The Devil's Engine" #1 is another strong "B.P.R.D." comic in general, but it also feels like a good a place as any to check out the series if you aren't already. "B.P.R.D. Hell on Earth" is a tense little horror comic, and this new installment lives up to that reputation. Good stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
B.P.R.D.: Hell On Earth: New World #1
Aug 11, 2010 |
"B.P.R.D.: Hell on Earth: New World" includes in the inside front cover a set of brief character blurbs, a nice way to help out people who haven't read all previous 68 "B.P.R.D." issues. "B.P.R.D.: Hell on Earth" hasn't justified its new subtitle just yet, but hopefully we'll see that shortly. This wasn't a bad debut issue for the new direction, but it could have been a bit stronger, too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
B.P.R.D.: Hell On Earth: Gods #1
Jan 12, 2011 |
"B.P.R.D. Hell on Earth: Gods" #1 is another strong issue for the comic, and hopefully some new readers will be willing to take a chance. (Who knows, maybe the beautiful Ryan Sook cover will lure people on board.) This is too much fun to go unnoticed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
B.P.R.D.: Hell On Earth: Monsters #1
Jul 13, 2011 |
"B.P.R.D. Hell on Earth: Monsters" #1 is a comic where you might come for the arrival of Crook as artist, but you'll stay for the way that Mignola, Arcudi, and Crook tell their story. Eighty issues in, and "B.P.R.D." is still going strong. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
B.P.R.D.: Hell On Earth: The Pickens County Horror #2
Apr 27, 2012 |
"B.P.R.D. Hell on Earth: The Pickens County Horror" was a fun two-issue sideline and I'd like to see more of these stories in the months to come. As much as I enjoy the regular cast, it's a nice reminder that other people work at the Bureau too. And with a story this creepy, well, there's certainly nothing to complain about. A good job from all parties involved. "The Pickens County Horror" was aptly named; as a character you'll want to steer clear of Pickens County, but as a reader it's a trip you'll definitely want to take. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
B.P.R.D.: Hell On Earth: The Return of the Master #2
Sep 26, 2012 |
"B.P.R.D. Hell on Earth: The Return of the Master" #2 is another typical issue of "B.P.R.D. Hell on Earth," and by typical I mean strong and entertaining. Arcudi, Mignola, and Crook are turning out strong comic after strong comic, and this issue is no exception. With #100 just around the corner, this mini-series is as good a chance as any to say, "I was reading it back in the day, before it hit the triple digits." Fun stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
B.P.R.D.: Hell On Earth: Russia #2
Oct 20, 2011 |
"B.P.R.D. Hell on Earth: Russia" is the comic equivalent of a close friend that you know, month after month, will be there and be just what you need. Hopefully your close friends won't get possessed by demons and try to destroy the planet, mind you. As always, dependably good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
B.P.R.D.: Hell On Earth: Exorcism #2
Jul 25, 2012 |
"B.P.R.D. Hell on Earth: Exorcism" #2 is a perfectly reasonable conclusion to the mini-series, although I'm still not entirely sure if it had a greater point of existence than, "This might be fun." Ultimately it's nice enough for a little diversion in the "B.P.R.D. Hell on Earth" realm, and that's good enough for now. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
B.P.R.D.: Hell On Earth: Gods #2
Feb 10, 2011 |
"B.P.R.D. Hell on Earth" is an interesting new direction for the B.P.R.D. books in general, and I keep hoping the new name might help draw in brand new readers willing to give it a shot. If you like creepy horror, this really is the best time to jump on board and see for yourself. 75 issues of a series is no small feat these days, and "B.P.R.D." has well earned that high count. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
B.P.R.D.: Hell On Earth: The Long Death #3
Apr 18, 2012 |
"B.P.R.D. Hell on Earth: The Long Death" #3 is probably not the best introduction to the series if you haven't read any of it to date. It's not only the conclusion to a mini-series, but to a story that's been running throughout the comics for years. For those who are familiar with the "B.P.R.D." world, though, I think they'll find "B.P.R.D. Hell on Earth: The Long Death" #3 quite satisfying. It's about as good of a conclusion to this little chunk of the "B.P.R.D." universe that we could get. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
B.P.R.D.: Hell On Earth: The Devil's Engine #3
Jul 23, 2012 |
"B.P.R.D. Hell on Earth: The Devil's Engine" #3 has a strong wrap-up to this story, even as groundwork is laid for "B.P.R.D. Hell on Earth: Return of the Master." (Let's just say that things don't look good for our heroes.) With the shift from "B.P.R.D." to "B.P.R.D. Hell on Earth," I've been a little afraid that people are taking these comics for granted, or perhaps tuning them out. That would be a shame; they're as good as ever, if not even more so. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
B.P.R.D.: Hell On Earth: New World #5
Dec 8, 2010 |
All in all, "B.P.R.D.: Hell on Earth: New World" has served well as a new jumping-on point for the book. It sets up some new conflicts, and reminds us of some old ones. Best of all, I still have no idea whose side Panya is on. Or, for that matter, almost all the members of the B.P.R.D. right now. It's hard to believe this is the 73rd issue of the various "B.P.R.D." comics, but it's to Arcudi, Mignola, and Davis' credit that it still feels fresh and exciting. At the rate they're going, I can see it going well beyond its 100th issue without missing a beat. Good stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
B.P.R.D.: Hell On Earth #104
Feb 13, 2013 |
In the letters column for "B.P.R.D. Hell on Earth" #104, it's mentioned that Harren's next "B.P.R.D. Hell on Earth" comic will "satisfy everyone who's had complaints about the direction of the book." That actually gives me hope, if only because it recognizes that for many readers the book's started to wander afield a bit too much as of late. So while the bad news is that "B.P.R.D. Hell on Earth" #104 is one of those issues that does just that, the good news is that this comic looks gorgeous and that it'll be getting fixed sooner or later. In the meantime, though, with a surprisingly lackluster and out-of-the-blue ending, this issue of "B.P.R.D. Hell on Earth" feels like it's aimed at die-hard fans only. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
B.P.R.D.: Hell On Earth #111
Sep 19, 2013 |
"B.P.R.D. Hell on Earth" #111 feels like the series is heading in a good direction; plots are building and the danger is increasing. With three more parts in "Lake of Fire" to go (to say nothing of whatever comes next), I feel like anything could happen courtesy Arcudi, Mignola, and Crook. Whatever that destination, I'm eagerly awaiting our arrival. "B.P.R.D. Hell on Earth" brings the creepiness every month, and this issue is no exception. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
B.P.R.D.: Hell On Earth #122
Aug 25, 2014 |
The absolute basic idea behind "B.P.R.D. Hell on Earth" #122 isn't bad, but why is it that Mignola and Arcudi couldn't have done it with a bit more of the regular cast? Johann Kraus' cameo aside (hopefully he'll have a more substantial role next month), it's a little odd to not see any of them in a story that's supposed to introduce people to the title. The execution of this issue is so close, and yet so far. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Baltimore | 1 issues |
5
|
Baltimore: The Plague Ships #1
Aug 4, 2010 |
"Baltimore: The Plague Ships" #1 looks beautiful, but at least for this new reader, the writing isn't quite up to par from Mignola and Golden. I'm generally fond enough of Mignola's comics that I'll give it another shot next month, but I expected a lot better from this creative team. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
10
|
Bandette | 1 issues |
10
|
Bandette #6
Jan 8, 2014 |
"Bandette" #6 is a treasure. Quite frankly, Tobin and Coover make the world of "Bandette" one that you'd want to live in. When the girls in Gaspard's pool let Monsieur steal a painting thanks to a jaunty wave, for instance, it feels like a lighter, more entertaining place to be. In the end, "Bandette" is a joy from start to finish, time and time again. And at just 99 cents an issue? This is a steal that Bandette would approve of, whole-heartedly. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.5
|
Batgirl (2009) | 6 issues |
5
|
Batgirl (2009) #7
Feb 11, 2010 |
When I read "Batgirl" #1, I wasn't interested in giving the series another shot. After seeing Phil Noto's covers over the past few issues, though, I found myself curious enough to take a second look. (Proof, I guess, that a good cover artist can pull in additional readers!) I'm glad I did; Miller and Garbett are improving with each issue, something you don't see often in comics. They may not be quite there just yet, but they're getting closer and within reach. I'll definitely take another look soon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batgirl (2009) #13
Aug 12, 2010 |
"Batgirl" has quietly turned into a solid, dependable-looking book, I had my doubts before on it as a series, but I think Miller's figured it out and moved it in the right direction. Fans of the character are definitely getting a book worth their time, and I appreciate that Miller isn't afraid to tell single-issue, classic stories here. I'll definitely dip in and take another look on a slow month. It's a nice surprise to find a book where it's been improving over time. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batgirl (2009) #15
Nov 10, 2010 |
"Batgirl" continues to turn out entertaining issues; in an industry full of doom and gloom, "Batgirl" will brighten your day. If you're looking for a little light fun in your reading pile, you should definitely give this book a try. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Batgirl (2009) #18
Feb 9, 2011 |
Still, at the end of the day this issue of "Batgirl" is lacking the normally strong punch that each issue provides. I suppose in the long run every series has its share of just all right issues. But as someone who loved that "Seven Soldiers" mini-series, I do find it to be a pity that it had to be this month's that just turned out to be all right. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Batgirl (2009) #19
Mar 10, 2011 |
Overall, though, it's another entertaining issue of "Batgirl," the little comic that could. It may just keep plugging away in the corner, doing its own thing, but overall that seems to be working to its advantage. Fun stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Batgirl (2009) #22
Jun 15, 2011 |
Hopefully, Miller has some post-September work lined up at DC which just hasn't been announced yet, because his run on "Batgirl" has been one of those rare titles which got more entertaining every month. I'd never had much of an opinion on the character of Stephanie Brown before the current "Batgirl" series began, but he's made me a convert, and I'll miss Miller's outings with the character once the summer is over. Until then, though, we've got a few more fun issues to go. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.2
|
Batgirl (2011) | 11 issues |
7
|
Batgirl (2011) #1
Sep 7, 2011 |
As for that earlier mentioned cliffhanger? Half of it makes me quite eager to see what happens next, as we delve into Barbara's head. The other half, with the reaction from a bystander? I have to admit it feels a little clich for superhero comics; here's hoping the book doesn't quickly go down the "misunderstood hero" road. Still, the parts that do work are strong enough to make me want to read a second issue. I'll miss the character of Oracle, but I'm willing to learn to love this latest Batgirl, too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Batgirl (2011) #3
Nov 10, 2011 |
I want to like "Batgirl." I saw a lot of potential in the first issue, but there's a spark that was present in Simone's original "Birds of Prey" run that just hasn't made an appearance. I love the gorgeous Adam Hughes covers, but at the moment it's hard to be excited about this series. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Batgirl (2011) #35
Oct 8, 2014 |
"Batgirl" #35 is a great new beginning for the series, so much that I actually found myself wishing that DC had taken a nod from Marvel and renumbered the series as to get additional attention paid to this debut. I love everything new that Fletcher, Stewart, and Tarr bring to the series, and the two faces from beforehand that appear to be sticking around are also a good nod to those who enjoyed the last three years' worth of comics. Expectations were high for "Batgirl" #35, and I feel like this creative team has actually managed to exceed them. Nicely done, all involved. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Batgirl (2011) #38
Jan 14, 2015 |
It's nice to see some of the plot threads (the destruction of Dinah's possessions as well as the loss of Barbara's thesis project) starting to weave back in, especially when it comes to the cliffhanger at the end of the issue. Stewart and Fletcher have laid enough hints at this point to give us a good idea of what's happening even as I'm eager to see how their first multi-part story plays out next month. "Batgirl" #38 is, once again, a winner. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Batgirl (2011) #40
Mar 19, 2015 |
Fletcher, Stewart and Tarr set up lots of things to come in "Batgirl" #40. Not only do we get some more meat in Batgirl's relationship with Burnside's law enforcement (and one police officer in particular), but we have the official launching point for June's "Black Canary" #1 as well as what appears to be the setup for an all-new Oracle to be working with Batgirl. I'm already eager to see what's next and you should be, too. "Batgirl" #40 delivers a great comic by a great group of creators. Superhero comics don't get much better than this. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Batgirl (2011) #41
Jun 26, 2015 |
"Batgirl" #41 is probably the slowest-moving issue with the current creative team to date, but it's also understandable with so much to deal with in order to move forward. Now that we're eased back into the thick of it, hopefully future issues will go back to the peppier pace that we had in their first six issues. Overall, it's not bad at all, but it's not up there with the sheer fun that we saw earlier. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Batgirl (2011) #43
Aug 27, 2015 |
"Batgirl" #43 is another fun installment of a strong series. Fletcher and Stewart continue to surprise with the book's plots and supporting cast, and Tarr and company delight as the action bursts onto the page. If you're not reading "Batgirl" yet, this is as good a chance as any to fix that error. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Batgirl (2011) #46
Dec 18, 2015 |
"Batgirl" #46 works nicely, and I appreciate the wrap up of the issue, which shows us not everything can be neatly tied up with a bow. The dangling plot thread from earlier in the issue comes back with a vengeance, and it will be fun to see how the most realistic aspect of the comic is so far the hardest one to solve. As always, I'm already eager for next month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batgirl (2011) #47
Jan 22, 2016 |
"Batgirl" #47 is a fun issue in a story that continues to build in the background. Stewart and Fletcher's story is intriguing, and the guest art from Carlini and Moritat works well enough as a stand-in for regular contributor Babs Tarr. (It helps that Serge Lapointe colors the entire issue, providing a bit of consistency.) All in all, a good way to shift into the next phase of this story. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Batgirl (2011) #50
Apr 8, 2016 |
I'm looking forward to seeing Fletcher and Carlini's work on the final two issues of the series, but -- if "Batgirl" had ended with #50 -- I would have still been happy with where it concluded. This is a strong wrap-up of the creative team's era on the character, and -- while I would have loved to see even more Batgirl stories from Stewart, Fletcher and Tarr -- both the new incoming team and this trio's own creator-owned series show a lot of promise. Stewart, Fletcher and Tarr have ended their "Batgirl" run on a high note. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Batgirl (2011) #52
May 27, 2016 |
"Batgirl" #52 is a so-so finale to a series that was typically so much better. Having to wind things down without most of the regular creative team must have been deflating, because it certainly comes across that way. This past run of "Batgirl" was exciting and innovative, but this issue just lacks that energy and fun. It's really just average, and readers have come to expect a bit more than that. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Batgirl (2011) Annual | 2 issues |
7
|
Batgirl (2011) Annual #2
May 2, 2014 |
There are some parts of "Batgirl Annual" #2 which feel a little too pat and predictable, like the community garden with Alysia and Barbara, but at the same time it works so well with the rest of the story that ultimately it's hard to complain. All in all, this is a lot of fun; I haven't been reading "Batgirl" for a while (there are only so many hours in the day) but after this annual, consider me back on the "Batgirl" bandwagon. Nicely played. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batgirl (2011) Annual #3
Jul 31, 2015 |
"Batgirl Annual" #3 hits all of its marks well; it has solid story, good art and takes advantage of the longer format. I wish all five week months ended with annuals of this caliber. Once again, "Batgirl" is right on track. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.9
|
Batman | 15 issues |
8
|
Batman #678
Jul 3, 2008 |
"Batman" under Morrison has been a strange hodgepodge of old elements from the book over the years. The International Club of Heroes, the three imposter Batmen, Damian al Ghul, even the strange phrase "Zur-En-Arrh" are all call-backs to much earlier stories in "Batman". At the same time, though, I don't feel like I'm missing anything by having not read those earlier comics. This is what I expected a Morrison "Batman" to read like; fun, and crazy, and unpredictable. I've got my own theories about the Black Glove (who doesn't?) but somehow I suspect that Morrison's ending will have its own surprises. And that's the way I like it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Batman #687
Jun 10, 2009 |
I'm actually looking forward to seeing Winick team up with Mark Bagley next month, and I think I'm just going to pretend that "Batman" #688 is the real start to Winick's return to the title. This just wasn't fair to everyone involved, unfortunately. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Batman #690
Sep 3, 2009 |
I'm assuming Winick still has next month's issue to conclude his run (although some sources have -" hopefully incorrectly -" said that Tony Daniel takes over as writer next issue), but I'm finding myself sorry to see it end. Things were starting to just click into place, and it would have been nice to see him get some more time to take his scripts further. Hopefully Daniel, free of "Batman R.I.P." constraints, will surprise us all as well. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Batman #692
Oct 29, 2009 |
In the end, "Batman" is an uneven book, although one that shows potential. For every surprise character appearance that pleased me in "Batman" #692 there's another one that I made a face towards. I think with time Daniel can grow into the book, but we'll see what happens. With creative teams coming and going so quickly these days, anything's possible. For now, though, it's a step up from "Batman: Battle for the Cowl," and for that alone, I tip my hat towards Daniel. It's a start. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batman #695
Jan 19, 2010 |
Credit has to go where it's due; Daniel's doing a good job on "Batman," in making it his own book. This is a strong first story, and based on what he's doing here I'll be happy to see him stick around for a while. For those looking for a classic Batman story, you've found a winner here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batman #697
Mar 20, 2010 |
With the return of Bruce Wayne on the horizon, I hope that Daniel sticks around on "Batman" to give us his take on the original Batman as well. Regardless, though, I think it's safe to say by now that even when part of the issue doesn't interest me, Daniel's still performing a solid enough job on "Batman" that I'm eager for the next issue. That's always a good sign. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batman #698
Apr 15, 2010 |
I never thought I'd say this, but here we go: if March needs to step in to help out Daniel on the art again, I'd welcome his presence. Daniel and March work well together, and it's nice to see each of them providing a satisfying read. Daniel's run on "Batman" was one of the big surprises for me in the last year, but March's art improving so much is now high on the list as well. Good stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Batman #701
Jul 14, 2010 |
Six months ago, the idea of a two-part "R.I.P. The Missing Chapter" would've been nonsensical. Now? I'm surprised at how much I enjoyed this. Bring on the second half. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Batman #704
Nov 17, 2010 |
Daniel wrote eight issues of "Batman" (and drew six of them) before stepping aside for four months while Bruce Wayne came back into town, and I'm glad to see him back. But with that time away, some aspects of the book feel slightly rough. Hopefully now that he's back for good, with time those rough edges will get a bit more polish. Daniel succeeded in that before, there's no reason to think he won't do so again. Still, "Batman" #704 has some good parts going for it right now, and it bodes well for the months to come. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batman #705
Dec 16, 2010 |
"Batman" isn't getting as much attention as some of the other, newer books in the Bat-stable, and that's a pity. "Batman" continues to be a solid, entertaining book thanks to Tony Daniel. At the end of the day, this book is just plain fun, and that's all I'm asking for here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Batman #706
Jan 19, 2011 |
The latest "Batman" has it all; secret histories of characters, fights, ambushes, and of course the set-up for next month's conclusion. The tone picked for "Batman" is fun, pure and simple, and this comic delivers it in spades. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Batman #708
Mar 16, 2011 |
Not getting a team-up between Daniel and Clarke was reason enough for disappointment, but this issue felt lifeless in the story department. There's nothing here that entices me to pick up issues of "Red Robin" and "Gotham City Sirens" to find out what happens next, much less next month's issue of "Batman." Fans of March's art will want to check this comic out, but otherwise I'm all right with waiting until May for my next issue of "Batman." |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Batman #710
May 18, 2011 |
Overall, this is one of the less successful issues of "Batman" under Daniel's tenure. None of the pieces of this issue feel like they're quite coming together, and that in general it's struggling to get to its destination. Hopefully later chapters will pull together a bit more. After being usurped for two months for a crossover with other titles by a guest creative team, this "Batman" is a bit disappointing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Batman #711
Jun 15, 2011 |
I'm still looking forward to Daniel taking over "Detective Comics," but it's because of his work on earlier storylines, not because of this one. Trust me, Daniel's done a lot better in the past. I suspect that we've got a lot better to come starting this fall, too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Batman #713
Aug 17, 2011 |
"Batman" #713 could have been a nice way to wrap up the series, one big final blow-out issue. (Maybe even a final, "And this is how Bruce took back being the sole Batman" moment, although I suppose that might be getting saved for "Batman Incorporated: Leviathan.") Instead, though, with Tony Daniel already gone to work on "Detective Comics," this final issue of "Batman" is left to be a conclusion that no one will remember six months down the line. Not bad, but still disappointing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.4
|
Batman (2011) | 19 issues |
9
|
Batman (2011) #3
Nov 16, 2011 |
"Batman" after the relaunch has been a strong series, and this issue is no exception. It's a good time to be a Batman fan. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Batman (2011) #7
Mar 21, 2012 |
"Batman" #7 is a great conclusion to the first portion of the Owl storyline, serving as a launching point for what's still to come. I'll admit I'm a little uneasy about the upcoming crossover/tie-ins with the other Bat-family titles, but this issue of "Batman" was so strong, I feel like even if the other books don't quite mesh I'll still get a strong story here. For those of you who are waiting for the collection that this issue concludes, you've got quite a treat ahead of you. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Batman (2011) #9
May 10, 2012 |
"The Fall of the House of Wayne" helps boost what becomes (overall) a slightly sagging middle of "Batman" #9; add it to the great first two-thirds of the issue and we end up with a strong addition to both "Night of the Owls" and the Snyder and Capullo "Batman" series in general. Another excellent chapter in a continually strong comic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Batman (2011) #12
Aug 8, 2012 |
"Batman" #12 is a strong wrap-up for the first year of the re-launched title. It's been one of the best "New 52" series for DC Comics, and it's nice to see that strength continuing from one month to the next. As much as I've liked Capullo on board "Batman" the previous 11 months, any time Snyder and Cloonan can work together again is just fine by me. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
10
|
Batman (2011) #14
Nov 14, 2012 |
The re-launch of "Batman" has been strong since day one, but "Death of the Family" is rapidly shaping up to be an extremely memorable story. If Snyder and Capullo can keep this up, we're in for a great ride ahead of us. This is the sort of story that the Joker should be saved for. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batman (2011) #18
Mar 13, 2013 |
"Batman" #18 ends on one of those moments that doesn't quite have the bang I expected, but I'm not sure why. I like what Snyder and Tynion are building to, and the idea of that final word put in place sounds nice. But it's only good, not great; it doesn't crash into place with the force that I think it was meant to. Ultimately, that's how I feel about "Batman" #18. It's good, there's no question about that, but it's not great. It probably doesn't help that Snyder, Tynion and company are ultimately writing a comic that reacts to something that happened elsewhere, so a certain amount of lead-up is missing as a result. Still, I think they do well with the directive they're given, and I like that they manage to make it also work with pre-existing "Batman" storylines and move them forward as well. Ultimately, I enjoyed "Batman" #18, but I think it's the next few issues that I'm looking forward to more with the title moving under its own steam once more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Batman (2011) #19
Apr 10, 2013 |
"Batman" #19 is probably one of my favorite issues of this series to date; I like the smaller scale and the using of familiar faces while adding their own extra pieces of plot. I'm looking forward to the upcoming "Zero Year" (which eagle-eyed readers will catch a reference to here, meaning it's more than just a story title about when it takes place), but when it's over I'd love to see Snyder and Capullo turn out some more smaller stories like this one. They're good at the epics, but I think this is a reminder that they're good with a smaller scale, too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Batman (2011) #21
Jun 11, 2013 |
In the end, "Batman" #21 is pretty good. People who are already prejudiced against "Zero Year" for merely existing probably won't agree, and while I see where they're coming from, I don't see why you can't simultaneously love "Year One" and appreciate "Zero Year" for what it is, at least so far. It's a good first chapter, and it holds a lot of promise for the next ten installments to come. If nothing else, I feel I got my money's worth in the first five pages. Snyder and Capullo's vision of "Zero Year" feels large and compelling right off the bat, and it makes you want to read more. This is how I want all of my epics to begin. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Batman (2011) #23.3
Sep 20, 2013 |
It's a shame "Batman" #23.3 crashes so badly, because the first half of the comic made me think, "This is working out quite well." In many ways, it's almost more disappointing than having the entire book at a lower level, because when the fall happens, it's from a greater height. Sorry, Penguin. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Batman (2011) #25
Nov 13, 2013 |
There's still so much up in the air with "Batman" #25 that it's almost a relief to know that anything can happen. With unexplained elements like the "holy door in the floor" still floating around (and which is especially attention-grabbing thanks to the way that Capullo draws it being opened up), to say nothing of Rene bearing down on Gotham City and the Riddler still at large, there's a lot that remains to be seen. With each new chapter, "Zero Year" feels like a story that will best be appreciated once it's complete. It's already a lot of fun, but watching all the pieces snap into place should prove to be that much more rewarding. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Batman (2011) #30
Apr 16, 2014 |
"Zero Year" has been enjoyable up until now, but "Batman" #30 feels like we've shifted out of a fast jog and moved into the sprint. Everything's come together, and Batman's moving into position to save his city feels epic. Snyder, Capullo and Miki have turned in a strong first chapter of "Savage City," and at this point readers just need to hold on to best enjoy the wild ride towards the conclusion. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Batman (2011) #33
Jul 23, 2014 |
"Batman" #33 gives a very strong conclusion to "Zero Year," and all parties involved should be pleased with the end result. Was it worth the wait as the story moved through its three different phases? I'd say so. Snyder, Capullo, Miki, and FCO Plascencia delivered a great final piece to the puzzle of the dreaded "Zero Year." |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Batman (2011) #34
Aug 13, 2014 |
"Batman" #34 makes me hopeful for "Arkham Manor" later this year; Duggan's got some good ideas, and I like this way for him to get introduced to the "Batman" family of readers. Regardless of the new series, though, this issue works well. It's a nice way to give Snyder and Capullo a bit of a break, and I don't think readers will be disappointed with this guest creative team. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Batman (2011) #36
Nov 12, 2014 |
"Batman" #36 is a fun comic, and those who enjoyed the first chapter of "Endgame" will find a lot to like in the second. It's easy to see why DC Comics was trying to keep a lid on the contents of this issue prior to release; it's an excellent comic, and Snyder and Capullo's reveals are best left unspoiled. That said, even if you know what's coming, it's still a strong and well-composed comic. This is more than just surprises lurking in the corner, and that's the sign of strong craft. Wherever "Batman" goes next month, I'll be ready and waiting. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Batman (2011) #41
Jun 10, 2015 |
"Batman" #41 is a good start to this new storyline, although it's worth noting that -- in many ways -- things are just getting going. There are still a lot of questions to be answered -- the fate of Bruce Wayne, the force behind this issue's attacker, the attempted balance between vigilante and law enforcement -- and we're only one chapter into the story. It's a great first step, though, the sort of story where each new piece has the opportunity to build on what we've seen so far. While there's no doubt that Bruce Wayne will eventually reclaim his cowl (as he always does), this is a great opportunity and it feels like Snyder, Capullo and Miki are taking full advantage of it. "Batman" is definitely on the right track, and it's as strong as ever in a post-"Convergence" lineup. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
10
|
Batman (2011) #44
Sep 10, 2015 |
"Batman" #44 ties carefully into the current storyline running in the series; this isn't merely a flashback for the heck of it. Mr. Bloom's earliest moves are part of this story, and you see just how long he's been working on his transformative seeds. Even more importantly, it's an indirect look at the state of present-day Bruce Wayne as he volunteers with disadvantaged youths, drawing a comparison to the Bruce Wayne moving through this story. There's a strong connection between them, with the current Bruce understanding how to help in a way that Batman was unable to do so in this time period. Snyder, Azzarello, Jock and Loughridge should be proud of what they've done here. What could have been a throwaway issue turns out to be the cornerstone of not only the current storyline, but Snyder's "Batman" run to date. Every extra page in this issue is used with great effect; this is how you pull off an over-sized issue. Very well done. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Batman (2011) #47
Dec 9, 2015 |
As much as Snyder has made us care about Jim and Duke in this storyline, it's Bruce who truly takes center stage this issue. The confrontation in the subway tunnel is a huge turning point for the new Bruce Wayne, and the comment about the negative space in his history will make some readers cheer. With that in mind, it's also the one part of the story where the final page pulls out the one true, dangerous, genuine shock moment. While it fits in with everything else that's happened in Snyder's "Batman" run to date, there's also no denying everything in this storyline has just been scattered and the remaining pieces are in desperate need of picking up. All of the readers who were cheering a few pages earlier? They're now shrieking, because that's how you create a cliffhanger. Well done, Snyder, Capullo and Miki. You got us, and you got us good. Here's to 2016 so we can see what happens next. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Batman (2011) #48
Jan 20, 2016 |
"Batman" #48 features the moment Batman fans have been waiting for, but Snyder, Capullo, Miki and Plascencia make the journey there just as exciting and gripping. It would have been easy to rush through these post-"Endgame" issues of "Batman," but this careful buildup has turned out to be far more iconic and attention-grabbing than a quick reversion to the status quo. Once again, nicely done. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Batman (2011) #52
May 13, 2016 |
"Batman" #52 is an apt conclusion to this series. Tynion, Rossmo, Level, Plascencia and Boyd deliver a good mix of emotional and plot beats here; this is a Batman who will forever be driven, but without being consumed by gloom. I'm eager to see what Tynion does next over on "Detective Comics," and hopefully the art team will stop in for a visit as well. This was a pleasant surprise for what could have just as easily been a fill-in story, and I hope that quality continues into next month and beyond. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.8
|
Batman / Superman (2013) | 8 issues |
8
|
Batman / Superman (2013) #2
Jul 24, 2013 |
"Batman/Superman" #2 is a fun sophomore issue, and it bodes well for the Pak, Lee and Chung creative team. This isn't a ground-breaking story, but it's such well-done material that it still succeeds impressively. With this creative team in place, I'm definitely in for the long haul. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Batman / Superman (2013) #4
Oct 17, 2013 |
All in all, while "Batman/Superman" #4 is a bit of a soft landing, it's still a good enough conclusion for the first storyline. Hopefully Lee will be back for future storylines, although Brett Booth stepping up to the plate next month shows that DC isn't afraid to put some of their top-tier artists on this title. Not the most riveting of conclusions, but it's pleasant enough that it's safe to say "Batman/Superman" is a critical success. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Batman / Superman (2013) #5
Nov 8, 2013 |
"Batman/Superman" #5 is unfortunately the weakest issue in the series to date. It looks like the next issue holds some more promise, but for now this feels like a real fumble after a strong opening storyline with Jae Lee on board for the art. It's not at a "call it quits" level of disappointment, but I'll be a little more wary when "Batman/Superman" #6 hits stores next week. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batman / Superman (2013) #8
Feb 28, 2014 |
"Batman/Superman" #8 is a good start to a crossover, and it's also a pleasure to see Pak and Lee reunited here. After the videogame/Mongul storyline, this is much more what I'm looking for. All in all, a fun time. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Batman / Superman (2013) #10
May 9, 2014 |
"Batman/Superman" #10 seemed like it could be a lot of fun, and maybe for die-hard fans of Ray Palmer it's reason to cheer. But otherwise, save for a final tag about S.H.A.D.E.'s attempted reach, there's little to latch onto. Kerschl's art is nice, but it's not reason enough to jump in. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Batman / Superman (2013) #25
Oct 16, 2015 |
"Batman/Superman" #25 has some strong elements, like members of the Batman Family instead of Batman and Richards' art, but others --such as Vandal Savage -- don't work so well; it's the proverbial mixed bag. Hopefully, Pak can use Vandal Savage in a slightly more interesting manner as this storyline progresses, especially since we've already seen him depicted in a much more interesting way in the New 52. In the end, the positives and negatives balance each other out almost exactly. I wish this issue was a little stronger, but -- on the plus side -- it hasn't swung too far into the minus column, either. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Batman / Superman (2013) #26
Nov 16, 2015 |
Ultimately, "Batman/Superman" #26 is the very model of an average comic. In a crowded marketplace, though, that's dangerous. Average can quickly become forgettable, and -- if things don't pick up -- readers might wander off in search of something with a bit more sparkle. Just two chapters in, this storyline is unfortunately flat. There's still time for things to turn around, but it needs to happen sooner rather than later. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batman / Superman (2013) #31
Apr 15, 2016 |
"Batman/Superman" #31 moves this last big "New 52" Superman story forward in a positive way, even as it reassures readers that the first chapter wasn't a fluke. The "Superman" titles are going out swinging for the fences, and Tomasi, Mahnke, Mendoza and Quintana continue to succeed in "Batman/Superman" #31. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.7
|
Batman and Robin (2009) | 7 issues |
9
|
Batman and Robin (2009) #2
Jul 2, 2009 |
It's great to see Morrison and Quitely working together in such fine form; their 12-issue "All-Star Superman" was a comic for the ages, but I think everyone's going to talk about their "Batman and Robin" with some reverent words as well. This is, in a nutshell, how all superhero books should get approached by their creative teams. Great work all around. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Batman and Robin (2009) #6
Nov 12, 2009 |
The moment of "Batman and Robin" #6 that gave me a lot of hope, though? It's the final fate of Scarlet. It's a touching end to her story, and while the art slightly lets down what really happens (a moment where the narration is critical to explain what's happening), it's a strong conclusion to her story arc. "He told me to run, but Scarlet never made it out of Gotham," is, to me, a reminder of why Morrison is one of the big names in comics. And you know what? It made me excited about seeing "Batman and Robin" #7, doubly so knowing that Cameron Stewart is on board for three issues as artist. I can't wait. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Batman and Robin (2009) #12
May 5, 2010 |
With "Batman and Robin" #12, I suspect a lot of this book's audience is going to drag out their Morrison Bat-book runs to date and re-read them to see just how many of these moments were telegraphed over the last several years. I actually feel bad for anyone who's only reading "Batman and Robin" in a collected format; they're going to have to wait at least six months after getting to this cliffhanger to see what happens next. The rest of us? It looks like we're in for the ride of our lives. "Batman and Robin" is a perfect example of how to make reading a monthly comic an absolutely necessary event. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Batman and Robin (2009) #14
Sep 9, 2010 |
The best thing about "Batman and Robin" #14? It feels like anything can happen. Sure, we all know that Dick and Damian will live to fight another day, but in the back of your head Morrison manages to plant a seed of doubt that this has gotten too out of control for even our heroes. That's the kind of storytelling I like. I'm sad that Morrison only has two more issues of "Batman and Robin" left, but he's knocking this last big story out of the park. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Batman and Robin (2009) #17
Nov 24, 2010 |
"Batman and Robin" #17 is a book that doesn't quite match up to the strengths of its creative personnel. There's a lot of promise here, and it's understandably a fill-in on short notice, but in a month of some top-notch Bat-books, it doesn't quite hit the target. The first page's repeated chant of, "What are we missing?" was eerily prophetic. Here's hoping those missing pieces are found next month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Batman and Robin (2009) #22
Apr 13, 2011 |
So what's next? Hopefully with time Tomasi and Gleason will grow into the title. Of course, it's only an assumption at this point that Tomasi and Gleason are still scheduled to be the regular creative team, as originally announced. "Batman and Robin" #23-25 is running a story by Judd Winick, Guillem March, and Greg Tocchini, so it's anyone's guess at this point what lies ahead for "Batman and Robin." Maybe they'll be back, maybe "Batman and Robin" is the new "Batman Confidential" (which of course was the new "Legends of the Dark Knight"). For now, based strictly on their "Green Lantern Corps" work, I'm hoping Tomasi and Gleason will return with a more distinctive take on the title. For now, though, this is a comic that is perfectly fine, but still in danger of getting lost in the shuffle. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Batman and Robin (2009) #23
May 19, 2011 |
With "Batman and Robin" looking like it's turned into the new "Legends of the Dark Knight" with rotating creative teams, "Batman and Robin" #23 isn't off to a bad start. It's taken a character I loathe, and made me mildly interested in what happens to him next. So hats off to Winick, March, and Bressan, because that's such an impossible feat that, well, who knows what's next? |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.5
|
Batman and Robin (2011) | 10 issues |
7
|
Batman and Robin (2011) #2
Oct 13, 2011 |
"Batman and Robin" is a pleasant middle-ground Bat-comic, one that stakes itself out in the center of the Bat-spectrum. There's always room for a comic like "Batman and Robin," and it's nice to see Tomasi and Gleason doing such a good job on the book. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Batman and Robin (2011) #3
Nov 9, 2011 |
"Batman and Robin" continues to turn in pleasant, enjoyable issues; Tomasi and Gleason have a firm grasp on their cast, the plot moves well, and the pages are some of the best of Gleason's career. "Batman and Robin" briefly looked to be losing its way after Morrison finished up his 16-issue run, but the title is clearly in good hands once more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Batman and Robin (2011) #9
May 10, 2012 |
"Batman and Robin" #9 is a comic that starts off good, but it's just unable to maintain that early mood through either the script or the art. Ultimately it feels like it's just missing the mark a bit; not bad, but should have been a whole lot better than the final product. Still, for that two-page spread from Tomasi and Clarke alone, I thank them. More like that, please. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Batman and Robin (2011) #10
Jun 15, 2012 |
"Batman and Robin" #10 feels like nothing has quite set the way it's supposed to; all the components are present, but everything could have used just a bit more polish. It's not a bad issue, but I feel like with a bit more attention it could have also been a lot better, too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batman and Robin (2011) #21
Jun 19, 2013 |
"Batman and Batgirl" #21 is an uneven but not bad comic. It's definitely one that focus more on Batgirl than its co-lead, and the art varies from unimpressive to good. Ultimately the good parts more than outweigh the lesser ones, but I'll be glad when Patrick Gleason presumably returns next month. The next stage is depression, and with Catwoman getting the co-star position, there's a lot of potential ahead. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batman and Robin (2011) #23.3
Sep 23, 2013 |
For a comic in which not a lot actually happens, "Batman and Robin" #23.3 feels well-paced and interesting from start to finish. I'd love to see Haun on a monthly title again, and if Tynion happens to write it, we know they work well together. This comic could have easily been a snooze-fest, but this duo makes it work. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batman and Robin (2011) #26
Dec 18, 2013 |
"Batman and Two-Face" #26 is a fun comic, and so far this slight revising of Two-Face's origin has felt fairly entertaining. Tomasi, Gleason, and Gray continue to work well together, and I'm looking forward to seeing Aquaman hop on board next. When Robin died, this book could have easily lost its way, but it's nice to see it working so well. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Batman and Robin (2011) #29
Mar 20, 2014 |
This is a good enough start to the search for Robin storyline, and now that things are moving again I expect the intensity to pick back up a bit. As an opening salvo, it does what it needs to do. With Wonder Woman next up in the co-pilot seat, the next issue promises to be entertaining. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batman and Robin (2011) #32
Jun 18, 2014 |
And then, the final page hits -- and it's a great "gotcha" moment. It's out of the blue, even as it seizes your attention. Weren't interested in "Robin Rises: Omega" yet? I bet you are now. It's another strong usage of the cliffhanger format of a serialized comic, and all parties involve know just what they're doing. Good stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batman and Robin (2011) #35
Oct 15, 2014 |
"Batman and Robin" #35 is giving us the sort of storyline where it's almost in your best interest to not look ahead in the solicitations to see just how far it's running. Tomasi ups the ante at the end of this issue by making Batman's mission more than just a personal one, and it will be fun to see just how far it goes (both in threat level and just in terms of chapters) before it comes to a conclusion. Right now, though, just sit back, relax and watch the mayhem begin. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Batman and Robin (2011) Annual | 1 issues |
7
|
Batman and Robin (2011) Annual #2
Feb 3, 2014 |
"Batman and Robin Annual" #2 continues a strong, enjoyable trend for this series. Tomasi and Gleason have been working together very well for some time here, and it's nice to see Mahnke enter that mix with ease. If Gleason needs a break down the line for a few months, Mahnke would certainly be a nice substitute. All in all, another good installment for "Batman and Robin." |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.3
|
Batman And Robin Eternal | 7 issues |
8
|
Batman And Robin Eternal #1
Oct 7, 2015 |
All in all, though, "Batman and Robin Eternal" #1 is off to a good start. The re-introduction of an old face teases us with just enough information to make old fans cheer and new fans intrigued, and the notion that anyone and everyone can be an enemy provides an instant sense of danger to the proceedings. Lightning doesn't often strike twice but, so far, this new weekly series seems to be doing its best to keep the "Batman Eternal"-level of quality alive and well. "Batman and Robin Eternal" #1 is off to a strong start thanks to Tynion, Snyder, Daniel and Florea, and readers will be glad they only have to wait one week for the next issue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Batman And Robin Eternal #4
Oct 28, 2015 |
The final page holds a big surprise about how far Mother's reach goes, and hopefully it will kick things back into high gear for the second month of "Batman and Robin Eternal." For now, though, this is a competent issue that never quite clears the bar of being average. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Batman And Robin Eternal #11
Dec 18, 2015 |
"Batman and Robin Eternal" #11 is a satisfying comic without needing to stand out. There isn't a huge cliffhanger, but it moves at an even keel. Those who have been reading up until now will have no reason not to return next week, even as Cassandra Cain fans will rejoice in her continued repositioning as part of the Batman line's future. No complaints here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batman And Robin Eternal #13
Dec 31, 2015 |
There's still a lot to unravel in the second half of "Batman and Robin Eternal," but this feels like a satisfying way to close out both the first half of the series. While a little more narrower in focus than "Batman Eternal," we're still getting enough bang for our buck in "Batman and Robin Eternal." I'll be back with the New Year. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Batman And Robin Eternal #16
Jan 25, 2016 |
"Batman and Robin Eternal" #16 does do one thing quite well, though, and that's clear the deck for what's still to come. With the other half of the title's characters (Grayson, Cassandra and Bluebird) already done with their expedition, it's nice to see the same happen for this team. It gives the title the perfect pivot point to leap forward with new material next week, and for that alone, I'm eager to see what's next. Hopefully, whenever Azrael returns, it will be with a slightly stronger hook for the readers to cheer him on. Here, unfortunately, that's what we never quite got. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batman And Robin Eternal #24
Mar 21, 2016 |
"Batman and Robin Eternal" #24 is in many ways reflective of the series as a whole; it's been a bit more straightforward and without all of the intertwined plot threads of "Batman Eternal," and it also feels focused and to the point. It's been a fun series, and I'm glad it wasn't stretched out over a full year this time around. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Batman And Robin Eternal #26
Mar 31, 2016 |
It's a shame "Batman and Robin Eternal" #26 wasn't more flashy even with the added page count, but everyone involved manages to bring the series to the conclusion we all knew was just around the bend. It's nice to have Harper Row's story brought to a close for now (with an easy window for her to leap back through). On the whole, "Batman and Robin Eternal" has been another worthwhile weekly series, and that's no small feat. While not particularly riveting, the series certainly wasn't bad, either. If there's another weekly Batman comic down the line, I'd take a look. Right now, though, the Bat-line is two-for-two on successful weekly series. That's a victory. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Batman Beyond (2010) | 1 issues |
6
|
Batman Beyond (2010) #5
Oct 23, 2010 |
I'm glad "Batman Beyond" is doing well in comic form, and it's serving as a nice reminder that I still have a lot of episodes that I should watch one of these days. But hopefully once it moves to an ongoing series, these pacing problems will get touched up, and some slightly more consistent art. "Batman Beyond" is a good comic, but there's no reason why it can't become a great comic, too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Batman Beyond (2015) | 1 issues |
6
|
Batman Beyond (2015) #2
Jul 1, 2015 |
"Batman Beyond" #2 works about as well as I think it can as an amalgamation of two different ideas and properties. Taken strictly as one or the other, I think it could really soar; Jurgens and Chang have the chops to pull it off. However, right now, its two disparate halves don't feel quite like they connect -- the original "Batman Beyond" was dark but that was a walk in the park compared to this setting -- and the dissonance between them keeps it from entirely working. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Batman Confidential (2006) | 1 issues |
6
|
Batman Confidential (2006) #31
Jul 5, 2009 |
Back when "Legends of the Dark Knight" shed its original "very early stories of Batman" mandate, I remember being sad to see that idea go. Once it became clear that the quality of the stories wasn't going anywhere, though, it actually ended up being a good thing, freeing up the creators to tell all sorts of good Batman adventures. Hopefully the same will be true here with "Batman Confidential." Regardless, Clarke's art alone is reason to come back next month, although the potential of Milligan's story is certainly there to boot. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.6
|
Batman Incorporated (2012) | 7 issues |
10
|
Batman Incorporated (2012) #1
May 23, 2012 |
Of course, nothing hinges on how this book does or doesn't fit into the overall line. Is it fun? Absolutely. Is it great? I'd go so far as to say yes. "Batman Incorporated" #1 reminds me of how exciting it was to read "Batman and Robin" #1 by Morrison and Quitely a few years ago. This is just as promising. I can't wait to see what happens next. If you're a fan of Batman -- or just good superhero comics in general -- you need to read "Batman Incorporated " #1. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Batman Incorporated (2012) #3
Aug 22, 2012 |
"Batman Incorporated" #3 was absolutely worth the wait. Morrison and Burnham work together like they've been doing this for years. Do they make this look easy? Why yes they do. "Batman Incorporated" #3 runs the risk of making everyone demand that their monthly comics are this good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Batman Incorporated (2012) #4
Oct 26, 2012 |
"Batman Incorporated" is the last portion of Morrison's take on Batman, and as a swan song it's shaping up quite nicely. It's great to see the book back on track now, and it's got that fun nature to it that will keep you eagerly reading from one month to the next. Bring it on. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Batman Incorporated (2012) #7
Jan 31, 2013 |
It's hard to believe that "Batman Incorporated" #7 marks the beginning of the end, but at the same time this issue has been so much fun that it's hard to end up sad about the prospect. Morrison and Burnham continue to deliver a beautifully written and drawn comic in the form of "Batman Incorporated." It's also a reminder that you don't need a big event to draw readers into a non-central "Batman" comic, just good storytelling. Thanks to Morrison and Burnham, I'll stick around until the bitter end. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Batman Incorporated (2012) #8
Feb 27, 2013 |
"Batman Incorporated" #8 is an elegantly constructed comic, one that brings you so much joy and fun before everything comes crashing down. But here's the good news: if there's one thing Morrison loves to do, it's bring heroes to their lowest point before letting them rise again. We've got four more issues for a ray of hope to return. Will you be reading? You should be. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Batman Incorporated (2012) #10
Apr 24, 2013 |
"Batman Incorporated" #10 is keeping the series rolling forward at a good pace. Everything's aligning in a manner that promises an explosive conclusion, and I was more excited by the end of this issue than I was at the beginning. And best of all, aside from (presumably) the destruction of Leviathan, I have no idea what's going to happen next. Morrison, Burnham, and Masters have once again given a thrilling issue of "Batman Incorporated." This series feels determined to go out with a bang, and I think we're going to get something just as explosive as its creators are hoping. Good stuff, once again. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Batman Incorporated (2012) #12
Jul 3, 2013 |
With gorgeous art and a fast-paced story, "Batman Incorporated" #12 serves well as a penultimate issue to the series. Everything could still come crashing down next month into a disastrous finish, of course, but right now, it feels like "Batman Incorporated" is about to stick its landing and finish strong. So far, so good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.8
|
Batman, Inc. | 4 issues |
8
|
Batman, Inc. #3
Mar 9, 2011 |
Three issues in, and "Batman Incorporated" is a fun amalgamation of, it seems, whatever Morrison feels like writing about this month. If this is the end result of those current whims and interests, well, I'm definitely down for that. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Batman, Inc. #5
Apr 28, 2011 |
What is Dr. Dedalus' plan? Who or what is Leviathan? We get some hints here, but it feels like we're just at the tip of the iceberg. Here's to "Batman Incorporated" #6 taking us one step further into the labyrinth. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Batman, Inc. #7
Jun 29, 2011 |
Please, DC, please? A Man-of-Bats mini-series once "Batman Incorporated" is over? Based on this issue alone, I'd be down for it and then some. This is great stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Batman, Inc. #8
Aug 24, 2011 |
While there's a connection to the overall plotline involving Leviathan (as well as an update on another character that I'll bet almost everyone forgot about from Morrison's "Batman" run), "Batman Incorporated" #8 feels forgettable. Even more frustrating, the hints about what was planned for #9 (Batgirl versus a "finishing school for evil") will presumably go nowhere until the return of the series next year, despite the next-issue blurb at this issue's ending. (Although with the relaunch about to occur, there's always the possibility that both it and the planned "Batman Incorporated" #10 will get scrapped entirely; only time will tell.) As a result, it's a weak temporary conclusion to a series that up until now has been exciting and energetic. Everyone involved with this comic has done better in the past, alas. I don't expect this series to just be a three-star comic, and I suspect none of its other fans do, either. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.5
|
Batman: Battle for the Cowl | 2 issues |
4
|
Batman: Battle for the Cowl #2
Apr 9, 2009 |
I went into "Batman: Battle for the Cowl" with an open mind and high hopes, but everything seems to have fallen apart in short order. The ideas aren't bad, but somewhere along the way it ended up feeling uninspired. Until then, I think I'd rather just re-read the old "No Man's Land" issues for the next month. Hopefully June's relaunch of the Batman family titles will have more spring in their step once "Batman: Battle for the Cowl" has come to an end. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Batman: Battle for the Cowl #3
May 22, 2009 |
Unfortunately, "Batman: Battle for the Cowl" is forgettable. None of the one-shots have stories that are tied up in the main mini-series (despite closing tag lines telling people to tune in to "Batman: Battle for the Cowl" #3), and the mini-series itself isn't anything out of the ordinary. It's a real shame, because this should have been better. Hopefully it won't sour people on next month's revival of all of the "Batman" family books, because it certainly feels like momentum has been lost. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.3
|
Batman: Battle for the Cowl One Shot | 3 issues |
4
|
Batman: Battle for the Cowl: The Network #1
May 13, 2009 |
"The Network" isn't the worst "Battle for the Cowl" tie-in; in many ways I think it's actually one of the better efforts. But in general, this event feels like a failure, with so many characters and stories scattered far and wide that there's almost no way it can all come back together in the conclusion. Nicieza, Calafiore, and Kramer try their best here, but I think in many ways the biggest problem isn't what they're doing, but the set-up of the event itself. And in the end, that's a shame, because this could have been a lot of fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Batman: Battle for the Cowl: Arkham Asylum #1
Apr 22, 2009 |
The big problem is, though, the comic is just a one-shot. At the end of the issue we get the note that the story continues in "Battle for the Cowl," but with only one issue to go in that mini-series I can't help but doubt that it's a true statement. So for the time being (and with no word so far on a follow-up anywhere) this feels like a lot of lead-up to absolutely nothing at all. In a word, it's frustrating. Maybe next month, DC's August 2009 solicitations will reveal a new project from Hine that goes forward from here. But for now, it feels like a promising road turned the corner and hit a dead end. It's enough to drive one mad... |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
2
|
Batman: Battle for the Cowl: Oracle - The Cure #1
Mar 31, 2009 |
Some pieces do work, though. Calculator's methodical planning and strategies come across really well, for example, and the scenes of him worrying about his daughter in the hospital are beautifully drawn. But every time we have a glimmer of hope, it's followed up by Oracle (computer genius extraordinaire) having no idea who Charles Babbage was. Everyone on this book has produced better comics in the past, so I have no idea what made this one ultimately misfire so badly. It's a shame, because it seemed like it would be so good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Batman: Cacophony | 1 issues |
5
|
Batman: Cacophony #1
Nov 12, 2008 |
In the end, "Batman: Cacophony" feels like a massive sine wave of peaks and valleys, never quite succeeding or failing for more than a couple of pages. Hopefully things will level out in the remaining two issues; right now, this is truly an example of the proverbial mixed bag. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.2
|
Batman: Eternal | 13 issues |
7
|
Batman: Eternal #2
Apr 16, 2014 |
"Batman Eternal" #2 has the series moving along well. It's bringing in new faces, expanding the overall plot, and still moves at a good enough clip that it's not going to drag when published weekly. So far, so good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Batman: Eternal #5
May 7, 2014 |
The best thing about "Batman Eternal" #5 is having Andy Clarke draw the issue. Lately it's seemed like his art has been consigned to backups, so getting a new full issue from him is reason to cheer. His art looks as great as ever; highly detailed, with strong texture to provide an almost 3D-like quality on features like hair or clothing. Clarke's art is a little less slick than I'm used to, but this feels like an evolution of his art rather than a shortcoming; that slightly lumpy and more-rounded look that some of the characters have make them feel less perfect and more realistic. These are some gorgeous pages, and hopefully we'll see some more issues from Clarke before long. With artists like Trevor McCarthy and Guillem March also on deck for this month, DC is clearly trying to show that it wants this series to look great. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batman: Eternal #8
May 29, 2014 |
Two months in, and "Batman Eternal" #8 shows that the series still has some legs. That's important at this phase of the game, since it's right around the point where I could see readers deciding to re-evaluate if they want to stick around. So far, I know I will. With a strong writing crew and good choices for the artists, "Batman Eternal" is paying off for its readership. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Batman: Eternal #10
Jun 12, 2014 |
With a weekly series, it's rare that you don't eventually have an issue where it just doesn't feel up to par. Honestly, if we get one every ten weeks, that's still a great average. In the end, this issue is more than a little stumble; it's dropping down to just the absolute middle of the road, but if everything gets stronger next week, I think all will be quickly forgiven. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batman: Eternal #12
Jun 26, 2014 |
"Batman Eternal" #12 is another solid, fun comic in the series. It's depending trucking along at an above-average level, and that's a real victory for a weekly comic. Bat-fans should definitely be reading this series. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Batman: Eternal #13
Jul 4, 2014 |
"Batman Eternal" #13 theoretically hits the 25% mark for this weekly series, and it's moving along quite nicely. We've had some real progress on some storylines, while others are continuing to gather steam. Tynion, Janin, Ortego and company are entertaining us week in and week out, and this is probably one of the strongest issues to date as everything surges forward. It's a good a place as any to jump on board yourself and see what you're missing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Batman: Eternal #20
Aug 21, 2014 |
"Batman Eternal" #20 is a comic that is all right when everything evens out, but it should have been great instead. I'm not sure why the art came across so much more jumbled than last week, but in the end it just doesn't come together. In a weekly series, this sort of event is going to happen from time to time; here's hoping it's a while before the visuals fall down on the job again. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Batman: Eternal #22
Sep 8, 2014 |
"Batman Eternal" #22 will hopefully work a bit better in the collected version of the series, but for now I'm still feeling a bit whiplashed from the sudden change of story and scene. (When do we get to see the Secret or Batwing and Jim Corrigan again?) Still, the surprise arrival of Lucas makes things not quite as disappointing as it otherwise might have been. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Batman: Eternal #33
Nov 24, 2014 |
"Batman Eternal" #33 is a pleasant read, and honestly pleasant is a good bar to reach for a weekly series. Even with there being a bit of a stall this week, it's overall a good comic and the one weekly series from DC that continues to hold my attention with each new installment. At this point, I think it's earned most of its readership planning on returning for the series' second year. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Batman: Eternal #38
Dec 29, 2014 |
"Batman Eternal" #38 has the previously mentioned great conclusion, and it's the saving grace of the comic. It makes the reader want to see the follow-through, and that's a good thing. (It probably doesn't hurt that with only ten new comics on sale the last week of the year, that "Batman Eternal" #39 will be one of the only options for those heading to the store.) "Batman Eternal" has done a lot better than this, but it's reassuring that even one of the series' weaker issues is just a little below average. That's not a bad statistic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batman: Eternal #43
Jan 30, 2015 |
"Batman Eternal" #43 continues to move the series merrily along and, with just eight issues to go, the pacing feels strong. It's nice to know that "Batman Eternal" (or something with a slightly different title but still the weekly schedule) will return later in 2015; this has been an experiment that's succeeding quite nicely. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Batman: Eternal #47
Mar 2, 2015 |
"Batman Eternal" #47 is the beginning of the end and, at this point, if you've stuck around this long, you'll know that it's been a good ride. I'd have rather seen the conclusion already kicking into high gear at the start of this issue instead of the end, but there's still enough here that you won't feel like you've wasted your money. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batman: Eternal #51
Mar 26, 2015 |
"Batman Eternal" has been a big success creatively, and this issue carries that feeling forward into the finale around the corner. When a new Batman weekly title appears later this year, I suspect the readership will return if even a portion of the same creators are on board. This has paid off well, and it's a feat to be proud of. With one final cliffhanger to be unraveled next week, it's been a fun ride. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Batman: Europa | 1 issues |
6
|
Batman: Europa #1
Nov 19, 2015 |
"Batman: Europa" #1 looks interesting thanks to Lee and Camuncoli, but Casali and Azzarello's story falls flat. There's nothing special or unique here; perhaps just as importantly, there's nothing from any of the handful of characters that feels compelling. I love the idea of a Batman miniseries hitting major cities within Europe (the next issue is set in Prague), but -- if the end result is going to be this generic -- it's a missed opportunity. This is worth picking up to see Camuncoli and Lee's collaboration, but that is ultimately the only draw. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Batman: Gates of Gotham | 2 issues |
7
|
Batman: Gates of Gotham #1
May 18, 2011 |
"Batman: Gates of Gotham" #1 is a solid opening, but now that we've got the foundation out of the way I'm hoping things kick up a notch. With this creative team it has the potential to be great, and in a crowded (and overall strong) Batman group of comics, it's going to take great to truly stand out from the rest of the pack. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batman: Gates of Gotham #4
Aug 3, 2011 |
While there's a slight drop in quality this issue, it's hard to keep from still being excited about the conclusion around the corner. The Architect looks wonderfully creepy here (almost like a Guy Davis creation), and it's nice to feel like anything could happen in its final issue. With so many comics from DC sputtering to conclusions this month, it's a pleasant sensation to still be interested in the final issue about to be published. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Batman: Joker's Daughter | 1 issues |
7
|
Batman: Joker's Daughter #1
Feb 6, 2014 |
Ultimately I need to hand it to Bennett and Hetrick. They've turned an awful character into one poised to be much better in the future. With such a long one-shot, I would have loved to see all of this happen in just the first half and get some of the revised Joker's Daughter in the second half, but ultimately they've done such a thankless job that I can't complain too much. The next time that the Joker's Daughter makes an appearance, I'd like to see Bennett and Hetrick helm the comic again. I feel like they've done all of the hard work; let them reap some of the rewards, too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Batman: Li'l Gotham | 1 issues |
8
|
Batman: Li'l Gotham #1
Oct 31, 2012 |
"Batman: Li'l Gotham" #1 is so cute I can barely stand it, but I mean that in the most positive way possible. This is a great usage of the digital delivery medium -- a book that might not do quite as well as a print edition but for a dollar is a perfect impulse buy -- and Nguyen and Fridolfs show us that they're well suited to this particular tone and style. Will I be buying the next issue with its Thanksgiving issue? I dare you to try and stop me. With just the right mixture of humor and drama, "Batman: Li'l Gotham" #1 is a winner. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Batman: Odyssey | 1 issues |
3
|
Batman: Odyssey #3
Sep 9, 2010 |
This book is a mess. I understand that Adams is a comics legend, and that DC was probably thrilled enough with Adams agreeing to "Batman: Odyssey" that on an editorial level they're trying to keep him happy. But I can't help but wonder that if this is the comic that made it through editorial, what did the first draft look like? If Adams was writing my dialogue, my next sentence would probably be, "Egads!" Which says it all, really. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.7
|
Batman: Streets of Gotham | 6 issues |
7
|
Batman: Streets of Gotham #1
Jun 17, 2009 |
"Batman: Streets of Gotham" #1 has a solid beginning, but I'm hoping its lead feature lives up to the promise of how it's being billed. It's a good concept, and while I think Dini can tell regular Batman stories just fine, I want to see how he can tackle stories where Batman isn't the real focus. Even if he doesn't, though, it's a strong enough opening that I'd be happy with it. It just comes down to if we're going to get good, or great. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Batman: Streets of Gotham #3
Aug 20, 2009 |
The Manhunter second feature from Marc Andreyko and Georges Jeanty is entertaining as always; this installment is more of an extended chase than anything else, but Andreyko still makes it fun. There's some smart dialogue, a nice surprise or two, and I like that Andreyko plays with how the passage of time works in comics to provide a nice fake-out for the reader towards the end. While I'd be more excited to see a "Manhunter" monthly surviving on the stands, this second feature is not only fun but hopefully exposing all sorts of readers to what they'd been missing. It's a satisfying conclusion to the issue, and a nice addition to "Batman: Streets of Gotham." Well worth the extra dollar. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Batman: Streets of Gotham #7
Dec 21, 2009 |
I was a little worried that Dini taking some time off of "Batman: Streets of Gotham" would derail the momentum that had finally started to build, but if anything I think it's helped in terms of storytelling. "Batman: Streets of Gotham" is that rare series that I think has continually improved as its creators get settled in. That's definitely reason to celebrate. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batman: Streets of Gotham #12
May 20, 2010 |
The story in "Batman: Streets of Gotham" #12 might not be what was originally promised, but it's a pleasantly fun overall package. This is a book that may have started out feeling like just another Bat-title, but it's developing its own voice and take on Gotham's inhabitants with nice success. If we get more stories like this, I'll keep sticking around. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Batman: Streets of Gotham #14
Jul 21, 2010 |
It's a little sad that story length was the most interesting thing about the latest "Batman: Streets of Gotham," but on the bright side it wasn't a bad issue. But this is a book that feels like it's starting to struggle a little bit, especially in the face of all these new Bat-books on the horizon. I like Dini's take on Batman and Gotham in general, so if it is ending I want to see it do so with a slightly more memorable story. At this point, I'm used to something a bit stronger from Dini and Nguyen. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Batman: Streets of Gotham #18
Dec 26, 2010 |
Still, at the end of the day, this issue is disappointing; the "Heart of Hush" feature feels truncated, and "Ashes to Ashes" may never come to a conclusion. It's a little apt that "Ashes to Ashes" deals with those who get adversely affected by destruction and rebuilding a neighborhood. The end result may be great, but there's still at least one victim that is quietly getting pushed away. In the case of the otherwise strong gentrification of the Bat-titles, our victim has turned out to be "Batman: Streets of Gotham." |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Batman: The Dark Knight (2010) | 1 issues |
3
|
Batman: The Dark Knight (2010) #2
Mar 23, 2011 |
So many of the revamped Batman line of comics have proven to be a blast ("Detective Comics," "Batman," "Batman Incorporated," "Batgirl") but two issues in, there's nothing new being brought to the table by "Batman: The Dark Knight," save for some increased violence. The plot itself is slightly unoriginal, but even worse it's lethargic in its pace. Add in a slow publication schedule and this is rapidly feeling like a book that needs to be re-thought, editorially. This isn't working. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.2
|
Batman: The Dark Knight (2011) | 13 issues |
4
|
Batman: The Dark Knight (2011) #0
Sep 27, 2012 |
With all the recent revelations about Batman and the Wayne family history brought up in the "Night of the Owls" storyline, it's not a bad thing to see a more straightforward, back-to-basics take on the story of Joe Chill. The only real problem is that we've already seen this so many times, that even something that is a good idea overall ends up being a bit of a poison pill. I applaud Hurwitz for taking on this story, but given the amount of times we've seen it already, I'm not sure there's much more he could have done with it in the first place. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
2
|
Batman: The Dark Knight (2011) #3
Nov 23, 2011 |
I had hoped that Jenkins' presence as co-writer would be helping out "Batman: The Dark Knight" but this issue feels like a disaster. Both creators are capable of much better than this, and hopefully we'll get to see it before long. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Batman: The Dark Knight (2011) #9
May 24, 2012 |
"Batman: The Dark Knight" #9 makes me wish that Winick was sticking around on the title for more than this one issue; the difference between this comic and the previous issues is rather noticeable. Hopefully Gregg Hurwitz can continue to strengthen the title, but for now, "Night of the Owls" fans can rest assured that they can buy this issue knowing that they'll get a good comic out of the deal. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batman: The Dark Knight (2011) #11
Jul 26, 2012 |
"Batman: The Dark Knight" in two issues has transformed itself from the misstep of the Batman line of comics to a finely polished product. Hurwitz's scripts are strong, and Finch's art has risen to the occasion and turned out his best work on the title to date. If you'd written off "Batman: The Dark Knight" up until now, take a look at #10-11. I think you'll be pleasantly surprised. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batman: The Dark Knight (2011) #14
Nov 29, 2012 |
"Batman: The Dark Knight" #14 continues its run as the darkest of the Batman family comics, but now that's a good thing. It's a little more violent and gory, but with Hurwitz and Finch working together I feel that it's also telling stories for which it fits in a more appropriate manner. It's nice to have this take existing, and this creative team is working together quite well. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Batman: The Dark Knight (2011) #18
Apr 1, 2013 |
Perhaps once the conclusion to this story hits I'll feel a bit better about it. But for now, I think "Batman: The Dark Knight" #18 is easily the darkest issue of the series to date. Did it step over a line? Perhaps a bit. I don't mind dark or violent comics, but there's something about this one in particular that's a little bit rattling. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Batman: The Dark Knight (2011) #23
Aug 30, 2013 |
As a middle chapter, "Batman: The Dark Knight" #23 works all right. It's by no means perfect but it's enjoyable enough. Standing on its own, it's not quite up to par. Fortunately it's part of a serial medium, and I think most readers will be back in October for the next chapter. For now, it's good, but we've seen a lot better before. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batman: The Dark Knight (2011) #23.1
Sep 5, 2013 |
There's one final little twist three pages from the end that adds an extra level of menace, with the death of the last gang member inside the theatre. It's that sort of moment that could mean any one of a number of things (a split personality, or some other force that's also in control) and hopefully it'll get followed up upon sooner or later. For now, though, it's a nice final gut punch for a dark comic. Obviously this isn't the sort of comic that you'd want to read on a monthly basis, but for a diversion into an all-villains extravaganza, this is what we should be getting. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Batman: The Dark Knight (2011) #23.2
Sep 12, 2013 |
"Batman: The Dark Knight" #23.2 looks great, but there's not enough punch to this story to make it stand out. A Mr. Freeze solo story was a difficult draw right from the start, and while Gray and Palmiotti try their best, it's not one of their more memorable moments. In the end, it's a nice try, but this is a comic that's going to easily fade into the background. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
2
|
Batman: The Dark Knight (2011) #23.4
Sep 25, 2013 |
For all the kerfuffle over "Batman: The Dark Knight" #23.4, this is a comic that you shouldn't be rushing to the store in order to snag a copy. Let the speculators go wild and allow this one to pass you by. Within six months, I think most readers will be trying to forget all about the new Joker's Daughter. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Batman: The Dark Knight (2011) #24
Oct 23, 2013 |
After a slightly weak previous installment, "Batman: The Dark Knight" #24 roars back to life and then some. Hurwitz and Maleev's story is attention grabbing, and it's a genuine shame that this wasn't part of last month's promotion. Not only could it have steered more readers to this storyline, but it would have stood out as one of the top efforts in Villains' Month. All in all, a good showing from two talented creators. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Batman: The Dark Knight (2011) #25
Dec 2, 2013 |
"Batman: The Dark Knight" #25 doesn't hit the highs that this book touched earlier in the storyline (last month's issue was quite excellent, a solitary focus on Clayface), but it's a solid and good enough conclusion. If nothing else, having Hurwitz and Maleev team up as been a nice treat; hopefully we'll see it again before too long. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Batman: The Dark Knight (2011) #27
Feb 3, 2014 |
With only a final two-part story about Man-Bat still in the wings (drawn by Ethan van Sciver), it's a little sad to see "Batman: The Dark Knight" coming to a close. It always tried to do something different, something darker under the guidance of Hurwitz. The level in which it landed might have varied from issue to issue, but there was always something to bring you back. Still, with Hurwitz and Ponticelli's two-parter as a perfect example, it was a comic definitely worth checking out month after month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Batman: The Dark Knight (2011) Annual | 1 issues |
4
|
Batman: The Dark Knight (2011) Annual #1
May 30, 2013 |
"Batman: The Dark Knight Annual" #1 is a comic that's best aimed at those who haven't read Hurwitz's "Batman: The Dark Knight" before. If you like what you see, you're in luck because a new storyline is just around the corner, kicking off with "Batman: The Dark Knight" #22 in July. For those who have already experienced Hurwitz's run, though? Just look at this as a remix/greatest hits album, and you'll be all right. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.5
|
Batman: The Return of Bruce Wayne | 2 issues |
8
|
Batman: The Return of Bruce Wayne #1
May 12, 2010 |
DC is smart to ship a second issue of "Batman: The Return of Bruce Wayne" this month, because I'm already itching for the next installment. If the remaining issues hold up -- and with art from Frazer Irving, Yanick Paquette, Cameron Stewart, Ryan Sook, and Lee Garbett, we don't have to worry about the art -- this is going to be a Batman story for the ages. (No pun intended, honest.) Bring on the time-traveling Batman! |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Batman: The Return of Bruce Wayne #4
Jul 29, 2010 |
At the end of the day, "Batman: The Return of Bruce Wayne" #4 is an important lesson for future editors. Matching an artist to a script takes a little more care than one might think. Morrison and Jeanty each have proven themselves time and time again, but this is a bad final combination. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Batwing | 2 issues |
6
|
Batwing #3
Nov 3, 2011 |
"Batwing" started out fun, but this issue feels like everyone is stalling for time. Hopefully the remaining chapters of this initial story will pick the pace back up, but for now what started out strong is now starting to feel average. Here's hoping that slipping quality trend doesn't continue any further down the chain. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Batwing #6
Feb 2, 2012 |
"Batwing" isn't a lost cause, but at this point I think the book needs a wrap-up of the story with Massacre and the Kingdom, and more focusing on making Batwing a more robust character. There's potential in him, but he's getting lost in his own title right now. Let's see some more of his present-day personal life, instead of flashbacks that are all starting to blend together. Right now, though, "Batwing" feels like it's going to drop out of the sky if it doesn't start accelerating once more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.4
|
Batwoman (2010) | 15 issues |
9
|
Batwoman (2010) #1
Sep 14, 2011 |
"Batwoman" #1 feels like it could have just as easily been "Detective Comics" #864. Aside from a tiny tweak or two to fit into the new setup of DC Comics (the most notable being Maggie Sawyer is now a Detective again, instead of a Captain) it fits in perfectly with what Rucka did up until now. More importantly, it's very clear that "Batwoman" is in excellent hands. The character's appearances in "Detective Comics" was one of the crown jewels of DC Comics, and "Batwoman" looks determined to follow in those footsteps. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
10
|
Batwoman (2010) #4
Dec 14, 2011 |
"Batwoman" has been a top-notch title since its debut, but with this latest issue everything has come together. Williams and Blackman have shown this to not just be a great comic at DC, but the best one at the company. Has "Batwoman" been worth the wait? Oh yes, definitely. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batwoman (2010) #6
Feb 8, 2012 |
"Batwoman" #6 isn't a bad debut for Reeder, although I do wish that her first storyline had given her a slightly more memorable script. Still, there's no doubt in my mind that as we wade deeper into "To Drown the World," that problem will be solved. Until then, though, it's a good start. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Batwoman (2010) #10
Jun 20, 2012 |
"Batwoman" stumbled a bit earlier in this storyline, but it's nice to see it regain its footing so quickly. And while there's no doubt in my mind that when read all together "Batwoman" #6-11 will be much stronger than the sum of its parts, it's good that Williams, Blackman and McCarthy are doing their best to make individual issues fun to read, too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Batwoman (2010) #12
Aug 16, 2012 |
As much as I appreciate Williams getting the extra time between the storylines he draws to have someone else step in and give him some breathing room (and I'd love to see Trevor McCarthy back on art again), there's nothing quite like having Williams draw "Batwoman." His and Blackman's stories just shine a little more under their care, and the book changes from a "really want to read" to a "must read" in terms of priority. Great stuff from the duo, once again. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Batwoman (2010) #13
Oct 18, 2012 |
By the time we get to the end of "Batwoman" #13, we've seen Williams knock out slight variations on his art style (the last few pages remind me of having just a touch of the late John Severin and his western-genre comics), each matching the story that he and Blackman tell. I'm sad that Williams is going to be stepping off of the art chores soon (to presumably tackle the new "Sandman" mini-series written by Neil Gaiman), but he's given us an amazing ride and also proven himself a good writer alongside Blackman. Once again, another great issue from the duo. No complaints here from start to finish. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Batwoman (2010) #14
Nov 23, 2012 |
"Batwoman" continues to impress with this new storyline, even as it looks to wrap up everything that's been building since "Batwoman" #1. With three more issues to go for this story, though, I feel like the best is yet to come. It's a good time to be a "Batwoman" fan. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Batwoman (2010) #21
Jun 21, 2013 |
"Batwoman" #21 is not only a good example of how to handle a fill-in artist stepping on board for a month, but it's that rare kind of comic where the more you read it, the more you appreciate it. Every time through you find something new to like, and that to me is what makes a strong comic. All in all, well done. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Batwoman (2010) #22
Jul 22, 2013 |
"Batwoman" #22 is in many ways a middle of the road comic. It's not bad, but it doesn't dazzle either. It gets the job done, though, and there's a real promise given here of big stories to come in the next couple of issues. If those deliver, the transition time here will have been well worth it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Batwoman (2010) #25
Nov 20, 2013 |
I'm more than willing to give "Batwoman" another chance next month. Andreyko's written a lot of good comics in the past (most notably his 38-issue run on "Manhunter") and incoming artist Jeremy Haun has proven himself in the past, too. This feels like a comic ultimately hindered by the restraints put on it between scheduling and attempts for a tie-in sales boost. Not a great debut for Andreyko, but under the circumstances, more than understandable. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batwoman (2010) #26
Jan 2, 2014 |
"Batwoman" #26 is a good start for Andreyko and Haun working together. I appreciate that they've already got their direction hammered out, and that they're making the best of a bad situation in regards to taking over from J.H. Williams III, W. Haden Blackman and Trevor McCarthy. So far, so good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batwoman (2010) #28
Feb 20, 2014 |
The occasional rough spot aside, "Batwoman" #28 shows a creative team that's settled well into their new title. The sudden changeover in creators could have proven to be disastrous, but "Batwoman" #28 works. The book is definitely a more traditional superhero comic now, but it's also a well-crafted superhero comic. I'll miss the old creative team, but the new one has proven itself well enough that I'm definitely sticking around. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Batwoman (2010) #31
May 23, 2014 |
"Batwoman" #31 makes me feel like this comic is on the right track. Andreyko and Haun are having fun with the book, and so far, so am I. The art deco look from before is certainly missed, but this is a nice replacement. I'm sticking around, and so should you. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Batwoman (2010) #33
Jul 18, 2014 |
"Batwoman" #33 in many way sums up the new status quo for the comic. It's a comfortable fit, the sort of title that you can count on for providing solid entertainment month in and month out. It's nice to see a new creative team having settled in so well. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Batwoman (2010) #38
Jan 23, 2015 |
I'll admit "Batwoman" #35 had me a little worried about the return of Alice, something that's been looming over this storyline. With each new installment of this story arc coming together a bit more, it makes her stepping onto the center stage next month less of something to fear; now I'm just curious to see what Andreyko has planned for the character. The introductions of the rest of the Unknowns have worked out well enough that my interest is properly piqued. So far, so good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Batwoman (2010) Annual | 2 issues |
4
|
Batwoman (2010) Annual #1
May 1, 2014 |
I'm willing to cut Andreyko a lot of slack here for what was a bit of a poison pill assignment. There's no way that "Batwoman Annual" #1 would thrill most of those who read "Batwoman" #1-24 by sheer dint of the creative team change. While there were some real rough edges (and they're ones that I feel have gone away in the monthly series, so part of the problem here could just be that it was written fairly early on in the transition), his contributions were ultimately fine. Unfortunately, with McCarthy only drawing half of the issue, it's the other half that drags it down a bit. It's a shame, too; we've seen better from Moritat. In the end, it's not a great conclusion to what Williams and Blackman begun, but it's better than no conclusion at all. With Greg Rucka, Williams, and Blackman having all departed the character of Batwoman with stories involving Alice still dangling, perhaps she should just be retired from this point on. It would probably be a little less stressful. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Batwoman (2010) Annual #2
Apr 2, 2015 |
"Batwoman Annual" #2 feels like it's struggling to the finish line with a conclusion that has lost a lot of its energy and punch. Kudos go to a strong final page script from Andreyko, but it doesn't change the fact that this was a storyline that had slowly picked up some real steam and then lost it all at the conclusion. I'm more than willing to write this off as a problem with the book's cancellation, but it doesn't change the fact that, with the uneven art, it's a disappointing final note for a great character. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
10
|
Beasts of Burden One Shot | 1 issues |
10
|
Beasts of Burden: What The Cat Dragged In #1
May 9, 2016 |
"Beasts of Burden: What the Cat Dragged In" is a thoroughly wonderful comic and it was well worth the wait, though hopefully the promised two-parter mentioned in the letters column will have a slightly shorter gestation period. Dorkin, Dyer and Thompson have given us a perfect comic; I wouldn't change a single thing about it. If you've never read any of the "Beasts of Burden" comics, this is as good a place as any to see what you've been missing. Comics are rarely this great. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
10
|
Beasts of Burden/Hellboy: Sacrifice | 1 issues |
10
|
Beasts of Burden/Hellboy: Sacrifice #1
Oct 27, 2010 |
For all intents and purposes, this comic is "Beasts of Burden" #5, and it's a welcome return. I didn't think it was possible to fall in love with "Beasts of Burden" even more, but I was wrong. With Halloween around the corner, we've all gotten an amazing treat in the form of "Beasts of Burden/Hellboy." I doubt you'll find a more satisfying comic this week. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Before Watchmen: Dollar Bill | 1 issues |
3
|
Before Watchmen: Dollar Bill #1
Jan 30, 2013 |
The story from Wein isn't bad, although it's not that exciting either. Ultimately it takes the extremely limited information we have about Dollar Bill and builds a tale about the lengths someone will go in order to be a star. Aside from a sudden peppering of anti-gay slurs in the middle section said by several different characters regarding the Dollar Bill costume, there's nothing that will jump out at you for good or ill. Will anyone remember "Before Watchmen: Dollar Bill" six months from now? Probably not. But if they do, it will almost certainly be for Rude's gorgeous art. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Before Watchmen: Minutemen | 1 issues |
8
|
Before Watchmen: Minutemen #1
Jun 6, 2012 |
The "Before Watchmen" comics are certainly going to vary in terms of quality, but even without having read the rest I'll wager that "Before Watchmen: Minutemen" will turn out to be one of the top-tier comics in the bunch. If you were planning on buying just one of the "Before Watchmen" comics, "Before Watchmen: Minutemen" #1 seems like a good choice to make. Cooke's an immensely talented comic creator and this comic is no exception to that rule. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Before Watchmen: Moloch | 1 issues |
3
|
Before Watchmen: Moloch #1
Nov 9, 2012 |
"Before Watchmen: Moloch" #1 feels like a comic that has no purpose. I'm always in favor of new art from Risso, but that's not enough reason to push this through the publication schedule. There's no hook here, nothing that makes you think, "I can see why they wanted to publish this comic, too." This is for Risso die-hard fans only. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Before Watchmen: Nite Owl | 1 issues |
3
|
Before Watchmen: Nite Owl #4
Dec 27, 2012 |
In the end, fans of the artists involved will find "Before Watchmen: Nite Owl" #4 interesting. It's a nice primer on how a comic book inker will approach a page of pencils and keep the overall look the same even while being able to bring their own particular take to the creation. But like almost all of the "Before Watchmen" comics, the story itself is skippable. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Before Watchmen: Ozymandias | 1 issues |
7
|
Before Watchmen: Ozymandias #2
Aug 9, 2012 |
Two issues into "Before Watchmen: Ozymandias," one fact has become crystal clear: Lee is going to be able to write his own ticket onto any project he wants. Similarly to how his work on the second "Hellshock" series and his "Inhumans" mini-series with Paul Jenkins pushed Lee's work up in everyone's estimation, "Before Watchmen: Ozymandias" #2 has done it again. This book is a visual masterpiece. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Before Watchmen: Silk Spectre | 1 issues |
4
|
Before Watchmen: Silk Spectre #1
Jun 14, 2012 |
"Before Watchmen: Silk Spectre" #1 is the sort of comic that ultimately falls short because of the overall idea of the "Before Watchmen" project; if you don't give anything new to the reader, the project feels unnecessary. And unlike "Before Watchmen: Minutemen" #1, "Before Watchmen: Silk Spectre" #1 doesn't bring anything that interesting to the table that we haven't seen before. The art is excellent, but that's about all that one can recommend for the comic. If Conner had just drawn 23 pages of Silk Spectre pin-ups, I think I'd have been just as happy. Ultimately, "Before Watchmen: Silk Spectre" #1 is exactly what I'd suspected a lot of these comics would be; very pretty, but no real substance behind it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Benny and Penny: Just Pretend | 1 issues |
7
|
Benny and Penny: Just Pretend #1
Mar 30, 2008 |
Older readers are understandably not the target audience for "Benny and Penny", but that doesn't mean it should be off their radar. I know quite a few children in the target audience that will be getting a copy of "Benny and Penny" for their birthdays this year, for starters. And let's face it, if I'm going to be reading a book to kids, "Benny and Penny" is definitely a great one to choose. It's easy to see why "Benny and Penny" is one of the three launch titles for the Toon Books line; it's a winner, there's no doubt about that. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Birds of Prey (1998) | 1 issues |
5
|
Birds of Prey (1998) #127
Feb 20, 2009 |
"Birds of Prey" deserved a slightly stronger ending than this; it just doesn't really ring true as why the team would stop working together, and for long-time readers of the book it certainly can't help but be a little disappointing. It's by no means a bad book (and the main story's conclusion certainly functions well), but I wish there was a bit more punch to the team's end for now. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Birds Of Prey (2010) | 5 issues |
7
|
Birds Of Prey (2010) #2
Jun 16, 2010 |
If I have one complaint, it's that if I never saw another "the world is now against these heroes that up until now they always liked" story, I would be pleased. I have faith that Simone will turn this into a satisfying story with a strong conclusion, but until then that part of these issues is like a nagging rough edge that just won't go away. Still, overall it's a welcome return for "Birds of Prey," and a good reminder of why Simone is so strongly associated with the title. Good stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Birds Of Prey (2010) #3
Jul 17, 2010 |
Oh, most importantly, Cliff Chiang's cover for "Birds of Prey" this month? Gorgeous. Any time he wants to draw another cover for the comic, I'm all for it. (Hint hint, DC.) |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Birds Of Prey (2010) #5
Sep 17, 2010 |
I've enjoyed "Birds of Prey" up until now, but at a point where I think the book could benefit from slowing down a tiny bit and letting the readers relax, it seems to have done the exact opposite. Considering this two-part story seems to be trying |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Birds Of Prey (2010) #6
Nov 10, 2010 |
I enjoyed the first four issues of "Birds of Prey," so this two-parter has ultimately been a disappointment. I'm not going to write off the book " this feels like it's the exception to the rule " but I am glad it's over, and starting next month Ardian Syaf comes on board to help the title move forward. This is a comic that we ultimately expect a lot more from. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Birds Of Prey (2010) #13
Jun 9, 2011 |
So farewell, Simone. These 13 issues were a little up and down, but your final two knocked them out of the park. I just wish you'd had an artist worthy of the script drawing the comic, and that we'd gotten to see what you'd planned next. I suspect it would have been a blast. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.6
|
Birds Of Prey (2011) | 8 issues |
7
|
Birds Of Prey (2011) #5
Jan 18, 2012 |
"Birds of Prey" is a reliably fun comic, and this one is no exception. It's nice to see Swierczynski use the medium of comics to his advantage, and it re-affirms my feeling that reading "Birds of Prey" monthly is worth it (instead of waiting for inevitable collections). This is the most fun I've had with "Birds of Prey" in a while. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Birds Of Prey (2011) #9
May 17, 2012 |
"Birds of Prey" feels like it's in good hands with Swierczynski being joined by Foreman; this is a book that's continued to be fun month after month since the re-launch, with a spark that was missing from the title for a while. I'll miss Saiz's depictions of the characters, but I'll be sticking around and pleased with this revised creative team. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Birds Of Prey (2011) #12
Aug 16, 2012 |
Still, the ideas in "Birds of Prey" #12 are sound, if rushed, and the decision of the team at the end of this issue promises for a fun next storyline as they have to deal with the consequences. It's ultimately an enjoyable comic, but a tiny bit frustrating because it feels like the pacing isn't where it normally is. I'm looking forward to seeing the book get past its #0 issue and shift into its old rhythm again. The glimpse I've seen of Molenaar's art looks promising, and a new regular artist should help ease things back to normal. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Birds Of Prey (2011) #13
Oct 19, 2012 |
"Birds of Prey" #13 is another strong showing from a fairly dependable comic. Month after month, "Birds of Prey" just plugs away at telling strong stories. Once again, it's succeeded. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Birds Of Prey (2011) #17
Feb 21, 2013 |
"Birds of Prey" #17 isn't the absolute best issue from Swierczynski and Molenaar, but it's still a good, enjoyable comic just like they got us used to. If it hadn't been Swierczynski's swan song, I suspect the frustrations probably wouldn't have even been present. Hopefully Marx can fill those shoes, but until then, it's been a fun ride. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Birds Of Prey (2011) #19
Apr 18, 2013 |
"Birds of Prey" #19 isn't revolutionary but it's pleasantly fun. "Birds of Prey" over time became my default kick-back-and-relax superhero comic, and I appreciate that Marx and Molenaar have continued that tradition here. If you're looking for something to fit that bill, look no further than here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Birds Of Prey (2011) #22
Jul 22, 2013 |
"Birds of Prey" is a normally enjoyable comic, but this feels like a large stumble. I'm willing to give Marx and Molenaar a chance to pull everything back together, but at the moment, readers should watch and wait with a slightly more critical eye. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Birds Of Prey (2011) #23
Aug 22, 2013 |
"Birds of Prey" #23 is a second disappointing issue in a row for this series, and it's starting to make me wonder if it's worth sticking it out to see if there's a return to form. This is a title that I want to like, but at the moment it's hard to keep that optimism up. With the title not appearing in next month's "Forever Evil" villains spotlight, it's hard to keep from feeling like Marx and Molenaar have inadvertently provided a good jumping-off point for readers. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Birthright | 1 issues |
7
|
Birthright #5
Feb 9, 2015 |
"Birthright" #5 continues this title on a good path, and Williamson and Bressan continue to give us some fun surprises, like the dramatic (both in terms of writing and also art) reveal on the final page of this issue. This is a series that feels like it's moving in the right direction and with just the right pacing. I'll be back for more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Bitch Planet | 2 issues |
7
|
Bitch Planet #2
Jan 28, 2015 |
"Bitch Planet" #2 is a good second issue, enough to firmly lock readers in for the duration of the series. DeConnick and De Landro are not only setting all of their ducks in a row, they're knocking some down at the same time so that there's something in each issue to make you feel like you've received your money's worth. I'll be back for #3 and beyond. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Bitch Planet #8
Jun 24, 2016 |
A new issue of "Bitch Planet" is reason to celebrate, and "Bitch Planet" #8 is no exception to that. DeConnick, De Landro and Fitzpatrick challenge their readers each issue, and "Bitch Planet" #8 rewards those who step up to the plate. Wherever the series is going next, I'm eager to find out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.3
|
Black Canary (2015) | 3 issues |
8
|
Black Canary (2015) #1
Jun 17, 2015 |
"Black Canary" #1 is fun, through and through. It's a distinctly different tactic for a superhero comic, and its melding of genres and styles makes me think of some of the more offbeat manga published over the years, where the creators have had the freedom to mix and match ideas and concepts. Fletcher, Wu and Loughridge have quite possibly done what I thought impossible: they've created a "Black Canary" comic which has the potential to stick around for a long time to come. This comic has a hugely wide appeal and, if there's any justice, it'll find the big audience it deserves. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Black Canary (2015) #3
Aug 20, 2015 |
I'm more than willing to accept the slow-down in this issue so long as things pick back up next month. As inventive and fun as the exposition heavy two-page spread from "Burnside Tofu" is, this additional background is a tiny bit unfortunate in that it happens in an issue that already feels slower than normal. There's more than enough potential to come back next month, though, and -- with a good cliffhanger to lead into "Black Canary" #4 -- it provides that lure. Ultimately, it's not bad, but it's a bit of a letdown after two much stronger issues. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Black Canary (2015) #7
Jan 29, 2016 |
"Black Canary" #7 is a fun, inventive way to take a traditional battle between a superhero and a monster and deliver it to the reader in a less-than-traditional manner. Fletcher and Wu have enjoyed playing around with format in "Black Canary" (the earlier issues' blog posts were surprisingly fun, for example), and this issue is no exception. Here's to the next "Black Canary" tour; I know I'll be wanting some more front row tickets next month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Black Magick | 1 issues |
7
|
Black Magick #3
Dec 31, 2015 |
"Black Magick" #3 may have a slow pace, but it's still a joy to gradually immerse yourself in its world. The characters slowly unfold in front of us, and this naturalistic pace makes it feel smooth and rewarding. For an opening storyline, this works well. Here's to much more "Black Magick" in the new year. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Black Panther (2009) | 1 issues |
6
|
Black Panther (2009) #7
Aug 10, 2009 |
This is a solid first issue for Maberry, as well as a high note for Hudlin to depart upon. Maberry's managed to get my interest hooked enough to see how he does solo next month. Already, I feel like this book is going somewhere, and that destination seems like a good one. It's been a while since I've been eager to read another issue of "Black Panther." |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Black Road | 1 issues |
7
|
Black Road #1
Apr 4, 2016 |
Though the story is solid, it's Wood and Brown's depiction of Norway that will ultimately drag me back for more. It's a good first issue, and I want to see how the duo builds on it going forward. For now, we're off to a good start. It's nice to head back into the northern reaches again. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Black Science | 1 issues |
4
|
Black Science #8
Aug 29, 2014 |
"Black Science" #8 is a frustrating comic. Will this work better in a few months when the storyline's complete and it exists as "Black Science Volume 2" instead? Almost certainly. But taken just as "Black Science" #8, though, it's just not quite there. In the future, it's be great to see a little more attention on making each issue something worth reading in its own right. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Black Widow & the Marvel Girls | 1 issues |
3
|
Black Widow & the Marvel Girls #1
Dec 7, 2009 |
I'll admit I picked up this comic because the title made my head slightly explode. The Marvel Girls? Really? Glimpses of future issues make it seem like Black Widow and company will be adults there, so even the name of the comic leaves me cold. This seems like an idea that just didn't go where it was initially planned. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Black Widow: Deadly Origin | 1 issues |
8
|
Black Widow: Deadly Origin #2
Dec 10, 2009 |
"Black Widow: Deadly Origin" is a fun comic, more than I'd expected. While I'm especially thankful for Leon's contributions to the book, Cornell, Raney, and company do a fine job in their own right. Together? Well, don't blame me if you miss out on all the fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Blackest Night | 2 issues |
8
|
Blackest Night #5
Nov 25, 2009 |
Some of the tie-ins might have been a little iffy, but "Blackest Night" continues to entertain (as do "Green Lantern" and "Green Lantern Corps" and are really required reading for this mini-series). It's easy to see why Johns and Reis have pulled so much attention to this corner of DC Comics's stable. This is just good old action-adventure fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Blackest Night #6
Dec 30, 2009 |
As for the ending? Well, like I said before, it feels almost like a game that fans would play among themselves. Johns makes it still feel fun, though, even as groupings are determined and the possibility of saving Earth is finally raised. It helps that the scenes in question are entertaining and worth more than a few chuckles, even as they make perfect sense. Sure, it's heading at least in part towards the ending that everyone's suspected since day one, but Johns and Reis are doing it with a lot of flair and panache. I think at the end of the day that's the big strength of "Blackest Night." Even when there aren't any surprises, Johns and Reis still make it a lot of fun to watch it all play out. That's good work on their part, and I think it's why "Blackest Night" is such a hit. Whatever DC Comics is paying them to be exclusive, it's money well spent. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Blackest Night: Batman | 1 issues |
7
|
Blackest Night: Batman #3
Oct 19, 2009 |
Best of all, though, at the end of the mini-series? It feels like there was an actual purpose. We learn new things about the Black Lanterns, not only about who they can't fight but also a way to at least temporarily stop their attacks. I felt like my time was well spent reading "Blackest Night: Batman," something that I wish all tie-ins could master. For now, though, a thumbs up over here for "Blackest Night: Batman." |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Blackest Night: Superman | 1 issues |
4
|
Blackest Night: Superman #1
Aug 19, 2009 |
"Blackest Night: Superman" #1 is a bit of a disappointment; a predictable first issue where the journey itself is padded out with b-grade horror movie tactics and aimless ramblings. Both Robinson and Barrows are normally stronger than this. For now, though, it's not off to a promising start. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Blackest Night: Tales of the Corps | 1 issues |
4
|
Blackest Night: Tales of the Corps #1
Jul 15, 2009 |
"Blackest Night: Tales of the Corps" #1 is a lackluster start to this mini-series; hopefully the remaining two issues will have some more meat inside their covers. For an oversized issue, it feels awfully slim. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
2.0
|
Blackest Night: Titans | 1 issues |
2
|
Blackest Night: Titans #2
Oct 4, 2009 |
All in all, though, this comic is cringe-inducing levels of bad. Characters in comics are often walking exposition factories, but J.T. Krul's script goes even further here. I can't imagine someone, upon being in a tower that's shaking apart, to stop and calmly say, "The last thing we needed was an earthquake right now." (Of course, when you consider that they also were just fighting Terra, it's also a slightly nave comment.) It's sad, because I'm enjoying "Blackest Night," as well as the tie-in issues in "Green Lantern" and "Green Lantern Corps." This comic, though, is tarnishing the crossover by association. Hopefully no one will assume the main story is this bad. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Blackout | 1 issues |
6
|
Blackout #1
Mar 26, 2014 |
In the end, I suspect more people will buy "Blackout" #2 for King Tiger than Blackout himself. Hopefully that will change after the second issue. I know Barbiere has something more attention grabbing in him -- I remembered liking the character's earlier outing -- but this has got to pick up the pace. When your backup feature is outshining the title character, that's a little worrisome. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Bloodhound: Crowbar Medicine | 2 issues |
8
|
Bloodhound: Crowbar Medicine #1
Oct 16, 2013 |
"Bloodhound: Crowbar Medicine" #1 was a wonderfully pleasant surprise. This book is smart and clever, and it's going to make you eager to read more. If you're like me, well, you've got a "Bloodhound" collected edition to tide you over until then. If you've never read "Bloodhound" before, then "Bloodhound: Crowbar Medicine" #1 is a fantastic starting point. You won't regret it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Bloodhound: Crowbar Medicine #3
Dec 18, 2013 |
"Bloodhound: Crowbar Medicine" #3 is an uncomfortable comic to read in places, even as it's still well done. With two issues to go, the aftermath of this issue's cliffhanger promises to be emotionally brutal, even as the intensity promises to skyrocket. Getting the transition towards the conclusion isn't an easy thing to pull off, but Jolley, Kirk and Riggs do a good job. It's not an easy read, but that's clearly exactly what they wanted. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Bloodshot (2012) | 1 issues |
7
|
Bloodshot (2012) #2
Aug 16, 2012 |
I enjoyed the first issue of "Bloodshot," but "Bloodshot" #2 cranked up the intensity and the interest level rapidly. This is exactly what the series needed for a second issue to keep readers around for a while. If Swierczynski, Garcia, and Lozzi keep up the horror nature of the series, I'll be sticking around, absolutely. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Bloodstrike (2012) | 1 issues |
5
|
Bloodstrike (2012) #26
Mar 28, 2012 |
"Bloodstrike" is a middle-of-the-road comic, but with the backstory out of the way I'm hoping that things will pick up a bit more next month. There are just enough hints of craziness here that I'm willing to come back and take a look to see what Seeley and Gaston have up their sleeves. For now, a decent enough debut, but it could use a little more pep in future installments. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Blue Beetle (2011) | 2 issues |
8
|
Blue Beetle (2011) #2
Oct 19, 2011 |
"Blue Beetle" #2 has cemented my decision to keep reading this book. It's light-hearted, it's fun, and this is a book where the hero's suit has to keep reminding him to not give away his secret identity. (Plus, comedic vomiting that actually is somewhat funny. How often does that actually work?) "Blue Beetle" is the kind of entertainment that we could use more of. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Blue Beetle (2011) #4
Dec 22, 2011 |
"Blue Beetle" continues to bring the fun; Jaime Reyes' struggles are entertaining, the villains are catchy, and the plots are strong. Bedard and Guara were definitely the right creators for this re-launch, and hopefully this book will get the attention it deserves. "Blue Beetle" is a solid, entertaining comic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
Blue Monday: Thieves Like Us | 1 issues |
9
|
Blue Monday: Thieves Like Us #1
Jan 13, 2009 |
If you haven't read "Blue Monday" before, you'll definitely want to give it a try. And, after you will no doubt fall in love with its combination of romance and gross-out comedy, rest-assured that there are also four inexpensive collections just waiting for you to buy as well. "Blue Monday: Thieves Like Us" is a great way to kick off 2009. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.7
|
Booster Gold (2007) | 10 issues |
5
|
Booster Gold (2007) #11
Aug 17, 2008 |
If this story had a different slot in the series of "Booster Gold" then I suspect no one would really care about the rest of the supporting cast getting so obviously sidelined. Then again, this is "Booster Gold," where one of the tenets of the series is that if you get a sequence of events it can spell disaster. "Disaster" is too strong a word, but none the less I wish everyone involved had remembered that when approving this script to run where it did. Hopefully next month will pick things up a bit. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Booster Gold (2007) #16
Jan 15, 2009 |
Jurgens also follows on from Johns' and Katz's tag of connections of characters throughout the years. For those who like that sort of things, it's a nice little coda to this issue; for those who don't care about them, though, it doesn't affect how you'll feel about the rest of the issue. "Booster Gold" may have suffered a little bit under four months of issues that didn't feel like they were doing more than stalling for time (although to be fair, Dixon's at least have connected up with the rest of the series), but everything definitely feels back on track. It's a good time to be reading "Booster Gold." |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Booster Gold (2007) #18
Mar 15, 2009 |
"Booster Gold" is a fun comic, and it worries me that people might have been leaving becomes Johns and Katz aren't around any more. Come back! All is forgiven! Jurgens is doing a great job! I promise! |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
2
|
Booster Gold (2007) #20
May 17, 2009 |
I normally enjoy reading "Booster Gold" and an issue like this just makes me cringe because I fear that more readers will drop the book in response. Now more than ever, "Booster Gold" needs fun, peppy stories that race you to the end of the issue and make you want to read more. This issue was anything but, and that's a real shame. I know all the creators involved are normally a lot more entertaining than this. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Booster Gold (2007) #26
Nov 13, 2009 |
Jurgens and Norm Rapmund do their usual solid job on the art; it's very handsome, classical superhero styling. They get to tackle a lot of the big names of the DC Universe here, and everyone looks perfectly on form, well enough that if DC ever needed someone to draw all of the in-house model sheets they should look no further than Jurgens and Rapmund. Norton's pages starring Blue Beetle look great as well; like Jurgens, Norton has a clean art style and they fit in well enough that to the casual reader they might not even notice the shift in art. With "Booster Gold" being a solid read month after month, hopefully "Blackest Night" will help bring in some more readers. It's a fun book. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Booster Gold (2007) #30
Mar 21, 2010 |
Even Jurgens' art is slightly old school, with its crisp, clean style. I love that Jurgens has recruited Jerry Ordway (who not only has a similar style but also was one of the artists on the "Superman" titles back when Jurgens rose to fame there) to draw part of the issue; they both have a strong understanding of the human form and while it's certainly slightly idealized, it's a handsome overall look to the book. When not plagued with guest-writers (something else that I think may have contributed to the book's sales decline), "Booster Gold" has been an enjoyable comic, first thanks to Geoff Johns and Jeff Katz, and now Dan Jurgens. Hopefully Keith Giffen will be able to do the same when he takes over in two months. I'd like to see this title succeed without becoming something radically different. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Booster Gold (2007) #33
Jun 10, 2010 |
So far, Giffen and DeMatteis aren't wowing me on "Booster Gold." I know it's early, and they can still pull it out, but for now this feels more like a comic just biding its time until the cancellation gong drops. Hopefully that's not the case. But right now, this could use a shot of excitement or two, and quick. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Booster Gold (2007) #37
Oct 14, 2010 |
After a rough start, "Booster Gold" is starting to click into place. I don't think it's quite up to the quality of the creative teams that came before, but another few issues like this and I think Giffen, DeMatteis, Batista, and Perrota will have settled in quite nicely. It's nice to see everything come together. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Booster Gold (2007) #45
Jun 9, 2011 |
As "Booster Gold" winds down, this is a good a way as any to wrap up the series. Jurgens keeps the character light and fun even when going up against something as dangerous as Doomsday, and that's just what this book should be. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Booster Gold (2007) #1000000
Jul 10, 2008 |
So where does the book go from here? Hopefully in exactly the same direction. Johns, Katz, Jurgens, and Rapmund shepherded the book over the course of the last year. This has been a blast, and with a conclusion like this, I'm glad I was on board to see it happen. Good, good stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Brain Boy: The Men from G.E.S.T.A.L.T. | 1 issues |
7
|
Brain Boy: The Men from G.E.S.T.A.L.T. #1
May 23, 2014 |
"Brain Boy: The Men from G.E.S.T.A.L.T." #1 is a fun little book. With Dark Horse's Project: Black Sky titles starting to show up and more and more, this is one that you won't want to miss. Ignore the cheesy title that sounds like a Legion of Substitute-Heroes reject (the main character hates the name himself), and trust me -- it's worth checking out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Breath of Bones: A Tale of the Golem | 1 issues |
7
|
Breath of Bones: A Tale of the Golem #1
Jun 14, 2013 |
"Breath of Bones: A Tale of the Golem" #1 has a nice story, and that's a good backbone for the rest of the comic. But the art? Well, even if the story wasn't good (which it is), I'd probably still come back. Keep an eye on Wachter. Whatever Wachter draws, I know I'll want to read it. This is a gorgeous comic from start to finish. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.3
|
Brightest Day | 6 issues |
3
|
Brightest Day #2
May 19, 2010 |
"Brightest Day" #2 is a mish-mash of all sorts of stories, but none of them manage to be particularly engaging. After the huge disappointment that was "Countdown to Final Crisis," I was hoping that more recent faster-than-monthly experiments like "Trinity" and "Wednesday Comics" had shown that DC had fixed the kinks in the system. "Brightest Day," for now, seems awfully dim. Everyone involved is capable of much better than this. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Brightest Day #6
Jul 26, 2010 |
"Brightest Day" has picked up a bit since its debut, but it still doesn't seem to quite work. (And that's not even talking about the "shocking cliffhanger," which at best is an ill-timed fake-out and at worst a real waste of a character.) I understand the love of the weekly or even twice-monthly series, but in this case I feel it isn't doing "Brightest Day" any favors. Just about every creator on this series is capable of something better, and it's a shame to see this not living up to its creative potential. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Brightest Day #9
Sep 2, 2010 |
"Brightest Day" is a frustrating series because for every piece that works in an issue, there's always something else that falls apart. I know it's difficult to juggle as many stories as there are crammed into this mini-series, but regret doesn't result in a better comic. There's a lot of talent packed into "Brightest Day" and I keep hoping it'll better showcase all of their ability. For now, though, it's still wildly uneven. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Brightest Day #13
Nov 3, 2010 |
Topped off with a dramatic cover from David Finch, "Brightest Day" #13 serves as a good halfway point to the series. While all but two pages focuses on a single plotline, it's still a good moment of transition; things are actually happening, resolutions are around the corner, and chances are looking good everyone will come out of the experience with a positive memory of the story. That's about all you can ask for, really. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Brightest Day #15
Dec 2, 2010 |
I appreciate that "Brightest Day" isn't afraid to give almost all of an issue as a spotlight to a single character; it keeps the book from feeling scattershot like those first few issues, and it's found a storytelling rhythm of its own. I just wish that the Martian Manhunter story had moved a bit more quickly and given us some more progression now that we're finally back to the character. Still, the book is maintaining a solid, middle-of-the-pack approach, and there's enough here to sustain interest for another issue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Brightest Day #23
Apr 6, 2011 |
Fortunately there's still the big conclusion to come in two weeks, because this is an uncharacteristic dip in quality for the series. With elements being hastily yanked back in (hello, Captain Boomerang) and explanations left and right, hopefully that phase is now completed in order to give us a stronger conclusion. Right now, though, it's an underwhelming beginning of the end. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Bruce Wayne: The Road Home | 1 issues |
4
|
Bruce Wayne: The Road Home: Oracle #1
Oct 27, 2010 |
After reading "Bruce Wayne: The Road Home: Oracle" #1, I have absolutely no interest in reading all of the other one-shots to get the rest of the story. I'm slightly ticked that considering this was labeled as a one-shot, that it most clearly was not. (By way of comparison, things like the "Joker's Asylum" one-shots earlier this year were billed the exact same way, but really were a series of one-shots.) That said? I still got some fun out of Andreyko's script, and I'll keep an eye out for Padilla down the line to see what else he does and how his style matures. There are worse fates. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.3
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 10 | 10 issues |
8
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 10 #1
Mar 19, 2014 |
"Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 10" #1 gives me a lot of high hopes for this series. Dark Horse has brought their A-game talent to this comic, and it shows. An excellent debut that fans should be appropriately ecstatic over. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 10 #4
Jun 18, 2014 |
"Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 10" #4 has the series chugging along quite nicely; if this level of quality continues (and I can't imagine why it wouldn't), this will be the strongest of the three comic book "seasons" by a long shot. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 10 #5
Jul 23, 2014 |
"Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 10" #5 continues the trend of making this series a must-read again. Buffy fans, your complaints have been answered. This comic is a lot of fun and will make you a fan of Buffy and company all over again. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 10 #10
Dec 29, 2014 |
"Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 10" #10 is another strong issue in a strong series; it's a genuine relief to see the book doing so well these days. Buffy fans, please take note; I know you may have been burnt before, but at this point I think Gage and Isaacs have more than proven themselves. Jump on board. This is a lot of fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 10 #16
Jun 22, 2015 |
"Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 10" #16 is another solid installment from a series that performs well. Gage and Isaacs clearly aren't done with Angel's arrival as a bit of a turbulence for Buffy and Spike's new relationship and, considering how well previous relationship drama has been in this current series, we've got some fun times ahead. The "Season 10" issues are, once again, proving to be the most consistently good of the post-series "Buffy" comics to date. Keep up the good work, everyone. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 10 #18
Aug 21, 2015 |
"Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 10" #18 is the sort of comic that promises A but delivers B instead. While B (in this case a mini-treatise on immortals in the Buffy universe) is good and feeds in well to the overall character development of the cast, it's still a little frustrating to not get anything in A (the fight against Archaeus) to sink one's teeth into. Still, considering how consistent the book has been overall under Gage and Isaacs, a slide into just-alright territory is by no means the end of the world. I'm still sticking around to see how this plays out. Not a bad issue, but not the strongest in the series either. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 10 #19
Sep 25, 2015 |
"Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 10" #19 is a high point for "Buffy" as a whole, comics or otherwise. The art is great, the script is great and there's even a pair of snazzy covers from Steve Morris, Isaacs and colorist Dan Jackson. If you've written off the "Buffy" tie-in comics, think again. This comic reminds us that a media tie-in comic can not only be good, it can be fantastic. Highly recommended. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 10 #24
Feb 22, 2016 |
Next month's wrap up of this story arc will hopefully have a bit more spring to its step; this issue isn't bad by any stretch of the imagination, but it's also not quite up to par with what one has come to expect from "Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 10" on the whole. The defeat of some of the bad guys and the destruction of the Restless Door should have felt much more exciting than this, but -- now that the series can move towards the finale at full speed -- hopefully that fun will roar back to its normal levels. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 10 #25
Mar 28, 2016 |
As for those final pages, it's a twist worthy of the original television show itself. Characters who have been primarily in the background or too easily trusted finally step into center stage as a slip of the tongue unleashes all sorts of power into absolutely the wrong hands. It's a great setup, the perfect "gotcha!" moment to make readers sit straight up and realize that Gage has quietly been faking us out for a while now. Am I looking forward to the final storyline to kick off? Yes. Should you be too? Definitely. Gage and Isaacs' run on this title has always been good, but -- thanks to this issue -- it promises to be epic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 10 #27
May 23, 2016 |
"Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 10" #27 moves the title through its final story arc, and it's on track for a strong finish so far. It's a little unfortunate that part of this feels a little too familiar, but -- then again -- Gage has certainly psyched out the readers before. Regardless, this comic is still fun and well above average. Gage and Isaacs' work in the Buffy universe has been quite excellent, and I'm sad to see this season coming to an end, even as I'm intrigued to see what happens next. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 8 | 7 issues |
5
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 8 #19
Nov 29, 2008 |
In the end, it's a sad ending for this story. If it had appeared on stands the first week of October, I can't help but think that it might have been a little less disappointing. With the extra-long wait, though, the final result is underwhelming. Whedon, Moline, and Owens are normally so much better than this. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 8 #23
Mar 12, 2009 |
I'm hoping the comic is just going through its "mid-season blahs" because this was a really uninspiring installment. Everyone involved is capable of so much better than what we're seeing, here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 8 #25
May 11, 2009 |
I suspect I'm not the only person who is glad that the comic is getting closer to its conclusion, though. I do feel bad for Petrie, whose script is going to get overlooked because of bad timing. Hopefully if there's a "Buffy the Vampire Slayer: Season Nine" comic, he'll get to tackle something a little earlier in its run. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 8 #26
Jul 7, 2009 |
"Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season Eight" has definitely gone through a slight rough patch as of late, but I'm starting to feel like the light is finally at the end of the tunnel. For writers who can potentially pull the book back up to its former glory, Espenson's on the list. With a nice cliffhanger to the next installment, I'm actually feeling a little excited again about this book. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 8 #33
Mar 5, 2010 |
Hopefully "Buffy the Vampire Slayer: Season Eight" will end with a bang rather than a whimper, and I'm glad that there's still one final story to come after "Twilight" ends. Because right now, I'm finding myself seriously underwhelmed with the title at a moment when I should be excited, and that's not a good thing at all. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 8 #37
Oct 6, 2010 |
I recently re-read the first two collections of "Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season Eight" and they were so much stronger than the last couple of stories that it actually made me a little sad. I'm not sure why the comic has lost its way so badly just in time for the conclusion, and it's a genuine shame. This used to be a great comic, now it's struggling just to even be good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 8 #40
Jan 19, 2011 |
Whedon has said that when the Season Nine stories begin (later in 2011), that the book will be "a little tighter, a little more concise." I can't help but think that's a good thing. This is a strong ending, but this series in general was drawn out a bit too long to have its proper impact. With a strong conclusion for now, though, at least it's ending on a positive note. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.3
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 9 | 4 issues |
7
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 9 #11
Jul 11, 2012 |
Visual hiccups aside, "Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 9" #11 is definitely one of the better issues of the series, and it makes me feel like the comic is back on track. With a great cliffhanger to lead into next month as well, I'm definitely excited to see what happens next. This is the sort of writing I like to see about my favorite slayer. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 9 #14
Oct 15, 2012 |
"Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 9" #14 could have been a disaster, but it makes the comic all the more appealing in how well it succeeds. This is easily my favorite issue of the new series to date, and it's turned the book into one where I'm eager to see what happens next. All in all, a good show by all parties involved. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 9 #18
Feb 13, 2013 |
It's frustrating because looking at the sister title of "Angel & Faith," creators Christos Gage and Rebekah Isaacs show how the "Season 9" concept can still work. That book is fun. Why isn't this one? The broad stokes of the book are somewhat interesting, but the execution is regularly stumbling. After the promises that "Season 9" would be stronger, I'm finding it hard to find an incentive to look at a future "Season 10" if it happens. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 9 #21
May 9, 2013 |
"Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 9" #21 makes me feel a lot like I did around the conclusion of "Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 8," namely that after all that lead-up it had come crashing down into disaster land. "Angel & Faith" has kept me from swearing off the "Buffy the Vampire Slayer" continuations in general, but one "Buffy the Vampire Slayer Season 9" is over, I think I'm going to steer clear of future incarnations of the main title unless we end up with a brand-new creative team. Maybe things will turn around in the final issues, but for now this feels like another looming disappointment. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer: Riley | 1 issues |
5
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer: Riley #1
Aug 19, 2010 |
In terms of story, "Buffy the Vampire Slayer: Riley" is a bit dull. Actually, "a bit" is a slight understatement. I think we were all hoping for a little more meat to the story than what we got here. But still, the art is nice, and Espenson's dialogue succeeds where the plot itself fails. As part of a collection of issues, this will come across much better than it does as a singular one-shot. This could have been a lot better, but on the bright side, it also could have been much worse. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer: Spike | 1 issues |
3
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer: Spike #1
Aug 23, 2012 |
There are a few cute bits. The solarium idea is nice, and when one of the bugs screams, "Amphibapocalypse is upon us!" when the moon frog attacks I laughed. But "Spike" #1 is the sort of comic that doesn't present any hook for the reader to continue, save for perhaps an abiding love for the title character. At this point, I'm not sure that's strong enough for most. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer: Tales of the Vampires | 1 issues |
8
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer: Tales of the Vampires #1
Jun 7, 2009 |
I expected to like "Buffy the Vampire Slayer: Tales of the Vampires," but I didn't expect to love it as much as I did. For such a simple story, Cloonan and Lolos have done an excellent job. If they want to do more "Buffy the Vampire Slayer: Tales of the Vampires" one-shots, I'd definitely buy them. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer: Willow - Wonderland | 1 issues |
6
|
Buffy the Vampire Slayer: Willow - Wonderland #3
Jan 7, 2013 |
"Buffy the Vampire Slayer: Willow Wonderland" is proving to be a fun little side story to the main two "Buffy" titles being published right now. Will it end in victory? That's actually part of what's keeping me reading; I feel like it could go anywhere from here. While there might be a touch of predictability to this one segment, it's to everyone's credit that the conclusion is still anyone's guess. That's a good thing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.8
|
Cable (2008) | 5 issues |
6
|
Cable (2008) #12
Mar 9, 2009 |
In the end, it's not a bad issue of "Cable" but I'm starting to really hope for a slightly different direction. I'm not saying we need Cable and Hope back in the present day, but something a little different (and more stable) would be nice. Please? |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Cable (2008) #16
Jun 30, 2009 |
I'm hoping this is the start of a genuine change for "Cable," because the current status quo is getting slightly stale. Hopefully Swierczynski isn't just faking us out. If it's the real deal, I'm going to be pleased. We'll see in a few months if it all pays out or not. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Cable (2008) #17
Aug 16, 2009 |
Hopefully the next month or two will kick "Cable" into something different. Honestly, at this point I think Swierczynski has done just about all he can with the "into the future" concept, and I'd love to see him tell stories with them in the present day. Maybe he'll prove me wrong and something great is just around the corner. For the moment, though, this feels like "Cable" is just treading water. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Cable (2008) #22
Jan 5, 2010 |
At the end of the day, though, it's hard to not grieve for what "Cable" could have been. A book with Cable and Hope in isolation from the rest of the Marvel Universe (or at least the X-Men) had a lot of potential, but for whatever reason it ended up being a one-trick pony. Swierczynski has shown with his other comics for Marvel that he's capable of a lot better than this. I wish his talents could've been at their full force here. Still, at least it looks to be ending on a strong note. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Cable (2008) #25
Apr 9, 2010 |
Swierczyski also has fun playing with the fact that we know what's coming next, chronologically, after this story. Deadpool's comments about future appearances in "Cable" made me chuckle, and it's that light-hearted approach that ultimately makes this issue work. It's a shame that Swierczyski hadn't been able to do more issues like this on "Cable," instead of a two-year stalling tactic to keep him and Hope out of the rest of the X-Men titles. Still, it's a strong ending to the series, and it makes me definitely hope that we see more comics from Swierczyski before too long. Hopefully, next time, ones where he's got free reign to write his own stories without fitting them into a group of titles. I think that's where his talents would be better used. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.5
|
Captain America (2004) | 2 issues |
6
|
Captain America (2004) #603
Feb 17, 2010 |
On the whole, though, the book didn't quite wow me. Not even another "Nomad" back-up story by Sean McKeever and David Baldeon managed to stand out (although I don't remember Baldeon drawing characters with such large heads before); this is in many ways an absolute middle of the road book. Still, I'll take that over a bad or disappointing one any day of the week. But I do hope that next month's "Captain America" has a little more of a spark to it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Captain America (2004) #605
Apr 30, 2010 |
"Captain America" is normally much better than this, but I found myself curiously disappointed with a story that had much more potential. As a regular reader of the comic, I normally expect much more from all parties involved. On the bright side, the conclusion to the Nomad back-up story is fun, perhaps because it's all epilogue and made me actually want to see Nomad and Arana hang out again. As a lead-in to the upcoming "Young Allies" book (with both as members), it works quite well. Now that's a way to end a story on a high note. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Captain America (2011) | 1 issues |
7
|
Captain America (2011) #7
Jan 11, 2012 |
"Captain America" #7 is a good comic, but at this point if you're going to pick it up, make sure and grab #6 as well. The two work well as part of a larger story, and Brubaker, Davis, and Farmer make a strong team. I'm looking forward to catching up on the issues still in my to-be-read stack. . . but I'm looking even more forward to "Captain America" #8 and more Davis art. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.7
|
Captain America: Sam Wilson | 3 issues |
8
|
Captain America: Sam Wilson #3
Nov 23, 2015 |
"Captain America: Sam Wilson" #3 is a very strong comic, and -- of the big relaunches at Marvel this fall -- it's one of the big winners overall. Spencer, Acua and Choi have given us a nicely paced comic that is serious without being overly so. A dash of fun alongside grim concepts? Big thumbs up. This Captain America is the real deal. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Captain America: Sam Wilson #6
Feb 8, 2016 |
"Captain America: Sam Wilson" #6 is another entertaining issue in a series that works in no small part because of its highly skilled creators. Spencer's script is intelligent and engaging, and Bennett and Brabo do a fine job of stepping in to bring that to life. Easily one of the better relaunch titles at Marvel, "Captain America: Sam Wilson" #6 is a joy and a half. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Captain America: Sam Wilson #10
Jun 27, 2016 |
It's nice to see a tie-in issue feel necessary rather than tacked on; "Captain America: Sam Wilson" #10 is a good example of how to take an idea from a parent title and run with it in a way that supplements the event while also standing on its own as a good comic. Spencer and Unzueta do a good job here, but -- based on the final pages -- it's the next issue that's really going to stand out now that the slow burn is starting to turn into a raging inferno. I'll definitely be back next month to see that happen. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Captain America: The 1940s Newspaper Strip | 1 issues |
4
|
Captain America: The 1940s Newspaper Strip #1
Jul 1, 2010 |
I wanted "Captain America: The 1940s Newspaper Strip" to be fun, but it's just slightly annoying from start to finish. (Also, while we're at it? There's no apostrophe in "1940s," in case anyone at Marvel is reading and wants to fix this before the other issues see print.) This is a great idea for a strip, but it feels like it's trying to do a little too much all at once. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.5
|
Captain America: White | 2 issues |
4
|
Captain America: White #0
Jul 11, 2008 |
I really hope that when the mini-series proper debuts, that "Captain America: White" is up to Loeb and Sale's higher standards that I've come to expect. The two of them together so often produce real works of beauty. It's not a debut for the ages, that's for certain. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Captain America: White #3
Oct 19, 2015 |
"Captain America: White" #3 looks fantastic, but the story is starting to flag a bit. With the miniseries poised to enter its second half, hopefully things will pick up a bit. If nothing else, this is a comic that will remind you how poorer the comics industry is when Sale isn't contributing to it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.3
|
Captain Atom (2011) | 4 issues |
4
|
Captain Atom (2011) #0
Sep 19, 2012 |
It's too bad after last month's issue that "Captain Atom" #0 is wrapping up the series with such a whimper. The series was all over the place but it was at least going somewhere, and I wouldn't have been surprised if this issue had acted as an epilogue as well as prologue, perhaps with some sort of ouroboros effect that would have fit in well with what Krul had written. Still, the book looks great, if nothing else, but I think stopping one issue earlier would have been a slightly more dramatic final note. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Captain Atom (2011) #3
Nov 17, 2011 |
I'm loving the art, and I'm still intrigued by the story of "Captain Atom," but we're now three months in and it's time for the pace to get picked up a bit. Right now we've gotten a lot of familiar story beats and general concepts, but "Captain Atom" needs to find its own voice, now. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Captain Atom (2011) #4
Dec 22, 2011 |
I'll admit that I'm still a tiny bit perplexed on why a "Captain Atom" book ended up being one of the re-launch titles, but so far it's holding my interest just enough to keep me going. I'd like to see the pace pick up a bit, but for now the foundation-building is strong enough that that's not a critical change needed. Still, so long as Williams and Villarrubia are on board, I think I will be, too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Captain Atom (2011) #5
Jan 18, 2012 |
"Captain Atom" has a lot to live up to right now. It's not too late for a sales climb, but I feel like it needs a snappier speed and something to grab new readers' attention. All the pieces needed are available (good overall idea, strong artists), with one strong nudge needed to slide everything into place. For the sake of "Captain Atom," that nudge better come soon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Captain Britain and MI:13 (2008) | 2 issues |
8
|
Captain Britain and MI:13 (2008) #12
Apr 7, 2009 |
"Captain Britain and MI: 13" is a fun book, one that (to use an old chestnut) is more than the sum of its parts. Hopefully it'll be around for a second year (and much more), because this first year has been a blast and a half. Check it out, you'll thank me later. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Captain Britain and MI:13 (2008) #14
Jun 22, 2009 |
"Captain Britain and MI13" is that rare series which has continued to improve with each issue. It makes me sad, though, that the same hasn't been true for sales. I know you might be thinking, "It's almost over, who cares?" Trust me, this is a great series. Pick up the collections, and you'll be kicking yourself for having not read it earlier. At least this way, though, you'll get the enjoyment better late than never. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Captain Britain and the Mighty Defenders | 1 issues |
5
|
Captain Britain and the Mighty Defenders #1
Jul 17, 2015 |
There's a lot of little moments in "Captain Britain and the Mighty Defenders" #1 that could have been interesting with more room, but the creative team never has time to explore them here. It's also worth noting that the title is a real misnomer; Faiza is a minor character, the random grouping of characters isn't the Defenders at all and, if anything, the real protagonist is Professor Yinsen. Ewing tries hard and Davis and Farmer at least provide some gorgeous art, but -- in the end -- it would be utterly forgettable if it wasn't such a fine looking comic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Captain Marvel (2012) | 1 issues |
6
|
Captain Marvel (2012) #6
Nov 2, 2012 |
"Captain Marvel" #6 feels like an all right conclusion to the first big storyline for the title. Both in terms of story structure and look, though, it feels a bit divorced from what happened earlier, and that's a shame. I want this book to be a huge hit, and while I think there's still the potential to get there, future stories will need a slightly more cohesive conclusion. This book should be great, not just good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Captain Marvel (2016) | 1 issues |
8
|
Captain Marvel (2016) #2
Feb 4, 2016 |
"Captain Marvel" #2 shows how this book can appeal both to longtime readers as well as a new audience. It's got a charming and inviting cast, a story that takes no time at all in hitting high gear and the promise of further mystery and intrigue on a regular basis. (And for those wishing for a new "Alpha Flight" comic, this is almost certainly the closest you're going to get thanks to the presence of Sasquatch, Aurora and Puck.) I'm sold. You should be, too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Captain Midnight | 1 issues |
6
|
Captain Midnight #1
Jul 31, 2013 |
"Captain Midnight" #1 is off to a solid if not overwhelming start, but it's also understandable. Overall, Williamson and Dagnino have kicked off the series well enough to come back for a second issue, and that it's on a path for the momentum to start building. Best of all, for a revamp of a character from quite some time ago, this feels modern and accessible to new readers. That's exactly what readers can ask for. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Capture Creatures | 1 issues |
7
|
Capture Creatures #2
Dec 29, 2014 |
"Capture Creatures" #2 is a fun little book; there's still a lot of story to be revealed, and of course a lot of creatures to learn about. For now, though, this issue has firmly locked me in as a reader of the series. I'll be back in 2015 to see the adventure continue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Cast Away on the Letter A | 1 issues |
6
|
Cast Away on the Letter A #1
Sep 15, 2014 |
I'm actually eager to see a follow-up to "Cast Away on the Letter A" before long (and I believe Toon is planning on translating more of the "Philemon" series), if only to see where Fred goes from here. Some of the ideas here are so bonkers -- like the plant that pretends to be a clock before exploding -- that they warrant seeing more of the strange thoughts that came to Fred. If the execution can get as strong as the concepts, this could be great. For now, it's not bad, but I'm not quite wowed, either. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Cat Eyed Boy | 1 issues |
8
|
Cat Eyed Boy #1
May 30, 2008 |
"Cat Eyed Boy" Volume 1 may look a little daunting at first for a casual purchase, but I was really impressed with it. It's a sharp-looking package (I really love the cover stock as well as the nice touches like the end-flaps), runs in slightly larger dimensions than most manga (six by eight inches), and gives you quite a bang for your buck. I'm definitely interested in getting the second, concluding volume. The stories in "Cat Eyed Boy" may be 40 years old, but they're creepier than most horror comics being published today. We could learn a lot from Umezu. In the meantime, though, I'll just keep enjoying the books of his that are being translated. More, please. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Catalyst Comix | 1 issues |
6
|
Catalyst Comix #1
Jul 3, 2013 |
"Catalyst Comix" #1 has a great idea at its core, and I want to see it succeed. If the narration is toned down a little, I think it could really work. For now, it's a release that's buoyed by its concept and the art, but I'd like to see the rest of it click into place quickly. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.8
|
Catwoman (2011) | 5 issues |
5
|
Catwoman (2011) #9
May 18, 2012 |
"Catwoman" #9 has some little glitches here and there -- a typo where Cobblepot is called Cobblebot, and a slightly unsatisfying stop to the Talon in general -- but this does feel light years away from "Catwoman" #1 back in the fall. I'm tentatively prepared to look at next month's issue, because it feels like some of the larger problems have been addressed. For that alone, I'll declare this a victory. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Catwoman (2011) #13
Oct 22, 2012 |
"Catwoman" #13 feels like a good start to the pairing of Nocenti and Sandoval. Uninspired crossover plot thread aside, this feels like a nice direction for the book, with an inventive main story that avoids the same old stuff. I'll be back next month for more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Catwoman (2011) #19
Apr 18, 2013 |
I keep dipping back into "Catwoman" because I want it to be better than it is, and every now and then there's a promise of a story (or a great fold-out cover) that holds so much promise. In the end, though, I just keep feeling like this is a book that has the good basic ideas down pat, but keeps failing to flesh everything out enough in the actual execution. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Catwoman (2011) #36
Nov 26, 2014 |
"Catwoman" #36 is the sort of comic where I feel like with each new chapter, I'll appreciate what's being done here that much more. Even on its own, though, it's a solid, good comic; that's something that poor Catwoman's not had for quite some time. Valentine and Brown are off to a good start, two issues into their run, and I'm curious to see where it leads from here. Color me intrigued enough to stick around. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Catwoman (2011) #40
Mar 30, 2015 |
Here's the great news: if you've missed out on Valentine and Brown's run, "Catwoman" #35-40 will be collected into "Catwoman: Keeper of the Castle" this August. In the meantime, don't be afraid to pick up an issue of Valentine and Brown's "Catwoman" to give it a sample. I think you'll like what you see. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
CBGB | 1 issues |
4
|
CBGB #3
Sep 15, 2010 |
"CBGB" #3 isn't the strongest issue to date, but even then its backup story ultimately redeems it. I may have never made my own pilgrimage to the real CBGB, so I guess it's apt that my most recent experience with the club is just like my first one, in the pages of a comic book. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Chaos War | 1 issues |
4
|
Chaos War #3
Nov 7, 2010 |
When "Incredible Hercules" was initially canceled and replaced with a series of mini-series ("Hercules: Fall of an Avenger," "The Heroic Age: Prince of Power," and "Chaos War") it seemed like a good enough way to continue on the book even in the face of struggling sales. Now, though? It's a sad way to (presumably) see Hercules's series come to a close. Everyone deserves better than this. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Checkmate (2006) | 1 issues |
3
|
Checkmate (2006) #27
Jun 19, 2008 |
The first 25 issues of "Checkmate" were a little uneven in places, but they had heart, and a real sense of style. There were always hooks for the reader to want to stick around, and Rucka and his co-authors clearly had a definitive goal that the book moved towards. This new era of "Checkmate" feels almost like Jones is stalling for time. Be that cancellation, a different writer, or an idea of what to do with the book, I'm not sure. But this is a colossal disappointment, to put it mildly. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Chew | 2 issues |
8
|
Chew #7
Dec 27, 2009 |
If you haven't read "Chew" yet, Layman and Guillory have already rushed out a collection of the first five issues so that you can start at the beginning. The great thing, though? If you just jumped directly in with #7 you'd still know what was going on and have a good time. It's well worth a try. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Chew #15
Nov 9, 2010 |
"Chew" #15 may be the end of the first quarter of the series, but it's also a big set-up for lots of stories to come. It's a nice reminder of both what's come before, as well as what's to follow. Not that there was any doubt, but I'll definitely be on board for the next 45 issues still to come. "Chew" continues to be a tasty little treat. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Cinderella: Fables are Forever | 2 issues |
8
|
Cinderella: Fables are Forever #1
Feb 10, 2011 |
Still, potential continuity tangles aside (and there's always a chance we're in for a surprise on how this fits in), it's a good opening issue. Roberson has fun playing with his spy game tropes (even down to a Cold War opening scene, after all), and there's definitely room in the "Fables" universe for a shift into action-suspense-thriller once a year or so. I'm looking forward to the next issue already. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Cinderella: Fables are Forever #6
Jul 22, 2011 |
The "Cinderella" mini-series are both a little disposable, but that's part of the fun. They're escapist spy drama mixed with the fantastical world of "Fables," and with each new installment it makes me appreciate what Roberson and McManus have put together here. And having the comics all topped off with gorgeous covers from Chrissie Zullo, well, that's just the icing on the cake. So long as Roberson and McManus want to create more "Cinderella" mini-series, I know I'll read them. It's flat-out entertaining, and that's exactly what I want from this comic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Cinderella: From Fabletown With Love | 1 issues |
7
|
Cinderella: From Fabletown With Love #1
Nov 10, 2009 |
"Cinderella: From Fabletown With Love" #1 is off to a good start, but it really is a shame that it wasn't published a year ago, or somehow got updated to fit the current status quo. Still, it's enough fun that I want to read more, and it gives me hopes for Roberson's upcoming "I, Zombie" series at Vertigo. That's a thumbs up in my book. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Civil War II | 1 issues |
8
|
Civil War II #1
Jun 1, 2016 |
Overall, "Civil War II" #1 is a good launching point for this miniseries, even as it integrates the information from "Civil War II" #0 and the Free Comic Book Day special. I'm curious to see if Bendis and Marquez can maintain this level of tension and what they'll add into the mix to keep the conflict burning strong. For now, though, it's more than enough to get readers coming back for more. It's a good lynchpin for Marvel's publishing line over the next few months; they've got another bestseller on their hands here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Civil War II: Choosing Sides | 1 issues |
4
|
Civil War II: Choosing Sides #1
Jun 27, 2016 |
Misleading subtitle aside, there is certainly a lot of potential in "Civil War II: Choosing Sides" #1. Unfortunately, however, only one out of three stories is memorable, so future issues will need to produce stronger pieces if readers are going to stick around for all six. In this chapter, Damage Control really performs the cleanup job. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Civil War II: Gods of War | 1 issues |
4
|
Civil War II: Gods of War #1
Jun 9, 2016 |
Ultimately, "Civil War II: Gods of War" #1 is a bit of bait-and-switch. There's no real reason for this comic to have such a prominent "Civil War II" title, and it's also not such an amazing comic to deserve the extra boost. This is ultimately a comic that looks nice but has a script that feels a little clunky and just below average thanks to the sheer amount of exposition. Hopefully, other "Civil War II" miniseries will have a stronger reason to be bundled into the event. This issue is for serious "Hercules" fans only. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Clive Barker's Nightbreed | 1 issues |
6
|
Clive Barker's Nightbreed #1
May 28, 2014 |
"Clive Barker's Nightbreed" #1 is off to a solid start, enough to make me want to read a second issue. Hopefully we'll shift back into the present sooner or later and get to see the city of Midian for more than just a tiny glimpse; for now, though, the setup works well enough. If like me, you'd always heard about "Nightbreed" but never experienced it, this feels like a good place to begin. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.3
|
Clone | 3 issues |
6
|
Clone #4
Feb 14, 2013 |
"Clone" #4 is the weakest issue of the series to date, but ultimately that's in part because the previous issues felt so much fresher and exciting. This isn't bad, but I'd like to get more back into the nature of the clones and watch that unfold. As a transition issue, this works well enough, but hopefully next issue will be back up to speed once more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Clone #10
Sep 16, 2013 |
"Clone" #10 is a fun book, and this slightly increased pace makes it even more so. With splash pages doled out for the best moments (like Luke with the army of clones behind him), I feel like all parties involved really understand how to tell a serialized comic, with multiple moments of punctuated excitement to hold onto a reader's attention. If you've fallen behind on "Clone" (like I had), now is an excellent time to catch back up. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Clone #12
Nov 22, 2013 |
"Clone" #12 continues to entertain and surprise, month in and month out. Schulner, Ginsburg, and McIntyre come up with a strong cliffhanger every issue; they really understand how to use the serial format of a comic book. If you aren't reading "Clone" then scoop up #12 (and #11 if it's there too, but you can still figure out what's going on without it) and take a look. I've got a pretty good feeling you'll like what you'll see. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Coffin Hill | 2 issues |
5
|
Coffin Hill #6
Mar 17, 2014 |
Hopefully future story arcs of "Coffin Hill" will get a little more spring in its step. A slightly faster pace and a little more punch to each chapter would go a long way. The ideas in this series are good, and I feel like Kittredge and Miranda could very well end up with a smash success on their hands. But right now, it just needs a little something extra to push it into that category. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Coffin Hill #9
Jul 14, 2014 |
If you dropped "Coffin Hill" during the first storyline, I'd say that it's actually worth your while to come back. Kittredge feels much more energized with her title now, and Miranda's art is great as ever. Hopefully this uptick in quality can translate to some stronger sales; this is now a title I can whole-heartedly get behind and support. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Comeback | 1 issues |
7
|
Comeback #3
Jan 16, 2013 |
"Comeback" #3 is another good installment in a fun mini-series; it's clever and engaging, and paced just right to fill out a five-issue run. If you like a good time travel story where it's not the journey but rather what you can do with it, you'll want to check out "Comeback." This is a smart comic that'll keep your attention grabbed from start to finish. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Conan the Barbarian | 1 issues |
8
|
Conan the Barbarian #7
Aug 8, 2012 |
"Conan the Barbarian" #7 is a firm reminder that strong creators can make any and every character worth reading. If you've never read a Conan story, this current series is a great place to start. Wood and Cloonan have turned out some comics that grabbed my attention in seconds, and "Conan the Barbarian" #7 is no exception to that rule. Definitely check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.5
|
Conan the Cimmerian | 2 issues |
7
|
Conan the Cimmerian #8
Mar 1, 2009 |
One small nitpick does have to go with the lettering this issue; Richard Starkings is normally right on the ball with this sort of thing, but the particular old-world font he's using here for the narration actually hurts my eyes to read too much of, with the letters seeming to blend into one another. Still, overall, a solid issue to a comic that been neglected a bit by readers. I won't deny that I suspect this will read better in a collected form, but it's still an enjoyable single issue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Conan the Cimmerian #25
Nov 27, 2010 |
(Oh, and make sure to check out the pin-up gallery at the end. Jeffrey Brown? Art Baltazar? Rob Guillory? Farel Dalrymple? This is one of the strangest collections of artists for a "Conan" pin-up grouping, and there are even more contributors than the ones I mentioned, but it ultimately works. Kudos for not going for the obvious choices, Dark Horse.) |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.7
|
Constantine (2013) | 3 issues |
7
|
Constantine (2013) #1
Mar 20, 2013 |
"Constantine" #1 is a book that I think a lot of people were fearing, and understandably so. Now that it's here, though, I feel that those who actually read the book might be surprised. It's not "Hellblazer," but it is off to a good start in its own right. Consider me optimistic for the future of "Constantine." |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
2
|
Constantine (2013) #4
Jun 14, 2013 |
"Constantine" #4 is exactly what everyone feared a DC Universe replacement for "Hellblazer" would be like. (Well, except he doesn't fight Killer Croc or the Reverse-Flash, so that's some small relief.) This book is already limping, and that's a bad sign. If things don't pick up and quickly, I can't see "Constantine" maintaining a readership. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Constantine (2013) #16
Jul 10, 2014 |
"Constantine" #16 feels like the series has gone through a lot of improvement over the past year, which is nice to see. At this point, it feels like the overall path of "Constantine" is back on track, and that's good with a new television series just around the corner. If fans of the show decided to pick up the comic, I think they'd find themselves welcomed, and that's a good thing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Constantine: The Hellblazer | 2 issues |
7
|
Constantine: The Hellblazer #1
Jun 11, 2015 |
"Constantine: The Hellblazer" #1 is a fun kickoff to a new series, and I'm pleased with the direction that Doyle, Tynion and Rossmo have quickly established. They clearly understand the character and, if they can keep this up, we've got a lot of entertaining occult adventures ahead of us. So far, so good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Constantine: The Hellblazer #3
Aug 17, 2015 |
"Constantine: The Hellblazer" #3 is a good looking book, but the strong writing from the first two issues takes a real stumble this month. I'm hoping it's just a temporary blip. Georgie has promise as a supporting cast member, and there's still more of the main storyline to be revealed, after all. For now, at least, it's an issue that just doesn't quite get where it's trying to travel. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.3
|
Convergence | 3 issues |
4
|
Convergence #1
Apr 8, 2015 |
With a slew of "Convergence" tie-ins over the next two months, they look to be the more attractive option for readers dipping their toes in the event. Perhaps "Convergence" #2 will pick up the pace and excitement level next week now that the exposition dump has come to a close. For now, though, this continues the trend from "Convergence" #0 with an underwhelming comic that's should be hooking us as readers. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Convergence #5
May 6, 2015 |
"Convergence" #5 is a real improvement but, at the same time, the series has a long way to go to pull itself completely out of the hole that the first month dug. Hopefully, this will be a real turn-around, with the final three installments continuing to step up the proverbial game. Overall, the main "Convergence" miniseries has been a bit of a letdown but, if you had to pick the best issue to date, look no further than "Convergence" #5. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Convergence #8
May 29, 2015 |
"Convergence" #8 achieved its purposes -- both to restore a few earlier eras of DC Comics as well as to give the company a certain amount of breathing room for its now-completed move across the country -- but it's a shame that it couldn't have been stronger. With the amount of time allotted to create "Convergence," this should have been a dynamite comic but, instead, it feels like one that stalled for weeks and then raced to a conclusion, while leaving little threads unresolved. Some of the tie-ins were fantastic and there were some good individual moments within the main comic itself. On the whole, though, it's a below-average two-month experiment that didn't hit the heights that were presumably possible. "Convergence" itself will almost certainly fade into a distant memory with other past events like "Day of Judgment" and "Genesis." Some of the end results may end up proving to be golden but, overall, readers' minds will move forward instead of lingering here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Convergence: Action Comics | 1 issues |
3
|
Convergence: Action Comics #2
Jun 1, 2015 |
"Convergence: Action Comics" #2 is the sort of comic where the one-sentence pitch sounds reasonable, but there's no energy to make the final comic stand out. That's a shame, especially coming in the final week of "Convergence," where the tie-ins needed to either go big or go home. Here, unfortunately, it didn't go big at all; aside from the great cover from Amanda Conner, there's nothing that will linger in readers' minds for very long. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Convergence: Batman and Robin | 1 issues |
5
|
Convergence: Batman and Robin #1
Apr 10, 2015 |
All of the creators involved are clearly giving this their all, but there are just enough rough spots throughout the comic that it ends up balancing out as just average. Considering the slightly unnecessary hand that they were dealt -- the continuation of these characters, with Damian in particular, was more or less unbroken in "Batman and Robin" and "Batman Incorporated" -- but it's still better than one might expect. This is a book that needs a bit more polish to get to where it should be. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Convergence: Booster Gold | 1 issues |
5
|
Convergence: Booster Gold #1
Apr 30, 2015 |
"Convergence: Booster Gold" #1 is going to delight a small handful of readers who have been waiting for this moment for quite a while now. For everyone else, though, it's just a completely average book. It's not bad, but it could have been a great deal more engrossing, too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Convergence: Crime Syndicate | 1 issues |
3
|
Convergence: Crime Syndicate #1
May 1, 2015 |
"Convergence: Crime Syndicate" #1 is ultimately frustrating, because it's put together by three talented creators. In the end, though, it's a reminder that not everyone is right for every project. I'd love to have a different comic with Winslade and Kindzierski collaborating, where the script is more suited to this look and style. In the end, though, this is just a mishmash of creators and genres that don't fit together. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Convergence: Detective Comics | 2 issues |
8
|
Convergence: Detective Comics #1
May 1, 2015 |
"Convergence: Detective Comics" #1 is the sort of tie-in that I wish we'd had more of so far. All the creators have clearly taken the time afforded to them to create a beautiful, thoughtful comic that avoids some of the easy traps in favor of something worth revisiting. For a comic that could have easily been creators pinch-hitting, all the individuals here clearly brought their A-game. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Convergence: Detective Comics #2
Jun 1, 2015 |
"Convergence: Detective Comics" #2 isn't quite as exciting as the first issue, but it's still an above average "Convergence" tie-in. If more of them had been this entertaining, it probably would have helped keep reader attention on the event. Hopefully, we won't have to wait so long for another Wein, Cowan, Sienkiewicz and Sotomayor collaboration; these four creators clearly work well together. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Convergence: Green Arrow | 1 issues |
5
|
Convergence: Green Arrow #1
Apr 17, 2015 |
"Convergence: Green Arrow" #1 is a slightly odd book in that it's taking a character who existed immediately post-"Zero Hour" and giving us a new first meeting with his father in a pre-"Zero Hour" world. There are little touches in Marx's script that have real potential, and the art from Morales and St. Aubin looks great. On the whole, though, the rough spots and the strong aspects even each other out. Hopefully, like with so many of the other "Convergence" tie-ins, the conclusion will take advantage of not needing any more setup to use that space to deliver a slightly stronger conclusion. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Convergence: Green Lantern Corps | 1 issues |
6
|
Convergence: Green Lantern Corps #1
Apr 27, 2015 |
"Convergence: Green Lantern Corps" #1 is honestly not a group of characters that I'd have editorially chosen to include for this particular era of DC Comics history. Here's the thing, though: Gallaher, Ellis and Parks take the setup and turn it into something with an interesting core to build a story around. It's not going to blow you away (sadly, few of the "Convergence" tie-ins are managing that) but it's the sort of comic that you'll come back to see the conclusion for next month. Most importantly, though, is that this creative team has made Guy's hatred of Hal seem perfectly understandable rather than the anger of a hot-headed character. If this team ended up working on a book starring Guy Gardner down the line, I'd definitely check it out. Free of the "Convergence" trappings, it would be something to watch out for. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
2.0
|
Convergence: Green Lantern/Parallax | 1 issues |
2
|
Convergence: Green Lantern/Parallax #2
May 18, 2015 |
"Convergence: Green Lantern/Parallax" #2 feels like one of the more skippable "Convergence" tie-ins to date. I can't see fans of either Hal Jordan or Kyle Rayner being terribly happy about the events of this comic. I suppose, if nothing else, it does give us the definitive destruction of one of the other cities of "Convergence," but that's hardly reason to pick up this comic. In the end, this feels ill-conceived and a little pointless. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Convergence: Harley Quinn | 1 issues |
6
|
Convergence: Harley Quinn #2
May 11, 2015 |
Is this high art? Certainly not. It's also not trying to be. "Convergence: Harley Quinn" #2 is silly with a dash of slapstick tossed in. This is a cute book, and its primary goal is clearly to just have fun. Mission accomplished. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Convergence: Hawkman | 1 issues |
7
|
Convergence: Hawkman #2
May 22, 2015 |
"Convergence: Hawkman" #2 was a fun wrap up to this tie-in, and one of the most successful "Convergence" miniseries to date. I know it's too much to ask for a future Parker, Truman and Alcatena "Hawkman" series, but boy would it be great if this is anything to go on. If there's room for even a "Hawkman" miniseries down the line, DC Comics already has a great creative team assembled for it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Convergence: Shazam | 1 issues |
8
|
Convergence: Shazam #2
May 29, 2015 |
"Convergence: Shazam!" #2 is unapologetically old-school, and it's a winner from start to finish. Seriously, DC Comics should be hiring Parker and Shaner right now for an all-new "Shazam!" series. This was fun, it had a lot of energy and it captures the reader's attention from start to finish. "Convergence: Shazam!" takes all the potential of the "Convergence" event and makes it work. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.5
|
Convergence: Suicide Squad | 2 issues |
7
|
Convergence: Suicide Squad #1
Apr 17, 2015 |
It's easy to see why "Suicide Squad" was chosen for "Convergence." Not only is there a film coming out, but it's a concept that's well-beloved, especially for people starving for the original Squad that they loved to read about. Overall, so far, so good. A lot will depend on what happens next month with the conclusion but, at the moment, I'm pleasantly pleased with "Convergence: Suicide Squad" #1. It's a nice trip down memory lane. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Convergence: Suicide Squad #2
May 18, 2015 |
"Convergence: Suicide Squad" is a bit of a rarity for a "Convergence" miniseries, in that it feels like it could use more pages, rather than coming across padded. With that in mind, though, it's a perfectly reasonable conclusion to the miniseries; the end works well, and the art is great. If Tieri and Mandrake got to work on a new "Suicide Squad" comic, I suspect the kinks could be worked out fairly quickly. All in all, a successful showing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Convergence: Superboy | 1 issues |
7
|
Convergence: Superboy #2
May 18, 2015 |
"Convergence: Superboy" #2 takes a route that's a little unexpected but oddly satisfying. It wraps up in a manner that most "Convergence" tie-ins wouldn't have felt safe doing, but it works for these characters. In the end, Nicieza, Moline and Marzan remind us why we cared about Superboy even when he was early in his career and making a lot of mistakes; even at his worst, he's still a lot of fun. That fun definitely comes to life here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Convergence: Supergirl - Matrix | 1 issues |
7
|
Convergence: Supergirl - Matrix #1
Apr 16, 2015 |
Those looking for a serious comic can go elsewhere. However, if you're looking for some vintage Giffen humor (and a surprise Giffen character at the end of the comic that all but promises even more silliness to come next month), this is the comic for you. "Convergence: Supergirl: Matrix" #1 is even goofier than its title and all its promises. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Convergence: Superman: Man of Steel | 1 issues |
6
|
Convergence: Superman: Man of Steel #1
Apr 17, 2015 |
"Convergence: Superman: Man of Steel" #1 is a pleasant first issue, in no small part because of how Simonson and Brigman bring back good memories of these characters. At the same time, there's also no doubting that the book needs to pick up the pace just a tad bit more. Hopefully, the conclusion next month will wrap things up at a good clip; in the end, it's not bad, but it could also be a little less nostalgic and a little more exciting. It's a good start and, now that the setup is over, I want things to kick into high gear. Hopefully, that's what's just around the corner. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Convergence: The Adventures of Superman | 1 issues |
7
|
Convergence: The Adventures of Superman #1
Apr 22, 2015 |
In a sea of "Convergence" comics with extremely similar plotting, it's a relief to see someone try a different approach to their tie-in. "Convergence: The Adventures of Superman" #1 both breaks with convention, yet still easily fits in as part of the greater whole. Here's hoping some of the remaining "Convergence" tie-ins will similarly do something different. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Convergence: The Flash | 1 issues |
4
|
Convergence: The Flash #1
Apr 24, 2015 |
"Convergence: The Flash" #1 ultimately illustrates the weakest point of the "Convergence" event: the repetitive nature. The more you see the same sequence and setup, the easier it is to spot when things aren't working. In the case of "Convergence: The Flash" #1, it becomes hard to ignore that Abnett and Dallocchio's comic has a dud of a protagonist. That's a shame. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Convergence: The Question | 1 issues |
8
|
Convergence: The Question #1
Apr 9, 2015 |
"Convergence: The Question" #1 is a reminder of what can work well in the "Convergence" event. Separated from the main miniseries, these little slices of an earlier DC Universe can not only evoke some nostalgia but also give characters one final hurrah. It's no small coincidence that the title of this comic is "Just One More Thing..." as Rucka and Hamner return to characters that had seemed forever out of reach. If even a majority of "Convergence" miniseries are this good, April and May 2015 will bring comic book fans a lot of gems. Regardless of the other miniseries' quality, though, "Convergence: The Question" #1 is a must-buy for fans of this era of "Detective Comics" stories. It's great to be reunited with the old gang one final time. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Convergence: Titans | 1 issues |
3
|
Convergence: Titans #2
May 8, 2015 |
"Convergence: Titans" #2 is ultimately a skippable comic. There's nothing that makes this required reading, not even if you were a big fan of Arsenal. It's nice that someone felt that a better ending was needed (and, to be fair, being in the "Titans: Villains for Hire" era that closed down the series pre-"Flashpoint" was about the worst ending possible for any character to have), but that's not enough to make this comic work. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Convergence: Wonder Woman | 2 issues |
7
|
Convergence: Wonder Woman #1
Apr 23, 2015 |
"Convergence: Wonder Woman" #1 is definitely one of the stronger "Convergence" tie-ins to date. Hama tries to make his glimpse of Gotham City stand out, and Middleton's art can't help but charm. If you're on the fence on which "Convergence" tie-ins to give a whirl, this is definitely one of your better options. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Convergence: Wonder Woman #2
May 21, 2015 |
"Convergence: Wonder Woman" #2 is a big letdown. The story doesn't go anywhere -- unless you've been dying to see Wonder Woman's supporting cast get killed by vampires -- and all of the world building from the first half of the miniseries is completely missing. In the end, this is a comic from "Convergence" that will most likely be forgotten in a matter of months. There's nothing that stands out here, unfortunately. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
2.0
|
Convergence: World's Finest | 1 issues |
2
|
Convergence: World's Finest #1
May 1, 2015 |
Finally, there's a strange disconnect between "Convergence: World's Finest Comics" #1 and how the other books show us the sequence of events where the domes come down. Here, Telos actually scoops up Sir Justin and Scribbly in his massive hands and places them elsewhere. This feels like a slight glitch, which someone in editorial should have caught because of the huge difference in how this plays out. In the end, the idea behind "Convergence: World's Finest Comics" #1 and the execution is sorely lacking. Maybe the conclusion will play more into the idea behind the comic but, for the moment, this is a big disappointment. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.3
|
Courtney Crumrin | 4 issues |
10
|
Courtney Crumrin #1
Apr 11, 2012 |
If you've never read Naifeh's previous "Courtney Crumrin" comics, please do yourself a favor and check this new series out. With full-color collections of the originals just around the bend, it'll be easy to pick up the earlier stories if you like what you see. I say that not because you'll need to do so, but rather because you'll want to. "Courtney Crumrin" is a winner from start to finish. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Courtney Crumrin #5
Aug 23, 2012 |
The story itself is low-key and quiet, and it's easy to see why it was bumped from the first issue location. It's a story that doesn't focus on Courtney at all, instead giving us a flashback to when Aloysius Crumrin was a young man. Aloysius isn't a bad character, but this story just wasn't that interesting; it felt a little too predictable and easy. The bite that I've come to expect from "Courtney Crumrin" just wasn't present. The art at least looks good as always. I love Naifeh's art with its sharp features, and Warren Wucinich's colors continue to look great as well. This is ultimately an issue where you can drink in the great period clothing used in the flashbacks, and enjoy the smaller details. Maybe down the line we'll feel like this issue works better as part of the greater whole. But right now, both in terms of issue content as well as the placement within the ongoing series itself, it just doesn't work as well as it should. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Courtney Crumrin #7
Nov 14, 2012 |
I might have been less than thrilled with the recent break in the narrative a couple of months ago, but ultimately it was in part because the current story is so good. "Courtney Crumrin" #7 is a thoroughly entertaining comic; if you haven't read Naifeh's best creation, this is a good a place as any to give it a whirl. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Courtney Crumrin #9
Jan 30, 2013 |
"Courtney Crumrin" #9 continues to roar forward with its second mini-series to great effect; this is the sort of book that I'll cheerfully read more than once. If you aren't reading "Courtney Crumrin," please reconsider. A smart, funny, emotionally stirring, well-drawn comic like "Courtney Crumrin" doesn't come along often. Let's make sure this one sticks around. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Courtney Crumrin Tales: The League of Ordinary Gentlemen | 1 issues |
8
|
Courtney Crumrin Tales: The League of Ordinary Gentlemen #1
May 22, 2011 |
"Courtney Crumrin Tales: The League of Ordinary Gentlemen" is a nice introduction to the "Courtney Crumrin" comics in general; it gives you a bit of history, helps show the kind of dark fantasy stories that Naifeh tells, and mixes humor and drama in a way that draws you in and wanting to see more. Hopefully it won't be quite so long a wait until the next "Courtney Crumrin" comic, "Tales" or otherwise. In the meantime, though, this is a good reminder why Naifeh's developed such a strong following. This is great stuff, start to finish. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
Criminal: The Sinners | 2 issues |
10
|
Criminal: The Sinners #1
Oct 12, 2009 |
If you haven't read "Criminal" up until now, "Criminal: The Sinners" #1 is a perfect place to start. And if you're thinking about waiting for the collected edition, just know that you'll be missing out on all of the bonus materials at the end of every issue. Essays, interviews, media recommendations... Brubaker and Phillips pack a lot of care into making sure you're getting your money's worth. In an idea world, "Criminal" would be a top-selling franchise. Maybe it's not too late to start. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Criminal: The Sinners #4
Feb 2, 2010 |
Is "Criminal: The Sinners" #4 a good comic? Definitely. Is it better than most comics being published right now? Absolutely. When you're a series where your average issues are still a solid 4-star book, it's a nice reminder that even when you aren't blown away, you're still getting a great comic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Curse of the Mutants: X-Men vs. Vampires | 1 issues |
4
|
Curse of the Mutants: X-Men vs. Vampires #1
Sep 30, 2010 |
The comic wraps up with the first half of a reprint of "Uncanny X-Men" #159, where Storm is briefly turned into a vampire. Since they've been referencing Storm's relationship with Dracula throughout this crossover, it's a logical story to reprint. It does serve as a reminder, though, on how much more plot Chris Claremont was able to pack into issues of "Uncanny X-Men" back then; it certainly makes all of these stories feel a bit slower by way of comparison. "Curse of the Mutants: X-Men vs. Vampires" is ultimately not a bad comic, but it's not a great one either. We've seen much better in the way of X-Men anthologies before. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Cyborg | 2 issues |
5
|
Cyborg #2
Aug 27, 2015 |
"Cyborg" #2 makes me worry about this book retaining readers. I want it to succeed but I can see readers using this issue as a jumping-off point. If Cyborg is going to have his own book for the months and years to come, a stronger hook needs to appear, and quickly. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Cyborg #6
Dec 28, 2015 |
"Cyborg" #6 is a little worrying. DC Comics clearly wants the character to do well, between this series, his prominent placement in "Justice League" and even his appearance as a launch expansion character for the "Lego Dimensions" video game. Unfortunately, this book doesn't seem to be the right way to raise Cyborg's profile. The supporting cast still feels one-dimensional and this six-issue storyline felt both padded and unsatisfying at its conclusion. The basic concepts feel sound enough, but the execution just isn't bringing it home. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Daomu | 1 issues |
4
|
Daomu #1
Feb 5, 2011 |
I wanted to love "Daomu" but this first issue isn't doing it too many favors. I suspect "Daomu" reads better in a collected format, if only because we'll get to the heart of the plot much quicker, but even then I found myself hoping to just get a translated novel to read instead. "Daomu" #1 has the best of intentions, but it's not living up to the advance promise. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Daredevil (1998) | 4 issues |
9
|
Daredevil (1998) #501
Oct 6, 2009 |
"Daredevil" #501 is a great start for the Diggle and de la Torre creative team, and I think people who read the book under Brubaker and Lark (or Brian Michael Bendis and Alex Maleev, for that matter) will be happy with the transition. It's nice to see this book continuing to get such respect from Marvel. Daredevil may not have a mega-blockbuster movie franchise, but it's still getting all the care and pedigree that it deserves. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Daredevil (1998) #503
Dec 15, 2009 |
I'm energized about "Daredevil" all over again thanks to this latest issue. If you aren't reading "Daredevil" yourself, now is a great time to start. Ninjas, organized crime, corrupt government agencies, deaths, traitors... what more can you ask for? Good stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Daredevil (1998) #506
Apr 13, 2010 |
Diggle's run on "Daredevil" has been slightly uneven; some issues great, others a little too by-the-numbers. Maybe it's the change of scenery for the story, maybe it's having Johnston on board as a co-author, but it does feel like things are stabilizing as a result. Hopefully once de la Torre returns, Diggle and Johnston can get the book up to full speed. Diggle's first issue had a lot of great potential, and I think with the proper attention the book can get back up to what it promised there. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Daredevil (1998) #507
Jun 14, 2010 |
Hopefully "Shadowland" will finally consistently see "Daredevil" knock it out of the park; right now its variable nature keeps it from being a core player. I'm also a little worried that readers might get Daredevil fatigue with all of the tie-in material later this summer connected to "Shadowland," but we'll see how those turn out. There's at least enough different creative personnel involved that it could end up being fun. For now, I'm cautiously optimistic about "Shadowland." I wish I was super-excited instead, though. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.8
|
Daredevil (2011) | 6 issues |
7
|
Daredevil (2011) #3
Sep 15, 2011 |
Maybe Waid's new idea for the firm of Nelson and Murdock will be much more interesting than it came across in this issue. But so far, it doesn't fill me with confidence. That's a shame, because everything else in this issue was great. Here's hoping the good elements show up more regularly than this potentially bad spot. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Daredevil (2011) #7
Dec 21, 2011 |
"Daredevil" is rapidly shaping up to be one of the best series at Marvel, and this issue helps cement that position. This is a great little one-off comic, and if you haven't checked out the new series it's an excellent sampler. Great stuff from everyone involved. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Daredevil (2011) #11
Apr 26, 2012 |
"Daredevil" #11 is a frustrating comic. It's drawn beautifully and the scripting is strong. The problem is the plotting itself and that's what drags the book (and overall story) down a great deal. The strengths of "Daredevil" #11 are from the window dressing, but it's hard to ignore that the core itself is weak at best. It's a pity, because I expect much more from both "Daredevil" and "The Punisher" these days. Not this book's finest moment. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Daredevil (2011) #26
May 27, 2013 |
"Daredevil" #26 is a strong comic, and Waid and Samnee even provide a back-up feature that focuses not so much on Foggy but on the resilience of children and how they'd react in a hospital ward when their world also has superheroes. It's a nice way to wrap up the comic, and give us a little extra bang for our buck. But more importantly, don't think that because "Daredevil" isn't getting quite the same attention these days that it's not worth checking out. Trust me, "Daredevil" is as good as ever. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Daredevil (2011) #28
Jul 12, 2013 |
"Daredevil" #28 is a fun issue that's drawn beautifully. Waid's scripts continue to entertain, and as much as I like Samnee's art on the series, I'd love to see Rodriguez be the regular fill-in artist for whenever Samnee needs to catch his breath. Another solid comic in a dependable series. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Daredevil (2011) #32
Oct 28, 2013 |
"Daredevil" #32 is a strange comic, and if it had focused on just one half or the other I think it might have been much more successful. Hopefully next issue will be a bit more on the same page; the ideas are good, but just not all at once. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.9
|
Daredevil (2014) | 7 issues |
8
|
Daredevil (2014) #2
Apr 23, 2014 |
"Daredevil" #2 continues what Waid and Samnee have been doing for a while, now: telling excellent "Daredevil" stories. If you haven't been reading the series, this shift to San Francisco is a great opportunity to jump on board. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Daredevil (2014) #4
Jun 23, 2014 |
"Daredevil" #4 is a good issue, but with it not so much wrapping things up as just stopping (for now), that keeps it from being a great issue. I'm still loving the Waid and Samnee take on the character and I'll cheerfully read a lot more, but it would be nice to see some more follow-up and soon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Daredevil (2014) #8
Sep 22, 2014 |
"Daredevil" #8 is another winner from Waid and Samnee, and it's a real pleasure to see a creative team that works so well together. So long as this duo is in charge of "Daredevil," I know I'll stick around. You should, too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Daredevil (2014) #10
Nov 24, 2014 |
None of this is to denigrate everything else Waid and Samnee do here. They're both very strong comic creators, and there's a lot to look at and enjoy here. They understand how to tell a story, even adding in little nods to the comic book single issue format and using it add in an extra little punch that will probably be lost in a collected format. The art is great, the script is sound. But it's nice to see them telling a story that's about far more than just fighting bad guys. While it would sadly sell a lot less than an issue of "Daredevil," I'd love to see Waid and Samnee collaborate on a non-superhero, creator-owned title down the line that continues to explore these sort of issues and ideas. They're talented, and they've shown us yet again what they're capable of. Until then, though, I'm more than happy to continue to read strong issue after strong issue of "Daredevil" every month. This book is, once again, a keeper. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Daredevil (2014) #13
Mar 2, 2015 |
"Daredevil" isn't just dependable; it's dependably great. "Daredevil" #13 continues that trend, and Waid and Samnee continue to bring life into a character that could have easily felt tired by now. With a "Daredevil" Netflix original series just around the corner, hopefully that will mean more people pick up this book. If they do, they'll be pleasantly surprised by what they find waiting for them. Waid and Samnee continue to kick butt and take names here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Daredevil (2014) #15
May 4, 2015 |
It's a little frustrating to see Waid and Samnee's run come to an end, especially because it's starting to feel that a lot of the hallmarks of this most recent series -- the San Francisco setting, his relationship with Kirsten McDuffie, his open identity -- are about to reset in favor of a more traditional "Daredevil" setup that matches the current television series airing on Netflix. Still, until then, I'm prepared to continue to lie back and enjoy Waid, Samnee and Wilson's work together. Hopefully, we'll see these talented creators collaborate on another comic -- perhaps something creator-owned that they have full control over -- before too long. This is a "Daredevil" run that should be remembered and cherished for some time to come. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Daredevil (2014) #17
Aug 3, 2015 |
"Daredevil" #17 is another winner from Waid and Samnee, and it's frustrating to know that it's coming to a close. His time in San Francisco has been inventive and different and -- while the book will probably reflect the "Daredevil" Netflix show when it returns -- I'll certainly remember this era with great fondness. Waid and Samnee are the creative team to try and beat. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Daredevil (2015) | 4 issues |
8
|
Daredevil (2015) #2
Dec 28, 2015 |
"Daredevil" #2 is an issue readers will appreciate more and more with every read. It doesn't look like anything else on the market, and the story has a spring in its step that is pleasantly unexpected. "Daredevil" had a dynamite creative team on its previous series, and it's great to see this new series continue that tradition. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Daredevil (2015) #4
Feb 26, 2016 |
"Daredevil" #4 is still an above average comic, but it's not as great as the previous issues were. I'm looking forward to seeing more of Murdock's work in the DA's office, even as I'm eager to see the continued battle between Tenfingers and the Hand. It's still a fun issue overall, but it's definitely an installment that could have used that same legal boost from its earlier chapters. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Daredevil (2015) #5
Apr 4, 2016 |
Overall, "Daredevil" #5 is an alright superhero comic, but -- in comparison to the earlier chapters -- it's a big step down. The first three issues were excellent, but this chapter feels the most average and standard in the line to date. After several years of fantastic "Daredevil" comics (and a hit Netflix show that just released its second season), average and standard are two adjectives that shouldn't be used to describe this comic. Hopefully, we'll get back up to the heights of the earlier issues soon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Daredevil (2015) #8
Jun 9, 2016 |
"Daredevil" #8 is probably my favorite issue of this series to date; all of the creators are on point, and it's a neat way to use a superhero universe to tell a story about the nature of gambling. Soule, Sudzuka and Milla should be proud of what they've done here. This was a very pleasant surprise and a reminder to not ever write off the genre. Excellent work from all parties involved. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Daredevil / Punisher | 1 issues |
4
|
Daredevil / Punisher #1
Jul 1, 2016 |
While I appreciate that Marvel is creating print editions of their online comics, this is one that doesn't translate well art-wise, and it doesn't offer much by way of the plot, either. It's ultimately a bit forgettable, and that's too bad. Considering that the Punisher appears in the second season of "Daredevil," there's a whole new audience who might want to read a "Daredevil/Punisher" miniseries, but this is a little too slight to pull them in. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Daredevil: End of Days | 1 issues |
7
|
Daredevil: End of Days #5
Feb 7, 2013 |
I'm hoping that "Daredevil: End of Days" #5 really is the turning point that it feels like it's promising. I've enjoyed the series up until now, but with three issues left it could also use a slight kick in the pants to keep the reader's attention. If this is indeed the start of the page picking up a bit, I won't say no to that. For now, it's a promising chapter in a good mini-series. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.5
|
Dark Avengers | 4 issues |
7
|
Dark Avengers #8
Aug 25, 2009 |
If you've been feeling that the Utopia crossover has felt a bit pointless, well, this is the turning point. I'm feeling a lot more confident about why this story happened (although it probably could have been an issue or two shorter), and about the direction of the X-Books from here on out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Dark Avengers #12
Dec 20, 2009 |
More than anything else, "Dark Avengers" #12 seems to promise that the Sentry's story is coming to an end soon, or at least radically depowering and/or changing the character. After so many issues of the Sentry not seeming to have much of a purpose in this series, for that alone I'm looking forward to seeing that conclusion. "Dark Avengers" #12 was a real turning point for the series, but on some level I'm not sure it's all of the turns that Bendis was hoping for. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Dark Avengers #14
Feb 17, 2010 |
Between last month's issue and this one, I almost hate to admit that I'm starting to think I might actually miss "Dark Avengers" when it's gone. The series has been wildly variable, but in 2010 it's finally come into its own. As a part of the "Siege" crossover, this issue performs its function admirably. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Dark Avengers #177
Jul 11, 2012 |
"Dark Avengers" #177 may have a new title and half of a new cast, but it's very much to Parker, Walker, and Shalvey's credit that it's welcoming to everyone, new or old. It's been a relief to find the title shift not an off-putting moment for the book. This "Thunderbolts" fan is happy with the end result, and plans on sticking around no matter what the comic is renamed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Dark Engine | 1 issues |
5
|
Dark Engine #1
Jul 18, 2014 |
In many ways, the scene mentioned earlier with the exploding hippo sums up "Dark Engine" #1 in a nutshell. It's strange and eye-catching, but at the same time there's a certain level of befuddlement going on. The image will definitely linger in your head, but the more you think about it, the less you find in terms of a story. With a sharper story flow, "Dark Engine" can go far. Without it -- well, at least we'll always have the hippo. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.2
|
Dark Horse Presents (2011) | 6 issues |
7
|
Dark Horse Presents (2011) #1
Apr 20, 2011 |
Like so many anthologies, "Dark Horse Presents" #1 is a big mixture of hits and misses. That said? The hits easily outweigh the misses and the "not quite" entries. If each issue of the new "Dark Horse Presents" has stories by people like Chadwick, McNeil, and Chelsea, I'll keep buying each issue, guaranteed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Dark Horse Presents (2011) #2
Jun 22, 2011 |
With less low points than the first issue, and more strong stories this issue, I'm pleased. Dark Horse's goal was to keep readers around on a permanent basis, and they've achieved just that with me. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Dark Horse Presents (2011) #6
Nov 23, 2011 |
This is an anthology series that has been definitely getting stronger the past few months, and with each new issue you can see them editorially fine-tuning the end result. Add on the fact that the issues each have a spine (so you can put them on your bookshelf) and really, you should give this series a try. There's enough strong material to make it a bargain, and that's even before (for example) Mike Mignola's promised return to drawing "Hellboy" shows up next month. "Dark Horse Presents" in its initial incarnation was Dark Horse's flagship title, and there's no reason why it can't be again. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Dark Horse Presents (2011) #11
Apr 18, 2012 |
Of the remaining three serials, two of them are fine (the just-wrapping-up "Amala's Blade" and the relatively new "Criminal Macabre" story), with just Neal Adams' never-ending "Blood" continuing to outstay its welcome. With eighty pages of comics and only 8 of them being worth skipping, though, that's a great hit rate. If you aren't reading "Dark Horse Presents" yet, this is a good a spot as any to begin. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Dark Horse Presents (2011) #15
Aug 22, 2012 |
Still, there's not a bad story in the issue (and there are even more stories in "Dark Horse Presents" #15). Some are just a little uneven, or don't quite hit their mark. There's always something for everyone in each issue of "Dark Horse Presents," though, and you'll definitely get your money's worth. The overall feeling this month might not be as high as past issues, but I'm still cheerfully on board for more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Dark Horse Presents (2011) #27
Aug 21, 2013 |
Add in a few more stories that are perfectly reasonable if also not that noteworthy and you end up with 80 pages for $8. I'd call that a great deal, especially knowing that we'll have another issue this time next month. It's not perfect, but on the whole you more than get your money's worth. Give a random issue of "Dark Horse Presents" a try and I'll bet you'll find more than enough fun to make you happy, too. And of course, the longer you stick around, the more stories you'll get to read from their starting points, too. Having bought this revived series since its return, I don't regret a thing. Come on board and see for yourself what you've been missing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Dark Horse Presents (2014) | 1 issues |
6
|
Dark Horse Presents (2014) #2
Sep 17, 2014 |
In the end, "Dark Horse Presents" #2 doesn't have a single dud, which is a relief. I wish more of the stories were memorable, but in some ways I think that's the one downside to the lower page count; at 80 pages, you had a lot more room for editorial to experiment and try some crazy things out to see what worked. Still, it's a nice read, and you're getting your money's worth. It's good to have "Dark Horse Presents" back on the stands, and after all, one of the best things about anthologies is that if you don't like everything in one issue... just wait until next month and you're guaranteed a different mix. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Dark Knight III: The Master Race | 2 issues |
9
|
Dark Knight III: The Master Race #2
Dec 23, 2015 |
"Dark Knight III: The Master Race" #2 makes it official: everyone may have been preparing for a proverbial train wreck, but the series is a critical success. This is a comic that plays to all of its creators' strengths and will leave readers wishing all sequels were as good as "Dark Knight III: The Master Race." |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Dark Knight III: The Master Race #3
Feb 22, 2016 |
There are definitely some aspects of "Dark Knight III: The Master Race" #3 to like. The relationship between Bruce and Carrie is great, and Kubert and Janson's art looks fantastic. As a whole, the book is designed to shock its readers and that's exactly what it does. That said, there needs to be some more nuance to keep this from turning into either parody or a shrill polemic. The imagery of the Kryptonians is too strongly based on Middle East extremists to ignore, and it would be easy for this comic to go down the same disastrous road as "Holy Terror." Hopefully, future issues will give us a slightly more pragmatic and thoughtful take on the subject. For the moment, it's still interesting and worth reading, but it's also hard to avoid these warning signs. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Dark Reign: Young Avengers | 1 issues |
7
|
Dark Reign: Young Avengers #4
Sep 15, 2009 |
"Dark Reign: Young Avengers" is fun enough, but it's hard to not feel like once again fans of "Young Avengers" are getting sent back off to the corner with a consolation prize. No matter how good a job Cornell and Brooks do, they're not allowed to break out of the barriers that were set up several years ago. Hopefully these characters will get out of story limbo before too long. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Dark Sun | 1 issues |
6
|
Dark Sun #1
Jan 7, 2011 |
As an ongoing series I might be slightly worried that "Dark Sun" doesn't have a lot of plot going on, but as a mini-series it works perfectly. There's enough here to make me want to read the remaining chapters, and that's what a first issue needs to deliver. I might not play the game anymore, but it is fun to get another trip back into the realm of "Dark Sun." |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Dark X-Men | 2 issues |
8
|
Dark X-Men #1
Nov 10, 2009 |
I also have to give Cornell credit for bringing back a semi-obscure X-Men character here. Not only does the character fit the whole "dregs of the mutant universe" tone of the book, but there's even a connection between this character and a member of the team. (One that I'd actually forgotten until it's alluded to by the character.) It's a nice usage of past continuity, and it promises to be fun as the book moves forward. I've been saying lately that I'm burnt out on "Dark" books from Marvel, but for "Dark X-Men" I'm more than willing to make an exception. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Dark X-Men #4
Feb 9, 2010 |
"Dark X-Men" has been fun and I'll be sad to see it end. Cornell regularly pulls out clever gambits and surprises for the reader (I loved Nate Grey's manipulation of Osborn and how to hopefully defeat him), and you never know when the next big, crazy idea is going to pop up. Hopefully next month we'll see some more focus on the rest of the cast, as well as get a glimpse of their future. There's a lot of potential in this group of strange misfits. Are you listening, Marvel? |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Dash | 1 issues |
7
|
Dash #2
Dec 5, 2014 |
"Dash" #2 is a fun comic, and I'm already looking forward to the third issue. The mystery is starting to kick into high gear, and Dash is a strong protagonist who can definitely carry his own series. I hadn't read any comics by Ebersole or Gable before, but I'll certainly be keeping my eyes out for more stories by this duo. And, of course, reading more "Dash." |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Daytripper | 1 issues |
7
|
Daytripper #2
Jan 19, 2010 |
I'm curious to see if Moon and Ba are going to reconcile the endings of the first two issues (and I'm guessing the later ones as well). I find myself hoping that either it's explained as a series of metaphorical endings, or alternately that they don't explain them at all. Anything literal at this point would be a bit of a disappointment. That said, after these two issues I think we're safe. I guess we'll know for certain in eight months, but until then I plan on enjoying the ride. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
DC Comics: Bombshells | 2 issues |
7
|
DC Comics: Bombshells #2
Sep 4, 2015 |
"DC Comics Bombshells" #2 is a strong second issue, and I'm glad that this book exists. Bennett takes this series in a fun direction, and Braga, Mooney and Naifeh each handle their own chapters with distinctive and good styles. If you haven't given this book a whirl, perhaps because of its origin, it's time to give it a chance. So far, it's proven to be thoroughly enjoyable. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
DC Comics: Bombshells #11
Apr 18, 2016 |
Overall, "DC Comics Bombshells" #11 continues to bring the fun to life. I like that Bennett's brought just about all of the characters to the same spot to work together; what's more, there's so much potential here that it seems like this series could run for years to come. With some slight artistic tweaks, I'd most definitely welcome that. Even in its contradictions between art and text, though, "DC Comics Bombshells" is a winner. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.5
|
DC Universe Legacies | 2 issues |
3
|
DC Universe Legacies #3
Jul 26, 2010 |
With so many strong talents lined up for "DC Universe Legacies," I wish I liked it more. We've still got issues to come with other big talents like George Perez and Jerry Ordway, after all, and in theory this should be a lot of fun. But even though I came into this comic predisposed tot like it, I'm finding myself bored. That's not a good sign. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
DC Universe Legacies #5
Sep 19, 2010 |
"DC Universe Legacies" #5 may not be the most exciting book published this past week, but it is probably one of the prettiest. And with an improving script, it offers up some hope for the second half of the mini-series. If nothing else, it's nice to see DC Comics' big artistic guns all getting some work. Now if Paul Lincoln and company could just stay in the background for the second half, I think we'll be set. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.8
|
DC Universe Presents | 5 issues |
3
|
DC Universe Presents #0
Sep 20, 2012 |
Ultimately, "DC Universe Presents" #0 is a reminder on why exactly these characters had their books cancelled. If this was the best that could be mustered up for these stories, hindsight makes one wonder if this could have instead kept the 64-page format but introduced a bunch of new characters into the DC Universe rather than dredging this group up one last time. With the shorter page count, some big artists might have even been enticed on board, although originally-solicited creators Eric Battle and CAFU were both missing in action from "DC Universe Presents" #0. This was a fun idea, but the actual execution ends up falling flat. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
DC Universe Presents #1
Sep 22, 2011 |
I was a little skeptical about "DC Universe Presents" #1 (especially after seeing Deadman still hanging out with Dove over in "Hawk & Dove"), but this take on the character grabbed my interest quickly and has yet to let go. I'll definitely want to read the next issue; Jenkins and Chang grab the reader's attention and hit the ground running. That's my kind of debut. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
DC Universe Presents #2
Oct 23, 2011 |
"DC Universe Presents" #2 carries on from the comic's strong debut; we've had a lot of Deadman lately between "Brightest Day" and "Justice League Dark," but of all his various appearances, I feel that "DC Universe Presents" has delivered the best Deadman material to date. If you've never read a comic with him before, this is an excellent place to begin. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
DC Universe Presents #11
Jul 23, 2012 |
"DC Universe Presents" #11 ends this storyline in not as good of a spot as it began, but overall it wasn't a bad story by any stretch of the imagination. Rather, it just didn't live up to its potential the way I wished it had. Script hiccup aside, this book looks great. If Chang keeps drawing every other "DC Universe Presents" story, I know I'll keep coming back to see what he does next. With his work here and earlier on "Superman" and "Supergirl," it's been a great couple of years for Chang. If you haven't seen what he's been doing lately, take a look. You'll like what you'll see. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
DC Universe Presents #13
Oct 19, 2012 |
"DC Universe Presents" #13 is definitely one of the better issues of this anthology title; getting to launch characters this way certainly plays to its strength. I'm enjoying what I'm seeing, and after the demise of "Manhunter" it's certainly a pleasure to get new comics by Andreyko. Bring on the next chapter, I'll be back. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
DC Universe: Rebirth | 1 issues |
9
|
DC Universe: Rebirth #1
May 23, 2016 |
If we're lucky, "DC Universe: Rebirth" #1 will truly herald what the title suggests. It's a very loud, almost forceful attempt at a course correction; as readers, we're told in no uncertain terms that the path of dark superheroes is detrimental. Based solely on the effort seen here, though, the future looks genuinely bright. Over the last few years, so many of DC Comics' big events comics have signaled doom and gloom; here, however, we're told that the only way to defeat a character known to personify dark and gritty storytelling is for everyone else to rediscover a brighter, more hopeful attitude. Here's to hoping it sticks, but -- judged solely on what we get here -- Johns, Frank, Van Sciver, Reis, Jimenez, Prado and Santorelli have done a good job of making that point. Fingers crossed, but this could really be the rebirth readers have wanted for years now. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Dead Body Road | 1 issues |
7
|
Dead Body Road #2
Jan 22, 2014 |
"Dead Body Road" #2 continues a journey that started out well last month. Those who don't like violence should probably steer clear, but if you're ready for a nice update to an old-fashioned story of vengeance, well, stop on by. Jordan and Scalera are promising a fun journey and then some. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Dead Letters | 1 issues |
7
|
Dead Letters #1
Apr 4, 2014 |
"Dead Letters" #1 is a good start to a series, one that plays out an opening mystery while really introducing a bigger one at the same time. Sebela's a writer who has become someone to watch for, and Visions' art makes me want a lot more from him too. All in all, a pleasant surprise. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Deadpool (2008) | 1 issues |
4
|
Deadpool (2008) #899
Nov 10, 2009 |
Every time you turn around these days it looks like there's a new "Deadpool" comic showing up. "Deadpool Team-Up" #899 was a nice idea, but (just like how we had a "Deadpool" #900 last month) it's feeling a bit tired. Maybe Deadpool can go back down to just one comic a month for a while? This feels more like a blatant grab for more sales instead of something that demanded to be published. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
2.0
|
Deadpool Corps | 1 issues |
2
|
Deadpool Corps #1
Apr 7, 2010 |
Why is Marvel throwing several metric tons of "Deadpool" comics at readers? After reading this, I feel I can say that the answer is not, "Because they have so many great comics starring the character waiting to be published." This feels like rushing any old comic out to make a quick buck, pure and simple. If this is the best they can do for a special mini-series celebrating the character, it's time to start publishing a whole lot less of "Deadpool." |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
2.0
|
Deadpool Kills the Marvel Universe | 1 issues |
2
|
Deadpool Kills the Marvel Universe #1
Aug 2, 2012 |
"Deadpool Kills the Marvel Universe" #1 might have killed off some superheroes, but it also killed my interest in this series. I'll still gleefully read "The Sixth Gun" (a series no stranger to violence) every month, but this comic feels like a misstep from start to finish. This could have been a lot of fun, but the end result is not quite there. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Death Head | 1 issues |
3
|
Death Head #1
Jul 20, 2015 |
"Death Head" may very well come together once the remaining issues are published. However, taken solely as a single first issue, it just isn't quite there yet. A few creepy moments aside, there's little lure here to make readers dying to find out what happens next; none of the characters are quite likable or interesting enough, and the villain steps out of the shadows too late to have any proper menace. I hope the comic does well but, for now, it will have to do so without me. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.8
|
Deathstroke (2011) | 4 issues |
3
|
Deathstroke (2011) #0
Sep 14, 2012 |
"Deathstroke" #0 is the sort of comic that is forgettable, but by no means awful. Liefeld's done better in the past, but he's also done worse. For a C-list character like Deathstroke, though, his title needs to be dynamite rather than forgettable if it's going to survive. I wish Liefeld well, but based solely on "Deathstroke" #0 it's definitely time for someone else to give the title a whirl. This just isn't fun enough to maintain an audience for long. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Deathstroke (2011) #2
Oct 13, 2011 |
"Deathstroke" is a comic that doesn't really work, but it's frustrating because I think it's one step away from truly coming together and nailing its voice. If it can do so, the end result will be a lot of fun. But for now, it's reaching for too much at once and it can't hang onto any of its targets. A little more focus, a little more intensity, and I think "Deathstoke" could shift from a mess to a winner. This issue was an improvement over the last one, if nothing else. Here's hoping third time will be the charm. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Deathstroke (2011) #6
Feb 8, 2012 |
"Deathstroke" is a book that I think took a little time to find its way, and it's too bad that it's on the verge of getting retooled. For now, though, I'll enjoy what's left of Higgins' time on the book. It's found its voice, and right now it looks promising that Higgins will give us a strong conclusion. That's definitely better than nothing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Deathstroke (2011) #16
Jan 16, 2013 |
"Deathstroke" #15-16 have me interested in the title again, something that hadn't happened since Kyle Higgins' initial storyline ended. If this is the manner in which Jordan continues to approach the title, we could be well on our way towards providing enough of a hook to keep this series viable. For now, I'll continue to pick up the title. It's a promising outlook for DC's #1 assassin. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Deathstroke (2014) | 1 issues |
3
|
Deathstroke (2014) #2
Nov 26, 2014 |
Aside from realigning Deathstroke to look like the younger Manu Bennett that plans the character on "Arrow," I'm not entirely sure what the point of this series is beyond there being something starring Deathstroke. The last page of the comic brings an old face out of mothballs, although honestly that character was such damaged goods in the past it'll take some heavy lifting to bring some interest into that persona. Maybe given time we'll get a stronger purpose brought to Slade Wilson, but for now, I'm not feeling any reason beyond looking at Daniel's pretty art to come back for a third issue. In the end, it commits the cardinal sin of a new series: it's boring. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
Demo, Volume 2 | 1 issues |
9
|
Demo, Volume 2 #5
Jun 6, 2010 |
Even though this is probably the simplest of the "Demo, Volume 2" stories to date, there's still a good punch or two waiting for the reader. Elisabeth's actions in the past and then the present once she alters her own timeline are slightly shocking and creepy, and it adds an extra level of heft to the story. It's been nice to see "Demo" back, and I'm sad that we only have one issue to go. Still, at the end of the day, I wouldn't go back and time and change a thing even if it meant more issues. This issue of "Demo," and in fact the entire run to date, is just fine the way it is. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.8
|
Demon Knights | 6 issues |
7
|
Demon Knights #1
Sep 14, 2011 |
"Demon Knights" had a fun first issue, more than enough to keep me around for a few more months to find out what happens next. The book will ultimately rise or fall on how well it balances its full cast, but for now the snippets we've seen work. It's an odd concept, but worth checking out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Demon Knights #3
Nov 11, 2011 |
"Demon Knights" is fun and it's providing a nice little punch each issue to make me want to read more. It might not have the flashiest of titles to lure people in, but those who do take a gander will be pleasantly surprised. Each issue is stronger than the one before, and there's a real wealth of potential for what's to come. If you haven't given it a try yet, "Demon Knights" is well worth your while. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Demon Knights #6
Feb 12, 2012 |
"Demon Knights" is a nice series overall, but I suspect I'm not the only reader ready to see the cast move on from Little Spring. Fortunately, that conclusion is just around the corner. "Demon Knights" #6 will probably read much better as part of the greater whole in a collection, but as a single issue, it's a slow patch livened up only by some of the supporting cast getting a chance to shine. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Demon Knights #16
Jan 16, 2013 |
It's nice to see "Demon Knights" #16 kicking off the new creative team in a good way; the title feels fun and suspenseful once more, and it's already invigorated my interest in the book. Hopefully Venditti's arrival will give "Demon Knights" a good readership boost, because I'd like him and Chang to have some time to show us what they've got in store next. So far, a good job. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Demon Knights #19
Apr 15, 2013 |
There are fun little moments in "Demon Knights" #19 (I like the idea of why even Lucifer is extremely worried about the vampires winning), and on the whole the series is chugging along nicely. I'm hoping for the next storyline to have a bit more punch to it, though; "Demon Knights" is so isolated that it's going to need something big to keep people's attention. All in all, though, a nice first storyline for Venditti and Chang working together. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Demon Knights #23
Aug 15, 2013 |
All in all, it's a good conclusion to "Demon Knights." There's no strange cliffhanger, no major plot thread unresolved, and it all does so in a smooth and pleasing manner. Venditti's handled the cancellation of this title with grace and strength; it's a pity that all series couldn't get those final steps as smoothly as this one did. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Dept. H | 1 issues |
8
|
Dept. H #2
May 20, 2016 |
"Dept. H" #2 has sold me on this new series even more than the first issue; now that we're seeing a bit more about the way the story will play out and what Mia's investigation looks like, I'm hooked. This is a series that promises to draw the reader in by making each issue its own little event, even as the pieces start to snap together in the larger puzzle. Matt Kindt and Sharlene Kindt can drag me into the depths of "Dept. H" every month; I'm ready and willing for the descent. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.6
|
Detective Comics | 8 issues |
6
|
Detective Comics #847
Aug 7, 2008 |
And with any luck, by the end of Paul Dini's story we'll end up with the character of "Hush" being distinctly better. I'm down with that idea. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Detective Comics #853
Apr 27, 2009 |
The one thing that Moore's story ultimately brought to the table that I felt was missing here, though, was a sense of wonder. Reading the conclusion to Gaiman's story, I felt satisfied, and pleased. (In some ways it could almost have served for the epilogue to the pre-Crisis Batman back in 1986.) Reading Moore's story, though, makes me want to sit down and re-read it right away. It's an unfair comparison between the two, I know that, and I think with time that extra hope for a little more will go away. Until then, I think that while "Whatever Happened to the Caped Crusader?" might not be a story for the ages, it is a strong, satisfying comic. And that's definitely something to be proud of. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
10
|
Detective Comics #854
Jun 25, 2009 |
There's a lot of (well-deserved) talk and hype surrounding Grant Morrison and Frank Quitely's work on "Batman & Robin." I have to say, though, "Detective Comics" #854 has raised the bar significantly for everyone involved. "Detective Comics" #854 is easily one of the best single issue comics published this year, and I don't say that lightly. Fantastic from start to finish, I cannot wait for the next issue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Detective Comics #861
Jan 31, 2010 |
Right now it looks like we only get two more issues of Batwoman in "Detective Comics" before a (hopefully small) wait for the "Batwoman" ongoing series to kick off. Eight issues in, though, this continues to be DC's best ongoing series, even without Williams's art. That's no small feat. If you aren't reading Batwoman in "Detective Comics" you're missing out on a top-notch comic. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Detective Comics #863
Apr 1, 2010 |
It's going to be three long months until Batwoman returns to "Detective Comics," and even with a questionable choice of an artist to help finish up the issue, this is a reminder that it's one of the best titles published by DC Comics right now. If Batwoman doesn't move to her own title (there are conflicting reports on that front these days), I hope she sticks around in "Detective Comics" with Rucka at the help. (Plus, hopefully, as much Williams art as possible.) This is a top notch comic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Detective Comics #867
Jul 28, 2010 |
In the end, if you like McDaniel's pencils then "Detective Comics" might have hit the jackpot for you. But at least for now, Hine's story just isn't holding up its end of the bargain. Maybe with more time the remaining installments will be stronger. As a story that feels designed more to just stall until the arrival of Scott Snyder in November, though, I suspect Hine's "Batman: Imposters" will be largely forgotten before long. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Detective Comics #872
Dec 29, 2010 |
With the departure of the Batwoman feature from "Detective Comics" I was fully prepared to write the title off for 2010. Thanks to Snyder, Jock, and Francavilla, the book's returned to a place of glory. From start to finish, this is an excellent comic, and so long as they're around, I'll cheerfully keep reading. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Detective Comics #874
Feb 23, 2011 |
Snyder and Francavilla are continuing to bring us a moody, dark, primal look at Gotham City and its protectors. From the opening scenes in the Gotham Aviary to the cargo (and visions) in the shipyard, even the most innocent and natural seems dangerous and larger than life. This is, in short, outstanding. If you aren't already reading "Detective Comics" you need to fix that right now. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.1
|
Detective Comics (2011) | 22 issues |
8
|
Detective Comics (2011) #1
Sep 7, 2011 |
Daniel has brought his A-Game to "Detective Comics," and it's most definitely paid off. Even if you sampled Daniel's "Batman" run before, I'll urge you to give his new "Detective Comics" #1 a chance. I had high hopes and I was still pleasantly surprised. Here's to every issue of "Detective Comics" being this strong. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Detective Comics (2011) #5
Jan 4, 2012 |
"Detective Comics" #5 isn't quite up to par overall; it's a great-looking comic, but neither feature quite manages its length properly. In some ways, each story feels like it took something away from the other story's pacing. It's not a bad comic, but we've seen better up until now. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Detective Comics (2011) #9
May 7, 2012 |
After a month or two of some uneven issues of "Detective Comics," it's nice to see the book back on track. It handles the "Night of the Owls" elements in just the right manner so that they don't feel intrusive; if I was only reading this comic I wouldn't feel lost or short-changed. A nice job from all parties involved. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Detective Comics (2011) #10
Jun 8, 2012 |
"Detective Comics" on the whole has been a series that's gone up and down in quality since the relaunch, and this is unfortunately one of the weaker installments. With this issue originally being solicited as Daniel drawing the main story, I'm hoping that the art problems here merely had to do with deadlines, and that it'll come together a bit more in #11-12. For now, though, it's a rough first chapter to a new story. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Detective Comics (2011) #13
Oct 5, 2012 |
"Detective Comics" #13 is a joy to read; it's great to see a creative team so quickly settle into place on a title that's been around for an extremely long time. Hopefully they'll be sticking around, because if this first issue is any indication, we're in for some good times ahead. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Detective Comics (2011) #16
Jan 14, 2013 |
"Detective Comics" these four months have jumped into a must-read category, and this issue is no exception. Hopefully those who might not have wised to how good the new Layman and Fabok creative team are will use this tie-in issue to see the error of their ways. If you aren't reading "Detective Comics" but like Batman, do check this issue out. You won't be disappointed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Detective Comics (2011) #18
Mar 6, 2013 |
Even though "Detective Comics" #18 isn't quite up to par with the past five months, Layman and Fabok have still done a nice job. I like what they're doing on the title, and I'm definitely sticking around for the months to come. While this is a good issue, I hope next month returns to what I've come to expect: a great issue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Detective Comics (2011) #19
Apr 3, 2013 |
"Detective Comics" #19 works very well; I appreciated that three of the four back-up stories tied directly into the main feature, something you rarely see in anniversary issues of this size. More importantly, all of the stories here were fun. There are dark moments in most of them, sure, but Layman in particular never loses sight of the fact that you're supposed to be enjoying the experience of reading this comic, but disgusted. All in all, another victory for the new "Detective Comics" creative team, as well as all of the creative guest-stars. (And for those who like such things, there are even a bunch of bonus pin-ups included.) This is a nice way to turn 900. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Detective Comics (2011) #21
Jun 5, 2013 |
"Detective Comics" is such a dependably good title that it's almost a bit of a surprise to have an installment that's just average. Nonetheless, I'll be back for more; when a dip in quality is down to average from great, that's the sort of variance that I think most readers can handle just fine. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Detective Comics (2011) #22
Jul 3, 2013 |
"Detective Comics" #22 has a nice start to the Wrath story, and I'm curious to see where it goes and to learn more about this character. But the Man-Bat story is where the pay dirt is being struck. If only all back-up stories were this much fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Detective Comics (2011) #23.1
Sep 5, 2013 |
Of all the Batman villains out there, Poison Ivy seems to be the easiest one to get right, so this stumble is all the more disappointing. There are a lot of fantastic Poison Ivy stories that will be remembered over the years, but this one seems sadly forgettable. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Detective Comics (2011) #23.3
Sep 23, 2013 |
"Detective Comics" #23.3 is ultimately a slightly unremarkable book. It might have almost achieved its goal a bit better as one of those "Secret Files" comics from years ago, serving up the same information without trying to provide an extended narrative. I appreciate what Tomasi and Kudranski were going for, but ultimately the problem is that the idea just doesn't lend itself to a 20-page story. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Detective Comics (2011) #24
Oct 7, 2013 |
"Detective Comics" #24 might not surprise in terms of plotting, but it doesn't need to. Layman and Fabok have promised a satisfying conclusion to the story of the Wrath, and that's exactly what's presented. If they are indeed departing "Detective Comics" soon (as the rumor mill claims), hopefully we'll see them work together on another book quickly. If not, I'd certainly welcome their presence for as long as they choose to stick around. It's been a fun year with the pair of them. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Detective Comics (2011) #30
Apr 2, 2014 |
It's great to see Manapul and Buccellato back. While some of their pacing on "The Flash" dragged out a bit too much, I'm finding myself excited all over again. This is a good start to their run, and if they can keep stories moving and wrapping up at appropriate times? Well, that spells good times for us. All in all, a strong debut for the pair on "Detective Comics." |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Detective Comics (2011) #36
Nov 7, 2014 |
"Detective Comics" #36 is a great looking comic, and one with a fairly strong script to boot. Were we to hear that Percy and Leon have more stories ahead, well, I'd be pleased. They clearly work well together, based on this two-parter. If all fill-ins were this strong, I think they'd be anticipated rather than feared. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Detective Comics (2011) #37
Dec 4, 2014 |
Where the story falls flat in "Detective Comics" #37, the art thankfully elevates the comic. The writing could still use some work here, but it's hard to get too worked up when the art is just this amazing. Ultimately, as long as Manapul and Buccellato are drawing comics, I'll probably be there to see just how great the visuals are this time around. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Detective Comics (2011) #38
Jan 12, 2015 |
"Detective Comics" #38 looks dazzling but its visuals are not enough to entirely stitch together its patchwork of ideas. This is the sort of book that you want to like more than you actually do; Buccellato and Manapul keep getting close but, for now, "Detective Comics" is a series that ends up never quite living up to its potential. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Detective Comics (2011) #42
Jul 3, 2015 |
"Detective Comics" #42 has some problems that keep it from rising up to its potential but, at its core, I like some of the basic ideas that Buccellato, Manapul and Blanco tried to bring to the series. Wherever each of these creators end up after September, hopefully there will be a slightly greater connection between their ideas and the execution. Here, it's just short of succeeding. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Detective Comics (2011) #44
Sep 4, 2015 |
"Detective Comics" #44 ultimately ends with less of a bang and more of a muffled noise. It looks nice and there are a few genuinely amusing parts, like the scorn heaped on Joker's Daughter and a moment where Bullock and Montoya's new car is a SmartCar. Ultimately, however, there's little-to-no suspense in a book that seems to try and build it up and, in doing so, it just never rises to the heights it otherwise could. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Detective Comics (2011) #45
Oct 9, 2015 |
"Detective Comics" #45 tries hard to stand out but doesn't do so, and the issue is a bit forgettable. Maybe, now that the actual storyline is kicking in on the last page, future chapters will step up to the plate a bit more, but -- for the moment -- this is a comic that's well-intentioned but forgettable. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Detective Comics (2011) #47
Dec 11, 2015 |
"Detective Comics" #47 is a slight stumble for "Robin War," with the problem being that ultimately there just isn't enough plot to fill this issue. Fawkes and Pugh do the best they can under this restriction, but -- in the end -- they're as caged as the horde of Robins captured by the GCPD. Hopefully, the main storyline will kick back into high gear shortly. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Detective Comics (2011) #49
Feb 5, 2016 |
There's a lot to like here, and I feel like Tomasi, Pasarin and Ryan have settled into "Detective Comics" well. If this creative team continues to tell stories about Jim Gordon after Bruce Wayne picks the mantle back up, that's something I could definitely get behind. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Detective Comics (2011) Annual | 3 issues |
4
|
Detective Comics (2011) Annual #1
Aug 30, 2012 |
"Detective Comics Annual" #1 ends Daniel's run on the series as writer on a not great note. It's not a failure, but I wouldn't call it a success either. Daniel's had some much stronger stories starring Batman over the years (his love letter to the "Batman: Year One" and "Batman: The Long Halloween" era of the character in "Batman: Life After Death" is probably his best), and it's too bad to see it end at this point. Hopefully with a little time off and a recharge, his next comic as writer/artist will be back up to his regular strength. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Detective Comics (2011) Annual #2
Jul 31, 2013 |
"Detective Comics Annual" #2 is a good approach to how to create an annual; it provides a payoff to both first-time readers as well as those who already pick up the main series, and it's a story that can be enjoyed as an extended one-off, while allowing for follow-ups down the line. This is the sort of comic that's perfect for a five-week month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Detective Comics (2011) Annual #3
Aug 4, 2014 |
As much as I overall applaud the return of the annuals at DC Comics when a five-Wednesday month rolls around, this feels like an addition to the lineup that needed a bit more work. The story just never quite comes together, and some of the pages are drawn in a style pretty far removed from everything else in the comic. In the end, it feels like a little more work needed to be performed in order to pull it all together. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.6
|
Dial H | 7 issues |
9
|
Dial H #0
Sep 6, 2012 |
"Dial H" #0 is a great diversion from the series' main story, even as it made me feel more excited about the book as a whole. If you haven't been picking up "Dial H" up until now, this is a great introduction on the big ideas of the series. Mieville and Burchielli have turned a strange concept into something even more wonderful in "Dial H." Don't pass it up a second time. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Dial H #2
Jun 7, 2012 |
"Dial H" #2 ends up being not quite as fun as the first issue, but at the same time the base that's being built in this issue feels important enough that it seems like more of a necessary evil than something to worry about. Honestly, so long as Mieville and Santolouco keep coming up with crazy new heroes for Nelse to transform into, I'll be fairly happy. That there's an interesting story connected to it all? Well, that's just the icing on the cake. So far, so good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Dial H #4
Aug 2, 2012 |
"Dial H" is just four issues into its run, but at this point I'm going to say that if there isn't at least a Best New Series nomination at the Eisners next year, then Mieville and Santolouco will have been robbed. Each issue is inventive, exciting and building towards a greater whole while still providing an individual chapter enjoyable in its own right. If you aren't reading "Dial H," head to the store and snag all four issues. You'll be pleased with the end result. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Dial H #7
Dec 7, 2012 |
"Dial H" #7 is another issue in a slightly odd, slightly offbeat, but completely fun and refreshing series. This is a book that deserves huge sales and a much larger readership. If you haven't read "Dial H" up until now, "Dial H" #7 actually serves very well as a jumping-on point. Try this issue of "Dial H" out, you not only won't regret it, you'll get hooked. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Dial H #9
Feb 7, 2013 |
Last but not least, Mieville uses "Dial H" to explore why the Dials only work for certain people, and at this point he's given enough information for readers to try and piece it together on our own (the Centipede figures it out this issue, after all). Mieville constructs a comic about what really makes a hero. Maybe that's why it's not "Dial H for Hero" any more, but just "Dial H," because they aren't dialing up heroes; the users already are the heroes. It's a grand yet fitting statement for this comic if so, and yet another reason to check it out if you aren't already. "Dial H" is a new classic and a great reminder of how new life can be breathed into old properties. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Dial H #12
May 6, 2013 |
I want to see more of what we've learned in "Dial H" (the idea of a broken autodial alone is fascinating), and I hope that Mieville and Ponticelli get the appropriate space to do so. But regardless, there's no denying that "Dial H" is one of the most inventive series published by DC Comics in a long time. If it is going away in a few months, I know I'll miss it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Dial H #14
Jul 5, 2013 |
"Dial H" #14 makes me a little sad when it's all said and done. This is a part of the "Dial H" story that should have had much more room to stretch its legs; if more readers had given it a chance, there's no doubt we would have gotten just that. Still, half a loaf is better than none, and I am eager to see next month's double-sized conclusion. There's no denying, though, that before the cancellation axe began to swing down, "Dial H" was normally a bit stronger than this. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.5
|
DMZ | 2 issues |
8
|
DMZ #45
Sep 15, 2009 |
It's hard to say if "DMZ" is starting to move towards a conclusion, or merely ramping up for what's to come. To be honest, I'm glad I can't figure it out. "DMZ" continues to be full of surprises, but they're always pleasant ones if you're a reader. (Not so pleasant if you're a character, though.) If you aren't reading "DMZ" yet, you're missing out on a real treat. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
DMZ #50
Feb 15, 2010 |
Now this? This is the way to hit 50. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Doctor Fate (2015) | 1 issues |
7
|
Doctor Fate (2015) #1
Jun 18, 2015 |
"Doctor Fate" #1 is a strong first issue, one that brings concepts quickly to the reader so that they understand what's going on and where the series is going. This mixture of Egyptian mythology and superhero identities is a joy to read; Levitz, Liew and Loughridge hit all of their marks in this debut. I'll be back for issue #2, and I suspect I'm not the only one. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Doctor Solar: Man of the Atom Vol. 3 | 1 issues |
4
|
Doctor Solar: Man of the Atom Vol. 3 #2
Sep 12, 2010 |
"Doctor Solar, Man of the Atom" is off to a lackluster start, and that's a shame. Hiring Shooter to write it and "Magnus, Robot Fighter" felt like a no-brainer, but so far it's not providing the entertainment that was inherently promised. I know that these characters have been around for ages, but that doesn't mean new stories written about them should feel that way, too. Something fresher, please. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Doctor Strange (2015) | 2 issues |
8
|
Doctor Strange (2015) #4
Jan 11, 2016 |
"Doctor Strange" #4 is another good installment in a nice run from Aaron and Bachalo; he's a tough character to handle, but I think they've found a good approach that keeps things appropriately weird, but doesn't lose sight of its menace. Add in a good explanation for why Strange can't simply wave his fingers and fix every problem and I feel like the good doctor is in very good hands indeed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Doctor Strange (2015) #6
Mar 14, 2016 |
With the fighting seemingly at an end for now, hopefully the next issue will pick back up with something a bit more inviting. For now, I'm just glad we had the backup feature in "Doctor Strange" #6, because it's the big winner for the readers. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Doctor Who Vol. 2 | 1 issues |
8
|
Doctor Who Vol. 2 #1
Jul 14, 2009 |
This is a fun start to IDW's new "Doctor Who" series, and with 2009 only containing a handful of specials until the show returns in Spring 2010, it's the perfect time for this comic to launch. For fans of the show eager for something until "The Waters of Mars" airs this fall, look no further than here. It's good stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Doctor Who Vol. 2 Annual | 1 issues |
5
|
Doctor Who Vol. 2 Annual #1
Jul 14, 2010 |
At the end of the day, "Doctor Who Annual 2010" is a middle-of-the-ground comic. Could have been better, but certainly could have been worse. I'd like to see Smith write more stories down the line, if nothing else. And while this didn't make me want to race out and grab all the past issues that I didn't get, there's enough going on here that I'll probably take a look at "Doctor Who" #13 when it's published to see what happens next. All in all, that's not a bad end result for an Annual to achieve. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Doctor Who: Four Doctors | 1 issues |
8
|
Doctor Who: Four Doctors #1
Aug 13, 2015 |
"Doctor Who: Four Doctors" #1 may not have a title that rolls off of the tongue, but this is not only a good media tie-in comic, it's a good comic, period. Cornell and Edwards did exactly what they needed to for this first issue; they've put out a lure that's going to hook their readers. With a five-part weekly comic, an initial stumble could have proven to be fatal. Instead, they've ensured that readers are going to want to stick around. I know I'm in for the rest. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Doctor Who: Prisoners of Time | 3 issues |
2
|
Doctor Who: Prisoners of Time #1
Feb 1, 2013 |
It's a little ironic that there's an essay by John Ainsworth in the back of the comic talking about how the original "Doctor Who" comics published back in the day had no connection at all to the show that was being aired on the television, because that's equally true here. It's bad enough there's an extremely generic Doctor being written here, but considering that the big focus on "Doctor Who: Prisoners of Time" is supposed to be the companions, their lack of characterization or even focus is a bit odd. This should have been a fun way to celebrate the 50th anniversary of the show, but right now it's off to a leaden start. Great cover by Francesco Francavilla, though. It's almost (but not quite) worth the price of admission. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Doctor Who: Prisoners of Time #4
Apr 19, 2013 |
I'm pretty sure the underlying conclusion of "Doctor Who: Prisoners of Time" #4 wasn't supposed to be, "Companions, eh, who needs them?" but that's where the wheels are falling off a bit. Once again, I want to like this comic more than I actually do. The visuals are pretty fun (and Francesco Francavilla's covers have been outstanding) but there needs to be some real script tightening in this series, and soon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Doctor Who: Prisoners of Time #10
Nov 11, 2013 |
"Doctor Who: Prisoners of Time" #10 ultimately comes back to the frustrating fact that one wants to like it at a level greater than its actual quality. The core concept isn't bad, and with a strong editorial hand I feel like this could have gone places. In the end, though, it just doesn't quite ever work. Lovely art, though. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Doctor Who: The Eleventh Doctor | 2 issues |
8
|
Doctor Who: The Eleventh Doctor #1
Jul 21, 2014 |
"Doctor Who: The Eleventh Doctor" #1 is an incredibly strong first issue; it's a real delight to see a licensed comic just hit the mark right out of the gate. There's even a great one-page back-up by Marc Ellerby focusing on the Pond family on date night, and let's just say that Ellerby packs in the laughs in just a few short panels. I'm definitely coming back for a second issue. Nicely done, all involved. It's a real relief to see a "Doctor Who" comic this strong. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Doctor Who: The Eleventh Doctor #4
Nov 3, 2014 |
Regular artist Simon Fraser will be back with issue #6, and it's nothing against Cook -- who's done some good art elsewhere -- but I'm eager for Fraser to return. This isn't an assignment that works well for everyone, and Fraser is clearly better suited to the book. Fortunately the comic ends on a lighter note with another 1-page tongue-in-cheek strip by Marc Ellerby; the perfect chuckle with which to close out the comic. "Doctor Who: The Eleventh Doctor" #4 is ultimately a reminder that when it comes to licensed comics, the art can slightly derail what is otherwise a promising book. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Doctor Who: The Eleventh Doctor: Year Two | 1 issues |
6
|
Doctor Who: The Eleventh Doctor: Year Two #1
Oct 7, 2015 |
"Doctor Who: The Eleventh Doctor: Year Two" #1 is sadly not as strong as last year's debut; this comic just never picks up speed where it needs to. Hopefully, with the exposition out of the way, the book can gain some momentum, but I feel like this isn't the best impression that the comic could have otherwise made. It's all right, though -- considering it has to compete with the actual "Doctor Who" television show -- it needs to be great and only the art shows signs of hitting that height. Fraser makes a strong impression, but Williams and Spurrier need to up their game quickly. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Doctor Who: The Ninth Doctor | 1 issues |
5
|
Doctor Who: The Ninth Doctor #1
Apr 1, 2015 |
"Doctor Who: The Ninth Doctor" #1 has promise but, while Scott's writing is moving along nicely, Shedd's part needs to catch up; that's a distinct possibility, as Shedd works with these characters and gets a bit more comfortable. The Ninth Doctor hasn't had a lot of strong media tie-in exposure up until now, so I want to see this comic do well; hopefully, it can be the first in a line of good comics with this group of characters. There's a lot of potential in filling in the time period with the Doctor, Rose and Jack travelling together, and this has real promise to deliver on that front. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Doctor Who: The Tenth Doctor | 2 issues |
7
|
Doctor Who: The Tenth Doctor #1
Jul 21, 2014 |
"Doctor Who: The Tenth Doctor" #1 is off to a good start. If this story builds on the promise begun here, this opening storyline should be a lot of fun. For now, it's a pleasant first issue, though, and that's enough to stick around for part 2. All in all, the shift from IDW to Titan for publishing "Doctor Who" comics has not only gone smoothly, but it feels like a real increase in quality to boot. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Doctor Who: The Tenth Doctor #3
Oct 13, 2014 |
"Doctor Who: The Tenth Doctor" #3 puts the series in a good place going forward, one where fans should now be looking quite forward to what happens next. It's a pleasant read, one that should please those who miss Tennant's era as well as people just looking for another good "Doctor Who" story. That fits the bill for a "Doctor Who" ongoing comic quite nicely. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Doctor Who: The Twelfth Doctor | 1 issues |
4
|
Doctor Who: The Twelfth Doctor #1
Oct 16, 2014 |
"Doctor Who: The Twelfth Doctor" #1 was a slightly audacious move from Titan, to get a full-length comic starring the new TARDIS team up and running so quickly. (At least when "Doctor Who Magazine" does something similar, an 8-page length means that the creative team has a bit more time to get their initial chapters together.) Morrison and Taylor really do the best they can under difficult circumstances, and I'll definitely check in shortly to see how having some more time and reference material has worked in their favor. For now, though, it's probably not going to wow those who are looking for their "Doctor Who" fix. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.3
|
Doom Patrol (2009) | 3 issues |
4
|
Doom Patrol (2009) #2
Sep 10, 2009 |
I want to like "Doom Patrol" but I think Giffen needs to make this a little more inviting. Right now all of the characters are perpetually griping and moaning about their lives, in a "hits a little too close to home" sort of way. Excerpts from Rita Farr's journal where she keeps writing, "Every day in every way I am getting better and better," is a pretty big downer, and the book's full of that sort of gem. Where's the fun? Can't we have some, please? |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Doom Patrol (2009) #4
Nov 4, 2009 |
I never thought a "Blackest Night" tie-in could end being fun, but Giffen's script for the main feature of "Doom Patrol" just proved that it's possible. I'm hoping this means that we're at the end of the Grim Patrol; there needs to be some more fun moments to balance out the serious bits. Fingers crossed, the book might be heading in the right direction. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Doom Patrol (2009) #7
Feb 3, 2010 |
With the Metal Men gone, Giffen was smart to bring in some special guest stars from the past. But even then, I'm starting to feel like he's got maybe one or two more issues to convince me that things are turning around. For now, this is a series that looks to be floundering, and I'm not convinced that it's going to become seaworthy any time soon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
2.0
|
Doomed | 1 issues |
2
|
Doomed #1
Jun 19, 2015 |
With clunky and unrealistic dialogue and an annoying lead, there's nothing in "Doomed" #1 that makes me want to come back to see if the series turns around next month. With so many strong new series and creative teams at DC Comics this month, it's reasonable to say that there's enough other material that's successfully living up to its potential. In the case of "Doomed," I'm not convinced this first issue is enough to create an audience. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Dragon Age | 1 issues |
7
|
Dragon Age: Magekiller #1
Nov 24, 2015 |
"Dragon Age: Magekiller" #1's only weak spot is the surprise at the end of the first issue, which feels a wee bit too predictable and on the nose; it's couched as a twist within the confines of the story itself, but I suspect most readers will see it coming. Still, the comic is fun overall, and it solidified for me two things: first, I need to finally play a "Dragon Age" game; second, even if I don't, I can definitely still continue to read and enjoy Rucka, Carnero and Pallot's "Dragon Age: Magekiller" comic. "Dragon Age: Magekiller" is a fun and engaging fantasy story for anyone who enjoys the genre. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
Dream Thief | 1 issues |
9
|
Dream Thief #1
May 15, 2013 |
"Dream Thief" #1 was a pleasant surprise with which to kick off the week. In a recent interview Nitz explains that he and Smallwood have been working on this mini-series for quite a while, and that it was only once they'd completed the first issue and shopped it around that they found a publisher. Once you read "Dream Thief" #1, you'll see why Dark Horse couldn't stand to pass it by either. "Dream Thief" #1 is an extremely strong debut to this mini-series, and you definitely should pick up a copy. This is a winner. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Dungeon Monstres | 1 issues |
7
|
Dungeon Monstres: The Dark Lord #2
Nov 9, 2008 |
Had "Dungeon Monstres" stood on its own, I suspect it would have received a higher overall rating and feeling of satisfaction from me, but don't get me wrong, it is still good. If you're someone who's been sticking with just the main three series, trust me, you need to pick up this volume of "Dungeon Monstres" because it's a pretty big turning point for the entire "Dungeon" series. If you're a new reader, though, definitely check out "Dungeon Zenith" or "Dungeon Parade" to get a better idea if this is for you. This book may have been entertaining, but it's not the best entrance point for your first attempt. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Dungeons & Dragons | 1 issues |
7
|
Dungeons & Dragons #1
Nov 9, 2010 |
It's nice to see the first full issue of "Dungeons & Dragons" have so much fun. Rogers and Di Vito are using the basic ideas of the world setting, but branching out on their own from there for an original, entertaining story. Now that they've had a little more room to establish their characters and get things rolling, I'm sold. It's been 15 years since I've played the game, but this "Dungeons & Dragons" is right up my alley. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Dungeons & Dragons (2016) | 1 issues |
6
|
Dungeons & Dragons (2016) #1
May 4, 2016 |
Zub and Nelson's "Dungeons & Dragons: Shadows of the Vampire" #1 feels like it's heading somewhere; I'll definitely give the second issue a try to see if things pick up now that the setting has finally switched over to Ravenloft. Both the original adventure and the campaign world of Ravenloft were favorites of mine back when I used to play Dungeons & Dragons, and it makes me hope that "Dungeons & Dragons: Shadows of the Vampire" #2 gives us a bit more of that strong, atmospheric world. There's a lot of potential in this series, but -- right out of the gate -- it's left untapped. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.5
|
DV8: Gods and Monsters | 2 issues |
8
|
DV8: Gods and Monsters #5
Aug 20, 2010 |
If there's still a team to come back to once "DV8: Gods and Monsters" is over, I'd love to see Wood and Isaacs tackle the characters again. I've learned to love this series and characters, and I can see the potential in this group that was discarded for so long. If it's not "DV8," though, I'd still be happy to see Wood and Isaacs collaborate on another comic down the line. They're working well together, and their comic has become appointment reading. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
DV8: Gods and Monsters #8
Nov 4, 2010 |
"DV8: Gods and Monsters" began with a bang, but it ends with a muffled, muted moment. It's a shame we probably won't see a direct follow-up to this story, because as an introduction to something more Wood and Isaacs sold me on the idea of reading "DV8" comics. On its own, in a vacuum, though? It's a comic that doesn't quite hit its conclusion as perfectly as the lead-up promised. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Earth 2 | 3 issues |
7
|
Earth 2 #1
May 3, 2012 |
"Earth 2" isn't off to a bad start, but it does make me wish that we'd had a little less of the history lesson (for characters doomed from the start, no less) and more of the main characters of the title. It's good enough to read a second issue, but hopefully the pace will pick up a bit more there. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Earth 2 #3
Jul 6, 2012 |
The 2 in the title of "Earth 2" #3 feels especially apt this issue. The two halves of this book aren't working well with one another; hopefully future issues can bridge that divide a bit more soon. For now, this is a comic where its disjointed nature is working against it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
1
|
Earth 2 #8
Jan 14, 2013 |
"Earth 2" #8 is a comics that I wanted to like, but it feels like a series of bad decisions beyond the initial idea. Another issue like this one and I think it'll be the last for not only me, but other readers as well. Hopefully the introduction of Dr. Fate next month will prove to be a bit more inviting. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.3
|
East of West | 4 issues |
9
|
East of West #1
Mar 29, 2013 |
What's especially nice about "East of West" #1 is that it's very clear by the end of this first issue that this isn't a thin story. There's an untold background hinted at, a hidden conspiracy that set everything in motion and of course the world-building that's going on to get us from our timeline to this one. Hickman and Dragotta are clearly telling an epic story, and it feels so rich and textured that it's hard to not want to see more. The comic is off to an extremely strong start, and it's a big victory for Hickman, Dragotta, and Image Comics. I'm definitely coming back for more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
East of West #8
Dec 18, 2013 |
"East of West" #8 is another strong installment in a series that deserves even more attention than it's already received. Hickman as a writer is someone who loves to create huge, intricate backstories to his plots. In some company-owned titles, it ends up being slightly at odds with what everyone else has already added to the shared world setting. In "East of West," Hickman and Dragotta are free to create whatever they can think up, and the end result is riveting. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
East of West #20
Aug 28, 2015 |
"East of West" #20 is a warning shot fired over the proverbial bow: ignore this comic at your own peril. If you haven't been reading it or if you'd merely drifted away to catch back up later, well, here's your chance to step back on board. "East of West" #20 is a book that comic fans should be talking about every time a new issue is released. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
East of West #26
May 30, 2016 |
"East of West" #26 is a reminder of why people need to pay attention to this comic, even three years into its run. It's clever and engaging, and the only complete non-surprise is that Hickman, Dragotta and Martin continue to turn out a strong comic with every chapter. Ready for a little apocalypse? It's ready for you. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Edison Rex | 2 issues |
8
|
Edison Rex #1
Jul 5, 2012 |
"Edison Rex" #1 is a great debut; I'm already ready to read the next issue, and if the series stays as strong as this opening is, I can see a series of "Edison Rex" collections gracing my bookshelf before very long. Monkeybrain Comics caught everyone's attention with its announcement, and now that the first wave of titles are out, I think they'll be catching even more attention with the actual product being so good. Definitely check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Edison Rex #12
Dec 5, 2013 |
"Edison Rex" #12 is another strong installment from a consistently great series. Those who prefer to wait for print can pick up the collection of #1-6 already, with a second volume containing #7-12 scheduled for next spring. Personally, though, I wouldn't wait. At 99 cents a pop, you're getting a great deal here and a lot of the fun is how well Roberson and Culver are using the serial format to build up the tension and suspense. If you aren't reading "Edison Rex" yet, at just a dollar, maybe it's time you gave it a try yourself. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Eerie Comics | 1 issues |
4
|
Eerie Comics #1
Jul 11, 2012 |
"Eerie Comics" #1 is off to a slow start, but there's certainly room for improvement. With a huge backlog of reprints to showcase, plus lots of talented creators out there who could contribute strong new stories, it's not like that should be too hard. For now, though, I'm finding myself not that enthusiastic. More like "Beta-Eden," please, and less like the other three. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
EGOs | 1 issues |
8
|
EGOs #2
Feb 12, 2014 |
"EGOs" #2 feels to me like the book has finished coming together, and that it's on a good path with lots of interesting stories ahead. If you were on the fence after the first issue, definitely stop in for a second helping. With no "Legion of Super-Heroes" right now, this is a more than good substitute for science fiction superheroics. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Elfquest: Final Quest | 4 issues |
6
|
Elfquest: Final Quest #1
Jan 22, 2014 |
"Elfquest: The Final Quest" #1 is a good start to this new bi-monthly series. Old fans will find a lot to enjoy here, and newer readers should hopefully not be too lost. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Elfquest: Final Quest #3
May 30, 2014 |
It's fun to have an ongoing "Elfquest" series published once more, and one that feels like it has some big and strong consequences. (Also, for those who only read the collected editions, you'll have a nice surprise with the reprinting of the "A Day in the Lives" gag cartoons that us super-long-time readers would occasionally find in the letter columns.) Where do we go from here? I'm not sure, but I'm already eager to find out what happens next. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Elfquest: Final Quest #4
Jul 29, 2014 |
Even with a bit of a slowdown in pace, Wendy and Richard Pini's "Elfquest: The Final Quest" #4 is a pleasant read. And with the setup for what's to come next time, I'm looking forward to seeing them in "60," as the old issues' letter-column liked to state things. I suspect readers who made it this far will agree. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Elfquest: Final Quest #6
Dec 1, 2014 |
"Elfquest: The Final Quest" #6 is a necessary moment, but it's not that riveting an issue. Hopefully things will pick back up with the next issue, now that the housekeeping has been completed. Long-time readers won't be dismayed at all, but this is not the best moment for a new reader to jump on board. By the sounds of things, that will (hopefully) be #7 in January. For now, consider this more of an epilogue to the first five issues than a prologue for what's to come. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Emerald City of Oz | 1 issues |
8
|
Emerald City of Oz #1
Jul 5, 2013 |
"Emerald City of Oz" #1 is a fun start to this latest conversion from novel to comic, and here's the thing that I feel some people might otherwise be missing: these aren't just for kids. Baum, Shanower and Young keep this a truly all-ages story, one that I'd appreciate at 10, 40 or even 70 years old. With gorgeous art from Young and colorist Jean-Francois Beaulieu (just check out those pastel shades in the Whimsies' city, for instance), the series has some truly sharp visuals. Tell everyone it's for a young kind you know, if you must, but buy it for yourself. You won't regret it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Eternal Warrior (2013) | 1 issues |
4
|
Eternal Warrior (2013) #2
Oct 14, 2013 |
"Eternal Warrior" #2 is a book that feels a little out of sorts, but not to the point where it's a deal-killer. Overall, the new Valiant's been doing a good job, so I'm willing to give it a couple more installments to hopefully shake the Eternal Eeyore version of the character. Most likely the second storyline will have Gilad back to his old self, but for now, this doesn't feel that inviting. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Ex Machina | 1 issues |
8
|
Ex Machina #44
Aug 24, 2009 |
So why isn't there more hoopla over the impending end of "Ex Machina?" I'm still not sure. Maybe it's because everyone's in collected mode, maybe I'm just looking in the wrong places. What I do know, though, is that Vaughan and Harris are charging full-speed ahead towards the finale, and it looks to be a thrill ride from here to the finish. It's a good time to be an "Ex Machina" fan. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.8
|
Extraordinary X-Men | 5 issues |
5
|
Extraordinary X-Men #1
Nov 5, 2015 |
"Extraordinary X-Men" #1 is a thoroughly middle-of-the-road debut for the X-Men's newest series. For the moment, nothing particularly stands out in this rehash of concepts and settings. Given time, Lemire, Ramos and Olazaba may very well make their comic stand out from what came before. For the moment, though, there's nothing here you haven't seen before. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Extraordinary X-Men #6
Jan 28, 2016 |
"Extraordinary X-Men" #6 feels like a big step forward for the series; there's now a hook to make readers want to read more, with characters and plotlines having shifted to a more proactive stance. If you'd been a little underwhelmed with the series debut, give "Extraordinary X-Men" #6 a shot. I think you'll be pleasantly surprised now that the series' direction has been firmly established. All in all, a nice job from Lemire and Ibanez. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Extraordinary X-Men #8
Mar 21, 2016 |
"Extraordinary X-Men" #8 is a fun issue, one that raises questions and ups the ante for the characters. The idea of the M-Pox still feels a little too nebulous and forced, but Lemire, Ramos, Olabaza and Ibanez continue to give us good stories set within its confines. I'm definitely eager to see what happens next. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Extraordinary X-Men #9
Apr 20, 2016 |
The idea behind "Extraordinary X-Men" #9 isn't bad, and Lemire does get points for showing rather than telling. The problem is that the showing goes on for a little too long; there's just not enough of a hook to make this story worthy of an entire issue. Hopefully, with the exposition more or less completed, the next chapter will kick the story back into high gear. For now, though, this issue slips away from the exciting cliffhanger that led it here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Extraordinary X-Men #11
Jun 30, 2016 |
The "Apocalypse Wars" storyline in "Extraordinary X-Men" has been all over the map; some chapters are exciting and gripping, while others feel like they barely move. "Extraordinary X-Men" #11 is definitely one of the stronger issues. It moves swiftly towards its conclusion, even as Lemire and Ramos take time setting up their next storyline. Here's hoping the title is back on track for the future; right now, it's full steam ahead. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.5
|
Fables | 23 issues |
8
|
Fables #75
Sep 20, 2008 |
And, of course, the end of the comic? Well, Willingham promised something brand-new for the issues to come on the book, and I think it's safe to say that he's delivered. If part of the purpose of "Fables" #75 was to make people anxious to read "Fables" #76, then he's more than succeeded. In the end, "Fables" #75 is the kind of comic that really grows on you the more you think about it. Here's to the next 75 issues being just as much fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Fables #78
Nov 12, 2008 |
"Fables" isn't just still around, it's alive and well. I'm quite happy to see that the series has quite a bit of life still left in it. Here's to the next 75 issues and then some. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Fables #83
Apr 16, 2009 |
Still, at least Mark Buckingham's art is as strong as ever, able to tackle both the beautiful and the hideous without breaking stride. It's the one consistent part of this issue of "Fables" and that gives me at least some faint hope. "Fables" is normally much better than this, and with any luck this is just a "setting everything up" problem that will be gone once everything is in full swing. But as an exciting, "you must read this" opening chapter? It just doesn't work. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Fables #87
Aug 14, 2009 |
I know that many readers were worried that post-War "Fables" might have lost its spark. Trust me when I say that this issue (and last month's) are proof that Willingham's definitely still got it. I'm not sure that the Master Dark story can maintain its own 75-issue run, but for now it's got what it takes to keep everything moving. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Fables #92
Jan 24, 2010 |
Maybe next month's conclusion of this two-parter will show me wrong and that Willingham has a big-picture surprise lurking in the wings. For now, though, I'm glad that we're getting some more art by Lapham, and will just hope for a lot more Red and Ambrose and perhaps less of the baseball teams. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Fables #95
May 15, 2010 |
With 95 issues (plus a graphic novel and a prose book) under its belt, "Fables" doesn't get the level of press and attention that some of its neighbors in the Vertigo line do. But even as it plugs away with strong and solid sales, it does so by regularly putting out good, enjoyable stories. I'm down with that. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Fables #99
Oct 22, 2010 |
Reading this issue of "Fables" makes me wish we'd seen a little more of Fabletown over the past year or so, instead of spending so much time at the Farm. Next month's "Fables" #100 will no doubt spotlight the changes to Fabletown that much more, but it would have been nice to see a bit more of the rise of the witherlings and Dark in general. Still, while I suspect a lot of readers are going to applaud the resolution to Dark's time in "Fables" simply because it ends, we're set up right now for a fairly satisfying conclusion. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Fables #100
Dec 8, 2010 |
There are even some additional odds and ends throughout the comic (after all, it is clocking in at a whopping 104 pages) that include a Thumbelina story (which has beautiful Chrissie Zullo art but story-wise falls a little flat due to its short length), some paper puppet cut-outs, and even a new Three Blind Mice story illustrated by cover artist Joao Ruas (which uses its equally short length much more effectively). It's overall a solid package, and a great celebration of "Fables" hitting its 100th issue. If all issue #100s were this much fun, well, we'd probably get them even more than the normal flood of issue #1s. Happy centennial, "Fables," and I'm already looking forward to #200. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Fables #101
Jan 26, 2011 |
"Fables" #101 is a thoroughly satisfying issue, and a great way to take a brief break from the huge events of last month's issue. The next time Willingham and Shanower decide to collaborate, make no mistake: it's a reason to celebrate. Great stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Fables #103
Mar 23, 2011 |
"Fables" #103 does everything it sets out to do; stories move forward, hints are dropped for the future, and entertainment is provided for "Fables" readers for another month. People coming on board just for the superhero parody might be a little disappointed, but on the whole it's another good issue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Fables #106
Jun 23, 2011 |
It's really too bad because the last few issues have been a lot of fun, with the retreat from the Farm to Haven, the trouble brewing in the ruins of Fabletown, and Ozma and Pinocchio's ludicrous "super team." This issue, though, brings everything crashing down into a heap, and not of the good variety. If this had been a movie, you'd have an audience booing. The one bright side is Mark Buckingham's beautiful art, which is as great as ever (and ultimately is the one boost in this issue's rating). But overall? What a huge disappointment. I didn't get why so many people were feeling soured on "Fables" after reading #100, but with this latest issue, I'm starting to get an idea as to how that could happen. Strictly in terms of storytelling technique, "Fables" #106 is a failure. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Fables #108
Aug 17, 2011 |
If that's not enough, we've still got subplots running through the book about the reclaiming of the Farm, as well as what Miss Spratt is up to in her new slim body. The book feels alive and energetic again, and it's a joy to read once more. This is the "Fables" I fell in love with years ago, and I'm pleased as punch to see it return. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Fables #110
Oct 20, 2011 |
Bad cliffhanger aside, "Fables" is back to being consistently strong, and once again I've got absolutely no idea where the title is going from here. That's exactly how a long-form serial should run. At the rate this is going, we can get another 110 issues from Willingham and Buckingham without either of them batting an eye. I'm down for that. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Fables #111
Dec 5, 2011 |
"Fables" #111 is good, but it's got little problems keeping it from being great. It's a less than thrilling conclusion to a story that promised more, and while I have no doubt that Willingham has some great places for these stories to go down the line, it's not there yet. So for now, we just have to judge based off of what we've got, not the potential. And for what we've got? It's a 3-star book. Not bad, but you hope for more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Fables #113
Jan 19, 2012 |
Still, the stories are all entertaining in their own way, and the art teams are rather great if I do say so myself. Long time "Fables" fans will probably appreciate "A Magic Life" the most, and if you focus the most on it, the rest feel more like bonus features. Approached from that angle, "Fables" #113 is most definitely a success. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Fables #115
Mar 23, 2012 |
"Fables" is clearly moving towards a big shift in the status quo of the series (especially with Mister Dark gone), but it's to the credit of Willingham, Buckingham and company that I can't figure out what it will be. If this current storyline is any indication, we're in for a strong ride. This is an excellent installment, and my attention is firmly grabbed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Fables #120
Aug 23, 2012 |
"Fables" #120's main story ends with a figurative harsh smack to the face. Anything can happen from here, of course, but there's no denying the sense of doom lying over the story and its characters. Right now it doesn't look like we have any sort of happy ending in store, but I'd love to be proven wrong. Willingham's story is definitely one of the stronger ones we've had in a while; the emotional battering that he puts us through can be hard to read, but it's quite effective and memorable. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Fables #123
Nov 26, 2012 |
"Fables" #123 is ultimately saved not by the plot, but by everything else. Even the backup story with Shawn McManus's art (which concludes next month) feels a bit more surprising and fun, and it only has three pages to work with. Overall, this is an issue that is all right, but still loses a lot of the good will built up the previous month. The idea of this two-parter ultimately seemed better in theory than execution. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Fables #125
Jan 23, 2013 |
"Fables" #125 feels firmly back on track, and I appreciate that right now the book feels like anything could happen. That's been part of the fun of "Fables" in the past, and it's nice to have it once more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Fables #129
May 20, 2013 |
"Fables" #129 is a rather bleak conclusion to "Snow White," but it felt right. Bad times have been coming to Snow White and her family (especially after the Toyland story) and it feels like it's not over by a long shot. For now, though, it's immensely entertaining to read. Bring it on. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Fables #131
Jul 22, 2013 |
"Fables" #131 feels a little rough around the edges, but by this point it's become increasingly clear that every time "Fables" hits one of these rocky patches, things right themselves shortly. This isn't one of the better issues of "Fables," but if it leads to something better then this bump in the road shouldn't be too bad in the long run. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Fables #138
Feb 24, 2014 |
It'll be sad to see "Fables" wrap up this time next year, but Willingham is clearly lining up all of his proverbial ducks to prepare for a big blow-out conclusion. If this issue is any indication, I'd say "so far, so good." |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Fables #143
Aug 21, 2014 |
"Fables" #143 has me genuinely worried, but not in the way that Willingham and Buckingham probably intended. I should be fretting about the fates of the beloved characters that I've been reading about since the very first issue was released. Instead, I'm worried that this final storyline is going to undo a lot of good will that the series has built up over the years. There's time for the book to pull out of the tailspin that it's in right now. But for the moment, the final memory of the title for those who stick around to the conclusion might be of a bad taste in one's mouth. That's no good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Fables: The Wolf Among Us | 1 issues |
6
|
Fables: The Wolf Among Us #1
Jan 14, 2015 |
"Fables: The Wolf Among Us" #1 is a nice way for those of us who never played the computer game to finally read its story; having it set in the past is an added bonus since it's theoretically free of any developments within "Fables" that readers might not be so crazy about. As a first issue, it's a lot of setup for what's to come, but it gets in and gets the job done. Now that things are starting to move forward, I expect future issues to be even stronger. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.8
|
Fairest | 6 issues |
4
|
Fairest #2
Apr 5, 2012 |
If you found "Fairest" #1 disappointing, nothing will have changed in your opinion of this series based on #2. The comic gets extremely high marks for the art, because it's outstanding. I wish I could say the same for the rest of the book. Jimenez and Lanning are doing the heavy lifting and while I'd love to see them come back for another "Fairest" story down the line, here's hoping for them being paired with a different writer for their next go-round. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Fairest #7
Sep 7, 2012 |
As a one-off, "Fairest" #7 hits all the right notes; it evokes a different place and time well, it has a strong twist at the end that has lasting ramifications for a "Fables" character, and it's memorable. After the disappointment of the opening storyline for "Fairest" #1-6, "Fairest" #7 is a nice reminder that this book is going to have lots of different creators tackling its pages. Ultimately, this is much more what I was expecting in the first place. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Fairest #15
May 3, 2013 |
"Fairest" is a book that's gotten better with each story, and this is by far the best to date. After a slow start, it's nice to see the comic settling well into a groove. More like this, please. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Fairest #18
Aug 12, 2013 |
"Fairest" #18 isn't the most riveting issue of "The Return of the Maharaja," but it did what needed to be done to set the story up for the conclusion around the corner. All in all, this storyline is still easily in contention for the best of "Fairest" to date, and for that alone I most definitely approve. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Fairest #32
Dec 5, 2014 |
I'm glad there's still one issue to go (and written by Bill Willingham, no less), because this would have been a slightly limp conclusion to "Fairest." Then again, it in many ways sums up this spin-off series as a whole; some good bits here and there, but ultimately never quite living up to the high expectations everyone had. It's reasonable, but nothing special. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Fairest #33
Jan 12, 2015 |
"Fairest" #33 is an odd wrap-up for the series, an issue that served a greater purpose but fell victim to some sort of scheduling problem. After the fact, it lacks a bit of punch, one that could have helped carry it past its other issues. In the end, though, the great art and the amusing-at-first nature of its protagonist can't quite balance out the stumbles. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Fairy Quest: Outlaws | 1 issues |
6
|
Fairy Quest: Outlaws #1
Feb 6, 2013 |
Last but not least, it feels like Jenkins and Ramos had planned for the eventuality right from the start, offering up a natural break-point halfway through so that "Fairy Quest: Outlaws" #1 wouldn't end in mid-stream. A lot is still going to hinge on the second half of this story, but for now I'm entertained. It's not deep, but it's enough fun to want to see how this wraps up. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Fairy Tail Vol. 4 | 1 issues |
8
|
Fairy Tail Vol. 4 #1
Nov 6, 2008 |
"Fairy Tail" is easily one of my favorite new series of the year; it's hysterically funny but at the same time can bring out a serious side when it needs to. I've yet to introduce this manga series to a friend who hasn't liked it, and I bet you will too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Fanboys vs. Zombies | 1 issues |
5
|
Fanboys vs. Zombies #1
Apr 5, 2012 |
"Fanboys vs. Zombies" #1 feels like a generic zombie story with a slightly different window dressing. That places it in the middle of the pack, but in order to read more I'd like to see Humphries and Gaylord use their setting as more of a selling point. This could be a lot of fun, but right now it's just average. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.6
|
Fantastic Four (1998) | 7 issues |
8
|
Fantastic Four (1998) #571
Sep 24, 2009 |
I can't remember the last time "Fantastic Four" has been so much fun. It's got big crazy ideas, it's got the FF-as-family, it's got superheroics, it's got drama, it's got pathos. It's nice to see Hickman getting a spotlight book; not only because I like the idea of more attention being paid to his creator-owned books as a result, but because Hickman's earned it. This is an excellent book. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Fantastic Four (1998) #574
Dec 25, 2009 |
It's hard to believe we're only five issues into "Fantastic Four" with Hickman, but I'm quite a fan already. Hopefully Hickman and Marvel are both enjoying the experience as well, because I'd love to see this be the start of a very long relationship. "Fantastic Four" is finally fantastic again. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Fantastic Four (1998) #578
Apr 28, 2010 |
Hopefully we'll come back to the war between the cities before too long; it's a great idea, and now that all the cities are revealed and in motion the next steps seem fairly obvious. Until then, though, it feels like a slightly weak conclusion to the story. Considering the level of exploration and wonder and adventure the first three issues had, this final chapter felt a little flat in comparison. Maybe it will work better as part of a greater whole once we see the follow-up, but until then, not so much. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Fantastic Four (1998) #580
Jun 23, 2010 |
"Fantastic Four" under Hickman has proven to capture my attention month after month, no small feat. The best thing about the series is that I feel like it's still wonderfully unpredictable with each new issue; there's always something new and strange and, well, fantastic just waiting for us as a reader. If you aren't reading "Fantastic Four" these days, now's a great time to check it out and see just what you've been missing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Fantastic Four (1998) #584
Oct 27, 2010 |
There are some nice little bits here, like the new Yancy Street Gang, something that makes you wonder just how long Hickman's been sitting on their new status quo, waiting for the right time to use it. But considering this book was wowing me when Hickman first came on board, watching it slow down is a bit disappointing. Hopefully the remaining two chapters of "Three" will have a bit more pep to it than this issue did. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Fantastic Four (1998) #602
Jan 25, 2012 |
"Fantastic Four" #602 kicks the current storyline into high gear, and just in time. If this momentum continues, we should have a fairly satisfying "Fantastic Four" epic when all is said and done. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Fantastic Four (1998) #606
May 23, 2012 |
I appreciate that "Fantastic Four" #606 is going for a slightly sentimental, heart-felt story as Hickman begins to prepare for the end of his run on the title. There's certainly a nice warm fuzzy feeling on the final page, and it helps make up for the predictable nature of the rest of the issue. But I hope we've got a bit more in store for us with Hickman's remaining issues. After an overall strong run, it would be sad to see his final issues end up as a series of slightly weaker notes. It's not bad, but this is hardly memorable. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Fantastic Four (1998) Annual | 1 issues |
8
|
Fantastic Four (1998) Annual #33
Jul 11, 2012 |
I felt a little dubious about the ClanDestine characters getting trotted out for this story, but so far I'd call it a big success. Just the right amount of emphasis is given on them as supporting characters, while for fans of the original "ClanDestine" comics it's like they've just hit the jackpot. Will I be back for the remaining two chapters? Absolutely. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.3
|
Fantastic Four (2012) | 3 issues |
4
|
Fantastic Four (2012) #5
Mar 14, 2013 |
With all the fun that Fraction and Michael Allred are serving up in "FF," it's a little disappointing to see "Fantastic Four" getting a bit lackluster. There's still a lot of time to turn things around, and I did appreciate the plot starting to move forward. But the writing in general could use a bit more of a burst of energy, and the art even more so. Here's to hoping the fun returns next month in greater numbers. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Fantastic Four (2012) #6
Apr 10, 2013 |
"Fantastic Four" #6 feels like it's almost there, that the book is coalescing into what it needs to be. For now, though, Fraction and Bagley aren't quite hitting the mark. It's not bad, but once again, it feels like it could be so much better, too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Fantastic Four (2012) #11
Aug 16, 2013 |
I want to like "Fantastic Four" much more than I do, with "Fantastic Four" #11 being no exception to that rule. Maybe when Karl Kesel comes on board to help finish out Fraction's run, things will level out a bit. And with the tie-in to "FF" in the form of the future Johnny Storm appearing, it definitely comes across that everything is finally coming to a head. But still, this should be better than what's actually presented, and that's too bad. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Fantastic Four (2014) | 1 issues |
4
|
Fantastic Four (2014) #2
Mar 14, 2014 |
Robinson is hardly the first writer to have a problem with writing "Fantastic Four." It's no small coincidence that Matt Fraction's "Fantastic Four" run wasn't half as strong as his "FF" title being published at the same time, certainly. So far, I'm not seeing a reason for this to be a "Fantastic Four" story in particular, and that's a little worrisome. The art is nice from Kirk, but the story definitely needs to catch up and soon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Farscape | 1 issues |
4
|
Farscape #1
Dec 27, 2008 |
Licensed comics don't have to be the kiss of death; Joss Whedon and Dark Horse are certainly proving that over on "Buffy the Vampire Slayer: Season Eight." This comic, though, is like too many other failed attempts. It just doesn't seem to hit the level of fun that "Farscape," itself, ever did. Maybe the remaining issues will liven up a little more, in both writing and art. At the moment, though, all I can think is that in six years time, someone else might be writing about this "Farscape" comic and how it was quickly forgotten. I hope that's not the case. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Fatale | 9 issues |
9
|
Fatale #3
Mar 7, 2012 |
"Fatale" #3 is an excellent comic and reading in the back that it's been extended up to 15 issues makes me extra-pleased. I've loved "Criminal" and "Incognito," but right now it's "Fatale" that has me the most excited that I can remember about a Brubaker and Phillips collaboration. If you aren't reading their comics yet, there really is no time to waste. Start with "Fatale" and you won't be sorry. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Fatale #8
Oct 3, 2012 |
"Fatale" #8 is another good issue, although at this point if you're thinking about giving the series a whirl, the first collection of "Fatale" is already in stores everywhere and is perhaps a better jumping on point. And trust me, if you aren't reading "Fatale" already this is a series you should definitely sample. As always, good stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Fatale #11
Jan 7, 2013 |
It's easy to forget about hit series when they've been around for a year or so now, but trust me: don't miss "Fatale" #11. This is a great way to kick off 2013 if you haven't been reading the series up until now; truly a jumping-on point, I can't imagine not wanting to read more of this series once you experience this wonderfully evil little comic. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Fatale #12
Feb 13, 2013 |
"Fatale" #12 is a great example of how to write a stand-alone issue. You don't need to know anything about "Fatale" to read and enjoy this comic. For those who have read the previous issues, though, it provides some hints about what's still to come and what's behind the big mysteries of the series. With an ending that is both conclusion and also slightly unresolved, it is both satisfying and also draws the reader back for more to find out what happens next. Once again, a job well done by Brubaker and Phillips. "Fatale" #12 is a top-notch comic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Fatale #15
Jun 27, 2013 |
"Fatale" #15 is the sort of issue where it's good, but the greatness comes when you sit down with a bunch of issues and see how it all fits together. Of that, I've got no doubt. If you've never read "Fatale" before, it also feels like a good place to give it a try for yourself and see if you like it. But when you're done? Pick up "Fatale" #11-14 (which were just collected in the third trade paperback), and you'll get an idea of why people are so crazy for this series. This issue is good, but the series as a whole is just plain great. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Fatale #18
Nov 11, 2013 |
"Fatale" #18 is another strong issue in an extremely strong comic. If you aren't reading "Fatale" yet, how many times do I have to tell you that you're missing out on an incredible ride? Buy this book, buy this book, buy this book. Please. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Fatale #19
Jan 10, 2014 |
"Fatale" #19 is unsurprising in that it's rock solid and good. I'm going to be quite sad to see it go away later this year -- it's a great series -- but at the same time it feels like the book is poised to conclude on a high note. So far, so good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Fatale #21
Mar 26, 2014 |
"Fatale" #21 continues to turn out strong issue after strong issue, and while I'm sad to see the book almost at an end, it's creating such great stories I can't complain. Brubaker and Phillips's "Fatale" is their best collaboration to date. "Fatale's" mix of cults, mystery and horror wins every time. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Fatale #23
Jun 23, 2014 |
"Fatale" has been a great book, one that's disturbing and nasty, even as it's enthralling and clever. Whatever the final issue has waiting for us, I feel like I'm ready. It's been a fun ride, and this issue is no exception. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Fatima | 1 issues |
7
|
Fatima #1
Jun 27, 2012 |
Is "Fatima" #1 slightly ridiculous? I'd say so. But between Fatima using her two hairdryer-sized guns to blast off people's heads, and the best use of gratuitous bikini-wearing background characters, and I don't care. It's silly, it's fun, I'm definitely going to read the rest, too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
FBP: Federal Bureau Of Physics | 1 issues |
8
|
FBP: Federal Bureau Of Physics #2
Sep 2, 2013 |
"FBP: Federal Bureau of Physics" #2 is a ridiculously fun comic, and now that it has its new title I hope it's able to build and grow an audience. Vertigo is in the process of launching a lot of new series, and if this is any sign, readers are in for a fun ride in the months to come. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.3
|
FF | 7 issues |
5
|
FF #3
May 11, 2011 |
"FF" #3 is the kind of issue that's going to read much better in a collected format, but as a single issue it's a bit of a drag. At this point I think anyone reading Hickman's stories has learned that this sort of thing just crops up on occasion. Hopefully now that he's gotten this massive information dump over with, the pace will start picking back up again. With war on the horizon, it looks promising for us readers. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
FF #6
Jul 14, 2011 |
I suspect that when read as a whole, this issue (and presumably the next one) will read better, but as part of a serialized story the extreme shift in characters and location feels frustrating. The last several installments leading up to this point were so much on point that this feels like an ill-timed swerve. Issues like "FF" #6 seem determined to make people want to wait for the collection. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
FF #8
Aug 24, 2011 |
There is no doubt in my mind that when read as a whole, "FF" is going to be a strong and thoroughly enjoyable story. But like before, when it comes to an individual chapter in a serialized story, "FF" #8 has some pacing flaws that are hard to ignore. It's good, but it's a shame it wasn't better. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
FF #11
Oct 26, 2011 |
"FF" #11 is a strange but not bad comic. It's hard to tell, save for the text piece at the back of the comic, that this is supposed to lead into "Fantastic Four" #600. There are some great moments here, but there are even more sections that fall into the sluggish category. Like most of Hickman's comics, this will definitely read better in a collected edition. As an individual comic, though, it's just all right. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
FF #12
Nov 30, 2011 |
"FF" #12 is an interesting book, if not the most new-reader friendly. Hickman's script is overall good, though; I just wish there was a better choice of an artist to go with it. Bobillo's not bad, he's just not suited for a book primarily starring children. Unless his pencils can adjust to the subject material soon, Marvel is going to need to find someone else for "FF" and quickly. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
FF #15
Feb 29, 2012 |
Hopefully once this current story ends, we'll get the rest of the cast back in a more substantial role. Having all the kids around is the big strength of "FF" and the longer they're gone, the less entertaining "FF" might become. "Fantastic Four" bonus scenes are nice, but "FF" needs to get its own voice again. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
FF #20
Jul 26, 2012 |
We still have three months left of "FF" (and "Fantastic Four," although at this point there's hardly a differentiation between the two) so things can still turn around. But for now, this title is feeling less like Hickman running wild with his crazy big ideas and more like following a road map to a position he's been asked to arrive at before leaving. Things can still change for the better, but right now my hopes are not high that Hickman's run will end at the strong level in which it began. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
FF (2012) | 4 issues |
8
|
FF (2012) #2
Dec 19, 2012 |
"FF" #2 has me much more confident about this title. Despite a lackluster first issue, "FF" #2 is fun and has a spring in its step that makes you eager to see what happens next. It's nice to see the book having found its voice, now; if you hadn't looked before, this is a good place to start. The Fs in "FF" stand for fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
FF (2012) #7
May 15, 2013 |
"FF" #7 is one of those books that feels like a comfortable old bathrobe. It's just pleasant to slip into on a regular basis. "FF" has turned into a book that feels -- even more so than "Fantastic Four" these days -- all about family. And that's something I appreciate. This might be a group of random misfit characters thrown together, but you know what? They make it work. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
FF (2012) #10
Aug 2, 2013 |
"FF" #10 is another winner of a comic from Fraction and Allred. I've come to regard this as of late as the true Fantastic Four comic; this collection of substitute heroes and the kids they're sworn to protect has such charm and inventiveness that I'd read dozens of issues about them so long as Fraction and Allred were behind it. If you haven't been reading "FF" up until now, this is a good place to begin. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
FF (2012) #13
Oct 28, 2013 |
"FF" #13 is helping the comic prepare for its wrap-up, and even more than "Fantastic Four," it's a shame that Fraction wasn't available to be hands on for these last few chapters. With time Lee Allred's scripts may very well get a bit smoother, but for now the sudden creative shift has slightly disrupted a normally far more entertaining comic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Fight Club 2 | 1 issues |
8
|
Fight Club 2 #6
Oct 28, 2015 |
"Fight Club 2" #6 is another sharp issue in a great miniseries. While there's a lot of care and thought put into this comic, Palahniuk and Stewart don't lose sight of making it fun and exciting too. This isn't just a cerebral exploration; it's an action/adventure story with great art. This issue is probably one of the most standard ones in the series (it has a lot of important information to get across) but, even then, it's great. If you were a fan of "Fight Club," you owe it to yourself to read "Fight Club 2." |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Final Crisis | 1 issues |
6
|
Final Crisis #1
May 28, 2008 |
It's not too late for "Final Crisis" to pull out of its botched take-off. But the second issue is going to need to be big. Really big. This isn't a disaster just yet, but six more issues of this caliber and this could spell the end of the sales power for a company event at DC Comics. "Final Crisis", indeed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Final Crisis One Shot | 1 issues |
6
|
Final Crisis: Submit #1
Oct 23, 2008 |
I think it's ultimately very much to Morrison's credit that there's as much to enjoy in "Final Crisis: Submit" as one can find. Between a bollixed schedule and wildly inconsistent art, the deck was highly stacked against it. And yet, in the end, I still enjoyed it well enough. Like the characters trapped in "Final Crisis: Submit," I found myself with a little hope at the end of the day. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Final Crisis Aftermath: Run! | 1 issues |
6
|
Final Crisis Aftermath: Run! #2
Jun 7, 2009 |
"Final Crisis Aftermath: Run!" isn't at all what I was expecting, but that's not a bad thing at all. I think what I appreciate the most is that the ending could go just about anywhere from here. I'm looking forward to seeing just what Sturges' ultimate goal is, and hopefully it won't disappoint. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Final Crisis: Legion Of Three Worlds | 2 issues |
8
|
Final Crisis: Legion Of Three Worlds #2
Oct 17, 2008 |
Last but not least, while "Final Crisis: Legion of 3 Worlds" is great for new readers, Legion-philes will find a treasure trove of details to examine. I'm sure theories are already abounding like wildfire on exactly how much, if any, of Giffen's Five Year Gap still exists, and where the divergence point exists for each of the three Legions. But if that doesn't apply to you? It doesn't matter. It's just good solid fun. Somehow I suspect that if once all the dust settles Johns wants to write a "Legion of Super-Heroes" series, there won't be too much complaining going on. I know I'd be on board every month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Final Crisis: Legion Of Three Worlds #5
Jul 23, 2009 |
More importantly, though, "Legion of 3 Worlds" #5 also clearly serves as a lead-in to the Legion's upcoming back-up stories in the new "Adventure Comics" series. Between this and the earlier Legion story by Johns and Gary Frank over in "Action Comics," it's been a great couple of years for Legion fans. "Legion of 3 Worlds" #5 has made me, once again, excited about what's in store for the rest of this year and beyond. So, mission accomplished and then some. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Final Crisis: Revelations | 1 issues |
6
|
Final Crisis: Revelations #1
Aug 16, 2008 |
I'm curious to see where the rest of "Final Crisis: Revelations" is heading. My hope is that by the end we've got a stronger sense of how the new Spectre will operate, and exactly what his place in the DC Universe is. For now, at least I can enjoy seeing Crispus and Renee together again for a bit. It's a good, if slightly shaky start. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Finding Nemo: Losing Dory | 1 issues |
7
|
Finding Nemo: Losing Dory #3
Sep 22, 2010 |
Three issues in, the "Finding Nemo" ongoing series is doing quite well. Even the title of this story, "Losing Dory," is so perfect that it makes me think Pixar is kicking itself for not snagging it first. I'm finding myself pleasantly surprised with the good work by all three creators on this comic. At the end of each issue, I want to dig out my "Finding Nemo" DVD and watch it again because this comic nails the original's tone and fun. They're definitely doing something right here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Firestar | 1 issues |
4
|
Firestar #1
Apr 23, 2010 |
There are some small nuggets of good in the comic's story. I like that McKeever still has Firestar attending university and taking the train to and from the city, and the appearance of Photon was a nice touch. I also appreciated that the person with the drinking problem was a past high school nemesis for Firestar, although it does get dangerously close to "my bitterness is hiding problems." At the end of the day, though, I expected a lot more from McKeever; he's normally better than this. Hopefully this isn't a road Firestar will head down in the upcoming McKeever-written "Young Allies." I think we're all ready to say goodbye to the very special episode, be it television, comics, or any other form of media. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Five Weapons | 4 issues |
8
|
Five Weapons #1
Mar 1, 2013 |
"Five Weapons" #1 is a mini-series that's off to a great start, and one of the things I appreciate even more about it is that I feel like this could ultimately stand on its own, or also become a series of mini-series. Right now I'm hoping for the latter only because I feel like there's so much story potential that Robinson could go for years, but I'd respect the former as well. Either way, though, this is a comic that you should definitely take a look at. "Five Weapons" is both fun and clever, and that's a combination you shouldn't ever pass up. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Five Weapons #5
Jul 5, 2013 |
"Five Weapons" #5 concludes a fun first storyline, and if you haven't read it yet, I'd definitely recommend scooping up all five issues when you get a chance. It's a smart series, one where the strength isn't so much in the concept but rather the execution. I'm glad that Robinson's coming back for more in a few months. I'll definitely be back, too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Five Weapons #6
Feb 3, 2014 |
"Five Weapons" #6 is a great example of how to turn a mini-series into an ongoing series. It's not just a rehash of what's come before, but rather an expansion of the original concept and moving into new and interesting places. With a collection of "Five Weapons" #1-5 also on sale, now is as good a time as any to see what you've been missing out on. Good stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Five Weapons #9
Jun 9, 2014 |
"Five Weapons" #9 is just the latest in a line of strong, good comics from Robinson. I was delighted when "Five Weapons" shifted from a mini-series to an ongoing, and this second storyline has given us proof that the book can support itself beyond the initial concept. Bring on the duel between the school and the rival club! I'll be there for the next installment, and beyond. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.1
|
Flash (2010) | 7 issues |
6
|
Flash (2010) #2
May 12, 2010 |
The highs are high in "Flash" #2, even as the lows are low. Overall, it averages out to a perfect middle grade. I have to admit, though, I've never been interested in Barry Allen as a character before, and Johns and Manapul have me already planning to keep reading. That's certainly a good sign. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Flash (2010) #4
Jul 28, 2010 |
It's hard to believe that just a few years ago, "The Flash" was a struggling comic that kept rotating through protagonists. I think this more than anything else goes to show that with the right creators assembled, any comic can be fun. You just need to find the right match of talent. And with that idea in mind? Johns and Manapul are "The Flash" dream team. Bring it on. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Flash (2010) #5
Sep 22, 2010 |
At the end of the day, though, it was worth the extra wait for a new issue, and now that we're back Johns and Manapul have whetted our appetite for next month's conclusion. So far, I'd say that "The Flash" is right on track for a strong finish. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Flash (2010) #6
Nov 17, 2010 |
Here's what I like the most about this issue of "The Flash," though: We're getting to see not only Barry Allen as superhero, but also him doing good in his regular job working for the police. It helps the character feel more rounded, and a bit more out of the ordinary than an everyday superhero. I'll freely admit that I wasn't a Barry Allen fan (when I started reading superhero comics, the Mike Baron and Jackson Guice "The Flash" series starring Wally West had just launched.) Don't let "The Flash" pass you by; this series is too much fun to miss. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Flash (2010) #8
Dec 29, 2010 |
"My name is Eobard Thawne," the Reverse-Flash states at the start of this issue. "And I didn't always look forward to the future." Based on this issue, I suspect a lot of characters won't be looking forward to the future, either, but we're in for one hell of a ride just ahead. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Flash (2010) #10
Apr 13, 2011 |
It's a shame the "Flashpoint" lead-in material is so uneven, because this is supposed to be a big billboard for the upcoming event. Still, the parts that do work absolutely shine, and that makes it worth reading the comic, easily. Once "Flashpoint" is over, I'm looking forward to seeing what Johns and company do next with Barry Allen and company. This series has become my first real exposure to the character, but based on this depiction I'm in for more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Flash (2010) #12
May 11, 2011 |
As for the final two pages of the comic, the direct lead-in to "Flashpoint" #1? Well, if you didn't read this comic before the big comic of the week, you haven't missed a darn thing. It feels hastily tacked on; as a prologue, it doesn't quite pan out. Still, even with this weaker final issue, I've enjoyed "The Flash" from Johns, Manapul, and Kolins. I'd love to see some or all of them connected to whatever series will follow on later this year. Until then, "The Flash," adieu. Your latest series ended with a whimper rather than a bang, but we had enough fun up until now that I'm willing to forgive and forget. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.5
|
Flash (2011) | 13 issues |
7
|
Flash (2011) #0
Sep 27, 2012 |
"The Flash" #0 ends up slightly above average with the dust settles, thanks in no small part to the pair putting energy in not only their visuals but also the storytelling. It's great to see the duo still on this title a year in; it's turned into a pleasant and enjoyable read on a monthly basis. I'm sticking around for year two. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Flash (2011) #2
Oct 26, 2011 |
Some other aspects of "The Flash" #2 seem a little more familiar; the old friend caught up in a strange experiment, the love triangle, the villain whose power is deliberately designed to counter the Flash's. It's not bad at all, but compared to the issue it's not quite as exciting. But it's still a good second issue, and Manapul and Buccellato are clearly settled into their roles of co-authors to provide a consistent, entertaining comic. "The Flash" is definitely in good hands in the DC re-launch, and I'm entertained enough to keep reading. Fun stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Flash (2011) #4
Dec 28, 2011 |
"The Flash" is definitely worth checking out, even if only for the art. Hopefully with time the script will shift from good to excellent, but the art is already at that high level. It's definitely one of the top-five most handsome books from DC Comics right now, and it's a pleasure to see Manapul and Buccellato shining so strongly here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Flash (2011) #6
Feb 23, 2012 |
"The Flash" #6 is a nice enough comic with a fun little story -- but when you go back and re-read it, it'll almost certainly be to gaze at Manapul and Buccellato's art. You know what? That's more than reasonable. Art this nice deserves to be admired. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Flash (2011) #14
Nov 29, 2012 |
It's a little frustrating because if you just pull out the center plot -- the gorilla invasion -- it's a fun comic. But right now, I think some of the extra elements need to be put to bed. "The Flash" #14 gets a lot of points for being beautiful from start to finish, but I wish there was as much grace in the writing as there currently is in the art, too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Flash (2011) #20
May 27, 2013 |
Now that "The Flash" #20 has shaken free of the sluggish nature that has dogged the title for a while, I'm hoping for a climb into fun from this point on. It's a good first chapter in this six-part story, and I want to see it keep picking up the pace. So far, so good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Flash (2011) #23.2
Sep 12, 2013 |
Manapul and Buccellato wrap up their run on "The Flash" in November (with a new, yet-to-be-announced title for DC Comics waiting for them in 2014), and while their run has had some ups and downs, it's nice to see "The Flash" #23.2 tying the bulk of their two-year tenure together. They've had a cohesive, long-term plan for the book, and at the moment it's paying off. All in all, a nice addition to DC's villains month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Flash (2011) #26
Jan 6, 2014 |
Ultimately, we'll have to wait a little longer to see who the new team on "The Flash" will be. But in the meantime, if Gage and Googe decide to work together on another comic, based on "The Flash" #26, I'll definitely seek it out. This was a lot of fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Flash (2011) #30
Apr 23, 2014 |
As for the Wally West storyline, well, it's clearly just getting started and for now the creators are holding most of the cards close to their chest. With time travel and the electric-blue Flash as part of this issue, we'll be seeing a lot of tomorrow and tomorrow and tomorrow. Overall, I'm sold enough to come back next issue and see what they have in store. That's a good place to start. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Flash (2011) #32
Jun 26, 2014 |
"The Flash" is doing well under Venditti, Jensen, Booth and Rapmund; we're getting sold stories with just the right extra spark to push it into the above average category. If you'd been holding off on seeing how the new creative team is doing, this is as good a place as any to give it a whirl. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Flash (2011) #36
Dec 1, 2014 |
"The Flash" #36 is moving along at a reasonable clip; the Blue Flash storyline's hit its first major turning point, and so far how it's playing it is working. Venditti and Jensen's story is definitely written with the longer game in mind, though; once it's complete, it'll be easier to judge this as part of a larger whole. Until then, though, it's reasonable but not setting the world on fire. Certainly good enough to come back for another installment. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Flash (2011) #40
Mar 27, 2015 |
All in all, "The Flash" #40 isn't a bad comic, but the resolution to this many months of comics feels a little underwhelming. With this much of a lead-up, one would expect a great conclusion. I'm hoping that post-"Convergence" issues give "The Flash" the speed and energy that it deserves. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Flash (2011) #41
Jun 24, 2015 |
Overall, "The Flash" #41 does a good job of coming out of the "Convergence" break with enough for old and new readers to sink their teeth into. This is a book that is primed to be a huge seller, so long as the right approach for new readers is presented. So far? I think it's heading down that path. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Flash (2011) Annual | 1 issues |
7
|
Flash (2011) Annual #3
May 1, 2014 |
With "The Flash Annual" #3 and "The Flash" #30 both under their belts, I feel like Venditti, Jensen and Booth are a good choice for the series. They've got a clear direction in mind, and so far it's playing out in a strong and pleasant manner. If you're looking to give "The Flash" a whirl, these two issues are good places to begin. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Flash: Rebirth | 1 issues |
5
|
Flash: Rebirth #2
May 6, 2009 |
With three issues to go, hopefully "The Flash: Rebirth" will pick up the pace a bit. Johns can write peppy, fun comics, so I'm not entirely sure why this one feels so slow. Right now, the over-twenty-years-in-the-making return of Barry Allen feels woefully anti-climactic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.7
|
Flashpoint | 3 issues |
3
|
Flashpoint #2
Jun 1, 2011 |
"Flashpoint" is going to end up being a curious footnote in DC Comics history. If it wasn't for September's reboot, I have a feeling that it would turn out to be a crossover that was largely forgotten like, say, "Genesis" or "Final Night." Now, it's going to serve as the end of an era. Sadly, it's heading more towards a whimper than a bang. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Flashpoint #4
Aug 3, 2011 |
"Flashpoint" will ultimately be remembered for serving as the prelude to the big relaunch next month. Because when the dust settles, this is a perfectly standard story that perhaps didn't need its own mini-series (save for what it's leading into). It's not bad, but it's nothing more than average. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Flashpoint #5
Aug 31, 2011 |
And so, "Flashpoint" comes to an end. Ultimately, that two-page spread aside, it feels like a Flash storyline on steroids, one that probably didn't deserve all the extra spin-offs and one-shots and even core mini-series. With lower expectations and reach, I think "Flashpoint" might have been a fun little group of issues in "The Flash." (A nice closing moment for Johns, too, considering that he began writing "The Flash" with his alternate-world story "Wonderland.") Alas, this story just doesn't hold up to the expectations placed on its shoulders. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
Flashpoint: Batman Knight of Vengeance | 1 issues |
9
|
Flashpoint: Batman Knight of Vengeance #2
Jul 6, 2011 |
If the conclusion next month of "Flashpoint: Batman: Knight of Vengeance" is as strong as the first two chapters, we're in for one hell of a ride. But regardless of how it all pans out, there's enough here to make you gasp and jump (along with some truly nasty surprises) to entice you on board for this latest chapter. If all tie-ins to event comics were this strong, we'd be that much richer for it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.3
|
Flashpoint: Emperor Aquaman | 3 issues |
6
|
Flashpoint: Emperor Aquaman #1
Jun 9, 2011 |
I'm going to head out on a limb and say that "Flashpoint: Emperor Aquaman" isn't the template for the upcoming "Aquaman" series by Geoff Johns and Ivan Reis, but that's all right. The important thing here is that it's a reminder to readers that Aquaman can be quite dangerous, and that his powers aren't a joke. Oh, and if he wanted, he could wipe out part of the globe very easily. This Aquaman might not be your friend, but as a bad guy he's entertaining reading. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Flashpoint: Emperor Aquaman #2
Jul 14, 2011 |
"Flashpoint: Emperor Aquaman" ultimately stands out because it's telling a story that keeps getting hinted at elsewhere, and which feels slightly more interesting than that other book's main story. I suspect, like so much of "Flashpoint," it will be primarily forgotten come September. But for now, it's a pleasant read. That's enough to have me stick around to the conclusion. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Flashpoint: Emperor Aquaman #3
Aug 10, 2011 |
The book ends on a particularly sour note, though, with a slightly ham-handed "if only this timeline had gone differently" piece of narration. I understand that Tony Bedard is trying to tie this into the whole idea of the timeline gone wrong (and I appreciate that he's making an effort that few people have tried), but it feels overwrought and intrusive in those final pages. It's a bad final taste (and image) to close out the mini-series, and it in some ways sums up the vast majority of the "Flashpoint" experience. It was the road paved with good intentions, but ultimately it took us to a less than enjoyable destination. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.5
|
Flashpoint: Frankenstein and the Creatures of the Unknown | 2 issues |
7
|
Flashpoint: Frankenstein and the Creatures of the Unknown #1
Jun 9, 2011 |
It helps that Pete Pantazis brings a soft glow to the colors of the comic, letting Roberson's soft-edged art shine. From the green hue of his skin to the blue sheen up in the mountains, it results in a memorable looking comic. Hopefully the remaining two issues will pick up the pace a bit in plot, and maybe also give us a bit more of a hint as to what we should expect from the upcoming "Frankenstein, Agent of SHADE" series this fall. But for now, this is an entertaining start to the mini-series. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Flashpoint: Frankenstein and the Creatures of the Unknown #2
Jul 15, 2011 |
"Flashpoint: Frankenstein and the Creatures of the Unknown" is ultimately a book that you need to temper your expectations towards. It's not any crucial piece of "Flashpoint," and right now it looks to not really be that much of a lead-in to "Frankenstein, Agent of S.H.A.D.E." It's not a bad book, but I suspect at the end of the day it's going to prove to be forgettable. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
1.0
|
Flashpoint: Green Arrow Industries | 1 issues |
1
|
Flashpoint: Green Arrow Industries #1
Jun 30, 2011 |
Ultimately, there's nothing original or of note here. "Flashpoint" has turned out some fun mini-series and one-shots so far, but "Flashpoint: Green Arrow Industries" is not one of them. This is, in many ways, a new definition of a pointless comic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Flashpoint: Hal Jordan | 2 issues |
6
|
Flashpoint: Hal Jordan #1
Jun 30, 2011 |
"Flashpoint: Hal Jordan" is just an all-right opening in terms of script (although hopefully, like so many of the "Flashpoint" mini-series, now that the set-up is over with we'll see a bit more pep in the remaining issues) but those pages from Oliver are top-notch. Come if you like the character, perhaps, but stay for the way in which he's drawn. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Flashpoint: Hal Jordan #2
Jul 27, 2011 |
Ultimately, "Flashpoint: Hal Jordan" is rapidly falling into the realm of several of the "Flashpoint" mini-series, where it's hard to see why exactly this is being published. Maybe Hal's mission in the final issue will connect with "Flashpoint" itself, but even then I'm not sure we are going to have needed this much back story over how a pilot with a weapon was chosen to lead an attack. With Oliver gone, there's no longer anything driving me to see how this ends. In a serial format, boring can unfortunately be a larger crime than bad. There's nothing particularly wrong here, but there's nothing to keep reader interest going either. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Flashpoint: Kid Flash Lost | 2 issues |
7
|
Flashpoint: Kid Flash Lost #1
Jun 22, 2011 |
Will "Flashpoint: Kid Flash Lost" have anything to do with how "Flashpoint" will conclude? If I was a wagering man (fortunately I'm not) I'd bet no. Does it enrich the overall story for those who are fans of "Flash," though? That it does, and ultimately that's about all you can hope for with a tie-in. For this mini-series, I'm good with that. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Flashpoint: Kid Flash Lost #2
Jul 27, 2011 |
"Flashpoint: Kid Flash Lost" isn't a must-read, but it's an enjoyable read. I wish that didn't make it stand out among most of the "Flashpoint" tie-ins, but Gates and Nome are doing a good job here. In a sea of rapidly diminishing returns, it's nice to see this pair bucking that trend. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Flashpoint: Legion of Doom | 1 issues |
3
|
Flashpoint: Legion of Doom #1
Jun 17, 2011 |
"Flashpoint: Legion of Doom" #1 is ultimately a not-impressive start to the mini-series. We've had much better ones already, and if anything this makes me less enthused for Glass's upcoming "Suicide Squad" in September. Maybe the remaining two parts will pick up the quality, but overall it's a rocky first issue. With some minor fixes this could have been much better. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Flashpoint: Lois Lane and the Resistance | 1 issues |
3
|
Flashpoint: Lois Lane and the Resistance #1
Jun 22, 2011 |
When the main "Flashpoint" series told the readers that Lois Lane was undercover in New Themyscira, I think everyone had a fairly exciting story immediately spring to mind. What we're getting is a comic that spends more depth on a fashion show in Paris than what life in New Themyscira is like, let alone the danger and excitement of being a spy. I'm normally a big fan of Dan Abnett and Andy Lanning, but this is a big disappointment. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Flashpoint: Project Superman | 2 issues |
8
|
Flashpoint: Project Superman #1
Jun 29, 2011 |
"Flashpoint: Project Superman" #1 is one of the strongest "Flashpoint" comics to date, and while I already knew that I loved comics by Ha and Snyder, it's given me a new name to keep an eye out for, namely Francis. If the other two issues live up to the promise of this first one, I'll be quite pleased indeed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Flashpoint: Project Superman #3
Aug 25, 2011 |
"Flashpoint: Project Superman" is definitely a comic from which you'll get your money's worth. Francis, Snyder, and Ha have created a curious little bubble of world within the greater "Flashpoint" universe. It ties into other titles, but at the same time works well on its own. While "Flashpoint: Knight of Vengeance" may have been the top-ranking "Flashpoint" story these past few months, "Flashpoint: Project Superman" is my vote for an easy second place. Nicely done from all parties involved. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Flashpoint: Reverse-Flash | 1 issues |
6
|
Flashpoint: Reverse-Flash #1
Jun 22, 2011 |
It's this nugget that is clearly the most interesting part of "Flashpoint: Reverse-Flash." Maybe it will turn out to be nothing, but it's certainly a more pleasant conclusion to walk away with, rather than an image of the Reverse-Flash about to kill Barry Allen's mother. (Of course, "Flashpoint" has that moment now undone, but that's neither here nor there.) And, if nothing else, it's nice to have a potential big hint buried in one of the tie-in comics. Makes you wonder what else is waiting to be uncovered in the various mini-series, right? Happy hunting... |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
1.0
|
Flashpoint: Secret Seven | 1 issues |
1
|
Flashpoint: Secret Seven #2
Jul 7, 2011 |
This is a book I expected a lot from, but with each issue the disappointment has grown. It's rare I'll say this about a comic with only one issue to go, but I won't be back to find out if it can sink any lower. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Flashpoint: The Outsider | 1 issues |
6
|
Flashpoint: The Outsider #2
Jul 20, 2011 |
"Flashpoint: The Outsider" is in many ways a solid middle of the road comic. It's not hitting any highs, but not sinking to any lows, either. And with there currently being no real hook on the comic's existence? Well, it makes me think that unless Desai shows up again down the road, "Flashpoint: The Outsider" will be quickly forgotten. Not because of a lack of quality, but rather the lack of something to make it stand out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Flashpoint: Wonder Woman And The Furies | 1 issues |
4
|
Flashpoint: Wonder Woman And The Furies #2
Jul 20, 2011 |
Agustin Padilla's pencils are fine, here; they remind me a lot of early comics from J. Calafiore. I like the way he mixes older and newer popular styles together (a little bit of manga, a little bit of classic comic artists) to provide a clean, angular look. (The panel where Aquaman says, "I do not want this war," in particular, strikes me as a good portrait of the character.) It's easy to follow and pleasant; I'd certainly welcome him on other comics down the line. But hopefully? Something with a little more zing to it. We've had good comics from Abnett and Lanning in the past, but this is one of their less memorable efforts. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Forever Evil: Rogues Rebellion | 1 issues |
4
|
Forever Evil: Rogues Rebellion #3
Dec 20, 2013 |
"Forever Evil: Rogue's Rebellion" #3 ultimately feels forgettable. It's not bad but it's not anything special, either. In the end, "Forever Evil: Rogue's Rebellion" feels like it's headed into the realm of generic comic event tie-in. Sadly, it'll have a lot of company. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Fractured Fables | 1 issues |
5
|
Fractured Fables #1
May 2, 2010 |
If the entire "Fractured Fables" free comic was at the level of "Red Riding Hood" and "The Real Princess" I'd have been thrilled. Both of those stories stand out and make you want to read more. I'm not convinced, though, that the entire book will be that good based on the other stories chosen to be representative of the final product. There's certainly a strong lineup of talent advertised at the end for the book, and I hope it all comes together. But based on just this Free Comic Book Day offering, I can't see myself rushing back to the story to buy a copy of the book when it comes out. For this, I think I'll wait for word of mouth to let me know how the final product is. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Fraggle Rock / Mouse Guard | 1 issues |
7
|
Fraggle Rock / Mouse Guard #1
May 5, 2010 |
Archaia's flip book is a nice way to spotlight two of their series; with "Fraggle Rock" #1 also already on sale, plus a healthy back stock of "Mouse Guard" collections, there's enough to make new readers want to see more. Heck, I'm interested in "Fraggle Rock" for the first time in decades, so I'd say for that alone it's a strong mission accomplished. The first taste here is free, but you'll almost certainly want to buy more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Franklin Richards | 2 issues |
7
|
Franklin Richards: April Fools! #1
Apr 1, 2009 |
Marvel's "Franklin Richards" one-shots continue to be a lot of fun, that kind of comic that really does have an appeal for all-ages. I'm just glad Marvel keeps publishing them, because they're just the right thing to life your spirits on a low day, and that's no fooling. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Franklin Richards: Summer Smackdown! #1
Aug 18, 2008 |
I must say, I enjoyed "Franklin Richards: Summer Smackdown!" so much that later this week I'm already planning on buying the two digests that collect the first eight one-shots. This is a fun, fun, fun comic. Highly recommended. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Frenemy of the State | 1 issues |
6
|
Frenemy of the State #1
May 12, 2010 |
"Frenemy of the State" #1 is a solid debut, but it hasn't hit the level of great yet. With more action and less exposition, things should perk up, and there are some tweaks that still need to be made to the art. So long as Jones, Weir, and DeFilippis continue to keep up the clash between spies and socialites, though, I suspect I'll be entertained. Bring on the snobbery and secrets! |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Furious | 2 issues |
8
|
Furious #2
Feb 26, 2014 |
"Furious" #1 was off to a good start, but with "Furious" #2 I feel like this series has clicked fully into place. Glass and Santos' creation is very much a superhero for our time. Mixing our obsession over media figures with a smart application of superpowers, "Furious" #2 is confidently moving forward. "Furious" may only be a mini-series, but at the rate it's going, I'm finding myself hoping for more before long. Good stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Furious #4
May 2, 2014 |
"Furious" at this point has been a strong, critical success; hopefully the sales are following suit, too. I can see the potential for a lot more "Furious" comics down the line from Glass and Santos, and with any luck we'll get them before long. If you haven't gotten around to trying this mini-series yet, I'd recommend scooping them all up. It's worth it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Future Imperfect (2015) | 1 issues |
7
|
Future Imperfect (2015) #1
Jun 5, 2015 |
"Future Imperfect" #1 succeeds because the script is tight and the setup is one that actually bears a revisit. No one writes the Hulk quite like David, and his rendition of an evil future Hulk is one of his most lasting contributions to the mythos. I'll definitely be back for issue #2. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Future Quest | 1 issues |
8
|
Future Quest #1
May 17, 2016 |
"Future Quest" #1 is a strong comic that will entertain new and old Hanna-Barbera fans alike. It's fun, it has a strong sense of adventure, it moves quickly and it looks great, which is exactly what a first issue should do to make sure readers return for more. Parker, Shaner and Rude hit the ground running with a comic that will hopefully get the large readership it deserves. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
10
|
Ganges | 1 issues |
10
|
Ganges #2
Apr 23, 2008 |
In the end, "Ganges" #2 is easily one of my favorite comics to show up this year, and I'd wager it will be on a best-of-the-year list for me at the end of 2008. For someone who doesn't play first-person shooters, it actually made me want to do just that. Now that's a comic that is perfectly crafted. Released on my birthday this year, "Ganges" #2 really felt like a special present just for me. Of course, I suspect you'll like it just as much, too. Highly recommended. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Generation Hope | 2 issues |
8
|
Generation Hope #3
Jan 6, 2011 |
It's rare to see a comic of brand new characters come together so quickly, and refreshing that it has. I'm already looking forward to "Generation Hope" #4, and you can't ask for much more than that. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Generation Hope #5
Mar 17, 2011 |
"Generation Hope" is in many ways trying to turn itself into the new "New Mutants" (in more ways than one), and I'd like to see it succeed. The characters are all still getting fleshed out, but Gillen makes sure that we still learn more about them each month. It's an intriguing cast, and we're getting little hints and teases for stories to come as well. I'm definitely on board for much more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.3
|
Ghost | 3 issues |
8
|
Ghost #1
Oct 25, 2012 |
"Ghost" #1 is not only a strong first issue, I think it's actually much stronger than the original series that inspired it. DeConnick and Noto are quickly building towards something big, and I for one am dying to see the next installment. Revivals of old concepts seems to be the current rage, and it makes me wish that all of them were as good as this one. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Ghost #3
Jan 14, 2013 |
"Ghost" is a fun revamp of an iconic character; if you're going to bring back an old character, this is the way to do it. DeConnick and Noto have delivered us a comic you'll want to read more than once. I'm already looking forward to next month's conclusion, and hopefully we'll get news on another "Ghost" miniseries by DeConnick and Noto being sooner rather than later. So long as they're on board, so am I. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Ghost #4
Mar 15, 2013 |
I would have laughed at you a couple years ago if you told me that a revamp of "Ghost" would end up being a comic I was eagerly looking forward to month after month. It just goes to show that a strong creative team is ultimately what's important, not the character that they've decided to tackle. DeConnick and Noto have created a fun "Ghost" story, and it's made me eager for more. Good job, everyone involved. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.5
|
Ghost (2013) | 2 issues |
7
|
Ghost (2013) #2
Mar 14, 2014 |
The creative teams for "Ghost" might be doing a bit of a shuffle, but you'd never know it if all you had to go on was just "Ghost" #2, and as a reader I appreciate that. DeConnick, Sebela, Sook and Johnson all do a fine job here, and I'm still firmly on board for what's still to come. Hopefully once things have calmed down, the book will be back on a more regular schedule. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Ghost (2013) #5
Jun 27, 2014 |
I expected a lot more from "Ghost" #5, and maybe that's part of the problem. Looking at the creative team, this feels like it should have been a home run. Instead, to extend the baseball metaphor, we got a bunt that barely got the runner onto first base. Hopefully things will pick up, soon. I want Sebela and Duursema to bring a little more energy in "Ghost" #6; they're capable of something much more fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Ghost Projekt | 1 issues |
7
|
Ghost Projekt #2
May 5, 2010 |
"Ghost Projekt" #2 is an improvement over #1, and hopefully each of the remaining issues will continue to build in that way. I hate to say that you could buy a book just for the art, although Rolston really is that good. Fortunately, Harris's story seems to be rising to try and meet that same level of quality. It's a promising turn of events. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Glory | 2 issues |
7
|
Glory #28
Jul 23, 2012 |
The only real complaint I have about "Glory" #28 is that it's not a great place to sample the series for the first time, as it's right smack in the middle of a big storyline that's been moving ever since Keatinge and Campbell first re-launched the title. If you don't mind jumping into the middle, though, do take a look. This book (along with "Prophet") has turned out to be far more entertaining than I think anyone could have imagined. It's big and crazy, but equally capable of quiet and intimate moments. Good stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Glory #31
Jan 7, 2013 |
I appreciate that "Glory" #31 could reveal that a dead character was in fact alive and it's not only the least central thing about the book, but the revelation feels rather normal instead of any sort of cheat. That's part of what's so much fun about this comic; anything can happen, and it often does. Keatinge and Campbell have done a great job of turning this comic into something special, and I know I won't be the only one to miss it when it's gone. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Goldie Vance | 1 issues |
7
|
Goldie Vance #3
Jun 13, 2016 |
"Goldie Vance" has been a charming new addition to store shelves, and this issue is no exception. So long as Larson and Williams want to keep telling stories about Goldie Vance, I'll keep reading them. Thanks to a fun protagonist, attractive art and clever storylines, you don't have to be a detective to know you should buy "Goldie Vance." |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.6
|
Gotham Academy (2014) | 7 issues |
8
|
Gotham Academy (2014) #3
Dec 3, 2014 |
"Gotham Academy" #3 is now three for three in terms of strong issues; this series is so fun and inventive that it's hard to not love it. If you haven't picked up "Gotham Academy" yet, this is as good a place as any to begin. Just understand that you'll be buying issues #1-2 almost immediately after. Cloonan, Fletcher and Kerschl understand how to make good -- no, great comics. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Gotham Academy (2014) #5
Feb 26, 2015 |
I'm delighted that "Gotham Academy" will continue post-"Convergence," because it really is a great series that deserves time to build an audience. If you haven't checked the series out, you're in luck: this issue may be in the middle of a storyline, but Cloonan, Fletcher and Kerschl continue to keep the comic new-reader-friendly. This is the sort of strong, inventive, fun series that the big publishers should be backing. "Gotham Academy" #5 hits all of those buttons. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Gotham Academy (2014) #8
Jul 8, 2015 |
"Gotham Academy" #8 is a strong issue in a typically strong series; Cloonan, Fletcher and Kerschl should be proud of what they've created here. There's a lot going on here, and it's the kind of comic that deserves a huge audience. This book is so much fun, I want to read it for years to come. You will want to as well as soon as you pick up an issue, too. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Gotham Academy (2014) #11
Oct 26, 2015 |
"Gotham Academy" #11 is another fun issue in a solid series. With the cliffhanger setting up next month's issue, it looks like we're going to see even more of this family-by-choice drawing in to protect one another. That's a big plus, and one of the strengths of "Gotham Academy." All in all, an enjoyable read that makes you want to come back for more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Gotham Academy (2014) #12
Dec 7, 2015 |
"Gotham Academy" #12 is another critical success for the book. With next week's issue crossing over with "Robin War," hopefully it will shine some additional attention on this title, which just keeps hitting the mark month after month. This is the sort of title that all superhero publishers should be giving us; it's smart, it uses the mythology of the company and it goes in new places while engaging new characters. This is, again, a winner. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Gotham Academy (2014) #13
Dec 10, 2015 |
With Maps' past connection to Red Robin, "Gotham Academy" #13 made perfect sense to be a tangential tie-in to "Robin War." The initial anger and then attraction Maps shows towards Riko is fun, and the final page sets up some great potential for Maps in the issues to come. "Gotham Academy" fans shouldn't be scared off by the "Robin War," and "Robin War" readers shouldn't be afraid to look at "Gotham Academy." It's a win-win situation. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Gotham Academy (2014) #16
Mar 14, 2016 |
"Gotham Academy" #16 -- and all of the "Yearbook" storyline so far -- could have felt like a lot of filler. While I'm eager for the main storylines to pick back up this fall, this is a nice, inviting way to pass the time until then. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Gotham Academy (2014) One Shot | 1 issues |
7
|
Gotham Academy (2014): Endgame #1
Apr 2, 2015 |
If there had to be a "Batman" tie-in within "Gotham Academy," this was definitely the way to handle it. These are characters who had no logical reason to tangle with the Jokerized citizens of Gotham, and having them on lockdown provided an interesting opportunity for Clooney and Fletcher. What could have been another ho-hum ghost story comic turned into something much more interesting. Add in some good art, and the end result is a comic I'd definitely recommend. This is the proverbial making lemonade out of lemons, and Cloonan, Fletcher, Jeff Stokely, Chang, Ang and Brosgol should be proud of the end result. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.7
|
Gotham By Midnight | 3 issues |
9
|
Gotham By Midnight #1
Nov 26, 2014 |
"Gotham by Midnight" #1 is another strong new series for the Batman family of titles, and it's great to see the line continue to reinvent itself so well. The Corrigan-and-Batwing storyline in "Batman Eternal" was a lot of fun, and getting something along that same vein as an ongoing series is a real treat. Fans of moody, dark comics will eat this book up. Highly recommended. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Gotham By Midnight #3
Jan 28, 2015 |
"Gotham by Midnight" is now three-for-three and, by this point, I feel like it should be locking in its readership. With a big story slowly building amidst small, creepy tales, Fawkes and Templesmith's structure is working out quite well. If you haven't picked up "Gotham by Midnight" yourself just yet, this is a great a place as any to begin. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Gotham By Midnight #6
Jun 29, 2015 |
"Gotham By Midnight" #6 still features the mysterious black flowers from the first story arc, and it's nice to see that particular element sticking around. Hopefully, in time, the creepy factor can build back up in this series; it was offbeat and different enough from what was already being published that it stood out in a good way. For now, this is an all right return for the series, but it's not impressing at the level that it used to. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Gotham By Midnight Annual | 1 issues |
5
|
Gotham By Midnight Annual #1
Jul 29, 2015 |
"Gotham by Midnight Annual" #1 feels like a half-finished comic. The conclusion goes back to the same well as several previous issues, which is disappointing in part because it would have been a much more satisfying conclusion if Fawkes and Duce had shown us something involving Drake and Corrigan outwitting the Gentleman Ghost. Instead, the conclusion seems to happen in spite of the duo, rather than because of them. Hopefully, this series can find its way forward again soon, because it started so much stronger than this utterly average version we're getting now. If there's some sort of spell or charm in Precinct 13's arsenal, now is the time to use it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Gotham City Sirens | 2 issues |
3
|
Gotham City Sirens #1
Jun 25, 2009 |
"Gotham City Sirens" should be the hot new book at DC, but this first issue is almost instantly forgettable. Hopefully future issues will have some pep to them. I want to like this book, but I feel like no one involved is giving it their all. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Gotham City Sirens #10
Apr 2, 2010 |
I'm half-tempted to start picking up "Gotham City Sirens" on a regular basis again, but now that I know my issue with the book was down to March, it's a little hard to muster up a lot of enthusiasm. Dini's scripts deserve a strong artist, like he has over in "Batman: Streets of Gotham." Still, it might be worth giving March another try as well. Until then, though, I'll certainly keep an eye open for any additional guest artists to come visit the lovely ladies of Gotham. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.7
|
Grayson | 3 issues |
5
|
Grayson #6
Jan 19, 2015 |
I like the ideas behind "Grayson" #6 and the series as a whole, but it still feels very disjointed and not quite there. Whatever big ideas are in the writers' heads, it never comes out as smoothly. I'll keep reading because there's always something in each issue that clicks together perfectly but, at the same time, it's hard to keep from hoping that the entire comic could do so as well. Fingers crossed, it'll get there before too much longer. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Grayson #10
Jul 24, 2015 |
"Grayson" #10 is a fun issue in a book that's now two-for-two, post-"Convergence." The book has both kicked itself into high gear and quickly become a must-read. Seeley, King, Janin and Cox are delivering the goods big-time here. If you haven't been reading the series, the current storyline only kicked off in "Grayson" #9, so now's the perfect time to start reading. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Grayson #12
Sep 25, 2015 |
"Grayson" #12 is a fun comic, but it's the final page that has the greatest impact as he faces off Agent Zero. "Grayson" #12 ultimately reminds us what a good job this book has done in forging its own identity and how this really isn't yet another "Nightwing" comic with a different title. I'm glad this dangling plot nub has been dealt with, and that King, Seeley and Janin can get back to pushing ahead with their own storylines once more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Great Pacific | 1 issues |
7
|
Great Pacific #2
Dec 5, 2012 |
If you haven't read "Great Pacific" #1 (which has sold out at the distributor level although a second print is also hitting stores), I'd say to just start with "Great Pacific" #2 to get a better idea of what the series will hopefully be like. It's sold me on the series much more than the actual debut; I understand why they went the way they did but this is none the less a much better comic. Based on "Great Pacific" #2, I'd say to check this series out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.8
|
Green Arrow (2011) | 8 issues |
8
|
Green Arrow (2011) #23.1
Sep 5, 2013 |
"Green Arrow" #23.1 is a huge success, and at the end of the day I feel like it's a template for future event tie-in books to follow. Lemire and Sorrentino have kept their book's narrative moving forward, while still providing a story that stands alone on its own right for new readers. Of course, they achieve both of those points while entertaining and engaging their audience. Once you read "Green Arrow" #23.1, just understand that you'll need to read all the other issues by Lemire and Sorrentino, too. Well done. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Green Arrow (2011) #24
Oct 4, 2013 |
If you haven't been reading "Green Arrow," this issue is a perfect example of the inventiveness that's on display here. Take a look, but then be prepared to buy the back issues. This is a creative team who honestly should have been on the book since day one, but they've made up for lost time quite admirably. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Green Arrow (2011) #26
Dec 5, 2013 |
If you aren't reading "Green Arrow," especially if you gave up one of the three different creative teams beforehand... well, I understand if you feel a little burnt. But trust me, Lemire and Sorrentino are doing amazing work on "Green Arrow" now, and this is as good a place as any to find out for yourself. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Green Arrow (2011) #27
Jan 10, 2014 |
"Green Arrow" #27 is another example of why more and more people should be buying Lemire and Sorrentino's run on the title. This is the sort of comic where sales should be going up every month, as more and more readers discover how great it is. If you aren't reading "Green Arrow" yet, trust me, give it a try. It is fantastic and then some. "Green Arrow" #27 a near-perfect comic from Lemire and Sorrentino. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Green Arrow (2011) #29
Mar 7, 2014 |
With a suitably dramatic cliffhanger as a hero falls in a fairly definitive manner, the question now is... what next? I have no idea, other than I trust Lemire and Sorrentino to make the follow-through fun and enjoyable. If you aren't reading "Green Arrow," seriously, you need to start. This book is too good for you to ignore. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Green Arrow (2011) #32
Jun 9, 2014 |
"Green Arrow" #32 is, once again, a huge success -- and that's even factoring in the new Green Arrow's debut, or the return of Diggle to the forefront in the comic. Lemire and Sorrentino have been on this title since "Green Arrow" #17 and they're not just my favorite creative team on the book -- Lemire and Sorrentino's work on "Green Arrow" is one for the history books. Their collaboration here simply cannot be missed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Green Arrow (2011) #33
Jul 7, 2014 |
"Green Arrow" #33 is fun, and I'm sad to see Lemire and Sorrentino go. I'm keeping an open mind for the new creative team and I hope that they do well. But the pair that's on the book right now has been doing something special. If DC decided to release a hardcover omnibus of their entire run on the title together, I know I'd buy it. I doubt I'd be alone. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Green Arrow (2011) #36
Nov 7, 2014 |
In the end, it's hard to dip back to middle of the road when you've had such an amazing lead-in. I understand why this creative team sounded good to editorial -- Kreisberg and Solokowski work on "Arrow" after all, and Sampere and Glapion draw very much a house style of safe looking art -- but even with a hit television show, a comic needs to be more of a draw than being all right. This can't just be "Arrow"-lite, it needs to give readers something particularly exciting or attention-grabbing to make them want to read more. After two issues, I don't see that on the horizon just yet. So far, "Green Arrow" is slipping into the realm of forgettable comic books, and that can prove to be a sales disaster over time. Here's hoping something exciting happens soon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Green Arrow (2011) One Shot | 1 issues |
6
|
Green Arrow (2011): Futures End #1
Sep 5, 2014 |
"Green Arrow: Futures End" #1 makes me happy to get a little more Sorrentino art, and it also makes me wish that he and Lemire were going to be on the main series for some time to come. This is an issue that will ultimately please those who are already reading "New 52: Futures End" though, not for casual readers. Not bad, but also not up to par with everything else these creators did with Ollie Queen. In the end, an average quality book from a normally above-average duo. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Green Arrow (2016) | 1 issues |
8
|
Green Arrow (2016) #1
Jun 15, 2016 |
"Green Arrow" #1 takes the basic ideas in "Green Arrow: Rebirth" #1 and uses them as a foundation for a strong first issue. This is what I was hoping to see in a "Green Arrow" series and I'm all on board for what happens next. More importantly, I'm glad this book releases twice a month now, so I don't have to wait quite so long to find out what happens. This new "Green Arrow" series is a keeper. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.1
|
Green Lantern (2005) | 10 issues |
7
|
Green Lantern (2005) #37
Jan 25, 2009 |
"Green Lantern" #37 is going to be an immensely satisfying comic for anyone who's reading the title. And for a new reader, well, there's enough going on here that I wouldn't be at all surprised to see them drawn back for more as well as the build-up to "The Blackest Night" continues. Only two more colors to go... |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Green Lantern (2005) #42
Jun 24, 2009 |
With the Red and Yellow Lantern powers running around in "Green Lantern Corps," and Orange and Blue and Violet here, well, is it any small surprise that "Blackest Night" is almost here? This is a fun way to lead into an "event" book, and it feels much more natural than a lot of other prequel attempts we've seen over the past few years. Here's to the dead returning! |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Green Lantern (2005) #47
Oct 28, 2009 |
It's been a delight to see "Green Lantern" have the space to help expand what even eight full issues of "Blackest Night" doesn't have time for. Normally I'd be complaining that characters like John Stewart are only getting one page of forward movement, but looking at Mahnke's pencils here, it's such a wonderfully creepy moment that I'm all right with that. When "Blackest Night" is collected, I hope they release a volume of all of the connected "Green Lantern" issues at the same time. Really, this is required reading; not only because it's showing what the rest of the characters are up to, but because it's an excellent story in its own right. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Green Lantern (2005) #53
Apr 21, 2010 |
Hopefully next month will see a stronger focus on keeping "Green Lantern" about "Green Lantern" and not all of the various spin-off titles. Still, even with that big mark against it, there's entertainment to be had here, and I certainly got a kick out of it all. While "Blackest Night" was fun in places, it's nice to see the dead staying buried in the pages of "Green Lantern" now. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Green Lantern (2005) #57
Sep 9, 2010 |
The part of the new "Green Lantern" I liked the most? Some of the emotional beats between Carol and Hal. It's been an on-again, off-again relationship for ages, but Johns is fleshing out their past, present, and future here in a satisfying way. I'm definitely interested in that more than I am about the bad guy hunting down the emotional entities. At the end of the day, this is a fun issue, but I think the parts I'm going to remember are the quieter moments of storytelling. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Green Lantern (2005) #58
Oct 13, 2010 |
"Green Lantern" might be a little slow right now as the story about the Lantern entities continues to gear up, but it's still proving to be entertaining. I don't mind a slow burn so long as each issue as a sequence as good as the one involving Adara. I'm definitely getting my money's worth here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Green Lantern (2005) #59
Nov 21, 2010 |
"Green Lantern" #59 isn't by any stretch of the imagination a bad comic, but it is unfortunately an uneven one. There's a lot of good ideas in here, and some parts that will definitely be on the minds of readers until the next issue. But with such an erratic pace, it makes me wish that those issues had been smoothed out first. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Green Lantern (2005) #63
Mar 2, 2011 |
It's unfortunate that "War of the Green Lanterns" doesn't have a stronger first chapter; in the past "Green Lantern" has given us stronger openings to the big storylines, and with the "Green Lantern" movie out this year a lot of attention will be on this title. Out of the gate, it's a less-than-graceful first step. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Green Lantern (2005) #64
Mar 23, 2011 |
The one downside to this first chapter of "War of the Green Lanterns" is the strong insinuation that we're heading towards a partial reset of the property. Hal Jordan sans Guardians and a yellow impurity might not be the end result of this story, but even the hint that it's heading that way is disappointing. The past couple of years of "Green Lantern" have explored new ground, characters, and concepts; hopefully this is just a tease from Johns and he's not able to revert the title to a much older status quo. For now, though, it's a strong enough chapter on its own that I'll stick around to see just what Johns and company really have in store for us. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Green Lantern (2005) #65
Apr 20, 2011 |
I'm not sure where "War of the Green Lanterns" went wrong. Since it affects the stars of the other two Green Lantern comics, I can understand it crossing over with them. But with six parts, more should have been accomplished by the two-thirds mark. This feels like slow, unambitious plotting that serves to fill pages rather than tell a fast-paced story, and that's a genuine shame. "Green Lantern" fans by now have grown to expect more from this comic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.3
|
Green Lantern (2011) | 11 issues |
7
|
Green Lantern (2011) #1
Apr 11, 2012 |
"Green Lantern" has had its peaks and valleys as of late, but it feels like "The Secret of the Indigo Tribe" is bringing the title back to its strength again. The lead-up to "Blackest Night" was full of mysteries being revealed to the reader, and it was fun to watch scraps of information come together. That's what we're seeing here, and it's a good thing. More like this, please. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Green Lantern (2011) #2
Oct 12, 2011 |
I enjoyed the first issue of the new "Green Lantern" series last month, but this issue already feels like Johns and Mahnke are stalling. What they're waiting for, your guess is as good as mine. But for whatever reason, this came across as not up to their normal standards. Hopefully the cliffhanger for next month's installment is correctly promising a little more energy in the comic, because this feels slow as molasses. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Green Lantern (2011) #4
Dec 17, 2011 |
Too much of "Green Lantern" #4 is filled up with ideas that don't work (both inside the story as well as creatively), and while the art is great and the overall plot is interesting, the execution is still a little lacking. "Green Lantern" used to be one of my favorite titles at DC, but right now it feels like it's hoping to hang onto readers through inertia. For this reader, at least, that inertia is dropping off, fast. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Green Lantern (2011) #8
Apr 11, 2012 |
"Green Lantern" has had its peaks and valleys as of late, but it feels like "The Secret of the Indigo Tribe" is bringing the title back to its strength again. The lead-up to "Blackest Night" was full of mysteries being revealed to the reader, and it was fun to watch scraps of information come together. That's what we're seeing here, and it's a good thing. More like this, please. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Green Lantern (2011) #14
Nov 12, 2012 |
"Green Lantern" used to be a must-read each month, but right now it feels like the book is starting to spin in circles. Sinestro becoming a Green Lantern again at least held some promise of a different route, but even that seems to have faded into the background. I want to love "Green Lantern" again, but for that to happen we need something new and soon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Green Lantern (2011) #16
Jan 23, 2013 |
"Green Lantern" #16 in some ways sums up the title as a whole, post-"New 52" restart. This is no longer essential reading, but it's still a pleasant enough comic. Maybe once things settle down we'll get a bit more punch to the comic as a whole. For now, it continues to hit the middle of the road; there isn't much to drag you in if you weren't already reading, but there's also nothing to push you away. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Green Lantern (2011) #23
Aug 7, 2013 |
Perhaps things will change once the next crossover (kicking off in October, after next month's detour into villain specials) winds down and Venditti and Tan can go in their own direction. For now, it's just not that exciting or alluring. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Green Lantern (2011) #23.1
Sep 5, 2013 |
"Green Lantern" #23.1 sets the stage for next month's "Lights Out" crossover, so it achieves its goal. I just wish that it could have done so in a slightly more dramatic, or even attention-grabbing way. Something with some actual interaction could have done the trick; this lecture just doesn't quite hit the mark. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Green Lantern (2011) #23.3
Sep 20, 2013 |
Add in some clever writing -- the way Black Hand takes down the police officer with glasses is truly inventive and thinking outside the box -- and you end up with a shockingly good comic. Soule is rapidly turning into DC Comics's new secret weapon, another reliable writer that's turning out strong comic after strong comic. In that trend, "Green Lantern" #23.3 is no exception. Even if you're also sick of Black Hand, this one's a winner. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Green Lantern (2011) #23.4
Sep 26, 2013 |
In the end, "Green Lantern" #23.4 tries hard but it's not quite there. There's a certain lethargic quality to the comic that's pervaded a lot of Villains Month, turning what could have been fun and exciting into a bit of a slog. And that's a real shame. These are creators from whom we've seen a lot better in the past, and I suspect will in the future, too; "Green Lantern" #23.4 just doesn't work. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Green Lantern (2011) #42
Jul 1, 2015 |
"Green Lantern" #42 is, ultimately, still an average series. At least for now, the new direction is little more than window dressing rather than really working with a new setup. Being no longer a member of the Green Lantern Corps might have had more of a punch to it if the Green Lantern Corps hadn't also been wiped out (at least for now). Add in that we have a much stronger space-faring comic with renegades on the run published the same week at DC Comics ("The Omega Men") and this really doesn't stand out. Fans of recent "Green Lantern" will probably stick around but, for now, there's nothing offered up that feels like a strong jumping-on point. The potential for something truly different is here but, for the moment, it's business as usual. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.3
|
Green Lantern Corps (2006) | 10 issues |
7
|
Green Lantern Corps (2006) #34
Mar 14, 2009 |
"Green Lantern Corps" has quietly become an entertaining and fun book, and I actually feel a little bad that I've been dismissing it these past few years. Don't get me wrong, Geoff Johns has done a lot to really punch up the profile of "Green Lantern" and he deserves all the accolades he's received, but Tomasi and company are doing a bang-up job here, too. If you're only reading "Green Lantern," you really are missing out on some fun here, too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Green Lantern Corps (2006) #36
May 17, 2009 |
In general, "Green Lantern Corps" moves at a fast clip. It has to in order to tackle three different stories this issue. Even as everything hits the fan, I never feel like it's actually rushed. Tomasi's proving himself to have a strong understanding on how to write serialized comics, and he's rapidly becoming a name to watch out for. Good stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Green Lantern Corps (2006) #40
Sep 10, 2009 |
"Green Lantern Corps" #40 might not be new-reader friendly, but it is a payoff to people who have read "Green Lantern Corps" for the past year or two. Considering that so many of the "Green Lantern Corps" stories have moved into the "Blackest Night" mini-series, though, it's a little apt that "Green Lantern Corps" gets to serve just itself for once. It's earned it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Green Lantern Corps (2006) #45
Feb 17, 2010 |
"Green Lantern Corps" is the sort of title that should have been a dud; a spin-off of a popular comic but using the protagonists who didn't get to be in the main title sounds like a recipe for disaster. It's nice to see creativity and fun brought to this side title just like the main comic. If all spin-offs were this consistently fun, it could only be a good thing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Green Lantern Corps (2006) #46
Mar 17, 2010 |
"Green Lantern Corps" #46 isn't a bad issue, but it feels a little muddled and unfocused. The tone shifts a bit too much for my taste, and the scenes involving the fridge seem grafted on and out of place. It's a strange misstep for a book that is normally so much better, but at least their misstep is still an average comic overall. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Green Lantern Corps (2006) #48
May 26, 2010 |
"Green Lantern Corps" #48 isn't a bad book, but it's slightly forgettable. Nothing jumps out as a particularly great or awful moment, positioning the book exactly in the middle of the road. In comparison to the previous creative team on the title, that's a shame because it was so much fun in their hands. Still, it's just Bedard and Syaf's first issue. I don't want to write them off immediately out of the gate (especially since Bedard's written some fun outer space super-hero books in the past), but so far there's little to make me dying to see what happens next. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Green Lantern Corps (2006) #50
Jul 28, 2010 |
The biggest surprise this month, though? It's probably that Bedard didn't artificially end his story just because this is issue #50. (A rarity in comics, these days.) I was a little unsure about Bedard taking over "Green Lantern Corps," at first, but I'm convinced by now that he's the right guy for the job. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Green Lantern Corps (2006) #52
Sep 22, 2010 |
At the end of the day, I think Bedard's proven that he was the right choice for "Green Lantern Corps." Outer space superhero stories seem to be his forte (especially with books like "Negation" and "R.E.B.E.L.S."), and he's bringing enough imagination and fun into the book here that I'll be back next month to see what else he's got in store for us. Peter J. Tomasi's run was a strong one, but Bedard definitely has the talent to follow him. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Green Lantern Corps (2006) #53
Oct 20, 2010 |
"Green Lantern Corps" fans should definitely be happy with Bedard at the helm of the ship now; it feels, story-wise, just like it did when Tomasi was still in charge. Some of the other titles in this corner of the DC Universe might be flailing around a bit, but "Green Lantern Corps" is holding steady and is still as entertaining as always. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Green Lantern Corps (2006) #56
Jan 20, 2011 |
Post-"Darkest Night" it's felt like the various Green Lantern titles have been trying to find a new direction, and slightly stalling for the next large storyline. Having your momentum start dropping two months before the next event seems like a bad business move. Why scare readers off when they're so close to your next hook? It may not be actively bad (and I'm thankful for that), but apathy can be just as dangerous. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Green Lantern Corps (2011) | 2 issues |
6
|
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #1
Sep 22, 2011 |
Perhaps because it's business-as-usual, "Green Lantern Corps" has one of the quieter openings from the re-launch titles to date. It doesn't have any huge impact moments, but it's not bad either. Just a quiet, middle-of-the-road title. I can't see this attracting new readers, but the existing fanbase will be pleased. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Green Lantern Corps (2011) #21
Jun 14, 2013 |
"Green Lantern Corps" #21 looks great, but so far the writing hasn't quite caught up to the art. Hopefully in time that'll change; with so many characters available, "Green Lantern Corps" is a title that has a ton of potential. For now, though, it could use a burst of urgency. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Green Lantern: Emerald Warriors | 3 issues |
4
|
Green Lantern: Emerald Warriors #3
Oct 13, 2010 |
Still, there is some small hope. Sodam Yat was a character that Tomasi had done a good job with in "Green Lantern Corps," and his return will hopefully give "Green Lantern: Emerald Warriors" a bit more of the boost it needs into something interesting. (Then again, I'd have thought the addition of a Red Lantern to the cast would have already done so.) Right now, though, it's not quite there. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Green Lantern: Emerald Warriors #5
Dec 16, 2010 |
Each month I hope that "Green Lantern: Emerald Warriors" can bring something new to the table that makes me want to keep reading, but apparently I wouldn't make a good Blue Lantern because that hope is fading fast. At the end of the day, this book is shaping into one that is merely unforgettable. With all the good comics Tomasi's written, that's a real shame. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Green Lantern: Emerald Warriors #9
May 1, 2011 |
"War of the Green Lanterns" continues to disappoint, a phrase I'd have found unthinkable a year ago. A strong third act could help matters, but all in all this is not the storyline that seems like a strong lead-up to the "Green Lantern" film this year. Wherever all of these books' energy has gone, someone needs to find it and quickly. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Green Lantern: The Lost Army | 2 issues |
6
|
Green Lantern: The Lost Army #2
Jul 20, 2015 |
"Green Lantern: The Lost Army" #2 drops down to an average comic book now that the mystery of where the team is located has already been solved. It's a shame, too; this originally came across as a way to do something with the Green Lantern characters that could go in completely different directions and really do its own thing. While Bunn and Saiz may very well tell some good stories with this particular setting, it's already somewhat trapped in "Green Lantern" lore. In appealing to one audience, it's less appealing to another. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Green Lantern: The Lost Army #4
Sep 18, 2015 |
"Green Lantern: The Lost Army" #4 does its best to start wrapping things up for its readership, although ironically the blunt method in which it does so may actually scare off some of those readers from sticking around for the conclusion. As said earlier, the majority of the problem is not Bunn's or Pina's, as they work with the hand they were dealt. Nonetheless, the result is underwhelming. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Green Lanterns: Rebirth | 1 issues |
6
|
Green Lanterns: Rebirth #1
Jun 1, 2016 |
Humphries is the only creator on this one-shot who will also work on the upcoming "Green Lanterns" series, so perhaps it's not the best representation of what we'll be seeing in a couple of weeks. Still, it's not a bad comic by any stretch of the imagination; it just doesn't quite have the excitement level that readers will expect from these various "Rebirth" one-shots. The core concept of Simon and Jessica being forced to work together is a good one, and hopefully that's enough to bring the audience back to see what happens next. In the end, though, this just isn't as fun as one would want "Green Lanterns: Rebirth" #1 to be. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Grendel vs. The Shadow (2014) | 1 issues |
8
|
Grendel vs. The Shadow (2014) #2
Oct 8, 2014 |
"Grendel vs. The Shadow" #2 is a real joy, another strong chapter in a mini-series where it just gets better and better with each new page. What might have sounded like a throw-away concept has turned out to be a must-read for Grendel or Shadow fans alike. Even knowing that by the end both characters will be separated and in their own times doesn't matter; it's the thrill of the hunt that is so fun, here. As nice as the first issue was, this one is better. I can't wait to see if that progression continues in next month's conclusion. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.7
|
Grifter | 3 issues |
5
|
Grifter #0
Sep 14, 2012 |
Where "Grifter" goes from here is anyone's best guess; Tieri was only scripting over Liefeld's plots, so presumably he (or another writer to be announced) could take the series in an entirely different direction. For now, though, it's a book where once you balance out the great art and the simplistic story, you end up with an average comic. On the bright side, it shouldn't inspire any ire. On the down side, average comics are also easily forgotten. Hopefully whatever happens next to "Grifter," it'll live up to the promise and potential of the series that we saw in those early issues. For now, though, it's not quite there. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Grifter #2
Oct 13, 2011 |
"Grifter" is a fun little thriller; it's not high art or deep thinking, but it's not trying to be. It is, however, entertaining and a good ride so far. If Edmondson and CAFU can keep up the adrenaline levels, that will do me just fine. I'm ready to hit the ground running for "Grifter" #3. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Grifter #4
Dec 17, 2011 |
"Grifter" isn't a bad book, but it's starting to feel like it's losing what made the first couple of issues special. Hopefully this is just a temporary misstep and we'll be back up to speed again next month. For the first issue penciled by Clark instead of CAFU, though, it's an unfortunate moment for Clark to come on board. We've had better. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Grindhouse: Drive In, Bleed Out | 1 issues |
8
|
Grindhouse: Drive In, Bleed Out #1
Nov 13, 2014 |
"Grindhouse: Drive In, Bleed Out" #1 is deliciously bonkers. It's just fun, pure and simple, and I can't think of a better homage to grindhouse. Since each story stands on its own, what better time than now to give it a whirl? De Campi and Guera have given us a great premiere; I can't wait for the second reel. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Guardians of Infinity | 1 issues |
4
|
Guardians of Infinity #1
Dec 7, 2015 |
Based solely on this first issue, "Guardians of Infinity" #1 feels as though Marvel is only trying to get the word "Guardians" on as many trade paperbacks as possible. Maybe things will pick up next month and give us something really memorable; right now, with the exception of the appearance of a new Guardians team from 1000 years in the past, there's nothing quite clicking here, and that's a shame. This should have been much more fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Guardians of the Galaxy (2008) | 5 issues |
4
|
Guardians of the Galaxy (2008) #13
Apr 26, 2009 |
Now, I suppose there is an assumption being made that people who buy "War of Kings" were already buying the outer-space books off in their own corner of the Marvel Universe, like "Guardians of the Galaxy," "Nova," and the various "Annihilation" mini-series. If so, it's a faulty one; I picked up "Guardians of the Galaxy" and "War of Kings" because of all of the good words I'd heard about the previous events. While "War of Kings" has held my interest so far, I hate to say that "Guardians of the Galaxy" completely lost me as a reader. If I come across a chance to read the earlier issues I might give it another shot, but for now I think I'm best just sticking with the core "War of Kings" mini-series and calling it a day. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Guardians of the Galaxy (2008) #20
Nov 29, 2009 |
"Guardians of the Galaxy" has a new status quo, and with any luck we'll see it stick around. And if not, well, it will be fun while it lasts. In terms of books with a depleted team, though, Abnett, Lanning, and Walker are doing a good job at making this one work. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Guardians of the Galaxy (2008) #22
Jan 28, 2010 |
"Guardians of the Galaxy" has been on a roll lately; it's nice to see the book settle down into a series of solid issues. Hopefully Abnett, Lanning, and Walker can keep this up. For a collection of misfit characters, there's a lot of entertainment to be had from them. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Guardians of the Galaxy (2008) #23
Feb 21, 2010 |
Over the past few months I've found myself pulled into the orbit of "Guardians of the Galaxy" and I can see why it's amassed such a loyal following. This is a fun book, through and through. If you haven't read it yet, now's a good place to start. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Guardians of the Galaxy (2008) #25
Apr 23, 2010 |
"Guardians of the Galaxy" has gone from a series that left me slightly bewildered to a favorite read each month, and I'm sad to see it going away for a while. Hopefully, after "The Thanos Imperative" there will still be some form of Guardians characters group running around the Marvel line. They're far too fun to let gather dust. If nothing else, they deserve a stronger send-off than this. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.7
|
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) | 3 issues |
3
|
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #9
Dec 5, 2013 |
"Guardians of the Galaxy" #9 is a big disappointment, and that's even before you realize it's supposed to connect to an event that wrapped up a week ago. Comics like this make me hope that Marvel and DC end their "let's tie anything possible into an event mini-series" policy (even though I know that for sales purposes, they never will); it's ultimately taken a comic where the creative team should give you hope, and instead dragged it down into mediocrity. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #10
Jan 6, 2014 |
"Guardians of the Galaxy" #10 is the sort of comic where you can just examine each page carefully and see all the time, work, and craft that went into every single moment. I'm glad we're getting more comics from Maguire, after his dismissal from "Justice League 3000" before it was even published. But hopefully, we'll see him on a book that has a little more energy in its story before long. This is, unfortunately, another slow slog. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Guardians of the Galaxy (2013) #12
Feb 26, 2014 |
I wish that "Guardians of the Galaxy" #12 and "The Trial of Jean Grey" as a whole was working a bit better. This issue doesn't even have the snappy one-liners that the previous chapter did (I loved Iceman admitting he was talking to Rocket Raccoon because it made him feel like a Disney Princess), so what spark there once was is now curiously vacant. With two chapters to go, I suppose things could turn around, but for now this is a crossover that is all image and no substance. Very pretty image, though. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Guarding the Globe (2010) | 1 issues |
4
|
Guarding the Globe (2010) #1
Aug 28, 2010 |
Hopefully the pace will pick up a bit in future issues of "Guarding the Globe," because the biggest problem with the first issue is how slowly it moves. We've barely met the cast (a lot of them are still yet to appear), and it doesn't feel like the story is going anywhere at all. Boredom is a fast way to lose readers in a comic, and I could already feel it trickling in after this initial installment. Here's to a bit more pep next time around. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Hansel & Gretel | 1 issues |
8
|
Hansel & Gretel #1
Oct 29, 2014 |
"Hansel & Gretel" is ultimately a big success, taking an odd project and making it work because of the sheer talent involved. Toon Books clearly agrees, offering up two different editions. The standard edition is a typical 7x10" hardcover, but there's also a deluxe hardcover clocking in at 9x12", a die-cut cover, and 4 bonus pages about the book. While it's more expensive, I'd recommend the deluxe edition; Mattotti's art looks good in the 7x10" dimensions, but it's breathtaking at the 9x12" expansion. This is a book where even after you've stopped reading Gaiman's text, you'll want to continue reliving Mattotti's illustrations every year -- especially right around Halloween. This is a dark corner of the world that's worth visiting. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Happy | 2 issues |
6
|
Happy #2
Oct 31, 2012 |
"Happy!" is an oddly paced mini-series. One would expect that we'd be a lot further into the story by now; considering we're now only getting the reveal on who the kidnapper is (even though we saw him last month), it feels a bit slow. Now that we've finally got Nick believing, plus us having seen the location of the victim, hopefully the remaining two issues will kick everything into high gear. It's still a nice read, but "Happy!" #2 felt a lot less compelling than that first attention-grabbing issue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Happy #4
Feb 21, 2013 |
With a stereotypical conclusion and a lackluster epilogue, "Happy!" #4 doesn't even end on a strong note once we've finally reached the conclusion. Morrison and Robertson's creator-owned project started out with a strong first chapter, but it's unfortunately fallen prey to the world of diminishing returns, ones that are even harder to ignore due to the production delays (this issue was supposed to ship two months ago, making the Christmas imagery feel a little out of place now). Robertson's contributions are ultimately the saving grace of "Happy!" and if you're a fan of his art, you'll be pleased. I love the idea of Morrison unleashing a horde of new creator-owned mini-series on the world, but future ones will need to be a bit more cohesive than this. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.7
|
Harbinger (2012) | 3 issues |
7
|
Harbinger (2012) #0
Feb 6, 2013 |
"Harbinger" #0 slots in perfectly to the ongoing narrative to date. It's another look into what makes Harada tick, and with his upcoming prominence in the months to come, it's a perfect time for that spotlight. It's also well in keeping with the overall tone of the series, and Dysart does so in a way that makes you almost not even mind the lack of Pete Stanchek and the rest of the cast. The original "Harbinger" #0 may have been a near impossibility to find, but I'm glad this "Harbinger" #0 is more widely available. "Harbinger" has shaped up into a dark, mean, nasty little series, and that's exactly the way I like it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Harbinger (2012) #7
Dec 19, 2012 |
"Harbinger" #7 feels designed to push buttons and make readers feel a little uncomfortable. Since that feels like exactly what Dysart was not only intending to do, but also appears to be part of a much larger picture that makes a point about the two main characters, I'm ultimately on board. I could use without this particular clich again anytime soon, but for now the purpose behind it makes me willing to let it slide. I'll be back next month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Harbinger (2012) #19
Dec 13, 2013 |
"Harbinger" #19 concludes a storyline that feels like it overstayed its welcome a great deal. It's a relief to see it come to a close, doubly so with the promise of what's to come. If the follow-through works, it could quickly push "Harbinger" back up to its earlier days of glory. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Harbinger Wars | 1 issues |
5
|
Harbinger Wars #1
Apr 5, 2013 |
"Harbinger Wars" #1 isn't a bad start, but it's also not as fun as I would have expected. After all the build-up to this moment, this should've been a huge explosion of energy and action. Instead? It's plodding along in places. This is a comic that had so much good material setting it all up, it's ultimately a little frustrating that it isn't living up to all of that promise and source material. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.8
|
Harley Quinn (2013) | 5 issues |
7
|
Harley Quinn (2013) #0
Nov 20, 2013 |
"Harley Quinn" #0 is a strange little flight of fancy, a one-off celebration of the character of Harley Quinn rather than a definitive start to her series. And all in all, I must say that it's an entertaining way to ease the readers back in. Those interested in the ongoing story of Harley can wait until next month to pick up "Harley Quinn" #1, but if you don't mind a deliberately silly romp with some drop-dead gorgeous art (there's not a bad page in the bunch), well, stop on by now and drink in the craftsmanship. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Harley Quinn (2013) #2
Jan 24, 2014 |
In the end, "Harley Quinn" #2 is a comic where the villain both talks to a dead stuffed (partially burnt) beaver and saves shelter animals, even as she also brutally kills those who are trying to kill her first. She's a character that contains multitudes, and I feel like this book is doing a good job of juggling the different sides of the character. So far, so good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Harley Quinn (2013) #5
Apr 18, 2014 |
"Harley Quinn" #5 looks as fantastic as ever, but I hope the writing tightens up a bit. The occasional digression in this book is fine (and should even be expected), but there also comes a point where you need to focus on the plot more than the random meanders off to other points. Here, I feel like the meandering took away a little too much from what the readers would be more interested in. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Harley Quinn (2013) #8
Aug 4, 2014 |
"Harley Quinn" #8 is another example of everything that works about this title. It's fast paced, it's a little silly, and there's always a hook to bring you back for more. If more comics followed these rules, who knows what the industry would be like? All in all, another pleasant installment. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Harley Quinn (2013) #15
Mar 5, 2015 |
Add in Harley's manic, impulsive nature with a mixture of insanity and a desire to "fix" everything and you end up with a fun book that's easy to come back to month after month. In many ways, that's why it's easy to fall behind -- because you know that it'll be waiting for you with a series of strong comics when you catch back up, for Conner, Palmiotti and Hardin are remarkably consistent. "Harley Quinn" #15 continues in that vein, and it's a pleasure to see a well-crafted book succeeding in today's marketplace. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Harley Quinn and Her Gang Of Harleys | 1 issues |
8
|
Harley Quinn and Her Gang Of Harleys #2
May 16, 2016 |
There are some pieces of "Harley Quinn and Her Gang of Harleys" #2 that work better than others -- some of the home visits are slightly intriguing -- but, on the whole, this comic just sort of inches forward. We get some attractive pages from Mauricet, but -- in terms of the various Harley Quinn spin-offs -- this is the one that isn't up to par with the parent series or its other companion titles. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.5
|
Harley Quinn And Power Girl | 2 issues |
6
|
Harley Quinn And Power Girl #2
Jul 27, 2015 |
"Harley Quinn and Power Girl" #2 is fun, if slightly forgettable. In many ways, it's the comic book equivalent of the comedic popcorn flick: big and silly and brash and hitting the right notes at the right time. You might not dwell on it in the years to come, but for the moment? It's fun. I'm down with that. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Harley Quinn And Power Girl #4
Sep 28, 2015 |
"Harley Quinn and Power Girl" #4 is another fun romp and I appreciate how the book is moving at a nice clip, even as it jumps from one silly moment to the next. I never felt bored, and that's a danger a lot of humor-based comics are unable to avoid. Once again, a big thumbs up. It's just plain old goofy fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Harley Quinn and the Suicide Squad: April Fool's Special | 1 issues |
6
|
Harley Quinn and the Suicide Squad: April Fool's Special #1
Apr 8, 2016 |
I'm hopeful that the little glimpse we see at the end of "Harley Quinn and the Suicide Squad April Fool's Special" #1 bodes well for what's still to come, but -- due to its brevity it -- it never quite shifts into "you must read this" territory. That's a shame, because this could have quickly transformed "Suicide Squad" #1 into a must-purchase. In the end, this is just alright, but I wish that either portion of this book felt a little more confident in tone. The humor isn't quite funny enough, and the grimmer section comes and goes in the blink of an eye. With all eyes on "Suicide Squad" thanks to the upcoming movie, this needs to be more than just average. Here's hoping for something well above average the next time around. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Harley Quinn Holiday Special | 1 issues |
7
|
Harley Quinn Holiday Special #1
Dec 10, 2014 |
The best part about "Harley Quinn Holiday Special" #1? The hope that in 12 months we'll get "Harley Quinn Holiday Special" #2 with a similarly strong line-up. For the casual comic fan, this is a perfect stocking stuffer to surprise and delight. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
2.0
|
Hawk and Dove (2011) | 1 issues |
2
|
Hawk and Dove (2011) #1
Sep 8, 2011 |
Since Hawk was brought back to life in "Blackest Night," we've seen the duo in "Brightest Day," "Birds of Prey," and now here. And in all three, I've gotten the distinct feeling that no one has the slightest idea what to do with these characters. All of these comics have read like someone was assigned Hank and Dawn, rather than any particular desire to write about them. Perhaps it's time to retire them for a while if this is the best we can get. Sterling Gates have each done much better in their careers, but this isn't something to be proud of. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Hawkeye & Mockingbird | 1 issues |
6
|
Hawkeye & Mockingbird #3
Aug 6, 2010 |
"Hawkeye & Mockingbird" is a nice series, but so far it's lacking a big "this is why you must read this comic" hook for me. It's enjoyable enough, but I want that extra piece of interest attached to turn it from good to great. Once that hook shows up, I think this book could be a real winner. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.7
|
Hawkeye (2012) | 6 issues |
7
|
Hawkeye (2012) #10
May 2, 2013 |
"Hawkeye" #10 is a different format than normal, and because there's a lot of backstory and set-up here, it's not quite as fantastic as readers might otherwise expect. Don't get me wrong: it's still very good, and I definitely would like to see Fraction and Francavilla collaborate again down the line. But nonetheless, I am looking forward for the shift back from "very good" to "great" again, and soon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
10
|
Hawkeye (2012) #11
Jun 27, 2013 |
"Hawkeye" #11 is a charmer from start to finish. I love the bold choices that Fraction and Aja made, and I appreciate that what could've been a throwaway issue ended up being incredibly gripping by the end of the comic as we move past the events of the previous installments. Add in Hollingsworth's beautiful flat colors and it's another big, big winner. I'll be shocked if "Hawkeye" #11 isn't on next year's Eisner Awards ballot; it's both excellent and different. Well done, all involved. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Hawkeye (2012) #16
Jan 23, 2014 |
With references to the nonsensical line-up of the L.A.-based Champions to a hideous traffic jam on the 405, I love that "Hawkeye" #16 really feels like it's in Los Angeles, not just a generic location with a few palm trees. However much longer Kate's sojourn on the west coast lasts, it's going to be a lot of fun thanks to Fraction and Wu. Who cares that "Hawkeye" #15 isn't out yet? "Hawkeye" #16 is a winner and a half. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Hawkeye (2012) #18
Mar 26, 2014 |
"Hawkeye" #18 is another big success, to the point that I don't want Kate's time in Los Angeles to (presumably) come to a close before too much longer. It's fun, it's creepy, it's smart, and I'm hooked. Once again, a winner. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
10
|
Hawkeye (2012) #20
Sep 10, 2014 |
"Hawkeye" #20 is the sort of comic that you could talk about all day long and still find little sparks that jump out at you. This isn't the comic where you want to read it over and over again because it makes you feel so good; rather, you want to re-read it because you need to re-live those moments being at Kate's side. A part of her new family, so to speak, being the support that she needs. I'm sad to see this story at an end now -- but what an ending it was. Hopefully this won't be the last time we see Fraction and Wu work together, because this was amazing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Hawkeye (2012) #21
Feb 5, 2015 |
"Hawkeye" #21 is a dark issue, one that puts its characters through the wringer. Yet, even as tragedy strikes Hawkeye as the attempt to stop the Tracksuit Draculas crumbles all around him, there's a moment of hope on the last page that is so perfectly timed that I suspect a lot of readers will give a little gasp; I know I did. It's the perfect cliffhanger, that moment that makes you desperately want to see the conclusion. I'm sad to see Fraction, Aja and Hollingsworth on their way out, but they're giving us one hell of a ride in doing so. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Hawkeye Vs. Deadpool | 1 issues |
7
|
Hawkeye Vs. Deadpool #0
Sep 4, 2014 |
"Hawkeye vs. Deadpool" #0 is a solid first issue. It's no substitute for a regular issue of "Hawkeye" (for those dying for the next installment), but it's entertaining and "Deadpool" fans in particular will have a lot to like here. For a book that really shouldn't have worked at all, Duggan and Lolli have done a nice job. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Helheim | 1 issues |
7
|
Helheim #1
Mar 6, 2013 |
The only real complaint I have about "Hellheim" is it's just when we get to the end of the issue that I feel like we've started to kick things into high gear. In many ways, that's not so much a problem as it is a recognition that Bunn and Jones have me hooked and wanting more. This is a fun first issue, but based on this I can only expect we're about to get some seriously kick-butt future issues just around the corner. This is a nice debut. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.6
|
Hellblazer | 8 issues |
7
|
Hellblazer #250
Dec 18, 2008 |
"Hellblazer" #250 ends up being a real mixed bag. Had it just started with the third story I'd be over the moon with the end result, but as it stands it's a good but not great final product. Then again, one of the strengths of "Hellblazer" has been that even with a multitude of different writers, the character and the comic have both remained appealing to a wide range of readers. I suspect the same is true here; there's a little something for everyone in this end-of-the-year themed issue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Hellblazer #251
Jan 27, 2009 |
Now that Milligan's fully installed on "Hellblazer," hopefully next issue will be full speed ahead. I've read enough of Milligan's other comics in the past to know that he's certainly capable of greatness here. With any lucky, we'll get it before we know it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Hellblazer #268
Jun 20, 2010 |
"Hellblazer" these days is surprisingly entertaining and fun, even when Constantine's life hits its lowest. (Or, should that be, because Constantine's life hits its lowest?) It still surprises me that it took this long for Milligan to write this title, in part because it's such a good match of talents. Milligan certainly is making up for time lost, though. If you haven't tried the comic in a while, check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Hellblazer #275
Jan 20, 2011 |
So, best wishes to John Constantine and Epiphany Greaves! Hopefully it'll be a wedding that lasts a long time, because it's the sort of match that you can see actually working. And if and when Milligan leaves the book, here's hoping Epiphany gets to survive the transition to another writer. It's a dangerous game being around Constantine, but Milligan seems to have created a character that could weather those odds. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Hellblazer #277
Mar 23, 2011 |
After 277 issues (plus an Annual, and some specials and mini-series) it might sound hard to believe that "Hellblazer" could still feel fresh and new, but that's just what Milligan, Camuncoli, and Landini are doing each month. (Then again, "fresh " is perhaps not an adjective you might use when you see just what John does this issue. Bad, bad John Constantine.) The title has gone through a huge number of creative teams over the years, but it still delivers in spades. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Hellblazer #280
Jun 17, 2011 |
A lot of attention is being paid on John Constantine being one of the stars in this fall's "Justice League Dark," and his general re-introduction to the DC Universe. But don't forget about "Hellblazer" as well; it's as good as ever (and starting this fall will even be DC's highest-numbered title!) thanks to Milligan and company. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Hellblazer #281
Jul 21, 2011 |
It's been a while since I've been so utterly enchanted by a "Hellblazer" creative team as I am with Milligan, Camuncoli, and Landini. So long as they're around, so am I. Good stuff, as always. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Hellblazer #282
Aug 19, 2011 |
Milligan continues to turn out a strong "Hellblazer" run, and it's a pleasure to see him reunited once more with Bisley. Milligan and Bisley create creepy comics together, and this one is no exception. The next time they're ready to team up, I'll be waiting. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Hellblazer Annual | 1 issues |
8
|
Hellblazer Annual: 2011
Dec 9, 2011 |
As this is a story with John Constantine, nothing is quite as simple as it seems, and the conclusion is no exception. The theme of Constantine's friends forever having horrific fates is nothing new, but I appreciate that there's an especially mean twist here, explaining thing we didn't know about Tim McCabe's death. Grim? Certainly. But more importantly, it's that little punch to Constantine's heart that you come to expect in a "Hellblazer" story. Milligan and Bisley's occasional collaborations on "Hellblazer" have been enjoyable, and if they team up for "Hellblazer Annual 2012" next year, I'll be one happy camper. It's nice to see the "Hellblazer Annual" tradition having come back to life. Like Constantine's missing friend, some things can't stay buried forever. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.8
|
Hellboy | 5 issues |
9
|
Hellboy: The Storm #1
Jul 8, 2010 |
"Hellboy: The Storm" #1 is another strong comic from Mignola, Fegredo, Stewart, and Dark Horse, and with "Hellboy: The Wild Hunt" recently collected into a trade paperback, it's a great time for readers who just can't wait for the conclusion. Most of the titles from Dark Horse's short-lived "Legend" imprint are over, but it's great to see "Hellboy" not only still being published, but at such a high quality to boot. Moody, dark, exciting, even a little loving; it's all here. Good, good stuff |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Hellboy: The Wild Hunt #1
Dec 7, 2008 |
As for the story itself? It's great, with Hellboy getting a chance to join the Wild Hunt in search of giants, and with an uneasy group of fellow hunters. Plus there are strange visions, talking animals, and a wooden box holding strange contents. There's a lot going on here, and the fact that this mini-series is going to be eight issues (which I believe makes it the longest "Hellboy" mini-series to date) gives me hope that Mignola's laid out more than enough space to get to it all. If you've never read "Hellboy" then this is a perfect place to take a look for yourself. Quite excellent by all parties involved. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Hellboy: The Fury #2
Jul 13, 2011 |
This is the 19th of 20 "Hellboy" comics by Mignola and Fegredo, so it's perhaps not the best place for a new reader to jump in. But that said, picking up "Hellboy: Darkness Falls" and then "Hellboy: The Wild Hunt" will get you two thirds of the way there. If you haven't been reading "Hellboy," those stories are a great spot to jump in. Thanks to Mignola and Fegredo, "Hellboy" is mandatory reading. Great stuff, from start to finish. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Hellboy: The Sleeping and the Dead #2
Feb 2, 2011 |
While we wait for "Hellboy: The Fury," this is a great way to catch your breath and get a fun little two-parter. I love that Mignola spends as much time with his side-stories in making them as entertaining as the core "Hellboy" comics; this is another winner from the Mignola-verse. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Hellboy: The Fury #3
Aug 10, 2011 |
What's for the future? Well, knowing Mignola, anything. He's stated this isn't the end of Hellboy, both the character and the comic, even though he's now dead. But considering the manner of his death, and the jaw-dropping visuals on what happens next, the possibilities are endless. I, for one, can't wait to see the next iteration of "Hellboy" (drawn by Mignola again, no less) and see just what sort of life-after-death awaits our hero. Until then, though? I think it's time to sit down and re-read all of my "Hellboy" collections. Because even if we never got another "Hellboy" comic, I'd be satisfied with this as the end of the story. Well done, Mignola and Fegredo. "Hellboy: The Fury" has been worth every penny and a lot more to boot. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.3
|
Hellboy One Shot | 3 issues |
7
|
Hellboy: Hellboy in Mexico #1
May 5, 2010 |
At the end of the day, it sounds a little strange to say that the lack of plot could've been better hidden by extending "Hellboy in Mexico" to a second issue, but then again "Hellboy" is a little strange, period. I absolutely love the art in this issue (the images from Corben of Hellboy and the wrestlers drinking put a big grin on my face), and it's a fun enough little side trip. In the grand scheme of things, though, I think this will probably be a story that's not remembered very often. Mignola and Corben have had such strong collaborations in the past that they overshadow something that's just all right. Then again, it's nice to have a series where a low point is merely all right, rather than bad. There are definitely worse problems in comics. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Hellboy: Being Human #1
May 11, 2011 |
"Hellboy: Being Human" is another winning one-shot from Mignola and Corben, and I'm delighted that they still have more collaborations to come. With comics like these, the wait for "Hellboy: The Fury" doesn't feel that long at all. This is just fun from start to finish. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Hellboy: In the Chapel of Moloch #1
Oct 29, 2008 |
"Hellboy: In the Chapel of Moloch" is a fun little trip into the world of "Hellboy." If you've never read any of Mignola's comics before now, it's a great way to give it a try. (Especially with the new Mignola and Fegredo eight-part epic, "Hellboy: The Wild Hunt," hitting stores in December.) If you're already a "Hellboy" fan? Well, you're in for another treat. But I bet you already knew that, didn't you? |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Hellboy and the B.P.R.D.: 1952 | 2 issues |
6
|
Hellboy and the B.P.R.D.: 1952 #2
Jan 12, 2015 |
"Hellboy and the B.P.R.D." #2 looks nice, but -- and I say this as someone who's been reading "Hellboy" comics ever since "Hellboy: Seed of Destruction" #1 -- if I came into this with no background love for the character, I'm not entirely sure I'd be dying for the next chapter. Mignola and Arcudi are normally much more reliable in working together, which makes this a little frustrating, especially considering how great of an artist Maleev is. With three more issues to go, hopefully things will pick up a bit. For now, however, it's yet to shift into high gear. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Hellboy and the B.P.R.D.: 1952 #5
Apr 3, 2015 |
I'm willing to give a future "Hellboy and the B.P.R.D." miniseries a whirl (especially if Maleev is still drawing the book), because Mignola and Arcudi have written some great comics involving the B.P.R.D. in the past and it's nice to see Hellboy on Earth once again (even if it is in the 1950s). If they return to this idea, the next miniseries needs a bit more focus on the rest of the characters; they've got title billing as well, after all. Let's see Mignola and Arcudi work their magic on them, too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Hellboy and the B.P.R.D.: 1953 | 1 issues |
7
|
Hellboy and the B.P.R.D.: 1953: Beyond The Fences #2
Mar 25, 2016 |
"Hellboy and the B.P.R.D.: 1953 - Beyond the Fences" #2 is a nice reminder that -- while the parent titles are concluding or winding down -- there will always be something entertaining in Mignola's line of comics. This is just fun, through and through. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.4
|
Hellboy in Hell | 7 issues |
8
|
Hellboy in Hell #1
Dec 5, 2012 |
"Hellboy in Hell" #1 is a gorgeous book, and nitpicking aside, it's a lot of fun too. Was it worth the wait? Absolutely. Fegredo's art on the various "Hellboy" mini-series from the past several years has been a joy to read, and he brought a lot to the property in general. But there's no denying this simple fact: it's great to have Mignola back at the drawing table again. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Hellboy in Hell #4
Mar 6, 2013 |
"Hellboy in Hell" #4 is a great conclusion to this first story arc, and it makes me that much more eager to see what's up next. "Hellboy in Hell" shows a master returning to his craft and exceeding reader expectations. This is a horror comic that reminds just how good both the genre and the medium can be. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
10
|
Hellboy in Hell #5
Dec 5, 2013 |
"Hellboy in Hell" #5 is a wonderful comic part of the series' greater whole, but at the same time feels self-contained. We've got Hellboy as hero, even as there's a bit of strangeness, humor and even playing around with timelines and echoes from the past. Reading "Hellboy in Hell" #5 reminds me of when I first came across "Hellboy: The Wolves of St. August," one of the earliest Hellboy stories and still one of my all-time favorites. This is absolutely enchanting, a real memorable way for the series to return. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Hellboy in Hell #6
May 14, 2014 |
"Hellboy in Hell" #6 is hopefully just a blip on the overall passage of this title; the first five issues were so good that having a substandard installment is distressing. And after all, a not-up-to-par issue of "Hellboy in Hell" still beats out a lot of other series on their good days. In this case, though, I think that it's safe to say that one normally expects more from Mignola. I've been loving "Hellboy in Hell," but this is probably not the best introduction to the series if you haven't read it up to date. Go pick up "Hellboy in Hell" #5, instead. It's fantastic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Hellboy in Hell #8
Sep 23, 2015 |
Any new Hellboy comic is a joy, and "Hellboy in Hell" #8 delivers on its promise. What could have easily been a slight two-parter shows us more of the dark times ahead for Hellboy instead. His sojourn in Hell is just beginning and, clearly, it's full of strong possibilities. It's not a phrase one would say often but I, for one, am looking forward to another trip back to Hell soon if Mignola leads the way. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Hellboy in Hell #9
May 4, 2016 |
By the time it starts snowing in the final pages of "Hellboy in Hell" #9, Mignola and Stewart have placed the proverbial cherry on the top of the sundae. As it drifts down over Hell's barren landscape, the scene ends with a note of finality. It's almost hard to believe there's still one issue left to go. Yet, considering how well Mignola has set it all up, that last installment is inevitable. Mignola gives his creation a chance to make Hell something different; it's not the destiny that fans might have expected, but it is the one that holds the most promise. In "Hellboy in Hell" #9, that promise is beautifully fulfilled. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Hellboy in Hell #10
Jun 2, 2016 |
"Hellboy in Hell" #10 is an incredibly strong conclusion to the series. As sad as I am to see Mignola wrap up his time with the character, there's also no denying that he did so with grace and beauty. I'll miss regularly seeing new comics of our square-jawed, massive-handed hero from Mignola and Stewart. Bravo. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Hellboy: Winter Special | 1 issues |
6
|
Hellboy: Winter Special: 2016 #1
Jan 29, 2016 |
Dean Rankine closes the book down with a two-page Lobster Johnson joke; this is an example of a short that really is just a punch line waiting to happen, but that works well. It knows what it's aiming for and jumps right in with gusto. In the end, it's a nice silly note to end the comic on. Ultimately, there's more things to like than not here, but it is a shame that two of the three main shorts didn't live up to their potential. Early "Hellboy" comics were known for their strong short stories, and that pedigree isn't accurately reflected here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Hellraiser | 1 issues |
7
|
Hellraiser #2
May 26, 2011 |
Overall, it's good to see "Hellraiser" already on a strong path in just its second issue. With the final pages preparing the next chapter to hit the ground running"just like this one did"it's a perfect hook to make readers want to buy issue #3. "Hellraiser" is definitely my kind of horror comic. I'll be back for more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Heralds | 1 issues |
8
|
Heralds #1
Jun 7, 2010 |
I'm glad that "Heralds" is a weekly mini-series, because I'm already dying for the next issue. Immonen and Zonjic have solidified themselves quite nicely as creators that I'm absolutely going to seek out from now on. For now, though, I'll just sit back and enjoy this comic. "Heralds" is the kind of comic that brings you back to the store every week for the next chapter. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Herc | 3 issues |
8
|
Herc #1
Apr 7, 2011 |
"Herc" #1 wasn't what I was expecting, but it was still a fun read. If you don't mind a more superhero-friendly take on the character (rather than the strangeness"and I say that with great affection and admiration"of "Incredible Hercules"), give it a whirl. If giving up the humor and co-star is too much for you, though? Well, you've been warned. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Herc #3
May 20, 2011 |
As for the "Fear Itself" tie-in? Aside from an explosion at the super-criminal prison of the Raft, beats me. (And considering criminals seem to break out of the Raft every other day, it's hardly a tie-in worthy event.) I suppose I should be happy that it will draw in some more readers, although since this is the least interesting issue of "Herc" so far I hope they stick around past "Fear Itself." Overall, it's a perfectly fine issue of "Herc," but I'm expecting great, not just good from this title. Here's hoping for a stronger fourth issue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Herc #6.1
Sep 3, 2011 |
It's a real shame that "Herc," like the "Incredible Hercules" that preceded it, is wrapping up soon. This issue is another firm reminder that this is a comic that mixes humor and drama together well. Pak and Van Lente are able to take the mythical and the modern and make them work well together, and while I never know entirely what to expect from their scripts, it's almost always excellent. In a better world, these comics would be best-sellers. I know we've got a few months to go, but it stands to be said: I'll miss you, "Herc." |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Hercules: Fall of an Avenger | 1 issues |
8
|
Hercules: Fall of an Avenger #1
Mar 17, 2010 |
I wish that we didn't need the "Hercules: Fall of an Avenger" mini-series, but now that we're at this point it's a classy way to wrap up the series. Hopefully we'll get at least some more Amadeus Cho down the line; until then, this will serve as a good reminder of how Greg Pak and Fred Van Lente made a strange concept work far better than it should have. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Herculian | 1 issues |
7
|
Herculian #1
Mar 3, 2011 |
"Herculian" is a different side of Larsen, one that you might not be used to. If he ever decides to end "Savage Dragon" (not that I think he will!), I'd love to see him keep playing with different genres and see just what else he can dig up. Until then, though, having some more one-offs like this down the line would be welcome. It's nice to see his talents tackle some different subjects; for the most part, he succeeds. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Heroes for Hire (2010) | 2 issues |
8
|
Heroes for Hire (2010) #2
Jan 14, 2011 |
This is a fun comic that's already picking up steam. When do we get #3? "Heroes for Hire," I'm sold. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Heroes for Hire (2010) #8
Jun 4, 2011 |
Best of all, the conclusion of this issue sets up the next story, and it's fun to watch each piece of the story being a direct line to what's to come. Misty Knight is driving this book through her intelligence and competence, not through any sort of blind luck. So long as she's the star and the stories and art are this entertaining, I know I'll keep sticking around. Good stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Heroic Age: 1 Month 2 Live | 1 issues |
4
|
Heroic Age: 1 Month 2 Live #1
Sep 6, 2010 |
"1 Month 2 Live" has potential, especially with the plethora of creators lined up for the issues to come. But the first issue is a rough, slightly below average start, and for a weekly series it's going to need to raise its game fast in order to keep readers on board. I can see burn-out setting in fairly quickly if "1 Month 2 Live" doesn't use its ticking time clock in its favor. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Hey, Mister; Come Hell or Highwater Pants | 1 issues |
8
|
Hey, Mister; Come Hell or Highwater Pants #1
May 7, 2014 |
If you haven't ever heard of "Hey, Mister" before, trust me on this one: it is really damn funny. This one isn't the joke-a-minute nature of those earliest mini-comics, but I feel like this mellower, slightly matured "Hey, Mister" is still great. And if you like what you see here, well, just remember that there are three collections comprising all of the earlier material. "Hey, Mister" should be comic book required reading. "Hey, Mister: Come Hell or Highwater Pants" isn't the first time that Sickman-Garner has tackled the afterlife ("Aunt Mary Climbs the Mountain of Life" not only does so but it's one of my all-time favorite pieces from Sickman-Garner; it's also available for free online), but it's definitely the smartest take on it from him. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Higher Earth | 1 issues |
7
|
Higher Earth #1
May 7, 2012 |
"Higher Earth" is a good first issue, and at a $1 price point it's a win-win situation for buyers. You'll get a strong idea on if you want to read more and I suspect there will be a lot of readers that will sign on for a second dose. It's a nice launch for a new ongoing series. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Hinterkind | 1 issues |
3
|
Hinterkind #3
Dec 6, 2013 |
I want to like "Hinterkind" but after three issues I'm unable to work up the interest to find out what happens next to all of these characters. You don't have to necessarily like them all, but you at least need to get your attention grabbed enough to invest some sort of desire to follow them month after month. For now, though, I'm in the position where it's actually more dangerous to be bored than to find the book out and out bad. Barring some great word of mouth, I just don't care enough to pick up issue #4. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.8
|
House of Mystery | 6 issues |
8
|
House of Mystery #3
Jul 3, 2008 |
Despite the small hiccup in the middle, though, "House of Mystery" is one of my favorite Vertigo debuts in years. It's sharp and clever, and I'm genuinely eager to read the next issue as soon as I finish the current one. Here's to its mysteries continuing for a long time to come. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
House of Mystery #12
Apr 13, 2009 |
You may have thought you knew where "House of Mystery" was heading, but Sturges is proving everyone's expectations wrong. This is a sharp and interesting series, and it's well worth your attention. Check it out; you'll be surprised in a good way. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
House of Mystery #13
May 17, 2009 |
I have to say, though, at the end of the issue I found myself wishing this had been an Annual instead of a regular issue of the comic. For people who've been reading the previous twelve issues of "House of Mystery" it's a little frustrating to have nothing happen this month. And if you weren't reading "House of Mystery" but come on board for this issue, it's certainly not a good representation of what the comic is normally all about. Ultimately, as a one-off it's not bad, but here's hoping in the future this sort of experiment is saved for a slightly more appropriate venue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
House of Mystery #16
Aug 10, 2009 |
Normally, it's the main story in "House of Mystery" that catches my interest, with the story-within-a-story varying from acceptable to fun. Here, though, the tables are most definitely turned. I'm hoping next month kicks up the action again in "House of Mystery" because the lead is normally much more interesting than this latest installment. Still, though, it's nice to know that even when one half of the book slips, the other is ready to pick up the slack. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
House of Mystery #25
May 6, 2010 |
Alisa Kwitney's segment opens with the line, "You know what, guys? I don't like this story." Eve responds a few panels later with, "So change it," and while I appreciate Kwitney's joking response to what's happened up until this point, there's another message there about the books that one reads and the way to escape a series you're increasingly getting bored with. Don't tempt your reader to change what book they're reading, too. "House of Mystery" could use a redecorating team, and soon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
House of Mystery #31
Nov 3, 2010 |
Still, though, even a well-executed secondary story doesn't change the fact that "House of Mystery" isn't delivering on the promise of those early issues any more. This latest issue actually makes me wonder if Sturges is starting to wrap things up and an end point has been determined at the editorial level. It's a shame, because "House of Mystery" started off with so much potential, but it's a pale shadow of its former self these days. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Huck | 2 issues |
8
|
Huck #3
Jan 18, 2016 |
"Huck" #3 is another charming issue and a reminder of how great Millar's comics have been since he swapped shock-based plot turns for books that aim to evoke strong emotion in his readers. I could read "Huck" all day long and just smile because of how likable its title character is. More of this, please. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Huck #5
Mar 21, 2016 |
"Huck" #5 is a pretty book, but it ultimately feels like it's part of an entirely different series. I'd like to see more "Huck" down the road, but -- while this isn't poorly handled -- it's much more generic than those earlier issues, which really shone in part because of its unique tone. More like that, please. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.4
|
Hulk (2008) | 9 issues |
3
|
Hulk (2008) #7
Oct 25, 2008 |
This book is as dumb as a bag of rocks, but it sure is pretty. Those looking for something starring a slightly dumb if strong guy that's also surprising and clever should absolutely seek out "The Incredible Hercules." (Trust me, it's fantastic.) For those who just want something pretty but same as it ever was, well, you've just hit the jackpot. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Hulk (2008) #12
May 19, 2009 |
I do have to say, though, that with the new $3.99 price tag (but no additional material offered), "Hulk" is probably going to need to step up its game. At the end of "Hulk" #12 we're once again back to the status quo of the previous six months; plus, the book has fallen into a storytelling pattern of guest heroes and villains and what they actually accomplish at the end of the day. Things need to start happening and changing quickly with "Hulk." Otherwise as beautiful and silly as this book may be, I think we'll see just how many people are willing to accept a 33% price hike. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Hulk (2008) #15
Oct 5, 2009 |
I do also start to worry a bit that this book isn't going anywhere. After fifteen issues (plus the side-trip into "Incredible Hulk" #600) it feels like the book hasn't progressed beyond its initial set-up. Sure, there's a new surprise character revealed on the final page, and one of the characters starts wondering if this entire fight is a set-up for something much greater. But whatever that greater moment is, readers are going to need to see it and soon. There's only so much teasing and hinting a reader will take before they'll want to get a payoff, and it's a payoff that has yet to show up. Can we get a substantial change to the status quo soon, please? |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Hulk (2008) #20
Feb 18, 2010 |
In the end, while "Hulk" #20 was predictable, it's still fun if clearly a middle segment of a larger story. With "World War Hulks" coming to a conclusion in April, though, things do need to pick up a bit. Let's get some action going on again next month, please? |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Hulk (2008) #27
Nov 19, 2010 |
For a book I never thought would have a life post-Loeb, "Hulk" isn't doing bad at all. Time will tell if it can play a long-term game, but for now it's entertaining. Not bad for a book that seemed destined for a limited time on the stands. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Hulk (2008) #29
Feb 3, 2011 |
The strong parts of this issue (the Monster Island fights, the fun layouts, the general look to Hardman's art) ultimately balance out any rough patches so that overall "Hulk" #29 is an entertaining enough comic. But I think next month will need to get a little peppier so that any lingering impressions from the second half of this issue being slow will get quickly swept aside. Fortunately, that's something I think Parker and Hardman can do easily. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Hulk (2008) #35
Jun 15, 2011 |
"Hulk" is one of those series that I'm continually startled to still be reading, but Jeff Parker just keeps pulling me in, month after month. Considering this is a book starring a character that I never thought I'd be interested in, that's no small feat. As long as Parker's on board, I have a sneaking suspicion that I'll still be reading "Hulk." There are worse fates in life, certainly. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Hulk (2008) #49
Mar 7, 2012 |
"Hulk" #49 is more often than not a fun comic, but this issue feels like it's currently going nowhere. Down the line when a follow-up appears I'm sure it'll fit into the greater puzzle a bit better, but for now it's not this comic's finest hour. We've seen better. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Hulk (2008) #52
May 24, 2012 |
Parker's story is good, too; the face behind the dark shadow that's been dogging the Red Hulk is one that fits in well with what we've seen before in the series, and the post-defeat scene was a nice touch, too. In many ways, "Hulk" #52 is a strong reminder that while the idea of the Red Hulk was one that was a little hard to swallow initially, all it takes is a good writer to make even the less likely of character concepts a lot of fun. "Hulk" #52 is another good comic from a dependable writer; so long as Parker's on board, so am I. If Pagulayan is along for the ride, I'm going to consider that an added bonus. He's a good artistic choice for "Hulk," and the more issues he draws, the merrier. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Hulk: Let The Battle Begin | 1 issues |
5
|
Hulk: Let The Battle Begin #1
Mar 13, 2010 |
"Hulk: Let the Battle Begin" has one good script and one good set of finished art, and it's a pity they weren't matched together somehow. Still, it did let me learn that Snider's a writer to keep an eye out for, and while I might have been disappointed at first to find this one-shot was just burning off an inventory story, it's a nice enough comic at the end of the day. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Huntress (2011) | 1 issues |
7
|
Huntress (2011) #2
Nov 10, 2011 |
We're a third of the way through the "Huntress" mini-series and I feel like Levitz and To are giving us our money's worth. The story's progressing nicely, Huntress has some good leads on Moretti's organization, we get some entertaining action sequences, and best of all, this is a story driven by the main characters actually being intelligent. (Shocking yet true.) This is an enjoyable enough mini-series so far that, were it to shift over to a monthly series, I'd plan on sticking around. It's good stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
I, Vampire | 4 issues |
8
|
I, Vampire #2
Oct 27, 2011 |
Some of the re-launched comics at DC have felt like they're moving a little too slowly, but in the case of "I, Vampire" a slower pace has worked well for these opening two issues. I feel like we're getting a good grasp on a decidedly different corner of the DC Universe, and that Fialkov and Sorrentino have used their pages well. "I, Vampire" would fit comfortably in the Vertigo line, but I must admit that a small attraction to the comic is wondering just how the heck Fialkov will make this connect with its neighbors. Whatever the reason, though, this is an inviting take on vampires, taking them back to their roots. For one of the few new voices to the DC re-launch, Fialkov has wasted no time in making himself an important part of the line. So long as Fialkov and Sorrentino turn out comics like this, I know I'll be thirsting for more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
I, Vampire #6
Feb 27, 2012 |
"I, Vampire" #6 advertises itself as a lead-in to "Rise of the Vampires" and that's exactly what we get here. There's a wonderful shock moment that probably won't last and Sorrento's art for that scene (and indeed the entire book) looks great. As an individual issue, it's almost pure transition. That's not a bad thing, but it isn't (shock moment aside) going to make you sit up and remember the issue overall. Not bad, but not as strong as past installments either. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
I, Vampire #8
Apr 30, 2012 |
"I, Vampire" #9 is going to be quite an issue to watch. The book's leaping off in a new direction and "Rise of the Vampires" brought that about quite nicely. If you've been thinking about trying, "I, Vampire" for yourself, it's on the verge of providing you that perfect opening for a new direction. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
I, Vampire #13
Oct 26, 2012 |
"I, Vampire" #13 keeps up the solid nature of this series, and it's nice to see it sticking around for now. Fialkov and Sorrentino's series stands nicely on its own, even as it has also successfully incorporated crossovers and appearances with Batman, the Justice League Dark, and even Stormwatch over its first year. Now that it's back on its own again, though, it's a reminder that it doesn't need those additions to be a good book. If you haven't read "I, Vampire" before, #13 is a good place to hop on board. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Illuminati (2015) | 1 issues |
7
|
Illuminati (2015) #1
Nov 13, 2015 |
"Illuminati" #1 really only has one surprise, and it's how inviting the comic is. Eventually, it will need to throw us some real shockers in the plotting department, but -- for the moment -- it's landing the punches just fine. Williamson and Crystal hook you on "Illuminati" through sheer storytelling charisma. Try it. You'll be back for more, too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Image United | 1 issues |
4
|
Image United #1
Nov 29, 2009 |
At the end of the day, "Image United" #1 comes across as a little dull more than anything else. Hopefully as the mini-series progresses, things will get rolling a bit more in terms of story. For people who came strictly for the art, there's certainly a lot to enjoy. If you were hoping for anything more than that, though, better luck next month. Writers were never quite as important when Image Comics first began, and Kirkman's contributions are definitely in the back seat for this first issue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
Immortal Iron Fist | 1 issues |
9
|
Immortal Iron Fist #16
Jun 28, 2008 |
"The Immortal Iron Fist" #16 ends this part of the series with a figurative bang; here's hoping the new guys can pick up the torch and do even half as well. I'm really going to miss the Fraction, Brubaker, and Aja era. I suspect everyone else who's been on board will, too. This was a great book. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Immortal Weapons | 2 issues |
6
|
Immortal Weapons #2
Sep 9, 2009 |
It's a fun little story, and there's even the second part of a back-up story from Duane Swierczynski and Travel Foreman that's running across the entire "Immortal Weapons" mini-series for those who pick up all five issues. Based on this issue, I think I'm going to have to take a look at the other "Immortal Weapons" comics. It was a fun diversion from the same old thing, and that's a pleasant change. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Immortal Weapons #4
Nov 10, 2009 |
"Immortal Weapons" #4 is another pleasing installment of this mini-series. At this point I don't know if we'll see the return of "The Immortal Iron Fist" or not, but if we don't then I feel like the series (including these issues) has gone out on a high note. Swierczynski and company are bringing back that same amount of fun that Ed Brubaker and Matt Fraction initially infused to the title. With stories like this, I'll keep coming back. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.5
|
Incognito | 2 issues |
9
|
Incognito #3
Apr 14, 2009 |
In a perfect world, people who pick up "Incognito" will go on to buy "Criminal" as well, and vice versa. "Incognito" is a wonderfully sharp comic, just like "Criminal" which they've put on hold as to create this. Trust me (and everyone else who's been saying great things about them), this is so worth your time. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
10
|
Incognito #5
Jul 21, 2009 |
"Incognito" seemed at first like a brief lark between arcs of "Criminal," but the reality is clearly anything but. This is a great project in its own right, and another fine addition to the Brubaker/Phillips/Staples library. If you've been reading "Criminal" but decided to pass on "Incognito" because you liked their pulp noir stories, give "Criminal" a shot and you'll see it's just as excellent as their other book. And of course, if you've been reading "Incognito" and loving it, make sure to check out "Criminal." Haven't read either? Hurry up and fix that. You've got some great comics ahead of you. "Incognito" is a fantastic comic, period. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Incorruptible | 1 issues |
7
|
Incorruptible #10
Oct 6, 2010 |
"Incorruptible" is a fun series, and fortunately with two collections out of the first eight issues it should be fairly easy for me to catch up. Based on this I'm looking forward to reading "Irredeemable," but more importantly I want to read more "Incorruptible." A story of a bad guy going good, if told well, can be enthralling. "Incorruptible" is definitely preparing to enter that short list. I'm hooked. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.7
|
Incredible Hercules | 3 issues |
8
|
Incredible Hercules #124
Jan 10, 2009 |
If you haven't given "The Incredible Hercules" a try, you owe it to yourself to take a look. This is just a joy to read from start to finish, and then some. Even with the end of the latest issue no doubt ready to be reversed in the conclusion of this storyline, it doesn't matter. It's going to be so much fun getting to that point, you can't help but cheer all the parties involved for creating such a good comic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Incredible Hercules #136
Oct 19, 2009 |
"Incredible Hercules" is the kind of book that makes me laugh a lot, to the point that I have to make sure I read it in the privacy of my own home. That's not a bad problem to have, though. Pak, van Lente, and Brown are knocking this book out of the park. Won't you give it a chance? |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Incredible Hercules #139
Dec 26, 2009 |
Speaking of which, it's looking like "Incredible Hercules" might come to an end in 2010. I hope that the book gets a reprive; this is a consistently fun and entertaining title, without a single dud issue to date. Hopefully there's a way to save the title, because I find myself looking forward to it every month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Incredible Hulk (2009) | 2 issues |
8
|
Incredible Hulk (2009) #603
Oct 26, 2009 |
The back-up story starring the Savage She-Hulk is all right, although it doesn't quite compare to the lead. Fred van Lente and Michael Ryan are turning out a story that feels much shorter than it actually is, though; the pacing feels a little off, with ten pages seeming more like just five. It could be that this new She-Hulk and her foes just aren't quite grabbing my attention yet. Hopefully that'll change soon; after all, this is the same comic that made me like Skaar. "Incredible Hulk" as a whole is a good title these days, and it's nice to see this counterpart to "Hulk" not only have a purpose, but get a chance to shine. Having two "Hulk" titles does make sense after all, who knew? |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Incredible Hulk (2009) #608
Mar 20, 2010 |
"Incredible Hulk" #608 would be slightly disappointing because its non-ending, but the filler in the back of the issue means you end your reading experience on a sour note. If this is how Marvel wants to justify raising the prices on some of their books, I think they need to rethink the back-up story policy. Hopefully April will bring something better, Hulk-wise, for readers. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Incredible Hulk (2011) | 1 issues |
5
|
Incredible Hulk (2011) #9
Jun 13, 2012 |
"Incredible Hulk" #9 looks fantastic, but the story doesn't hold up its end of the bargain. With another location jump set up at the end of this issue for #10, I'm hoping that Aaron breaks the pattern before too long. The Banner/Hulk reversal is entertaining, but the situation deserves a plot that isn't locked into a boilerplate so quickly. Let's shake things up a bit, please. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Incredibles | 1 issues |
6
|
Incredibles #1
Oct 12, 2009 |
All in all, though, it's a nice first issue. It has a good mixture of adventure and humor, and the running gag of people asking Larry if it's ok to hold a baby while being on fire made me chuckle. With "The Incredibles" now being an ongoing series, I'm looking forward to seeing just what Waid and Landry are going to do next. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Indestructible Hulk | 2 issues |
8
|
Indestructible Hulk #7
May 6, 2013 |
"Indestructible Hulk" #7 is a lot of fun, period. Even Chris Eliopoulos gets in on the act, channeling his inner John Workman for the big, powerful letters that so often accompany Simonson art. I must admit that a small part of me was sad reading this issue because it makes me wish I'd snagged Simonson's IDW Artist's Edition collection of "Thor" a couple of years ago. Mostly, though, I'm just reveling in the hugeness of it all. More, please. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Indestructible Hulk #17.INH
Dec 20, 2013 |
"Indestructible Hulk" #17.INH has a nice take on the crossover phenomenon, and with more to come there's a lot of potential. For now, it's solid. And if nothing else, I appreciate the lack of "red skies" syndrome. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Infernal Man-Thing (2012) | 1 issues |
7
|
Infernal Man-Thing (2012) #2
Jul 23, 2012 |
"The Infernal Man-Thing" might have been written over two decades ago, but its posthumous currently feels rather apt. It's not Gerber's final comic story (that turned out to be his Doctor Fate serial in "Countdown to Mystery") but it feels like it's his final word on the medium. It's a shame that the format of its initial publication feels like such a bad decision; misleading (if nice) covers from Arthur Adams, a nonsensical title, and bad chapter-breaks created after the fact. They actually greatly diminish the overall feel for the story that Gerber and Nowlan created here; a collected edition will almost certainly be the preferred method in which to read this story. "Screenplay of the Living Dead Man," Gerber, Nowlan, and the audience all deserved a little more respect after all these years in how we finally got to read this comic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Inferno | 1 issues |
4
|
Inferno #1
May 29, 2015 |
"Inferno" #1 just isn't quite coming together; so far, it's nothing new and exciting, with just some forms of characters getting thrown back into the pot. Maybe future issues will bring something big and exciting to the table, something playing on the themes of corruption in the name of desperation. For now, though, it's a little underwhelming. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Infinity Inc. | 1 issues |
3
|
Infinity Inc. #9
May 13, 2008 |
Most of all? I feel bad for anyone who read the first seven issues of "Infinity Inc." and enjoyed it. This is most certainly not what they signed up for. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Infinity Man And The Forever People | 1 issues |
5
|
Infinity Man And The Forever People #2
Jul 9, 2014 |
The Forever People's good nature is the other half of what carries the book for now. Giffen and Didio have reinvented five pleasant characters, and that does make a difference. Don't get me wrong, we do need a plot, and soon. But I'm willing to wait a little bit longer. For now, the lack of plot makes this a right-down-the-middle average. Here's to a strong surge forward next month, though. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Infinity Man And The Forever People One Shot | 1 issues |
7
|
Infinity Man And The Forever People: Futures End #1
Sep 12, 2014 |
"Infinity Man and the Forever People: Futures End" was a nice surprise; this isn't the sort of story you'd want in the title every month, but it's a smart way to take the obligatory tie-in and make it something different. It's a deliberately uneasy, grim future for the Forever People, one that makes one suspect more than ever that the timeline of "Futures End" will eventually be erased when it's all said and done. Either way, though, this is a smart approach to handle this one-shot. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Inhuman | 1 issues |
5
|
Inhuman #2
May 30, 2014 |
"Inhuman" #2 is depressingly average. It could be a lot better. It could be a lot worse. Maybe once things settle down and Soule's had time to work with the new artist, things can turn around. He's certainly worked wonders on a lot of other series. But for what's supposed to be the next big thing at Marvel, "Inhuman" #2 is just the next thing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Injection | 2 issues |
7
|
Injection #3
Jul 13, 2015 |
Ultimately, that's what keeps me coming back for more. I'm enjoying the guessing game even as another portion is revealed. Wherever "Injection" is ultimately headed, it's a lot of fun getting there. This is the sort of series where you could pick up this issue as your first taste, but understand that backtracking to scoop up #1-2 as well will result in a stronger experience. Ellis, Shalvey and Bellaire are doing something crazy and fun here and, once the first story arc is completed, I suspect that the greater whole will be that much stronger as a fully-assembled construction. That's definitely the case up until now; bring on "Injection" #4, please. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Injection #7
Feb 11, 2016 |
"Injection" #7 feels like a series that's starting to slow down, and that's frustrating, especially considering the pedigree of its creators. The first story arc was slow-moving but had a great sense of mood throughout it. Two chapters into the second one, we're slow-moving again, but the atmosphere is absent. Maybe next issue will pick up when the rest of the main cast enters the story, but -- for now -- it's just not quite there. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Insufferable | 1 issues |
8
|
Insufferable #1
May 1, 2012 |
Small hiccups aside (and mostly through implementation quibbles that could be adjusted with time), "Insufferable" #1 is a good opening chapter. It has just the right length and detail to hook the reader, without giving everything away in its first outing. And for now, at least, "Insufferable" #1 is free on Thrillbent.com, so you can always look at it for yourself and decide if you want to read more. For now, though, I'll consider myself hooked. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
International Iron Man | 1 issues |
6
|
International Iron Man #1
Mar 17, 2016 |
"International Iron Man" #1 also has the slight problem of positioning its debut around Tony Stark's search for his real parents, but -- at the moment -- it doesn't feel like strong enough of a premise to build a series on it. Again, maybe future issues will make this series feel more robust, but it's just not coming together as something particularly gripping. For the moment, "International Iron Man" has a beautiful first issue thanks to Maleev and Mounts, but Bendis' script isn't on the same level just yet. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Intersect | 1 issues |
7
|
Intersect #1
Nov 20, 2014 |
"Intersect" #1 isn't for everyone. It requires some work on the part of the reader, as well as some faith that Fawkes' vision will pay off into something moderately comprehensible given enough time. For now, though, there's enough to want to come back for a second issue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Invader Zim | 1 issues |
7
|
Invader Zim #2
Aug 21, 2015 |
Still, even with an ending that doesn't quite hit its mark, there's enough other good material in "Invader Zim" #2 that it's still above average. I'm glad that Oni Press has such a strong creative and I think this is still a gift from heaven for diehard fans. I'll be back for more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.7
|
Invincible Iron Man | 3 issues |
8
|
Invincible Iron Man #17
Sep 1, 2009 |
With the second "Iron Man" movie coming towards theatres soon, it's nice that Marvel has a strong "Iron Man" comic to point potential new readers towards. More importantly, it's just nice to have a fun, strong comic like this being published regardless of a movie or not. Fraction and Larroca have made me interested in reading "Iron Man" every month. For that alone, well done. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Invincible Iron Man #24
Mar 2, 2010 |
If you aren't reading "Invincible Iron Man" you're missing out on a lot of fun. (I like it so much that I've already pre-ordered the upcoming hardcover omnibus of the first 19 issues of this series.) "Invincible Iron Man" delivers the goods every month, and in ways you never even thought to ask for. But don't just take my word for it. Try it out for yourself, and I think you'll be quite pleased. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Invincible Iron Man #26
May 20, 2010 |
"Invincible Iron Man" has captured my attention for over two years now, and that's far longer than any past "Iron Man" team has managed. So long as Fraction, Larroca, and D'Armata are on board, I have the greatest of confidence that they'll have me around as a reader. Who knew hostile takeovers could be so much fun? |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.3
|
Iron Man (2012) | 3 issues |
5
|
Iron Man (2012) #2
Nov 21, 2012 |
"Iron Man" #2 is already showing the cracks in the armor, so to speak, which is a bad sign. Gillen and Land have worked together more successfully on "Uncanny X-Men," so for "Iron Man" to already start slowing down is a bit worrisome. This new "Iron Man" isn't offering up anything particularly new or innovative so far that warranted a renumbering of the series. Two issues in, "Iron Man" is in need of a tune-up to get things moving a bit faster. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Iron Man (2012) #7
Mar 6, 2013 |
Gillen and Land wrap up "Iron Man" #7 with a fun moment that both digs up a character from mothballs and also ups the ante a great deal for the conclusion. It's a cliffhanger that works quite well, and it's the little boost of energy that the comic needed after getting a little tired in the middle. All in all, not bad. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Iron Man (2012) #10
May 17, 2013 |
"Iron Man" #10 is one of those comics that I'm sure will work better in a collected edition, but is little more than a blip on the radar when it comes to a single issue. Gillen's certainly capable of generating more interest in that latter form, but the spark isn't here this time around. Not bad, but not great either. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.8
|
It Girl and The Atomics | 4 issues |
7
|
It Girl and The Atomics #4
Nov 26, 2012 |
"It Girl and the Atomics" #4 is another winner from Rich and Norton. This series just exudes fun from start to finish, a perfect mixture of heroics and crazy science. If you're not reading "It Girl and the Atomics," you really should fix that problem right now. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
It Girl and The Atomics #6
Jan 23, 2013 |
"It Girl and the Atomics" #6 is a fun little side step away from the main action set back on Earth; if all the interludes are this enjoyable and well-put-together, I don't think anyone will complain too much about not getting another issue drawn handsomely by regular artist Mike Norton. Rich and Clugston Flores clearly had a good working relationship back when Rich was Clugston Flores' editor at Oni Press, and that has continued through to here. If you haven't tried out "It Girl and the Atomics" yet, this is a fun place to start. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
It Girl and The Atomics #8
Mar 22, 2013 |
"It Girl and the Atomics" #8 is another enjoyable issue from a fun series. I've said it before but it bears repeating: Michael Allred should be proud of the life that Rich and Norton have brought to his characters. If you've not sampled "It Girl and the Atomics" up until now, #8 is a good a place as any to begin. Take a look, you won't regret it. This is out-and-out fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
It Girl and The Atomics #11
Jun 19, 2013 |
With every issue of "It Girl and the Atomics" able to serve as someone's first, don't think that you couldn't jump in with this two-parter that started last month. Sure, the book comes to an end with #12, but that's no reason to miss out on a really fun comic. I've come to really adore "It Girl and the Atomics," and I'm going to miss it when it's gone. Until then, "It Girl and the Atomics" is well worth any reader's time. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.4
|
iZombie (2010) | 8 issues |
8
|
iZombie (2010) #4
Aug 8, 2010 |
Overall, though, "iZombie" has now fully clicked for me; I like Gwen's wit and her ability to listen to the evidence and information given to her, and the world of "iZombie" in general is interesting. There's enough going on here that I want to keep reading, and I can't help but think that Vertigo may have another big hit on their hands. If you've been hesitant about trying a new zombie title, trust me, this is anything but your typical zombie story. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
iZombie (2010) #6
Oct 7, 2010 |
Sure, it would've been fun to see more about the agency out there that's tracking down all the fantastical creatures in the area. But this brief detour away from the main plot for a story all about Spot came at just the right time. It's a nice way to let the reader catch his or her breath, introduce someone new, and prepare us for the next big storyline. Like the series in general, "iZombie" #6 is just a lot of fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
iZombie (2010) #9
Jan 9, 2011 |
I'm not saying that "iZombie" #9 is bad, because it's not. Not at all. But it does feel like the book's creative team might need a month or two to adjust to the new, shorter length for each issue. This issue just feels like it's going through some growing (or should that be shrinking?) pains, that's all. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
iZombie (2010) #13
May 4, 2011 |
"iZombie" continues to serve up the fun, month in and month out. And be it a "Scooby Doo" parody or a group of secret agency monsters, it delivers just what I'm looking for in a comic. Another great outing from both creators. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
iZombie (2010) #15
Jul 7, 2011 |
I'm still not entirely certain what's going on in the "Dead Presidents" back-up (although it looks like it, too, might be converging with the main storyline shortly), but when you draw characters as nifty looking as Allred, it's hard to find yourself worrying too much. "iZombie," as always, is a real treat to read. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
iZombie (2010) #19
Nov 21, 2011 |
"iZombie" month in and month out is dependable and enjoyable, two qualities that are a real blessing when together in comics. This is as good a jumping-on point as you're going to find, although if you give this one a whirl, be warned you'll want to check out the previous 18 issues as well. (Don't worry, the first year's already been collected into two volumes, which should help matters a great deal.) "iZombie," you can take a bite out of me whenever you want. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
iZombie (2010) #24
Apr 5, 2012 |
It's a shame that "iZombie" is almost over, but it's been an awfully fun series in general. Still, this issue makes it clear that Roberson is shifting it towards a big conclusion and that's a nice consolation. As a gateway to the final endgame, "iZombie" #24 achieves its purpose well. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
iZombie (2010) #25
May 11, 2012 |
The bad news, though, is that "iZombie" #25 would probably be a little confusing to jump into if you haven't read the first 24 issues. This has been a fun series, but hopping in this late would probably be a little overwhelming in spots. Still, there's enough good moments that you can enjoy regardless (my favorite is the comic creator who ruefully reflects that allowing to be regularly possessed by the spirit of a pulp avenger character wasn't worth it for rising up in the comics industry) that I'm not going to warn people away. Just know that if you like this issue, there are 24 earlier issues (helpfully all being collected) that you'll want to read, too. "iZombie" may have only gotten just under two and a half years, but so far it's been a pretty great ride. Here's to the last three issues still en route. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Jack of Fables | 1 issues |
5
|
Jack of Fables #31
Feb 27, 2009 |
For people who don't mind reading a book where your protagonist is utterly self-centered, is forever making matters worse out of a mixture of arrogance and idiocy, and often bumbles his way through the stories, "Jack of Fables" will certainly be a bit more palatable. Like I said, the ideas are really neat here, and they've kept me reading a book for two and a half years where I really don't like the main character. But honestly, short of some massive changes in Jack himself, after the upcoming crossover with "Fables" itself, it might be time to finally bid adieu to this particular character. A little Jack goes a long way. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Jacked | 1 issues |
8
|
Jacked #1
Nov 25, 2015 |
Back when it had the working title of "Amped," it was announced Kripke is also developing a live-action version of this comic for USA Network. It doesn't surprise me; based on what we've seen here, if I was a network executive, I'd jump on it too. "Jacked" is a six-issue miniseries for now, but I wouldn't be surprised if it comes back for more. This is fun and engaging first issue, one that reels the audience back in for more. I'm ready to be "Jacked" every month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
James Bond | 1 issues |
6
|
James Bond #1
Nov 5, 2015 |
"James Bond" #1 is a real proverbial mixed bag; there's enough here to be pleased, but not so much to be overly so. Hopefully, the exposition is now complete here, because this book needs to find the spring in its step once more. James Bond stories -- comic, book or film -- should never have the audience fidgeting, and the second half of "James Bond" #1 comes perilously close to just that. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Jason Shiga's Demon | 1 issues |
7
|
Jason Shiga's Demon #1
Aug 18, 2014 |
That said, "Jason Shiga's Demon" #1 does have one problem that needs to be addressed; Shiga is clearly looking at the long game here. This first issue moves a little slowly, with the payoff still to come around the corner. Having read much further on the website (it's up to 144 pages there as of today), it comes together beautifully and there's still all sorts of surprises and adventure ahead. The series as a whole (so far) is great, but the first issue is just slightly above average. If there's enough you like here to read further, definitely stick with it; to use an old clich of a phrase, it just gets better. If you aren't sure, go check out the website for yourself and read ahead. I bet you'll be pleased. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Jem and the Holograms | 6 issues |
8
|
Jem and the Holograms #5
Aug 3, 2015 |
Do you know what's truly, truly outrageous? There are people who still haven't picked up "Jem and the Holograms" to try for themselves. This comic is just fun from start to finish, full stop. Thompson and Campbell should be proud of this new 21st century take on "Jem and the Holograms" because it's sharp, smart and grabs your attention from start to finish. Five tracks in, and it's still a winner. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Jem and the Holograms #7
Sep 21, 2015 |
"Jem and the Holograms" #7 is another strong issue in a fun series that could have so easily been tossed off as just another tie-in comic. Vieceli's a good choice as a second artist for the series, and based on this issue I'd certainly love to see her being the regular backup. Thompson and Vieceli bring the fun in a series that should appeal not only to past fans of "Jem and the Holograms" but even readers who come to the series cold. Once again, good work by all involved. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Jem and the Holograms #9
Nov 23, 2015 |
"Jem and the Holograms" #9 is charming and fun, and with a great cliffhanger or two to round out the issue -- one literally involving a cliff! -- you want to come back for more to see what happens next. That's exactly how an ongoing series should handle itself. Nicely done. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Jem and the Holograms #10
Dec 31, 2015 |
"Jem and the Holograms" #10 is another victory for a series that is far more enjoyable than one might have ever thought. Thompson and Howell work well together, and I'd definitely keep Howell on the list of good guest artist options. What could have been a one-off or a diversion is instead a lot of fun and continues to move the book forward as we see the Misfits come together in the face of tragedy. The only thing that's truly outrageous here is that we have to wait another month until the next issue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Jem and the Holograms #12
Feb 24, 2016 |
A year's worth of "Jem and the Holograms" later, this series still hits all of the right notes thanks to Thompson and Campbell. The only thing that's constant here is strong storytelling, and that's exactly what brings me back month after month. "Jem and the Holograms" #12 is another hit single. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Jem and the Holograms #16
Jul 1, 2016 |
"Jem and the Holograms" #16 makes a small stumble, but it's worth noting that -- for a book that's normally so shockingly strong -- this just means it's only average. With a new adversary introduced at the end of the issue, there will still be a lot of obstacles for the characters to overcome. I'm eager to see what Thompson, Campbell and company have in store for us next. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
10
|
Jimmy Olsen | 1 issues |
10
|
Jimmy Olsen #1
Apr 2, 2011 |
My one complaint? Now that Spencer is exclusive at Marvel, we won't see a follow-up by him and Silva any time soon. That's a real shame. The "Jimmy Olsen" one-shot is top-notch work from both creators, and whatever the comic, I want to see them work together again. This is easily one of my favorite comics of the year. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Joe The Barbarian | 1 issues |
7
|
Joe The Barbarian #1
Jan 21, 2010 |
Hopefully people will see why "Joe the Barbarian" #1 has a slow pace and stick around; there's a lot of promise here, and the glimpses of Joe's other reality that we see are golden. It is a deliberately slow start, though, but hopefully (logically!) things are about to pick up big time. Here's to #2 showing us just that. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Jonah Hex (2006) | 1 issues |
5
|
Jonah Hex (2006) #56
Jun 13, 2010 |
The issue concludes with a conversation between Gray, Palmiotti, and feature film director Jimmy Hayward; personally I'd have been happier with additional pages of story. The interview is little more than a fluff piece, unfortunately, although I suppose people interested in influences the comic had on the movie might find it more interesting. At the end of the day, I'm glad that DC thought to link this to the movie-going public (there's even a "Now a major motion picture" slug at the top of the cover) and it's perfectly fine, but it is too bad that it wasn't a real zinger of an issue. Still, at least there's a tie-in and it's not bad. That's a victory in comics these days, unfortunately. Half a loaf is definitely better than none. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.6
|
JSA All Stars Vol. 2 | 8 issues |
6
|
JSA All Stars Vol. 2 #1
Dec 5, 2009 |
"JSA All-Stars" #1 is a perfectly respectable openiq |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
JSA All Stars Vol. 2 #3
Feb 11, 2010 |
Here's hoping scheduling gets fixed for "JSA All Stars" in the future; having part of your story spoiled by a comic that comes out the previous week seems to becoming the norm these days. At least most of the time it was due to a late-shipping title, though. Why sabotage your own books on purpose? I just don't get it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
JSA All Stars Vol. 2 #4
Mar 5, 2010 |
The only enjoyment I ended up getting out of "JSA All-Stars" was the back-up story by Jen Van Meter and Travis Moore, although with just eight pages an issue I feel like I'm starting to lose track of the story at times. Still, Van Meter turns out a fun situation for the characters, and there's a light-hearted aspect to her script that is notably absent in the main story. It's a good thing I've been enjoying "Justice Society of America" in Bill Willingham's hands, because "JSA All-Stars" is starting to feel like an unnecessary side trip each month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
JSA All Stars Vol. 2 #7
Jun 6, 2010 |
"JSA All-Stars" was definitely off to a rocky start, but Sturges and Williams are starting to find their voice on the book now. With any luck, that new strength will continue to build in the issues to come. For now, though, it's worth checking out again. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
JSA All Stars Vol. 2 #8
Jul 10, 2010 |
Still, overall, an enjoyable issue. "JSA All-Stars" early on looked like a book that was destined to take half of the JSA members out of my reading habits, but I think Sturges and Williams have turned this title around. In comics these days, that's a pleasant surprise. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
JSA All Stars Vol. 2 #10
Sep 3, 2010 |
After a few months of strong "JSA All-Stars," this one feels like a slight relapse. Hopefully these pauses are just building up towards a much stronger conclusion next month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
JSA All Stars Vol. 2 #12
Nov 3, 2010 |
"JSA All-Stars" goes up and down in quality like a bobbing balloon these days, but this is absolutely one of the highs rather than the lows. And with "Justice Society of America" going for a grim and gritty new direction, it's nice to see one of the books maintaining the upbeat nature that made "JSA" such a hit years ago. This is definitely a keeper. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
JSA All Stars Vol. 2 #17
Apr 6, 2011 |
It wasn't a perfect book, but "JSA All-Stars" still provided fun more often than not, and I'm a little sad to see it go. Right now it's capturing the ideals of a Justice Society comic more than the main title does, and it feels like the wrong comic is going away. We'll miss you, "JSA All-Stars." |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
JSA Kingdom Come Special: Magog | 1 issues |
5
|
JSA Kingdom Come Special: Magog #1
Nov 21, 2008 |
So, in the end, the "JSA Kingdom Come Special: Magog" misses out in its main story in what is almost certainly a missed opportunity to make readers care about Magog, but succeeds wonderfully with its back-up. That's not how I'd have expected the balance between main story and back-up story to work, but at least one out of two ended up being fun. That's much better than none. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
JSA vs. Kobra | 1 issues |
8
|
JSA vs. Kobra #3
Aug 18, 2009 |
"JSA vs. Kobra" is good, to the point that I wish it was in the main title so that it would get more attention. It makes me a little sad that when Rucka left "Checkmate" that Trautmann didn't end up writing the book solo, because based on this story he clearly was ready for it. On the bright side, I'm all the more eager to see what he does with "The Shield" later this year. Until then, though, definitely check out "JSA vs. Kobra." Right now, it's the place to go for your Justice Society fix. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Jughead (2015) | 1 issues |
6
|
Jughead (2015) #3
Dec 31, 2015 |
"Jughead" #3 is good overall, but it's the real-world sequence that's great. Hopefully, the fantasies won't stay a part of the title for too much longer; Zdarsky and Henderson have given us a take on the character that doesn't need anything to prop it up. Jughead is a good modern hero for modern times under their capable hands. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Juice Squeezers | 1 issues |
5
|
Juice Squeezers #3
Mar 10, 2014 |
"Juice Squeezers" is set up to be a series of mini-series, and if it does indeed return, hopefully it offers a better grasp of the other kids. Lapham's been giving them some scenes and characterization here and there, but nothing's been strong enough to stick for long. If he can do that, well, I think it'll be a winner. As it is, right now it's a fun enough read, but I do wish it was something where I'm itching to find out what happens next. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.5
|
Jupiter's Circle | 4 issues |
7
|
Jupiter's Circle: Vol. 2 #1
Nov 30, 2015 |
It may sound silly, but the long gap in the wait for a second "Jupiter's Legacy" series actually does "Jupiter's Circle" a big favor, in that one might very well forget the status of all of these characters in the present day. At this point, it's actually better to view "Jupiter's Circle" as less of a prequel and more of a fun series in its own right, divorced from anything else. This is a pleasant opening chapter in the latest story featuring these characters, and it'll be nice to see where it's going next. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Jupiter's Circle #2
May 11, 2015 |
"Jupiter's Circle" could have easily been a throwaway comic, an unnecessary prequel. Two issues in, and "Jupiter's Circle" is quickly becoming a must read thanks to Millar and Torres. This isn't just an attempt to fill the publishing gap while "Jupiter's Legacy" is on hiatus; this is a fun and entertaining comic in its own right. I'm definitely on board for more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Jupiter's Circle: Vol. 2 #5
Apr 18, 2016 |
Millar's script may pull things back around in next month's conclusion, but "Jupiter's Circle" #5 is a disappointment based solely on what we see here. Hopefully, Millar isn't really sorting the story back into its old boxes, but -- as the book careens towards that conclusion -- it's a touch of a disappointment for this comic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Jupiter's Circle #6
Sep 2, 2015 |
"Jupiter's Circle" #6's only real letdown is that it's over almost before you know it. Later events, like the completion of the prison, feel almost glossed over as the comic hustles towards its conclusion. Hopefully, the next volume will kick off shortly; while we wait for new issues of "Jupiter's Legacy," this sister series has become something to enjoy in its own right, not just as a companion to the first title. That's a nice feat. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Jupiter's Legacy | 1 issues |
8
|
Jupiter's Legacy #1
Apr 24, 2013 |
"Jupiter's Legacy" #1 is a strong debut, one that has me far more interested than I'd have expected. While there's still a lot of world-building still to come, I feel like Millar and Quitely are on the right track. "Jupiter's Legacy" is elegantly written and drawn by Millar and Quitely; this is a book to be proud of. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.1
|
Justice League (2011) | 21 issues |
6
|
Justice League (2011) #1
Aug 30, 2011 |
I like Lee's art (and looking at "Justice League" is a reminder that while some of Lee's redesigns don't look so good when drawn by other artists, they're strong under his pencil), and John's script is just average. As the big launch title for the new DC Comics, though? "Justice League" should have been much better than average. There's a lot of interest and potential goodwill around this title, and I fear that DC may have just given some of that away in the very first issue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Justice League (2011) #3
Nov 16, 2011 |
It's nice to see "Justice League" solidifying as the series progresses. The creative team is looking much stronger than their first effort, and I'm starting to feel like "Justice League" is in the right hands. This is a promising latest installment, and I'm starting to look forward to new issues. It looks like there is Justice in this world, after all. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Justice League (2011) #5
Jan 25, 2012 |
"Justice League" in general has had an extremely up-and-down first storyline, and this one is further proof of that. Fortunately we've still got another issue in which to see everything click back into place. I think Johns and Lee can do it, but for now this feels like an unfortunate step backwards. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Justice League (2011) #7
Mar 22, 2012 |
"Justice League" #7 is a good issue; there are little points here and there that could have been better, but I feel like I'm getting my money's worth and that there was enough to make me genuinely interested in what's to come. With a build-up for a new villain in the main story of "Justice League" #7 handled well, plus the start of Shazam's origin, things are looking hopeful for "Justice League." |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Justice League (2011) #8
Apr 18, 2012 |
"Justice League" #8 is a pleasant comic; it feels like the title has a real direction now, and that we're moving into potentially interesting territory. Little bits (like Cyborg keeping the boom tube technology) are scattered throughout the issue for additional enjoyment, and on the whole I think the book has righted itself into a good direction. It's nice to see the flagship title of DC Comics on much stronger footing now. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Justice League (2011) #11
Jul 20, 2012 |
"Justice League" #11 feels like it's fallen victim to some uneven pacing, for both writing and art. The back-up feature by Johns and Frank ultimately eclipses the main story from Johns and Lee, and it makes me wish for a full "Shazam!" series drawn by Frank down the line. For now, though, this issue has some rough patches that need to be sanded down. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Justice League (2011) #14
Nov 23, 2012 |
"Justice League" #14 is a book that has its ups and downs, but ultimately evens out. The main feature has its issues but also its strengths, and the back-up is solid the whole way through. It feels like "Justice League" on the whole is on the right track, though; hopefully next month's "Throne of Atlantis" crossover with "Aquaman" won't derail that. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Justice League (2011) #19
Apr 17, 2013 |
"Justice League" #19 ultimately lands smack in the middle on the good-to-bad scale. We've seen a lot of this before, but there are nice moments even as it begins to play out again. The art is good, but could use a little punching up in places. And ultimately, it's the back-up feature that ends up winning the day. Hopefully next month's issue will have less set-up and more forward movement, but for now it's a good enough opening chapter. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Justice League (2011) #23.1
Sep 4, 2013 |
"Justice League" #23.1 is the sort of comic that we don't seem to need, but in the end I'm glad we got it. Pak, Siqueira, and Diaz have taken a thankless task and turned out a comic that's actually pretty good. Quite frankly, it gives me hope. Nice job. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Justice League (2011) #23.3
Sep 19, 2013 |
Best of all, original "Dial H" artist Mateus Santolouco gets the first page, while his replacements Alberto Ponticelli and Dan Green get the final page. It's a nice bit of callback to the "Dial H" series, and the final page will certainly make fans of that series cheer. While "Justice League" #23.3 is a visually stunning (if totally inconsistent) book, story-wise it's nothing even close to what "Dial H" offered up every month. That's too bad, if only because I'd hoped this issue would serve to at least give a spike in sales for the "Dial H" collections. Ultimately, not a high note for Mieville to conclude his "Dial H" stories with, alas. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Justice League (2011) #24
Dec 24, 2013 |
All in all, "Justice League" #26 is just an average comic. The art looks nice, and the story ranges from acceptable to interesting. With so few comics released this week, it'll certainly end up standing out a bit more than it would have in a sea of new books. In the end "Justice League" #26 will work better as part of a supplemental collected edition to "Forever Evil" -- and you know that it will be marketed as such -- than as a "Justice League" story in its own right. It's just not as much fun as a single issue, alas. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Justice League (2011) #26
Dec 24, 2013 |
All in all, "Justice League" #26 is just an average comic. The art looks nice, and the story ranges from acceptable to interesting. With so few comics released this week, it'll certainly end up standing out a bit more than it would have in a sea of new books. In the end "Justice League" #26 will work better as part of a supplemental collected edition to "Forever Evil" -- and you know that it will be marketed as such -- than as a "Justice League" story in its own right. It's just not as much fun as a single issue, alas. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Justice League (2011) #32
Jul 31, 2014 |
There's a lot of ground covered in "Justice League" #32; Lex Luthor bringing a friendly face into the fold as he works his way into the League, Cyborg's plugging into the ring to pull all the information out of it, and the hints of what's still to come. This was a lot of fun, and I'm looking forward to more next month. "Justice League," it's nice to see you back to your previous form. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Justice League (2011) #33
Sep 5, 2014 |
"Justice League" #33 continues to help the title feel like it's on a good path, post-"Forever Evil." With the changes to the team, there's a lot of promise for what's in store. I'd like to see a few less storylines per issue down the line (if only to keep from feeling like some of the stories are getting short-changed like we had here), but overall, a nice installment. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Justice League (2011) #36
Nov 20, 2014 |
In a collected edition, this lingering chapter won't stand out so much. But judged as a single issue -- since that's what readers are being asked to purchase it as -- it's not up to par. Fabok's art is great, but Johns' story is not moving at the pace it should be just yet. Now that the setup is over, hopefully things will kick into high gear. But for now, it's not the overwhelming blast of excitement that I'd hoped this issue would bring. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Justice League (2011) #38
Jan 22, 2015 |
"Justice League" #38 feels like it's on a bit of an uptick, but I'm hoping that this isn't the end of the improvements for "The Amazo Virus." This month's cliffhanger holds some real promise for what's still to come, but a lot will depend on if the story keeps coming to a halt in order to explain more facts. For someone who normally likes to see the motivations and hidden veins of information, I'm expositioned-out. Here's hoping for something bursting with energy next month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Justice League (2011) #42
Jul 17, 2015 |
"Justice League" #42 doesn't have a huge amount of plot but it always feels busy and exciting. Johns and Fabok dish up some exposition along with a bit of forward traction, and the end result is a second chapter that keeps readers interested enough to want to come back for part three. "Justice League" is definitely determined to be the centerpiece of the DC Comics line and, right now, it definitely feels like it's providing a story that will eventually shape the future of a lot of characters. That's a good thing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Justice League (2011) #45
Oct 22, 2015 |
"Justice League" #45 leads into multiple one-shots over the next few weeks, serving as much as a launching point as it does the next stage of this storyline. There are some good ideas in here, but -- as the changes and shifts to the characters continue to grow on an exponential level -- it's unfortunately also robbed the book of any real sense of drama. Hopefully, Johns will find a way to bring that back before long. In the end, it's above average, but no longer reaching heights of excellence. That reset button just off to the right is far too hard to ignore. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Justice League (2011) #49
Apr 28, 2016 |
This issue promises a big conclusion in "Justice League" #50, and hopefully the payoff will be well worth it. Viewed on its own, "Justice League" #49 isn't terribly compelling; this shift of characters into godhood is becoming just as wearying for the readers as it is for the cast of the book. There have been some fun and exciting installments of "Darkseid War" up until now, but this one is missing that same reach. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Justice League (2011) #51
Jun 16, 2016 |
Presumably, the mystery villain lurking in "Justice League" #51 will appear in "Titans" before too long. Even if he doesn't, though, this is a good comic to read thanks to the overall hopeful nature of the script and art that matches that tone. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Justice League (2011) #52
Jun 27, 2016 |
"Justice League" #52 may not be a dramatic way to wrap up the series, but -- similar to how the previous issue served as a lead-in to future issues of "Titans" -- it works well to accentuate what's happening in "Action Comics." Ultimately, Jurgens, Grummett, Miki, Morales and Hanna's "Justice League" #52 is a success: you'll hate Lex Luthor, even as you want to see more of him. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.7
|
Justice League 3000 | 3 issues |
4
|
Justice League 3000 #2
Jan 16, 2014 |
"Justice League 3000" is an odd book. It's hard to tell where it's going, and it seems to be trying to juggle too many different styles in its writing. If things settle down and cohere a bit, it's got a chance. But right now, this isn't quite there. There's some flash and bang here, and a cliffhanger that I suspect will keep some readers shocked enough that they'll want to see what happens next. But there's only so many times that particular trick will work, so hopefully everything else will fall into place before long. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Justice League 3000 #8
Aug 8, 2014 |
"Justice League 3000" #9 is a fun little book. It helps that Batista's art looks great, and I love the little oddities that exist here, like Green Lantern still being the size of a chipmunk but piloting around a green-light human-sized form with him in the pocket. You win, "Justice League 3000." I'll start reading you again. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Justice League 3000 #12
Dec 4, 2014 |
In the end, "Justice League 3000" #12 works better for new readers than existing ones, if only because it primarily ignores the previous issues. Eventually this story will connect a bit more with everything else, but for now, if Giffen, DeMatteis and Porter are trying to lure in new readers, this is a reasonable start. But hopefully the Blue and Gold team will have some other characters to interact with soon. I'm not sure the two bantering with one another non-stop can last for a whole second issue before it turns irritating. Here's hoping that promised roster expansion happens next issue, and quickly. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.5
|
Justice League 3001 | 2 issues |
6
|
Justice League 3001 #2
Jul 27, 2015 |
"Justice League 3001" #2 is indicative of the series as a whole: some issues (or parts of issues) work great, other ones just stumble forward, as if smashing into everything in its path. There's enough here to enjoy the issue and to hope that the next installment is a little stronger, but it's hard to get overly excited. I've come to like the series just enough to keep an eye on it, but I keep wishing that everything would come together enough to love it. "Justice League 3001" may have a new year in its title but, at the end of the day, it's still the same strange cousin of the rest of the DC Universe line. Not bad, but could be better. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Justice League 3001 #9
Feb 26, 2016 |
"Justice League 3001" #9 is a good issue, one that makes me a little sad to see the book on its way out the door. A couple of years ago, "Justice League 3000" certainly had a rocky start, but where the book is now feels so much more interesting and inviting that it makes one wish it had somehow managed to start at this point. Still, it's going to be a fun ride over the finish line and the book is worth sticking around for. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.7
|
Justice League Dark | 6 issues |
8
|
Justice League Dark #2
Oct 26, 2011 |
"Justice League Dark" #2 is a lot of fun, and Milligan and Janin even provide a great cliffhanger "gotcha" moment where we discover that not all of our assumptions about the characters were 100% accurate. This title is a great addition to the DC stable, and it's now quite nicely solidified itself as a must-read. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Justice League Dark #3
Nov 23, 2011 |
Still, "Justice League Dark" is fun, and this drop in quality shifts it down to only "good." That's not anything to be too worried about. It's still easily the best of the three Justice League comics, and the "Dark" line of DC in general continues to generate good comics. Bring on more Dark, please. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Justice League Dark #7
Mar 29, 2012 |
It's sad to see Milligan leaving "Justice League Dark" so soon, but right now it looks like he's leaving on a strong note. DC Comics should use "Justice League Dark" #7 as a template on how to handle a crossover between two titles; this is not only a fun issue, but a great example of how to make a crossover work well. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Justice League Dark #10
Jul 2, 2012 |
"Justice League Dark" #10 is another reminder that the comic is in good hands with Lemire and Janin. It's got just the right mixture of adventure and sneakiness, and best of all I think Lemire's got a strong handle on John Constantine as the center that everything swirls around. All in all, a good job. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Justice League Dark #15
Jan 7, 2013 |
"Justice League Dark" #15 is the latest in a line of consistently enjoyable issues. The series doesn't knock my socks off, but it doesn't need to; it's fun and entertaining, which is exactly what the book should be. For a book that sounded particularly ridiculous when it was first announced, I feel like it's quietly turned into a book to look forward to each month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Justice League Dark #20
May 27, 2013 |
"Justice League Dark" #20 continues what feels like a real slow-down for the series. There's a possibility for a new direction around the corner thanks to what happens in this issue, but without it the book could be in trouble. I like the concept of "Justice League Dark," and in the past I've had enough fun that I've stuck around. But it's starting to feel a little thin, and if I'm noticing that, I can't be the only one. Here's hoping for something a little more juicy, and soon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.5
|
Justice League International (2011) | 2 issues |
3
|
Justice League International (2011) #2
Oct 5, 2011 |
"Justice League International" has a strong pedigree, but this new incarnation isn't living up to the name. Maybe down the line when the characters are more of a team (and less incompetent) it'll turn into a fun title, but for now this is a poorly written book. Jurgens' recent run on "Booster Gold" was a lot of fun, and that makes his work here that much more disappointing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Justice League International (2011) #4
Dec 8, 2011 |
"Justice League International" is, right now, easily the weak link of the three "Justice League" titles. I love the idea of the strange mixture of characters that the book promises, and the nod to the earlier, Keith Giffen helmed version of the title with its merging of humor and drama. But right now, "Justice League International" feels like a pale shadow of the original. It's just not quite there. A little more deviation from the standard playbook can only do some good at this point; more originality, please. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.2
|
Justice League of America (2006) | 10 issues |
6
|
Justice League of America (2006) #20
May 11, 2008 |
When you consider that one member of this book was transferred off the team in an entirely different comic (Geo-Force's removal in "Batman and the Outsiders"), it really makes you wonder what the heck is going on behind the scenes with "Justice League of America". A recent interview with McDuffie mentioned that he's planning stories about Red Tornado's body and then Vixen's powers next, and all I could think was, that hopefully this meant "Justice League of America" was no longer going to be a dumping ground for other people's storylines and promotional events. (Although I can't help but notice that both are also dangling subplots left behind by Meltzer.) This should be the flagship of DC Comics' line; it's the highest-selling monthly series from the publisher, after all. Let's give it (and McDuffie's talents) a little more respect, please? Readers of the book deserve better. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Justice League of America (2006) #23
Jul 24, 2008 |
Still, three months after my last examination of "Justice League of America" we're already seeing a slight improvement. In another three months, who knows? This could finally be the book we were all expecting when McDuffie was announced as the new writer. Here's hoping for the best. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Justice League of America (2006) #27
Dec 11, 2008 |
There's actually a lot going on in "Justice League of America" #27: the return of the Milestone characters, the search for a corpse of a recently-deceased villain (and please, let him stay that way), the return of an old Justice League member, and a leadership shake-up. And this is just the first part of a multi-part story, no less. If "Justice League of America" could just end up with a stronger artist on board (Donner and Blitzen's chests on the final page of the issue are a crystal clear example of everything that doesn't work for me with Benes' art), I'd be over the moon. As it is? I'm really happy. Welcome back, "Justice League of America," welcome back. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Justice League of America (2006) #32
Apr 22, 2009 |
I've said it before and I'll say it one more time: "Justice League of America" is supposed to be one of the flagship titles for DC Comics. Maybe it's time they started treating it like one again. Let McDuffie tell stories that don't have to connect with every other title in the line, let him keep the characters he starts a story with (the number of ones taken away from him at this point is getting a little mortifying), and put one of your big artists on the title. The potential is there, but I don't know how much longer readers are going to stand for this poor treatment. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Justice League of America (2006) #40
Dec 19, 2009 |
At this point, I'm not sure why Robinson even came on board for these issues to shuffle out the old cast in favor of "The Titans" cast-offs and characters he was already writing elsewhere. I'd almost rather him have disbanded the old team in-between issues, because this wasn't pleasant for anyone who'd enjoyed the characters that were still sticking around. Clearly, Robinson didn't like them. Hopefully he has more interest in his own line-up. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Justice League of America (2006) #41
Jan 31, 2010 |
I wanted to like "Justice League of America" again, now that it was free of "Blackest Night," and after how enjoyable "Starman" was last week. But for now, at least, it appears we're getting more of the same. That's a pity. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Justice League of America (2006) #43
Apr 1, 2010 |
Another sign of hope is that Robinson is having the characters notice some of the problems with the make-up of the book and comment on them. Between Dick Grayson musing that the Justice League isn't working as a team, and Green Arrow's wondering (non-ironically) how things all got so much darker, one hopes it's writing on the wall that things are going to change. Robinson has stated in interviews that he wants a more heroic, happy group of characters in the title and I'm crossing my fingers that this is the first step along those lines. "Justice League of America" is a book that is still going to merit monitoring; if things continue to improve it will be worth sticking around. In the book's present precarious state, though, I certainly couldn't encourage blindly staying on board. There just isn't enough of a track record to merit that. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Justice League of America (2006) #46
Jul 2, 2010 |
"Justice League of America" is no longer a "must skip" book, but it's also yet to find its footing. I'd like to see the book stop rushing from one "event" to the next ("Blackest Night" tie-ins! New line-up! Replacement new line-up! Crossover with the JSA!) and just take its time a bit more. I feel like Robinson and Bagley have it in them to make a stronger book, but so far it's not getting to that point. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Justice League of America (2006) #50
Oct 21, 2010 |
It's nice to see "Justice League of America" also finally addressing some dangling subplots, like Doctor Impossible's scheme that started a year ago. Or, for that matter, exactly what Impossible's is, since we've gotten little more than hints and potential lies since he showed up way back in "Justice League of America" #1. Ever since Brad Meltzer left after "Justice League of America" #12 this has been a book that's felt adrift and being pulled in multiple directions by everyone but the writer. For the first time since then, it's starting to look like the writer is steering the ship again. With any luck, it'll stay that way for a long time to come. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Justice League of America (2006) #52
Dec 23, 2010 |
I'm glad that "Justice League of America" #52 isn't bad, but it would also be nice of it was great instead of just average. As one of DC Comics's flagship titles, it should be more than just average; maybe the upcoming shift in artists will give the book a punch of energy. For now, though, it's an unenthusiastic note to end the year upon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Justice League of America (2013) | 2 issues |
3
|
Justice League of America (2013) #3
May 9, 2013 |
Wherever "Justice League of America" #3 is headed, I feel like it's going to start doing so with less readers before long. That overall hook isn't there, and that's a shame. I'm not afraid of books with dark characters or themes, but this one feels a bit pointless other than being a dark reflection of "Justice League." As a draw to read more, I'm afraid that it's just not enough for me. I suspect that I won't be alone in that assessment, either. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Justice League of America (2013) #7.1
Sep 4, 2013 |
"Justice League of America" #7.1 works well as a preview for Kindt's taking over of "Suicide Squad" next month; not only does this lead directly into "Suicide Squad" #24, but it also gives me hope that the book will be in good hands. And for that alone, I'd say mission accomplished. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Justice League of America (2015) | 2 issues |
7
|
Justice League of America (2015) #2
Jul 13, 2015 |
"Justice League of America" #2 may be a little predictable, but there's still more than enough to keep readers interested, especially considering a cliffhanger that will keep everyone until next month. If nothing else, it's a very handsome book, but Hitch's overall plot so far feels sound, if familiar. Here's hoping for some surprises down the line but, until then, it'll still be a pleasant experience. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Justice League of America (2015) #5
Nov 27, 2015 |
Those reading Hitch's storyline in "Justice League of America" are probably going to be a little disappointed here, in part because of the lack of Hitch but also because this really isn't a Justice League story. It's a Martian Manhunter comic with a few JLA elements grafted on for good measure, but it's missing a stronger reason to come back for more in the character's own title. That's too bad, because "Justice League of America" has some pretty great sales figures; it would have been nice to get a stronger lure for some of those readers to hop on over. For now, this clocks in at the average level: not bad but not memorable either. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Justice League Of America's Vibe | 1 issues |
6
|
Justice League Of America's Vibe #2
Mar 20, 2013 |
With Sterling Gates poised to take over "Justice League of America's Vibe" in a couple of months, of course, all of this could change quickly. But for now, it's not a bad start to the series. I feel like it's going somewhere, and it looks nice. For a book that could have just as easily been dead on arrival, that's no small feat. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.7
|
Justice League United | 3 issues |
4
|
Justice League United #1
May 14, 2014 |
"Justice League United" #1 could certainly be worse, but it could also be much better. This is nothing new or even exciting. If things don't shape up quickly, this is going to be a very easy title for readers to forget about, and that is definitely not something that anyone involved should want to happen. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Justice League United #5
Oct 8, 2014 |
"Justice League United" #5 is the sort of book that has great ideas but just an average execution. The pedigree of this creative team still gives me hope, though; it feels like it's inching towards that stronger run, especially now that the early building blocks have concluded. For now, it's trucking along at a steady pace, but I want the book to hit the proverbial accelerator soon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Justice League United #11
Jul 8, 2015 |
"Justice League United" #11 is overall a good start to the new incarnation of the series; we get a good introduction to the basic ideas and thrust of "Justice League United" that holds back on pouring on the revelations right out of the gate. If the rough spots can be smoothed out, this book can easily jump all the way up into the realm of excellent. For now, though, it's certainly good enough to pick up next month's conclusion to this opening two-part story. Parker and Foreman's new "Justice League United" has its long-awaited purpose, and it's one just full of possibilities. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Justice League United Annual | 1 issues |
7
|
Justice League United Annual #1
Oct 29, 2014 |
So far this storyline is making the right steps. Fans of the Legion will be happy to see them still alive and intact in the future (and it sounds like all the issues with time travel that had come up in "Legion Lost" are gone, with the insinuation that the missing members are now back in the 31st century), and every character getting a nice bit of characterization. This is much more along the lines of what I'd expected from "Justice League United," and it's nice to see the kinks worked out. Full speed ahead! |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Justice League: Cry for Justice | 1 issues |
4
|
Justice League: Cry for Justice #3
Sep 3, 2009 |
The sad thing? There are a couple of good, cute moments. Congo Bill's answer to Starman's, "What are you going to do?" made me smile, and Charity being as flabbergasted as the reader by Bobo Bennetti's dialogue was funny. (Where was Charity for the rest of this comic, though?) But this is still not a very good comic, and it makes me worried for how "Justice League of America" will fare when Robinson takes over in a few months. With its macho blustering of looking for justice, it reminds me of all of the weak points of "Extreme Justice" with none of its good points. That was over a decade ago. Haven't we moved beyond this? |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Justice League: Darkseid War | 3 issues |
8
|
Justice League: Darkseid War: Shazam #1
Nov 12, 2015 |
Orlando, Kolins and Fajardo work extremely well together here, to the point that I'd love to see them work on another book as a team soon. (Perhaps there's a "Shazam" ongoing is in their future -- if not, DC Comics should reconsider based on the strength of this one-shot.) What could have easily been disposable is instead enthralling thanks to this creative team, and now I want to see much more of Shazam. Nicely done. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Justice League: Darkseid War: The Flash #1
Nov 5, 2015 |
"Justice League: Darkseid War: The Flash" #1 could have been a throwaway, instantly forgettable comic. Instead, Williams and Merino have taken the ideas posited in "Justice League" by Johns and turned them into something that definitely accentuates the overall storyline. A nice job by all involved. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Justice League: Darkseid War: Green Lantern #1
Nov 16, 2015 |
Longtime "Green Lantern" readers will probably be the most amused by "Justice League: Darkseid War: Green Lantern" due to the distinct difference between the conclusion of this book and the infamous "Emerald Twilight" storyline in the early '90s that cast Hal Jordan into the realm of megalomaniacal villain for years. It certainly can't be a coincidence to have the two stories veer incredibly close together and then diverge so forcefully. It's a deliberate, careful drawing of a line in the sand between then and now. If nothing else, it's a nice note to end "Justice League: Darkseid War: Green Lantern" on, and King and Shaner set up future events in "Justice League" well enough here. I just wish the duo had been given a better framework with which to create the story; the overall constraint keeps it from achieving greater heights. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.3
|
Justice League: Generation Lost | 7 issues |
4
|
Justice League: Generation Lost #2
May 26, 2010 |
With a better artist, "Justice League: Generation Lost" #2 would have been a slightly more interesting book. And I will admit that I wish the villain had been just about anyone more believable. But Giffen and Winick are going on the path already carved out for Lord, and they're doing a reasonable job with it. I just wish that things were happening a little quicker; after two issues, they're still in early set-up mode, and we need to see things start moving forward. The last page looks like we're almost at that moment, but for now it's just not hitting full acceleration. For now, this is a title that hasn't found its balance, on multiple levels. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Justice League: Generation Lost #6
Jul 29, 2010 |
"Justice League: Generation Lost" is just now feeling like it's coming together. As a bi-weekly series it at least gets to accomplish this in three months rather than six, but even then this is a point in the story that feels like it should've appeared much sooner. I'm glad that the book is starting to play to its strengths, but I hope this isn't the best it can get. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Justice League: Generation Lost #12
Oct 27, 2010 |
"Justice League: Generation Lost" has quietly turned into a rather enjoyable book, after a slightly rough start. I think Winick's developed an ear for these characters, and even despite this sudden detour out of the main plot, I feel like it's going somewhere interesting. With the next issue being the halfway point for the series, it's hard to keep from wondering if this was just a delaying tactic to have a big mid-series climax. Fortunately, we only have to wait two weeks to find out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Justice League: Generation Lost #14
Nov 24, 2010 |
Best of all, I'm appreciating the pattern that Winick has set up for "Justice League: Generation Lost." For every issue or two that advances the main plot, the twice-a-month schedule it allows him the room for a side story, like Ice's revised origin two issues ago. It's a fun diversion, and we know that in two weeks we're going to plunge back into the thick of things. "Justice League: Generation Lost" is the little series that good; plugging away issue after issue, and getting stronger with each new installment. Isn't that how all series should progress? |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Justice League: Generation Lost #17
Jan 12, 2011 |
"Justice League: Generation Lost" is dependably fun, and this issue is no exception. From what initially looked a bit skippable to a must read every other week is no mean feat. If Winick and company end up working on a new JLI-type series once this is over, I'm on board. This is some good stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Justice League: Generation Lost #20
Feb 23, 2011 |
I'm going to miss "Justice League: Generation Lost" when it ends in April; Winick's show a good knowledge of these characters and how to write them, and it makes me hope that later this year we'll get another book by Winick about this particular group. For now, though, the end-run has been set up in this issue, and it's time to charge forward to the conclusion. All hands inside the car, please. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Justice League: Generation Lost #24
Apr 27, 2011 |
Hopefully, Winick and Lopresti will be back for the sequel series, because for a comic I was prepared to write off, this has turned out to be a lot of fun. "Justice League: Generation Lost" seems to have found a new readership through the best gimmick of all: good writing and art. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.7
|
Justice Society of America | 7 issues |
4
|
Justice Society of America #22
Jan 10, 2009 |
It's a shame, because "JSA" was for years one of my favorite comics thanks to Johns' writing, but "Thy Kingdom Come" in "Justice Society of America" has felt more like a good idea that just never came together. Fortunately Johns still has one more story to go on the title. He's normally much better at the big conclusions, and with luck that's what we'll get. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Justice Society of America #23
Feb 1, 2009 |
I'm hoping by the end of this story that Johns and Ordway will have brought at least some level of closure to the character of Black Adam, but I'll certainly settle for it just being a strong re-focusing of his goals and central character. Either way, I'm looking forward to seeing things pick up in the remaining installments. As strange as it may sound, it feels almost like the character has come home again. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Justice Society of America #30
Aug 27, 2009 |
I'm hoping that when "Justice Society of America" is split into two books this fall, it helps out with the over-crowded, no-one-does-anything nature of the book at the moment. Until then, though, it's feeling a bit too sluggish for my taste. Hopefully things can pick up a bit sooner. "JSA" was one of my favorite books, but "Justice Society of America" has been struggling for a while now. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Justice Society of America #34
Dec 26, 2009 |
What else can I say? "Justice Society of America" has found its voice once more. I, for one, am delighted. Here's hoping other people notice that the book they once loved has returned in full force. This is seriously good fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Justice Society of America #38
Apr 28, 2010 |
"Justice Society of America" isn't a terribly happy comic right now, but knowing that it's a deliberate sequence of events, I'm still more than ready to stay on board. Since the spinning off of half the team into "JSA All-Stars," I've found "Justice Society of America" to be a book that has clarity and a level of interest about it that have been missing for a while. It's nice to see the book back on stable footing once more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Justice Society of America #43
Sep 29, 2010 |
"Justice Society of America" this month is a lot like Robinson's run on "Justice League of America," with good intentions but coming across slightly uneven and a bit of a muddle to boot. Merino's art is a nice temporary salve to an ultimately unsatisfying issue, but I'd hoped for something stronger here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
1
|
Justice Society of America #44
Oct 27, 2010 |
In a few months, I can't help but think that readers who weren't thrilled with Bill Willingham and Jesus Merino's run on "Justice Society of America" (which I thought was gaining momentum and worth reading) are going to look back fondly on that earlier creative team. I suppose it's apt that the book involves the team creating a disaster, because "disaster" is exactly the word I'd use to describe this issue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Kaijumax | 1 issues |
8
|
Kaijumax #1
Apr 8, 2015 |
"Kaijumax" #1 is slightly silly with some strong drama. We learn that Electrogor is more than just a rampaging monster; he's someone with a real drive and backsground. Presumably, we'll learn about more of the characters over time; I'm especially looking forward to seeing more about the cringing Creature from Devil's Creek. With even little details thought through, like the creatures using "Goj" instead of "God" (once you realize why, you'll laugh), it'll make you want to learn more about the strange world of "Kaijumax" that Cannon has created. This has a ton of potential and, more importantly, it lives up to that in this first issue. I'll definitely be back for issue #2. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Kaptara (2015) | 1 issues |
4
|
Kaptara (2015) #3
Jun 29, 2015 |
"Kaptara" #3 is a little underwhelming by the end of the issue. There still hasn't been enough of a break-out moment in this series to turn this book into a must-read or even enough to make it stand out in a sea of great comics. "Kaptara" has a lot of potential behind it, and I hope that it eventually rises to the occasion appropriately. For now, "Kaptara" #3 and the series as a whole feel like it isn't quite cutting it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Karnak | 1 issues |
4
|
Karnak #2
Feb 29, 2016 |
"Karnak" #2 would have felt disappointing if it had shipped months ago as originally scheduled, and the long wait definitely hasn't helped matters. This is a series that feels a little too full of itself. With such a crazy concept, this seemed like a title worth checking out, but ultimately the only attraction is Zaffino's art. It looks great, but right now, there's nothing to back it up. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
2.5
|
Katana | 2 issues |
4
|
Katana #3
Apr 26, 2013 |
I want to love "Katana," and when Nocenti describes escaping souls smelling of bitterness, mold, and yearning, I'm on board. But those little moments aren't quite enough to hold my attention. If "Katana" doesn't get a sharper edge soon, I might have to set this dulled comic aside. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
1
|
Katana #7
Aug 16, 2013 |
Add in more heavy-handed nods towards other upcoming issues (if there's one more footnote readers about Jack Ryder's adventures in next month's "Justice League Dark" spotlight on the Creeper, it's going to be maddening) and it all adds up to an issue that is far, far, far less than the sum of its parts. I've tried to give this comic more tries than I should have by now, and with each issue it feels like things have further slid downhill. If a new creative team comes on board, I'll take a look, but otherwise I feel this is a good a jumping-off point as any. Sorry, Katana. You were fun in "Birds of Prey." |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Kid Colt | 1 issues |
5
|
Kid Colt #1
Jul 29, 2009 |
The story itself is standard, with Kid Colt falsely accused of murder and encountering bad guys and bounty hunters left and right. It's not the most inspiring story out here, though, and that is a shame. Marvel, like DC, has a strong legacy of Western characters and it would be fun to see someone really tackle them again. In the end, I'm glad DeFalco and Burchett got to see their story in print as well as online, but I wish for their sakes that it had been in a way that fit the story's format better. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
King Tiger | 1 issues |
6
|
King Tiger #1
Aug 12, 2015 |
On the bright side, the final couple of pages have more energy than the rest of the issue combined, and hopefully that means "King Tiger" #2 will get some momentum going and have a little more to sink one's teeth into. For now, this is a disappointing first issue for a character who always seems to deserve better than what's actually received. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Klarion | 1 issues |
3
|
Klarion #2
Nov 13, 2014 |
It's disappointing that the story is limping forward; the idea of a "Klarion" series is good, and looking at the "Seven Soldiers: Klarion" mini-series from a few years ago is a reminder of how well it could work. If a stronger writer were on board with McCarthy, I'd think this was a real reason to celebrate. It's such a shame, because the potential (and the art!) is there. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Lady Killer | 1 issues |
8
|
Lady Killer #1
Jan 7, 2015 |
"Lady Killer" #1 is a strong debut for this miniseries, and it makes me want to see much more from Jones and Rich. With a darkly comic tone and a huge amount of potential on where it could go into the future, I'm ready to sit back, put on my slippers and enjoy. I bet you will, too. Definitely check this book out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
1.0
|
Larfleeze | 1 issues |
1
|
Larfleeze #1
Jun 27, 2013 |
"Larfleeze" #1 is the sort of comic that makes you wonder why anyone thought there was a need for this to be an ongoing series. I can see an irregular series of one-offs and guest-appearances, certainly. But with a debut as limp and unfunny as this, I can't imagine this series maintaining a readership for long. Sometimes Giffen and DeMatteis knock it out of the park (and I still look forward to "Justice League 3000"), but this is not one of those comics. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Last Days of Animal Man | 1 issues |
6
|
Last Days of Animal Man #2
Jun 29, 2009 |
"The Last Days of Animal Man" is a mostly solid mini-series, and it's a pleasant surprise to see the character getting this outing. Aside from the strange exposition dump in the middle of this issue, I'm enjoying it a great deal. Any doubts I had about Conway and Batista handling the character are long since gone, and I'm looking forward to next month's installment already. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Last Unicorn | 1 issues |
8
|
Last Unicorn #1
May 3, 2010 |
Beagle's story points out that most people in its world don't recognize a unicorn when they see one; perhaps they've become too jaded, or have lost their sense of the fantastic. I suspect that if you read "The Last Unicorn" #1, you'll find any sense of the fantastic that you might have otherwise mislaid. You'll fall in love with "The Last Unicorn" in a matter of minutes. I know I did. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.8
|
Lazarus | 4 issues |
9
|
Lazarus #3
Sep 2, 2013 |
"Lazarus" #3 is outstanding. It's smart and clever, it's beautifully drawn, and it slowly ratchets up the tension from one scene to the next. Where do we go from here? What's in store for Eve and the rest of Carlyle Family? I love that the possibilities are endless. Rucka and Lark have created an amazing comic that demands your attention from start to finish. I'm already eagerly awaiting the next issue. This is, easily, one of the best new series of the year. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Lazarus #9
Jul 4, 2014 |
"Lazarus" #9 is an excellent wrap-up to one of the best ongoing series being published right now. While it's not a great place to leap into the end of a second storyline, trust me, you need to start reading this book. Because wherever it goes next? I can all but guarantee you, it's going to be enthralling. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Lazarus #14
Jan 19, 2015 |
"Lazarus" #14 might not jump out and surprise anyone, but it doesn't need to either. It's satisfying, it's an important part of both "Conclave" and "Lazarus" overall and it gets the series right where it needs to be for the conclusion of this story arc next month. "Lazarus" continues to entertain and captivate. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Lazarus #17
Jun 19, 2015 |
"Lazarus" #17 is a quiet start to a new storyline but, based on past arcs, things will build quite nicely to a crescendo before long. This is a good opening act, with enough to hang readers' interest so that they'll want to come back for part two. "Lazarus" continues, as always, to entertain. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Legends of Tomorrow | 1 issues |
7
|
Legends of Tomorrow #1
Mar 16, 2016 |
As three out of the four features are worth the read, "Legends of Tomorrow" #1 is a real victory. Hopefully, this book will get some attention and maybe even come back with another series of spotlights on different characters in the DC Universe. This gives readers a lot of bang for their buck, and -- in the end -- I want to see more of "Tomorrow's" characters today. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.3
|
Legion Lost | 4 issues |
2
|
Legion Lost #1
Sep 14, 2011 |
I love "Legion of Super-Heroes," I've enjoyed comics by both Nicieza and Woods over the years, and the idea of "Legion Lost" sounded like a lot of fun. But with a jumbled first issue, a cliffhanger that makes little sense and feels dramatic solely for drama's sake... I am feeling more unenthusiastic about a Legion comic than I have in years. Hopefully the second issue will pull things together, but for now this feels like a book to walk away from. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Legion Lost #7
Mar 15, 2012 |
"Legion Lost" got off to an extremely rocky start, but I'm feeling like the book is finding its way now. Once "The Culling" has wrapped up we'll have a stronger feel for the new direction from DeFalco and Woods, but for now it's piqued my interest in a way that #1 failed to do. Consider me interested in seeing what's in store for the 21st century Legion next and on board for the next couple of months. Well done, DeFalco and Woods. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Legion Lost #10
Jun 14, 2012 |
I'd hoped that "Legion Lost" having a writer shift would fix some of the problems of the series, but that's a hope that is rapidly dwindling. I feel like some of the basic ideas from DeFalco are good, but the execution of them just isn't up to par. This feels like a comic that was written a quarter century ago, not 2012. For now, I'm afraid that "Legion Lost" has most likely lost me, again. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Legion Lost #16
Jan 16, 2013 |
Guinaldo and Irwin turn in perfectly serviceable art, which is the best thing about "Legion Lost" #16. It moves from one image to the next just fine, and everyone looks nice if nothing out of the ordinary. But with leaden dialogue where characters actually say things like, "We can now return to our base in Mongolia" (does everyone refer to the location of their home when they're going there?), it's not enough. For now, "Legion Lost" has come to a close, but with no resolution for its characters one can only hope that eventually someone will save them from simply being forgotten. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Legion of Super-Heroes (2004) | 2 issues |
5
|
Legion of Super-Heroes (2004) #43
Jul 9, 2008 |
Hopefully next month things will snap back into focus; Shooter and Manapul are capable of so much better than this, and up until now I felt like they'd really proven themselves as a strong, interesting "Legion of Super-Heroes" team, the first one since those very early Mark Waid and Barry Kitson issues on this series that have made it fun to read. But this issue? Well, if you haven't been reading "Legion of Super-Heroes", this isn't the time to jump on board. Maybe next time. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
1
|
Legion of Super-Heroes (2004) #50
Jan 29, 2009 |
On its own and compared to nothing else, this issue is a little flat and uninteresting; as the final part of both a storyline and a series, it's awful. The "Next Issue" box says, "We greatly appreciate the support of our loyal readers!" but as one of those loyal readers, that's not how I ended up feeling at all. What a shame. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Legion of Super-Heroes (2010) | 7 issues |
5
|
Legion of Super-Heroes (2010) #2
Jun 23, 2010 |
It's not a bad issue, but "Legion of Super-Heroes" #2 is lacking a bit of punch. Hopefully we'll see stories moving forward a bit more next month; it's nice to see so many familiar faces back, but I'm all right with some of them showing up a little less often if we can have faster moving plot lines. If this book moves too slow, I worry for how it's going to hang onto its readership. "Legion of Super-Heroes" fans are patient, but we shall see. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Legion of Super-Heroes (2010) #4
Aug 25, 2010 |
Best of all? I feel like I have no idea where Levitz is going to take some of his stories. This is the "Legion of Super-Heroes" that I was waiting for, and I'm delighted that it's back. Long live the Legion, indeed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Legion of Super-Heroes (2010) #5
Sep 24, 2010 |
In a market where grim and dark is the order of the day, "Legion of Super-Heroes" still feels fresh and fun. Considering Levitz is able to slip in modern day topics of anti-immigration and racism into the comic and still let it feel light and upbeat, that's a nice feat. "Legion of Super-Heroes" has quickly settled into a fun niche of its own. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Legion of Super-Heroes (2010) #12
Apr 24, 2011 |
"Legion of Super-Heroes" might not be super-flashy or kicking up crazy storytelling techniques, but it doesn't need to. Levitz, Cinar, and Glapion just deliver each month an enjoyable read. So long as they stick around, so will I. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Legion of Super-Heroes (2010) #14
Jun 16, 2011 |
Hopefully in the remaining issues we'll get a little more detail on places like Utopia, or characters like Saturn Queen's mysterious assistant. But we're moving at such a fast clip now that I fear we'll not get the chance. That's a real pity; Levitz is normally quite good at the gradual reveal, and this feels so strongly like being told to wrap things up as soon as possible. It's not a bad issue, but we've had much better. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Legion of Super-Heroes (2010) #15
Jul 21, 2011 |
It's good to know that Levitz will still be here in two months to keep writing the title, but ultimately it's a shame that what started out as a really good story is looking to wrap up as just all right thanks to the August deadline scramble. Everyone involved, sadly, deserves a little bit better. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Legion of Super-Heroes (2010) #16
Aug 17, 2011 |
This wasn't the ending I'd hoped for with "Legion of Super-Heroes." After the last issue raced through its pages, I found myself wishing that it was only hurried there so we could have a strong conclusion. Turns out the race had only just begun. With a few more issues, this storyline could have worked well. Instead? It bears a striking similarity to a lot of rushed conclusions from DC Comics this month. Here's hoping it was all worth it, next month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Legion of Super-Heroes (2010) Annual | 1 issues |
7
|
Legion of Super-Heroes (2010) Annual #1
Feb 2, 2011 |
"Legion of Super-Heroes Annual" #1 is a nice throwback to when the annuals had big storylines that couldn't fit into the main series. While there are hints that this story will eventually come back to haunt the team (maybe in "Legion of Super-Heroes Annual" #2 if we're lucky?), for now it's a nice, large chunk of story that feels satisfying. All in all, a fun effort. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.3
|
Legion of Super-Heroes (2011) | 6 issues |
6
|
Legion of Super-Heroes (2011) #0
Sep 20, 2012 |
"Legion of Super-Heroes" #0 is a perfectly acceptable zero issue; it has some nice art, and a story that more or less works. As an added bonus, this issue actually having a direct connection to upcoming storylines means that the book didn't have to come to a complete screeching halt, as did the fact that "Legion: Secret Origin" ended less than a year ago. I don't think this issue will necessarily pull in any new fans, but it won't alienate any existing ones either. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Legion of Super-Heroes (2011) #2
Oct 20, 2011 |
"Legion of Super-Heroes" #2 is a fun comic, if certainly middle of the road, but I do wonder if it's truly new-reader friendly. It's definitely much more so than the previous issue, but with character moments carrying over from the previous series, plus such a large cast, it still might be daunting. (I suspect the references to the Flashpoint blocking them from the 21st century might grab a couple of readers' interest, though.) If there's a title that will almost certainly move back to its pre-"Flashpoint" sales numbers, this is it. That said, I read the title before the re-launch, and I'll keep reading it if it works this well. So far, so good, but perhaps not enough to grow the numbers just yet. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Legion of Super-Heroes (2011) #8
Apr 20, 2012 |
"Legion of Super-Heroes" has been a long-time favorite and Levitz's original return was a good thing. Lately, though, this book has turned into a commitment rather than something to look forward to; the spark of exciting new ideas is curiously absent. Without it, the title's not going to succeed. I'm not sure if we need new creators or just a jumpstarted idea added in, but whatever it is, I hope it happens soon. "Legion of Super-Heroes" #8 looks great, but the story doesn't live up to how it's drawn. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Legion of Super-Heroes (2011) #14
Nov 26, 2012 |
With Keith Giffen on deck to take over as an artist, there's a good chance that this series will soon get the kick in the pants it needs. His recent collaboration with Levitz (on the "Legion of Super-Heroes Annual" pre-reboot) was fun, and it's hard to not notice the hints that a Giffen plot development from his own "Legion of Super-Heroes" run might be about to get mirrored here. Until that happens, though, this feels like a comic ultimately not a bad read when you're in the moment, but more than a bit forgettable soon after. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Legion of Super-Heroes (2011) #18
Mar 25, 2013 |
It's a shame that Giffen is off to other pastures, because I'd have loved for him to even stay on board as a co-author, even if he doesn't have time to draw the book as planned. These two issues have been a blast, and knowing that things will probably settle down somewhat without his presence is a real disappointment. (Word is unclear if he'll be co-writing next month or not, but if so that will be it.) For a brief moment, "Legion of Super-Heroes" was doing what it should have been all along. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Legion of Super-Heroes (2011) #21
Jun 21, 2013 |
In general, this issue is just all right. It's clearly a transition towards the big series conclusion in a couple of months, and as such Levitz is shuffling his pieces around the board. That's not a bad thing, but the "everyone loses" method of doing so threatens to get old quickly. The Legion feels like they're being pushed out the door in favor of a concept that will probably bring in stronger sales -- and to be fair, having Giffen, J.M. DeMatteis, and Kevin Maguire as the creative team for "Justice League 3000" can't hurt -- but I just wish that it looked like they were going to go out on a higher note. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Legion of Super-Villains | 1 issues |
8
|
Legion of Super-Villains #1
Mar 9, 2011 |
"Legion of Super-Villains" is a fun one-shot, and while it would've been nice to see all of this unfold in the pages of "Legion of Super-Heroes," I have to say that so much happens here that I'm not complaining. (We're getting two issues worth of material in one fell swoop, after all.) With the promise to keep reading this story in "Legion of Super-Heroes" #11, well, my attention has been grabbed. This is a good opening chapter, as well as a nice primer for new readers. All in all, good stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Legion: Secret Origin | 3 issues |
7
|
Legion: Secret Origin #1
Oct 29, 2011 |
Long time readers will pick up lots of other minor tweaks to the Legion's origin (for instance, Triplicate Girl's homeworld of Cargg seems to have gotten a slight shift in status), but for new readers there's just as much to bite into and enjoy. This is a solid, entertaining book that looks fantastic. (Tom Feister worked on some of the covers for Batista's "The Legion" run, so it's great to have him contribute a cover or two to the mini-series as well.) As a non-fan of Levitz's "early days of the Legion" story in "Adventure Comics" a year ago, this is much more up my alley. I suspect, yours too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Legion: Secret Origin #3
Dec 28, 2011 |
Would "Legion: Secret Origin" have worked as an opening story for the parent title? I like to think so. Sure, there's a huge jump in status quo between the opening line-up and what we have now, but it might have eased new readers in. For those who are curious, I do hope they check out "Legion: Secret Origin." It's a solid, entertaining super-hero/science-fiction comic. It knows what it needs to be, and handles it well. I'm good with that. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Legion: Secret Origin #5
Feb 29, 2012 |
As a fan of the Legion overall, I've enjoyed "Legion: Secret Origin." While it might be aiming itself more at existing fans rather than new ones, with one issue to go I'm tentatively going to declare this mini-series a victory. Much more entertaining than the Legion flashback story in "Adventure Comics" last year, "Legion: Secret Origin" has given Legion fans another good tale and with some excellent art. I'm good with that. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Letter 44 | 1 issues |
4
|
Letter 44 #1
Oct 16, 2013 |
I want "Letter 44" to do well, because I've enjoyed a lot of Soule's comics and the premise is strong. For now, though, this is a debut that hasn't hit the ground running. With a $1 introductory price tag, hopefully that's enough to convince readers to give it a second shot next month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Little Nemo: Return to Slumberland | 1 issues |
8
|
Little Nemo: Return to Slumberland #1
Aug 20, 2014 |
"Little Nemo: Return to Slumberland" #1 is a bona fide hit, and I love the idea of new readers discovering the joys and wonders in this comic that is as much homage as it is striking out with new stories and characters. Will I be back for a second issue? You betcha. McCay would be proud of what Shanower and Rodriguez have done here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Lobo (2014) | 1 issues |
4
|
Lobo (2014) #1
Oct 2, 2014 |
The original "Lobo" mini-series instantly grabbed readers with a perverse charm mixed with ultra-violence, but there's none of that here. This feels like a "Lobo" book that exists for the sake of having a "Lobo" book, not because there was a particularly interesting pitch that came across an editor's desk. I'm happy to see Bunn, Brown and DeCastro getting work, but this just isn't quite there. "Lobo" #1 isn't bad, it's sadly forgettable. Ultimately, that's the more dangerous of the two options in terms of surviving in today's market. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Lobster Johnson | 1 issues |
7
|
Lobster Johnson: Get The Lobster #1
Feb 5, 2014 |
"Lobster Johnson: Get the Lobster" #1 looks fantastic thanks to Zonjic, and that's the draw for now. Based on past performance I have no doubt that Mignola and Arcudi will pick up the pace and in a good way. They've done more than enough good comics together, after all. But with this slightly slow set-up, it's watching Devil Dwarf get thrown through the air that works, not his "Hee hee!" cries. Zonjic saves the day, here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Lobster Johnson One Shot | 2 issues |
6
|
Lobster Johnson: The Glass Mantis #1
Dec 31, 2015 |
"Lobster Johnson: The Glass Mantis" is a good book, but I wish it had been longer, because that could have turned it into a great book. Mignola and Arcudi's story had enough plot to warrant that extra space, and getting more pages from Fejzula would have been another bonus. Still, even as a one-shot, fans of "Lobster Johnson" comics won't be disappointed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Lobster Johnson: A Chain Forged In Life #1
Jul 29, 2015 |
This comic is by four very talented creators, but none of them seem to bring anything extraordinary on these pages. That's a real shame; I was expecting something larger than life and enthralling but, ultimately, "Lobster Johnson: A Chain Forged in Life" is the very definition of average. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
Local (2005) | 1 issues |
9
|
Local (2005) #1
Sep 23, 2008 |
"Local" is the kind of book that you could base an entire career on; it's some of the strongest work I've seen from Wood and Kelly, and it doesn't surprise me that it's also the most attractive collected edition I've seen from Oni Press. From the metallic fifth ink on the lower half of the front cover, to the soft cloth binding on the spine, it's a truly handsome book that you'll want to have on your bookshelf. I was also delighted to see that the back of the book collected not only Wood and Kelly's essays from the original issues, but color reproductions of the covers and even the guest-artist pin-ups, all of which could have been easily left out. "Local" is a really remarkable book, both in terms of what Wood and Kelly initially planned on doing, and in the final execution. This is, easily, one of the books of the year. Prepare to take a trip around the United States and Canada with Megan McKeenan. Trust me, you won't regret it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.5
|
Lockjaw and the Pet Avengers (2009) | 2 issues |
7
|
Lockjaw and the Pet Avengers (2009) #2
Jun 9, 2009 |
As a limited-series side trip, "Lockjaw and the Pet Avengers" is just the right concept. I don't think we'd want to see it as an ongoing series, don't get me wrong, but this is enough fun so far that I already wouldn't mind a return to the Pet Avengers team down the line. This is more entertaining than it deserves to be, and in a good way. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Lockjaw and the Pet Avengers (2009): Unleashed #2
Apr 18, 2010 |
Now that Eliopoulos has reunited the entire cast, there's no doubt in my mind that the remaining issues of this mini-series will be as fun as the first issue was, or for that matter the previous mini-series. It's a good set-up for the remaining parts of the story, and I think this was nothing more than a slight pacing problem. (Had the first two issues been interspliced with one another, I think it would've been fixed.) Bring on more Pet Avenger goodnesss! |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Lone Wolf 2100 | 1 issues |
3
|
Lone Wolf 2100 #1
Jan 6, 2016 |
"Lone Wolf 2100" #1 feels like an update that didn't need to happen. Aside from aging Daisy up, which could work well down the line, nothing stands out as justifying the reboot. Maybe future issues will bring a strong hook into the property, but -- for now -- it's just not coming together. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Longshot Saves the Marvel Universe | 1 issues |
3
|
Longshot Saves the Marvel Universe #2
Nov 22, 2013 |
"Longshot Saves the Marvel Universe" #2 makes me think that this mini-series is getting rushed out (with a twice-a-month schedule) before retailers and readers have time to stop and digest what's going on here. A new Longshot mini-series isn't a bad idea, but this feels like little more than an attempt to lock in the use-or-lose nature of a trademark. In the end, the only thing that needs saving is this mini-series. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Lost Vegas | 1 issues |
7
|
Lost Vegas #1
Mar 6, 2013 |
With an art deco air and a fun main character, McCann and Lee have turned out a solid first issue. As I said before, I think it's going to read even better in a collected format, but that also won't keep me from reading the next issue too. There's already enough here to make me want to find out what happens next, after all. I'll just make sure with each new installment to read everything released to date. I have a feeling that what happens in "Lost Vegas" won't stay in "Lost Vegas" for long, after all. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.7
|
Lumberjanes | 7 issues |
8
|
Lumberjanes #7
Oct 17, 2014 |
"Lumberjanes" #7 is another strong issue in a strong series. I was already considering myself a fan-for-life of this series, but if I hadn't been, this one easily cemented that feeling. Strong setup and a good execution -- what more can you ask for? Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Lumberjanes #9
Dec 18, 2014 |
"Lumberjanes" #9 is a very atypical issue of this series, one that I don't think gives new readers a good feel for why this comic is such a hit. I'd recommend coming back next month for "Lumberjanes" #10 to get a better understanding as a new storyline kicks off. This one just isn't quite up to par; it's competent, but ultimately a little forgettable. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Lumberjanes #10
Jan 23, 2015 |
"Lumberjanes" #10 is back up to full speed after last month's "telling spooky stories" interlude, and that's a relief. Nowak's a great choice for a fill-in artist; you ultimately appreciate her efforts and it makes the temporary lack of Allen not so painful. If you haven't been reading "Lumberjanes," this issue is a perfect spot to jump on and quickly learn why it's such a popular series. Once again, "Lumberjanes" is a winner. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Lumberjanes #14
May 25, 2015 |
"Lumberjanes" #14 is, once again, a strong issue in a series that just gets better and better. It's a joy to see the book become such a genuine hit, because it deserves all the attention it's getting and a lot more, to boot. If you've been hearing how much fun "Lumberjanes" is, this is a great time to take a look. A new storyline has kicked off, you get to see some of the undercurrents of the series surfacing in ways that hint about greater mysteries and, most importantly, it's a lot of fun. Mission accomplished. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Lumberjanes #16
Jul 20, 2015 |
"Lumberjanes" #16 is fun as ever, and it's a shame to see co-writer and co-creator Noelle Stevenson depart at the end of this storyline next month. Hopefully, the book will maintain its momentum with Watters, Allen and the rest, because I've come to love "Lumberjanes" too much to see it take a misstep. This is, yet again, a real joy to read. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Lumberjanes #17
Aug 31, 2015 |
"Lumberjanes" #17 is a solid conclusion to the Abigail storyline, and the tiny cliffhanger is a great lure to make readers want to see what happens next. I'm sorry to see Stevenson leaving the title, but hopefully Watters will keep the book this much fun alongside Allen and new co-author Kat Leyh. This book is, once again, a blast. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Lumberjanes #19
Oct 26, 2015 |
In the end, "Lumberjanes" #19 is a big disappointment. There's a funny bit near the beginning where we learn that, in the "Lumberjanes" universe, "The Baby-Sitters Club" series was instead, "The Mermaid Lemonade Stand" series, but it's not enough to carry this story. Hopefully, the next storyline will bring the series back up to its earlier levels of greatness, but -- for the moment -- this is a far cry from the fun we normally find in "Lumberjanes." |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
M.O.D.O.K.: Assassin | 1 issues |
4
|
M.O.D.O.K.: Assassin #1
Jun 1, 2015 |
I'm not sure why "M.O.D.O.K.: Assassin" #1 got the proverbial green light from editorial; there isn't a hook that seems strong enough to bring in readers, aside from perhaps co-opting the original "Elektra: Assassin" logo. In the end, that's definitely not enough, not even with a nifty David LaFuente cover to go along with it. There's nothing offensively bad about it, but I can't see this being remembered within six months of its conclusion. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Madame Xanadu | 1 issues |
8
|
Madame Xanadu #11
May 31, 2009 |
I don't mind admitting when I'm wrong, and "Madame Xanadu" #11 has proven that I need to give the title another chance. Even without Kaluta's contributions, this would have been an enjoyable comic, so clearly it's time to stick around and see what happens next. Of course, the fact that Kaluta still has four more issues? Well, that makes the decision that much easier. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Mara | 1 issues |
8
|
Mara #1
Dec 27, 2012 |
As mentioned earlier, there's a surprise twist at the end of the first issue, one that upends "Mara" into a completely different direction. Is it a bad one? I don't think so. It does, however, transform the book into something that feels a little more standard. Sports comics aren't unique in their own right, of course, but most of the first issue of "Mara" felt very different than what we're getting on the market these days, and having it become something more familiar is just a touch disappointing. Still, I have no doubt that the rest of "Mara" will still be a lot of fun, and when read in a collected edition this sudden surprise will probably flow a lot more smoothly. Regardless of the slight disappointment at this surprise (and to be fair, it is handled quite well), I'm still more than interested enough in "Mara" to want to come back for #2. Still a very good comic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Martian Manhunter (2015) | 1 issues |
7
|
Martian Manhunter (2015) #2
Jul 20, 2015 |
Any comic where there's a Martian in a strange mask calling itself Mr. Biscuits would automatically grab my attention, but Williams, Barrows and Ferreira have done so by doing more than just providing weirdness for the sake of being weird. Two issues in, and I'm settling in for the long haul. This creative team has something bigger in mind, and I'm ready to see just where that goes. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Marvel Divas | 1 issues |
8
|
Marvel Divas #2
Aug 16, 2009 |
I really wish this hadn't been priced at $3.99, because this is the sort of comic that I think would benefit by a casual buyer giving it a shot. It's fun, it's witty, it's nicely drawn, and I for one would buy an ongoing series. Hint hint, Marvel. Check it out, you'll love it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Marvel Knights: Hulk | 1 issues |
6
|
Marvel Knights: Hulk #2
Jan 16, 2014 |
"Marvel Knights: Hulk" #2 might not be as instantly-grabbing as the first issue, but it's still a solid comic. Hopefully Keatinge and Kowalski can get some more work based off of this; they're doing a good enough job playing outside of continuity that I'd like to see someone give them a chance in the main sandbox with everyone else. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Marvels: Eye of the Camera | 2 issues |
8
|
Marvels: Eye of the Camera #3
Feb 1, 2009 |
For those who were unsure at first with "Marvels: Eye of the Camera," check out the new issue, you'll be pleasantly surprised. It may have gotten off to a slow start, but it really feels now like this mini-series is firing on all cylinders. I'm looking forward to the remaining three issues. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Marvels: Eye of the Camera #6
Feb 21, 2010 |
"Marvels: Eye of the Camera" is over now, and hopefully people who loved the original "Marvels" will read this mini-series too. It might not have had the publicity and buzz that the first one did, but it's an excellent and thoughtful addition to the canon. Well job done, all involved. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Men of War | 1 issues |
4
|
Men of War #3
Nov 3, 2011 |
"Men of War" #3 is a bit of a letdown. I'm glad the lackluster back-up from Vankin and Winslade is over, and hopefully we'll get something a bit stronger in its place starting next month. But even the main feature feels like it's losing some focus, and this early in the series that's not a good thing. As one of only four titles at the $3.99 price point, "Man of War" needs to pick up the intensity next month before people start walking away for something stronger and cheaper. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Mickey Mouse and Friends | 1 issues |
6
|
Mickey Mouse and Friends #300
Sep 22, 2010 |
"Mickey Mouse and Friends" #300 is a nice way to celebrate an anniversary issue. While normally I'd be slightly disappointed that the lead story wasn't concluded in the same issue, considering we got the Gottfredson back-up I'm more than willing to let bygones be bygones. I'll definitely check out some more Mickey Mouse down the line, both from Boom! as well as Fantagraphics. It's nice to see the character can support stories for readers of all ages. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.2
|
Midnighter (2015) | 5 issues |
8
|
Midnighter (2015) #1
Jun 8, 2015 |
I picked up "Midnighter" #1 because of a past fondness for the character, but I'll admit that I wasn't expecting to do much more than like it. The more I look at "Midnighter" #1, though, the more I actually love it. This is a comic that has taken a great deal of care to be inviting, and it's paid off. Orlando and ACO's comic is a strong debut, one that has the voice of its characters evident and which promises fun things to come. I'm definitely, absolutely back for issue #2. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Midnighter (2015) #3
Aug 6, 2015 |
"Midnighter" #3 continues the strong trend that the first two issues began; it's a real pleasure to see such a smart and mature take on the character. Who knew that Midnighter's personal life could be as much fun as his walloping on bad guys? Add in another great cliffhanger to lead into next month's issue -- with a rematch that promises to be entertaining -- and I'm good and thoroughly hooked. Another good job from all involved. "Midnighter" knows what you're going to do: buy this issue and enjoy it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Midnighter (2015) #6
Nov 6, 2015 |
"Midnighter" #6 is a great comic, and the final reveal at the end of the issue is pure brilliance. It involves someone we haven't seen in a while, and I'm dying to see what a creative team as clever as Orlando, ACO and Petrus will do in the next part of this story. "Midnighter" #6 is the sort of comic that's as smart and fun as you wish all superhero comics would be. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Midnighter (2015) #9
Feb 5, 2016 |
"Midnighter" #9 is a great comic, and this is a perfect place as any to sample if you aren't reading this series. Orlando, ACO and Petrus create a startlingly clever and exciting comic in its pages every month, and this issue is no exception. Highly recommended. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Midnighter (2015) #12
May 9, 2016 |
I'm sad to see "Midnighter" end; it was a strange but intriguing title, one that made bold choices and did so with strong craft. That said, the creators went out on a good note, and -- if Orlando, ACO and Petrus collaborate again -- I'm definitely ordering a copy of that new comic sight-unseen. Like Midnighter himself, they're a force to be reckoned with. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Mighty Avengers | 2 issues |
4
|
Mighty Avengers #29
Sep 16, 2009 |
"Mighty Avengers" is all over the place right now. When "Dark Reign" began it was the most promising of the three books, but at the moment it's already in need of a re-focusing. If it can pull everything back together, I think it could be a lot of fun. Right now, though, it's just a little too scattered to quite fall into place. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Mighty Avengers #31
Nov 23, 2009 |
At the end of the day, I think I expect more from this creative team. They're certainly capable of things more entertaining, both independently and working together. Some issues of "Mighty Avengers" have been enjoyable and clever, but this one just feels like it concluded with a thud. Here's hoping the spark returns next month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Mighty Avengers (2013) | 2 issues |
7
|
Mighty Avengers (2013) #2
Oct 3, 2013 |
All in all, "Mighty Avengers" #2 has the series on a strong path. The issue makes me want to come back for #3, and all in all it's fun. With "Avengers" and "New Avengers" being decidedly more grim these days, it's nice to have a series that can have huge earth-shattering events but still have a lighter touch, too. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Mighty Avengers (2013) #9
Apr 14, 2014 |
"Mighty Avengers" #9 takes a strange core of characters and continues to make them work. For a book full of castoffs that few others would want, this is the real deal. It's a reminder that just like the original "New Warriors" comic by Fabian Nicieza and Mark Bagley back in the day, any character (or group of them) can be good if you just find the right approach. Don't get fooled, "Mighty Avengers" is elevating the game of all of the characters involved. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
2.0
|
Mighty Samson | 1 issues |
2
|
Mighty Samson #1
Dec 16, 2010 |
Last but not least, Samson himself? Not an interesting character. He goes from infant, to gleeful muscleman, to the guy telling his two brand-new slaves, "Silence, chattel," when one tries to introduce himself to Samson. Maybe down the line he'll develop a personality, and perhaps treat his slaves a bit better and free them, but after this wooden first issue, I can't see myself sticking around to find out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Mind MGMT | 6 issues |
8
|
Mind MGMT #2
Jul 6, 2012 |
If that's not enough, "MIND MGMT" #2 sports more of the bonus features from the first issue; a historical piece on the inside covers, a two-page case file about the Perrier twins and their unique ability, MIND MGMT Field Guide tips written in the margins and the back cover's fake ad contains the second of six part numerical code that will unlock a secret message online. "MIND MGMT" #2 is determined to give you your money's worth, and it does in spades. "MIND MGMT" is part of the "Dark Horse Originals" line, and I find that apt, because "MIND MGMT" is incredibly original and fresh. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Mind MGMT #4
Aug 22, 2012 |
Kindt's "Mind MGMT" #4 is another terrific installment. The series feels fresh and original, I love the fact that we get multiple back-up stories by Kindt in each issue as well, and the hidden messages and clues throughout the book is all the more reason to buy each individual issue. Do yourself a service and read this book. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Mind MGMT #7
Jan 23, 2013 |
"MIND MGMT" continues to entrance month after month; Kindt's story and art pull you in effortlessly and make you desperate for the next piece to the puzzle. If you haven't given "MIND MGMT" a whirl yet, this is a great place to begin. Highly recommended. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Mind MGMT #13
Jul 29, 2013 |
"MIND MGMT" #13 is a fun stand-alone comic, but it also works well as part of a greater story. I, for one, can't wait to see how this and the next handful of issues all come together, but regardless, you're getting a good read here. As Kindt's career continues to explode, it's nice to see that his creator-owned baby hasn't been forgotten. For those that haven't read "MIND MGMT" yet, this is a perfect place to begin. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Mind MGMT #15
Sep 26, 2013 |
"MIND MGMT" #15 is another strong issue from a typically strong comic series. Kindt continues to spin a huge and intricate web, and this installment is no exception to that. "Where are we going?" is as much a question as, "Where have we been?" in "MIND MGMT," but the only answer that get for certain is, "A really fun ride." "MIND MGMT" is the kind of conspiracy thriller that I can wholeheartedly buy into. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Mind MGMT #20
Mar 26, 2014 |
"MIND MGMT" #20 continues to truck along in a strong, consistent manner. Check out this issue, and if you like what you see, you've got three collections (compiling up through #18) to help you get caught up after this. "MIND MGMT" is one of comics' best-kept secrets, but I wish that everyone was reading this fantastic series instead. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Minimum Wage | 1 issues |
6
|
Minimum Wage #1
Jan 10, 2014 |
"Minimum Wage" #1 is a nice, pleasant start to the series' return. Fingerman's plan is to release the comic in batches of six issues, and provided there's enough demand, after he builds up some more comics he'll come back with another six-issue story. This was a good first issue; it set the stage well, and it has a promising lead-in to next month's installment. It feels like the sort of comic where each issue will build on the previous one and make the overall experience that much better, but even on its own this is worth looking at. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Miracleman (2014) | 1 issues |
7
|
Miracleman (2014) #2
Jan 30, 2014 |
It's great to see "Miracleman" back in print, and to have a whole new readership finally discover it. But trust me, new readers, when I tell you this: the best is yet to come. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
2.0
|
Mister Terrific | 1 issues |
2
|
Mister Terrific #2
Oct 13, 2011 |
"Mister Terrific" is a gawky-looking, dull-reading comic. We already had an artist change on "Mister Terrific" before the series even debuted, but if this comic is going to stick around, everyone save for cover artist J.G. Jones probably needs to change. This is a creative team that, unfortunately, is misfiring from start to finish. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Mister X: Hard Candy One-Shot | 1 issues |
6
|
Mister X: Hard Candy One-Shot #1
Apr 1, 2013 |
"Mister X: Hard Candy" is a nice enough introduction to the world of "Mister X," although I'm hoping that the stories in general have a bit more of a punch. Still, no big complaints here, and if another "Mister X" story rolls down the pike I'll definitely take a look at it. So, mission accomplished. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.5
|
Mockingbird | 2 issues |
9
|
Mockingbird #1
Mar 9, 2016 |
My biggest complaint is that "Mockingbird" is a limited series, because -- with a creative team this strong -- we deserve to see a lot more from all parties involved. I hope the remaining issues are just as much fun, but -- no matter what happens from this point on -- "Mockingbird" #1 is a dynamite debut from Cain, Niemczyk and Rosenberg. Two big, big thumbs up. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Mockingbird #2
Apr 15, 2016 |
It's a relief and a joy to see that "Mockingbird" #2 works just as well as the first issue; Cain and Niemczyk can handle not only intricacies of an experimental storyline, but also a more straightforward one. This bodes well for the series as a whole and shows the creators' versatility. I was already firmly on board for more "Mockingbird" after the first issue, but don't be wary of the follow-up. "Mockingbird" #2 shows us that Cain and Niemczyk are a creative team to seek out. Well done. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur | 1 issues |
8
|
Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur #1
Nov 25, 2015 |
"Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur" #1 is a fun debut for this series; Montclare, Reeder and Bustos make me want to see what happens next, and that's exactly what you should achieve in a first issue. I might not be willing to go read old Moon Boy/Devil Dinosaur stories just yet, but -- when it comes to this incarnation of the concept -- put me down as a fan. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Moon Knight (2011) | 1 issues |
4
|
Moon Knight (2011) #2
Jun 2, 2011 |
I enjoyed the first issue of "Moon Knight," which had a lot of potential and was taking a distinctly different route than most superhero books. Different setting, a fun twist, and a nice layer of subtlety. "Moon Knight" #2 just feels like an average superhero comic that brings nothing new to the table. If at all possible, let's go back to the former rather than the latter, please. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Moon Knight (2014) | 2 issues |
8
|
Moon Knight (2014) #3
May 9, 2014 |
"Moon Knight" #3 is surprisingly enjoyable, even as it's a reminder that there aren't bad characters, just bad takes on characters. Ellis and Shalvey's rendition of Moon Knight is different and gripping, and hopefully sales will reflect that uniqueness. For a character who hasn't felt important ever since Bill Sienkiewicz stopped drawing him, I'm hooked. Nicely done. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Moon Knight (2014) #5
Jul 4, 2014 |
Don't get me wrong, in many ways this might be the weakest overall issue of the Ellis and Shalvey run on "Moon Knight" because of the lack of any real plot. And knowing that they're wrapping up their work here after the next issue, I do wish it was a bit meatier. But still... wow, does this comic look fantastic. If you're going light on plot, this is absolutely the way to do it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Moon Knight (2016) | 1 issues |
8
|
Moon Knight (2016) #1
Apr 12, 2016 |
"Moon Knight" #1 is a strong first issue from Lemire, Smallwood and Bellaire. For whatever reason, this character seems to rarely click with readers, if the number of series that have come and gone over the years is any indication. Will this be the take that sticks? It's hard to say, but if pure talent alone assured victory, there would be no worries here. Lemire, Smallwood and Bellaire have made Moon Knight intriguing again. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Moresukine: Uploaded Weekly From Tokyo | 1 issues |
6
|
Moresukine: Uploaded Weekly From Tokyo #1
Oct 15, 2008 |
The book closes out with Schwieger challenging several other web cartoonists to talk to a Japanese person in their town, but it's a bad way to end the book. Almost all of the stories come across as pointless (with the one exception being Marcel Guldemond's contribution) and more like a space-filler than anything else. It's a lackluster conclusion to what up until that point was an entertaining (if slightly frustrating) book. On the plus side, the book itself is beautifully designed like a Moleskine notebook (the title of "Moresukine" being the name of the brand in Japan), complete with a sewn-in bookmark and rounded corners. It's a pretty package for an interesting book, but I can't help but wish that just as much care was applied to the interior's contents as well. Good, but not great as it could have been. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Morning Glories | 1 issues |
7
|
Morning Glories #15
Jan 18, 2012 |
"Morning Glories" is still entertaining, but it's hard to keep from feeling like some of the shine is now missing. Hopefully the next few issues will pull things together and start providing some answers. There's still room for mystery in "Morning Glories," but only after a few have been closed off. I'm on board for now, but this is a series that runs the risk of burning off a lot of reader goodwill right about now. Here's hoping it doesn't do just that. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Motel Art Improvement Service | 1 issues |
8
|
Motel Art Improvement Service #1
Dec 7, 2010 |
"Motel Art Improvement Service" is a welcome return for Little to the graphic novel world. Hopefully it won't be quite so long a wait next time. Just be warned that once you're done, you'll probably also want to read "Shutterbug Follies." Don't worry: it's great, too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Mouse Guard: Legends of the Guard | 2 issues |
7
|
Mouse Guard: Legends of the Guard #2
Jun 25, 2010 |
Waiting for the new "Mouse Guard" mini-series is much easier with this to fill the gap; it might not be as jaw-droppingly wonderful as Petersen's own work, but he and Archaia have lined up a strong enough group of creators that it's a nice interlude. And if you've never read "Mouse Guard" before, "Mouse Guard: Legends of the Guard" is a good enough way to sample it for yourself. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Mouse Guard: Legends of the Guard #3
Sep 1, 2010 |
"Mouse Guard: Legends of the Guard" #3 is a cute comic, and at the end of the day it was nice to take the time to read it, but none of the stories managed to stand out and make me think about it a few hours later. All the stories are good enough, but I wish this issue's mix had included one that was great, too. Still, if the worst an anthology ever gets is "just good," well, that's not a bad target to hit. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Mouse Guard: Legends of the Guard Vol. 3 | 1 issues |
8
|
Mouse Guard: Legends of the Guard Vol. 3 #1
Mar 11, 2015 |
The wait for a new "Mouse Guard" miniseries from Petersen is hard for those of us who have been reading the comic since its beginning, but "Mouse Guard: Legends of the Guard Volume 3" looks to ease those pangs somewhat. If the remaining creators are as good as the ones for issue #1, we're in for a fun ride. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Mouse Guard: The Black Axe | 4 issues |
8
|
Mouse Guard: The Black Axe #1
Dec 15, 2010 |
"Mouse Guard: The Black Axe" #1 is a welcome return of a new mini-series from Petersen. "Mouse Guard" is a comic that will never disappoint you, and this new issue is no exception. If you've never read "Mouse Guard" before, this is a fine place to jump on board for yourself. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Mouse Guard: The Black Axe #2
May 4, 2011 |
Don't mistake "Mouse Guard: The Black Axe" for being a cute and cuddly comic because it stars mice. This is one of the best fantasy/adventure comics out there, and if you've been looking for an excuse to give it a whirl, the fact that this is a prequel to all the other "Mouse Guard" comics is reason enough to try it now. So long as Petersen keeps creating "Mouse Guard" comics, I promise I'll keep reading them. Great stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Mouse Guard: The Black Axe #3
Nov 30, 2011 |
"Mouse Guard: The Black Axe" is a great down-and-dirty fantasy epic; it might star mice, but don't let that fool you. These are creatures that play for keeps, and it can get just as violent or gripping as an episode of "Game of Thrones." I know it's halfway through a mini-series, but if you've ever been curious about "Mouse Guard," the current issue of "Mouse Guard: The Black Axe" is an excellent introduction to the series. Just be warned, you'll want to buy the collected editions of the first two mini-series as soon as you're done. All things considered, that's not such a bad position to be in. You've got some good times ahead. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Mouse Guard: The Black Axe #6
Feb 13, 2013 |
"Mouse Guard: The Black Axe" #6 promises a hardcover collection soon, but this is great enough that if you simply can't wait, I wouldn't be at all surprised. This is the sort of series that you won't mind buying twice; each issue because you can't wait for another installment, and then a collection to sit on your bookshelf for easy access. With a smart epilogue that advances the main narrative of Redfur in the "present" day of 1153, "Mouse Guard: The Black Axe" #6 is a satisfying conclusion to this mini-series, and already has me eager for the next mini-series. Here's hoping it's soon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
MPH | 2 issues |
8
|
MPH #2
Jun 18, 2014 |
"MPH" is zipping along quite nicely, another recent jewel in Millar's crown. Between this, "Starlight," and "Jupiter's Legacy," it feels like he's pushed his career up to the next level. Wherever Millar and Fegredo want to zoom off to next in "MPH," I'll be in hot pursuit. This is a winner. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
MPH #4
Nov 14, 2014 |
"MPH" #4 is a fun comic; sure, you see it all coming, but with this level of enjoyment, who cares? Millar and Fegredo's characters might move in the blink of an eye, but this is a comic that you can settle down with, read slowly and enjoy. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.6
|
Ms. Marvel (2014) | 5 issues |
9
|
Ms. Marvel (2014) #5
Jun 25, 2014 |
"Ms. Marvel" #5 is just the latest in a string of great issues for this series; I feel like Wilson and Alphona just grow more confident and strong with each new installment. Check it out; this is a thoroughly fun comic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Ms. Marvel (2014) #11
Feb 5, 2015 |
"Ms. Marvel" #11 feels like a place where the series could have ended if the book had been cancelled. The fact that the book is thriving makes this issue that much more joyous, because we've got more "Ms. Marvel" to come in the months and years ahead. To steal a phrase from comics' history: Make mine "Ms. Marvel." |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Ms. Marvel (2014) #13
Mar 11, 2015 |
The additions to "Ms. Marvel" this month all have a lot of promise and, based on the previous twelve issues, I'm eager to see what's going to happen next. "Ms. Marvel" already had a good supporting cast, but there's definitely room for Kamran to stick around, with any luck. With the Inhuman presence in the title also picking up, here's hoping that more writers will follow Wilson's lead on how to handle them. So far, so good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Ms. Marvel (2014) #15
May 15, 2015 |
The one rough part of the book is Lineage, who feels a little too mustache-twirling for my tastes. I know that the character wasn't initially created by Wilson but, given time, I'm sure she'll be able to temper the character a bit. For the moment, he seems to be around only because of his ability to drop a very special hint about Kamala and her family. It's a good thread to leave dangling, though, and hopefully we'll get to see just where Wilson's going to take it before too long. All in all, though, this is another solid issue of "Ms. Marvel" and there's a lot being readied just in the wings. Once again, I'm already eager to see what happens next. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Ms. Marvel (2014) #17
Aug 6, 2015 |
If you're going to have a book invaded by another comic's storyline, "Ms. Marvel" #17 shows us how it should be handled. Wilson and Alphona never lose sight of what their readers want, even as they get some added gravitas from the looming end of the world. Nice job. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Ms. Marvel (2015) | 3 issues |
8
|
Ms. Marvel (2015) #2
Dec 21, 2015 |
"Ms. Marvel" #2 is another installment of a series that didn't just come back the same, but rather stronger than ever. This is still one of the gems in Marvel's line-up, and -- if you aren't reading it yet -- this is a good a place as any to leap on board. Just be warned: as soon as you finish reading "Ms. Marvel" #2, you'll want to start it again. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Ms. Marvel (2015) #5
Mar 11, 2016 |
"Ms. Marvel" #5 is another strong issue for one of the gems in Marvel's crown. If all superhero comics were this good, I would be a lot poorer right now. I'm already eager to see next issue's conclusion. Hopefully, Leon will be a regular contributor to the title, because he and Wilson work excellently together and bring the marvelous to "Ms. Marvel." |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Ms. Marvel (2015) #7
May 26, 2016 |
"Ms. Marvel" #7 is another example of why this series is so much fun; it takes advantage of a crossover event to tell a smaller-scale story that echoes the bigger event's themes, while making them relatable and germane to this title. Wilson, Alphona and Herring have done it again. Who knew the science fair could be so much fun? |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Mudman | 2 issues |
8
|
Mudman #5
Aug 29, 2012 |
"Mudman" #5 is a good enough book that I'll buy it a second time in a collected format, even as I'm unable to give up reading it issue-by-issue. Every new installment is a joy, and this one is no exception. If you never read comics like "Kane" or "Jack Staff" from Grist, you've been missing out. Don't make that mistake a third time. Head to your local store and buy all the "Mudman" you can. You'll thank me later. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Mudman #6
Feb 6, 2013 |
With some personal issues hopefully resolved, it's great to see "Mudman" back on the stands again. This is a comic that I absolutely adore, and with good reason; "Mudman" does everything right. If you haven't read "Mudman" up until now, this is a perfect chance to fix that problem. Jump on board, although I'll warn you right now: you'll want to read more as soon as you're done. It's addictive. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
Multiple Warheads | 1 issues |
9
|
Multiple Warheads: Alphabet to Infinity #1
Oct 25, 2012 |
"Multiple Warheads: Alphabet to Infinity" #1 is the start of a mini-series, but as Graham notes on the inside front cover, the idea is really to have it be the start of an ongoing series where Graham stockpiles enough art to have regular monthly releases, with pauses to let him then catch back up. With the first issue clocking in at 48-pages, that approach feels more than reasonable to me. If you haven't read "King City" or "Prophet" yet, you absolutely should. But until then, check out "Multiple Warheads: Alphabet to Infinity" #1. This is pure fun from start to finish. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Muppet Snow White | 1 issues |
3
|
Muppet Snow White #2
Jun 21, 2010 |
There are cute moments throughout "Muppet Snow White" (the comment about the mahna mahna characters only knowing one song is priceless), but at the end of the day I'm still slightly mystified on why all the various Muppets-in-fairy-tales (and other classic stories) mini-series exist. This just doesn't have the same charm as either the Muppet programs that did similar things ("Muppet Treasure Island," "Muppet Christmas Carol") or the "Muppet Show" comic itself, and I'm afraid that too many ancillary Muppet comics might dilute the brand a bit. It's a nice enough idea, but at the end of the day I think I'll stick to the main title from now on. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Mystery in Space | 1 issues |
4
|
Mystery in Space #1
May 14, 2012 |
"Mystery in Space" has a great opening section, but after that the book quickly settles into a bad slump. It's too bad, because a space/science-fiction themed anthology seems like a natural for a lot of strong pieces. In the end, this should have been better than what we actually got, but I'm glad for the stories that did work. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Mystery Men | 1 issues |
8
|
Mystery Men #1
Jun 10, 2011 |
Every single scene in "Mystery Men" has a great moment that punches through and demands your attention. This is a very strong first issue, and it made me go from "dubious" to "eager" in just 32 pages. I might not be crazy about the title of the comic, but in every other way this is a wild success. Make mine "Mystery Men." |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
Nameless | 1 issues |
9
|
Nameless #1
Jan 16, 2015 |
There's a lot to focus on and love in "Nameless" #1, and I suspect that -- with each new issue to follow -- going back and re-reading this first one will just prove to be stronger. For now, though, it's really good. In the context of the rest of the mini-series, it has the potential to be excellent. We're just examining the tip of the iceberg and, so far, it feels like there might be a diamond at its center. "Nameless" #1 is an impressive and attention-grabbing debut. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Namor: The First Mutant | 1 issues |
3
|
Namor: The First Mutant #2
Sep 30, 2010 |
Maybe once "Curse of the Mutants" is over, Moore and Olivetti will surprise us and break out into something a bit more interesting. Right now, though, this feels like another failed "Namor" comic just waiting to happen. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
Nana | 1 issues |
9
|
Nana #10
Jun 11, 2008 |
In Japan, "Nana" is one of the best-selling comics in the country, with each new volume resulting in huge billboards and advertisements everywhere. Once you read "Nana" for yourself, you'll quickly realize why. This is great, great stuff; it's wonderfully addicting, and once you've read one volume you'll be scrambling for more. Definitely check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.3
|
Nation X | 3 issues |
6
|
Nation X #1
Dec 8, 2009 |
"Nation X" #1 is a surprisingly average first issue; hopefully there's some more oomph in the remaining three installments. I like the idea of these mini-series letting some other creators tackle the B- and C-grade characters from the X-Men, but if there isn't a more consistent wow factor in the remaining issues, maybe it's time to retire the concept before it wears out? You've got three more chances to justify these mini-series, Marvel. Let's see some wow. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Nation X #3
Feb 23, 2010 |
I have hopes the final issue next month will finally click everything into place; after all, Peter Milligan writing a Doop story holds great potential. But unfortunately, "Nation X" just as a whole hasn't come together as well as it could, and that's a real shame. In terms of story potential, this is the one that seems to be missing out on it the most. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Nation X #49
Mar 22, 2010 |
At the end of the day, maybe because there's still a "Nation X" story running within "Uncanny X-Men" and company, it doesn't feel like anyone could really conclude their own stories with any real success. It's too bad, because the concept was good. But for now, it seems, stories about Utopia are probably best left to Fraction and Carey. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
National Comics | 3 issues |
5
|
National Comics: Rose And Thorn #1
Sep 28, 2012 |
If "National Comics: Rose & Thorn" was the first issue in an ongoing series with the next installment a month away, I think I'd be a little more enthusiastic about this one-shot. It's a solid opening move, but of the "National Comics" one-shots so far, it's also the one that works the least-well within a vacuum. This has a lot of potential, and if Taylor and Googe go to a full series I'll be back. For now, though? On its own, with no more in sight, it's just a middle-of-the-road final verdict. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
National Comics: Eternity #1
Jul 26, 2012 |
Would I buy an "Eternity" ongoing series by Lemire and Hamner and/or Donovan? Absolutely. There's a lot of story potential here, and this initial taste has me wanting more. The title of "National Comics: Eternity" is a bit cumbersome (the "National Comics" banner being a new heading for one-shots like this), but everything else is great. Buy a copy, please. I want DC to green light more "Eternity" and soon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
National Comics: Madame X #1
Oct 25, 2012 |
The "National Comics" line hasn't been perfect, but "National Comics: Madame X" is a good one-shot that I think would easily translate into an ongoing series. Will any of the "National Comics" titles make the jump? Will we see more before long? To both, I can only say, let's hope so. If they're as good as "National Comics: Madame X" then I think we'll have good times ahead of us. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
2.0
|
Nemesis | 1 issues |
2
|
Nemesis #1
Mar 24, 2010 |
Even the cliffhanger ending of "Nemesis" #1 is uninteresting. It's the sort of moment that we've seen in countless issues of "Avengers," "Justice League of America," "X-Men," "Batman," "Captain America," and probably even "Firestorm." You should never get to the end of a comic and find yourself thinking, "That's it?" Unfortunately, that's exactly what you'll get. Even our supposedly crafty and clever hero (we're told he is such because that's why Nemesis wants to spar with him) uses such a tired and clichd way to stop people holding up a convenience store that it makes you wonder if the bad guy is targeting the wrong man. I'm not a fan of Millar when his comics turn into a series of increasingly ludicrous moments, but I actually found myself yearning for something crazy in "Nemesis" #1. In-your-face Millar, as it turns out, is preferable to boring Millar. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Never Ending | 1 issues |
4
|
Never Ending #1
Dec 2, 2013 |
"Never Ending" #1 has some real promise, and I hope that the remaining two issues pull everything together well. But with some strange pacing and uneven art, right now it doesn't feel like it's quite polished. I'll take another glance, but for the moment I feel like this comic won't have the time necessary to hit its full potential. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
New Avengers | 1 issues |
6
|
New Avengers #57
Sep 22, 2009 |
"New Avengers" is fun, but this is a title that really feels like it's being written for a collected edition (where the slow forward movement will seem less obvious) than as an issue-by-issue basis. Still, a new release of Immonen pencils every month is an awfully nice thing to get. With a little more speed and punch, "New Avengers" could go from good to great. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
New Avengers Annual | 1 issues |
5
|
New Avengers Annual #3
Dec 8, 2009 |
At the end of the day, "New Avengers Annual" #3 is just all right. It's no great shakes one way or the other. But did it need to be an Annual (which meant an extra buck and a few additional pages, many of which are a preview of "Siege")? I don't think so. Doubly so when there's a good chance that "New Avengers" as a monthly book will outsell its Annual. Better luck next time with your Annuals, Marvel. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
New Avengers (2015) | 1 issues |
4
|
New Avengers (2015) #8
Mar 28, 2016 |
Unfortunately, "New Avengers" #8 is the weakest issue of the series to date; that's a pity, because new readers might come on board for "Standoff" -- but it's the presence of "Standoff" that makes so much of this issue feel less engaging. Hopefully, once the crossover concludes next month, "New Avengers" can dust off its own storylines without much more disruption, but this definitely feels like a hiccup in a series that is normally much more consistent. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
New Avengers: Luke Cage | 1 issues |
3
|
New Avengers: Luke Cage #3
Jul 1, 2010 |
With such a strong creative team attached to "New Avengers: Luke Cage," I expected a lot more from this mini-series. Instead, it's an uninteresting script with great art marred by fill-in pages from an artist whose style doesn't mesh with the rest of the book. And at $3.99 an issue, that's a little insulting. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.8
|
New Mutants (2009) | 19 issues |
6
|
New Mutants (2009) #3
Jul 14, 2009 |
I do worry a little bit, though, in that the opening story has brought back Legion for something that feels an awful lot like the original Legion story in "New Mutants," but on steroids. So far I'm not finding much new or original about Wells' latest take on Marvel's most messed up multiple personality disorder mutant. So while as a nostalgia trip it's a pleasant journey, it makes one wonder if that's all there is to this latest "New Mutants." (And of course, for characters that debuted back in 1982, there's hardly anything "new" about these characters, making this one of the biggest misnomers in comics at the moment.) Hopefully after this initial story we'll see the plots start to move forward and let the characters continue to grow; right now they're feeling a bit like fully grown cattle placed in a pen meant for calves. It's time to let them run free. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
New Mutants (2009) #6
Oct 28, 2009 |
My one worry is the same that I felt when I first started reading the new "New Mutants." Where is this title going? After a Legion story, we're moving right into the return of Selene, plus the techno-organic virus rearing its ugly head. As fun as this issue has been, it's hard to not feel that it's a bit of a "New Mutants Greatest Hits" remix compilation. Hopefully once this crossover is over, Wells can show us just where he wants to take the New Mutants. With any luck, it will be to a brand-new pasture. Wells has definitely got the talent and imagination to do so. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
New Mutants (2009) #9
Jan 7, 2010 |
If Marvel is insisting on winding back the clock to a "classic" line-up of "New Mutants," at least Wells is the writer helming the book. As much as I'd rather have seen his talents on a new group of characters, with a trail of poor sales figure leading up to this point, I suppose we'll have to take what we can get. The concept may not be stellar, but Wells makes it fun none the less. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
New Mutants (2009) #10
Feb 9, 2010 |
I want to like Wells' "New Mutants," for if nothing else than the fact that I think he understands the voices and purposes of the characters and is handling them better than just about anyone post-Louise Simonson. But this is a series that needs a serious kick in the rear in terms of the overall speed of the book. This quiet inching forward is a bad long-term game plan. Once "Second Coming" is over, Wells had better pick up the pace. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
New Mutants (2009) #14
Jun 18, 2010 |
It's all the little touches in this issue of "New Mutants" that make it stand out, even as the storyline stretches towards its conclusion. "Second Coming" is proving to be one of the strongest X-Men crossovers to date, and if it can keep its momentum through the final three chapters, I think most readers are going to be quite happy that all of the X-books came together for three months to tell this story. Good stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
New Mutants (2009) #16
Aug 21, 2010 |
"New Mutants" #16 is almost certainly what you're expecting this month, and while it manages to both give a lot of information and at the same time not enough, it's an interesting read and ultimately an important step in the new storyline. I'm looking more forward to "New Mutants" getting its own cast back next month, though. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
New Mutants (2009) #20
Dec 29, 2010 |
"New Mutants" has had its ups and downs, but throughout it all Wells has had a real affection for the cast shown in every issue, and with it an enthusiasm. I'll definitely miss both of those qualities on the book, and whomever replaces Wells this spring once the "Age of X" crossover has concluded will have a big set of shoes to try and fill. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
New Mutants (2009) #25
May 15, 2011 |
"New Mutants" #25 feels like a shot in the arm for this comic. It's got a strong direction, the changes in the roster feel organic (and just as easily temporary changes if Abnett and Lanning wish), and the opening story addresses a problem that I figured would be abandoned for years to come. I'm on board the Abnett, Lanning, and Fernandez "New Mutants" train. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
New Mutants (2009) #28
Jul 31, 2011 |
"New Mutants" #28 is a good enough issue, but a lot will depend on how much and soon Abnett and Lanning follow-up. Only time will ultimately tell if this is just a one-issue stalling technique, or truly part of something greater. With the title jumping into the depths of "Fear Itself" next month, though, that's an answer that will have to wait for now. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
New Mutants (2009) #29
Aug 13, 2011 |
"New Mutants" under Abnett, Lanning, and Lafuente is a winning combination and then some. If this trio kept making comics this good every month, I know I wouldn't be complaining. Once again, don't be scared off by that big "Fear Itself" logo. It's just an excuse for a different but still great comic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
New Mutants (2009) #34
Nov 16, 2011 |
Aside from a positively weak cliffhanger, it's a good first issue to the storyline, as well as a nice way for people who want to check out the "Regenesis" event books in the mutant world. And if Abnett and Lanning can figure out what the heck to do with the main Marvel Universe version of Blink? Well, all the more power to them. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
New Mutants (2009) #35
Dec 21, 2011 |
"New Mutants" #35 isn't bad, but this story has already lost a great deal of momentum from the first issue. Hopefully it's just middle chapter syndrome and we've still got a strong finale around the corner. For a story designed to bring back a long-missed character, the lack of steam on the second chapter is a little surprising. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
New Mutants (2009) #37
Feb 8, 2012 |
"Date Night" in "New Mutants" is a slightly goofy story, and it's that tone that ends up being its strength. Hopefully this is signaling the end of ignoring Magma, too. As a done-in-one story, this works just fine. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
New Mutants (2009) #38
Feb 27, 2012 |
I'm willing to give Abnett and Lanning a chance here, but of all the abandoned storylines that "New Mutants" promised to close off, it's hard to keep from feeling like this was one that should have stayed abandoned. Still, for now, there are enough strengths to make one not run screaming in the other direction. It's a start. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
New Mutants (2009) #40
Apr 5, 2012 |
It's nice to be proven wrong in a good way and I feel like the return of the Ani-Mator in "New Mutants" absolutely applies to that category. This should have been a horrible comic, but instead we've gotten a fun storyline. "New Mutants" is continuing with a strong voice and a real direction and that's a pleasant thing month after month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
New Mutants (2009) #41
Apr 19, 2012 |
"New Mutants" #41 is nice, but it's a shame that it's not great. An issue devoted to the characters kicking back and relaxing is, in theory, fun (and has been handled in other series quite well) but this issue feels disposable. You'll enjoy it while you're reading it, but in the grand scheme of things it's nothing out of the ordinary. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
New Mutants (2009) #44
Jun 20, 2012 |
"New Mutants" continues to be a dependable comic, and now free of its crossover with "Journey into Mystery" (and also not getting yanked into "Avengers vs. X-Men," for those who need a break of those tie-ins), it's a nice moment to check the book out for yourself if you're interested. It might not be overly flashy or attention-grabbing, but "New Mutants" is fun to read, and that's just what the doctor ordered. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
New Mutants (2009) #47
Aug 15, 2012 |
"New Mutants" #47 is the beginning of the end of this title, but right now it looks to head to that conclusion on a high note. I don't know where exactly this is going, but I'm eager to find out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
New Mutants (2009) #50
Oct 31, 2012 |
"New Mutants" #50 opens up with an old school usage of Magma's powers (does anyone else remember when her ability was just to raise little volcanos?), and it's a fun and slightly sweet way to kick off this final issue. It kept an eye on old continuity but wasn't so wrapped up in it that it demanded an encyclopedic knowledge of those earlier stories. "New Mutants" was a pleasant book, and while this last issue lacked the punch of some earlier installments, it will still be missed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
New Romancer | 1 issues |
6
|
New Romancer #1
Dec 11, 2015 |
"New Romancer" #1 is an all right start, but it's a little slow at first as it clearly sets up what's still to come. In the end, that's reasonable so long as things pick up a bit in the next installment; there are just enough hooks here to make people come back. Those last three pages give me enough hope for what's still on the horizon that I want to see what happens next. Milligan and Parson are determined to show us that romance isn't dead just yet. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
New Suicide Squad | 3 issues |
5
|
New Suicide Squad #2
Aug 18, 2014 |
"New Suicide Squad" #2 is already feeling a little fizzled out; maybe it's the lack of Jeremy Roberts' art in the interiors? (Hopefully he'll be back next issue.) I've enjoyed "Suicide Squad" since the original series' run a whopping quarter century or so ago, and this is a title that I always want to succeed. Hopefully things will pick up next month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
New Suicide Squad #4
Nov 13, 2014 |
"New Suicide Squad" #4 is another example of a series that hasn't maintained consistency. Ryan definitely has some good ideas here, but they're hampered a bit by some very generic sequences on occasion. When his stories feel more suited to the characters in question -- Waller and Sage this issue, Harley and Joker's Daughter last issue -- everything clicks into place. If story and art could both be less variable, "New Suicide Squad" could really go places. Right now, it's a bit too random and scattered to count on just yet. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
New Suicide Squad #9
Jun 11, 2015 |
"New Suicide Squad" #9 feels like a book that's found its footing; with the setup for this storyline taken care of, it feels like it can start building up some momentum in the chapters to come. For the moment, though, this feels like a good first step. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
New Warriors (2014) | 1 issues |
6
|
New Warriors (2014) #8
Aug 8, 2014 |
"New Warriors" #8 has some nice bits throughout, and I do think there's a lot of promise packed into the title. Yost clearly has big plans for these characters, but sooner or later they need to start playing out. For now, I'd love to see him stop introducing new faces and just focus on the ones that we have. Still, it's good enough that I'll stick around a little longer. Yost and To's work here is good, but with some focus it could be great. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Night Force (2012) | 1 issues |
7
|
Night Force (2012) #1
Mar 7, 2012 |
"Night Force" #1 has a good enough opening script, but it's the art that makes me dying to see more. Mandrake is an artist who deserves to be a superstar (the lack of a definitive collection of his and John Ostrander's "The Spectre" run saddens me and my bookshelf). He's just that good. Come for the premise of "Night Force," but definitely stay for the art. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Nightcrawler (2014) | 1 issues |
6
|
Nightcrawler (2014) #3
Jun 12, 2014 |
Past attempts for a "Nightcrawler" ongoing series went nowhere fast, which is surprising considering how beloved the character is. Hopefully this time will work out differently -- but if so, Claremont and Nauck would be wise to stick with the connections with the X-Men and family, and less on uninspiring new creations. There's already such a wealth of characters out there that Claremont could mine them for decades. If the best we can get for original creations are Trimega or Gummi, I can't imagine the book sticking around for too long. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.5
|
Nightwing (2011) | 6 issues |
7
|
Nightwing (2011) #3
Nov 17, 2011 |
"Nightwing" is a pleasant afternoon read; it's not at the top of the stack, but it's a good enough read to keep sticking around. The small problems I had with the first issue are gone, and all-in-all it feels like it's on a good course. Nightwing fans should definitely be happy to see their hero doing well. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Nightwing (2011) #5
Jan 18, 2012 |
"Nightwing" #5 is a middle-of-the-road comic. We've had stronger from Higgins and Barrows before, though, and I suspect a lot of the problem lies in this being mostly unconnected to the bigger plotline (save for the last page). With Higgins shifting back to that larger story next month, I have confidence that the excitement level will rise accordingly. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Nightwing (2011) #20
May 17, 2013 |
"Nightwing" #20 is overall enjoyable, and I want to see what Higgins and Booth continue to do with the new Chicago setting. Early issues of "Nightwing" weren't afraid to hop around the country, and I like that Higgins is now able to go back to spotlighting places other than Gotham City. All in all, enough fun that I'll be back for more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Nightwing (2011) #22
Jul 15, 2013 |
"Nightwing" #22 feels like this is a series that's on track, and that is using its shift to a new locale well. Higgins and Conrad have given us a fun comic that works well both individually as well as part of a greater whole. Ultimately, this is how a monthly series should work. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Nightwing (2011) #25
Nov 15, 2013 |
"Nightwing" #25 works as a "Year Zero" tie-in, but also just as a flashback on its own. Like last week's excellent "Action Comics" #25, old and new "Nightwing" readers will find something to like here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Nightwing (2011) #27
Jan 15, 2014 |
"Nightwing" #27 is another entertaining comic in this series; starring a character who seems to have skirted death and/or cancellation, it's a title that I feel you shouldn't take for granted. Hopefully Higgins and Conrad will continue to get to create "Nightwing" comics for the foreseeable future; issues like this remind us in the potential of the character thanks to the sheer enjoyment that he exudes. We could use more characters like Nightwing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Nightwing (2011) Annual | 1 issues |
6
|
Nightwing (2011) Annual #1
Oct 31, 2013 |
"Nightwing Annual" #1 is a reminder that Higgins's run on "Nightwing" has been regularly pleasant and fun to read, and this follows that trend. It's got a story that works on several different levels, and while it's not amazing, it's solid and enjoyable. Add in some great visuals, and all in all it's a good way to fill out the dreaded 5th week gap in the shipping schedule. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Nightworld | 1 issues |
7
|
Nightworld #1
Aug 8, 2014 |
"Nightworld" #1 is a good debut for these two creators, and I'm glad that Image picked this book up. It's fun looking and stands out in both story and art from those around it. Take a look, you'll be pleasantly surprised. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
No Place Like Home | 1 issues |
6
|
No Place Like Home #1
Feb 27, 2012 |
"No Place Like Home" is a promising debut, but right now it's going to take a few more issues to see just how well things come together. For now, though, it's good enough that I'm more than willing to stick around for the next chapter to see if it pans out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Nomad: Girl Without a World | 1 issues |
8
|
Nomad: Girl Without a World #2
Oct 14, 2009 |
If you'd read McKeever's older comics and were a little disconcerted by his "Teen Titans" run, have no fear, the McKeever whose writing style you liked is back. "Nomad: Girl Without a World" is enjoyable (a pity about the extra dollar tacked onto the price tag, since I fear it will discourage people from trying it on a whim) and I'd definitely buy more McKeever "Nomad" comics down the line. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Non-Humans | 1 issues |
5
|
Non-Humans #1
Oct 3, 2012 |
"Non-Humans" #1 is an odd book. I love the world that Brunswick has created, and that we're learning about it in bits and pieces. Little details like the entertainment media that have vanished or the drugs meant to curb the virus spreading caught my attention instantly, and that's what I want to see more of. With an underwhelming protagonist and art that doesn't feel up to Portacio's full potential, though, it's a series that I can't yet get 100% behind. I'll come back for #2 though, if only to see what problems have been fixed and hopefully get more of what I liked. It's an interesting start, though, and that counts for a lot. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
North 40 | 1 issues |
4
|
North 40 #1
Jul 14, 2009 |
Hopefully future issues will slow down a bit, because this could be a lot of fun. As it is, there are some little moments here and there that show glimmers of the potential of "North 40." I love that the woman doing a deal with the dark powers has to bite the inside of her cheek to draw the blood because she won't use the rusty old scythe and risk lockjaw, for example. It's a funny, clever moment that's punctuated with beautiful art and colors from Staples. Here's to seeing that side of "North 40" in #2. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.7
|
Northlanders | 6 issues |
7
|
Northlanders #11
Oct 30, 2008 |
"Northlanders" #11 is an exciting start to its new story, and I'm certainly looking forward to the next chapter. So far, the "Northlanders" experiment doesn't shown any signs of running out of steam creatively; if you've been holding out for a chance to give the title a try, between this new storyline and a collection of #1-8 both having hit stores this week, you've got more than enough opportunities available. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Northlanders #17
May 31, 2009 |
"Northlanders" #17 is, at the end of the day, a very satisfying comic. It's not the sort of story you'd want to read every month, certainly, but Wood nicely confounds reader expectations with his "all fight" issue, giving it a level of depth and sociological examination that you might not expect to see. It's another good issue for "Northlanders." |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Northlanders #19
Aug 4, 2009 |
I'm continually pleased with "Northlanders," and of course if there's ever one story you don't care for, wait a couple months and something new will come down the pike. That said, though, stories like "The Shield Maidens" will always keep me coming back for more. With a great script and beautiful art, it's hard not to love. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Northlanders #28
May 27, 2010 |
"Northlanders" is a tough potential sell to the uninitiated, a series of stories only connected by all containing Vikings in some way, shape, or form. Reading "The Plague Widow," though, just goes to show how versatile this series is. This is a story I'll cheerfully buy again in collected form; Wood, Fernandez, and McCaig have done an excellent job. If you haven't read this latest "Northlanders" story, don't let it pass you by. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Northlanders #38
Mar 19, 2011 |
I suppose I could look up the history of Paris online and find out exactly how long the Viking siege would last, but that feels like cheating. And of course, it wouldn't tell me what happened to Mads and Abbo. Both the big and the small picture feel important in "Northlanders," and that's ultimately what makes it such a great story. Wood and Gane make you care about both history and fiction, and the two working together? Well, this could turn out to be one of my favorite "Northlanders" story arcs to date. Who knew besieging Paris could be so much fun? |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Northlanders #40
May 12, 2011 |
I wouldn't want a story like "The Hunt" in "Northlanders" every month, but that's the beauty of it being an anthology comic. After watching Paris get sacked, it's nice to get a one-month change of pace. As always, "Northlanders" delivers the goods. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.5
|
Nova (2007) | 2 issues |
7
|
Nova (2007) #28
Aug 27, 2009 |
If you're like me and only just wandered into Marvel's space titles via "War of Kings," I think "Nova" is the book to tide you over for the time being. It's fun and has that same sort of punch that "War of Kings" did, with just the right mix of normalcy and weirdness. Congratulations, Abnett and Lanning, you just picked up another reader. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Nova (2007) #34
Feb 3, 2010 |
The idea of a time travel story where the villain is a character fighting himself has potential, but the comic seems to have spilled into the realm of predictable. With "Realm of Kings" coming to a conclusion next month, I'm guessing we'll see the conclusion of this "Nova" storyline as well. At this point, I'm more than ready to see the character do something more interesting than this. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.8
|
Nova (2013) | 5 issues |
6
|
Nova (2013) #1
Feb 19, 2013 |
"Nova" #1 is off to a fine enough start, but this is a comic that should be great rather than just good. I feel like at the end of this first issue, the Human Rocket should be blasting off into high gear, but instead it's still idling on the launch pad. I'm ready to see more of "Nova" but hopefully the set-up is almost complete. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Nova (2013) #6
Jul 21, 2013 |
"Nova" #6 is a fun comic -- above average and takes a tough situation and makes it work. I think Wells and Medina might have only had one issue to sell their taking over of "Nova" to its existing readers; the good news is that I feel they've succeeded. If only all creative team transitions were so smooth. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Nova (2013) #11
Dec 12, 2013 |
"Nova" #11 is another strong issue in this series, and I'm glad that even with the merry-go-round of creators that the book still feels like it's on course. If you haven't been reading "Nova" this is as good a spot as any to sample for yourself. It's good old-fashioned superhero fun, but updated to match today's sensibilities. It's too bad more superhero books aren't like "Nova." |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Nova (2013) #14
Mar 7, 2014 |
What's ultimately refreshing about "Nova" is that this is a stealth all-ages book. There's nothing in here that younger readers couldn't handle, but it never feels dumbed-down or too elementary for adults (a trap that many attempted all-ages books fall into). It's not being promoted as one, but at the same time it fits the bill. I'm finding Sam's adventures as Nova entertaining, here, and it doesn't ever feel like it's operating under a limited scope, or pushed off into its own "for younger readers" universe. "Nova" #14 is another successful issue of a strong series. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Nova (2013) #26
Jan 30, 2015 |
In many ways, "Nova" #26 reminds me of the early days of "Amazing Spider-Man," where Peter Parker would learn from his mistakes and continue to become a more confident and capable hero. Two years in, "Nova" is still a solid and enjoyable comic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Nova (2015) | 1 issues |
4
|
Nova (2015) #1
Nov 6, 2015 |
"Nova" #1 is a rough start to a new series; it feels like many things that worked in the previous series aren't present here, and the ideas that were carried over aren't quite lining up properly. For a legacy character who's really come into his own over the past few years, this comic feels like a bit of a misstep. Hopefully, a course correction will be just around the bend. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Numbercruncher | 1 issues |
8
|
Numbercruncher #1
Feb 18, 2013 |
"Numbercruncher" #1 is inventive, unpredictable and engaging. What more can you ask for in a debut issue? |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
ODY-C | 2 issues |
7
|
ODY-C #3
Mar 2, 2015 |
"ODY-C" #3 is a comic I'm enjoying even as I want it to end up even better than it already is. As the world-building continues, hopefully the characterization will quickly follow. For now, though, there's more than enough to entertain readers and make them want to see what happens next. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
ODY-C #8
Oct 28, 2015 |
"ODY-C" #8 is a swirling tale of death and destruction, even as one hopes here's a chance for the people of Q'af to finally be freed of their imprisonment. Is that ahead? Thanks to Fraction and Ward deliberately diverging more and more from the original source material, your guess is as good as mine. Regardless, seeing the journey unspool will be part of the fun. Even in the most awful moments of this issue, there's something about the craft in which it's told that makes you want to see more. Perhaps hope hasn't truly died on Q'af just yet. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
OMAC (2011) | 1 issues |
3
|
OMAC (2011) #1
Sep 8, 2011 |
Aside from the art looking very Kirby-esque, though, I'm not sure if there's enough of a hook to read a second issue. Considering that O.M.A.C. doesn't appear to have any personality when powered up, save for following Brother Eye's orders, this has the potential for an incredibly boring protagonist. And with what little we've seen of Kevin Kho when not transformed into O.M.A.C., there's no hook there either. "O.M.A.C." #1 just falls flat, and unless you've got a deep abiding love for Kirby's creations, it's sadly forgettable. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.1
|
Omega Men | 7 issues |
8
|
Omega Men #1
Jun 5, 2015 |
"The Omega Men" #1 takes a big gamble. It starts off with a story that plunges people into the middle, with no context other than last month's preview that featured the murder of Kyle Rayner. (Yes, that is touched upon here, and we are starting to learn a little more about what happened there.) You don't need to have read anything else in order to understand this; I think it's almost best to go in fresh for this mixture of new and re-imagined characters. Every time you re-read it, the book just gets a little better; this is a series that ultimately rewards patience. Give it a try. Then give that issue a second and third go-through. Guess what? You may have just found your new favorite space opera comic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Omega Men #3
Aug 6, 2015 |
"The Omega Men" #3 is another winner and, hopefully, this issue will hook anyone who was on the fence. King shows the variety available in this series, and Bagenda's art keeps up without missing a beat, doubly so with Fajardo's luminous starfields in the background. Some of DC's new series are hitting the mark each month, and "The Omega Men" is one of them. If you aren't reading this series yet, give this issue a whirl. I suspect you'll be hooked. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Omega Men #4
Sep 3, 2015 |
"The Omega Men" #4 is just another example of why this is probably not just one of DC's best new series, but one of the best superhero (or at least superhero-esque) books on the market right now. "The Omega Men" #4 is intelligent, devious and determined to make you squirm. King and Cypress have made this an issue where, once again, you're dying for next month's new installment. Well done. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Omega Men #5
Oct 12, 2015 |
Comics don't often get a second chance this quickly; if you aren't reading "The Omega Men," now is a great time to fix that. Read this book; it's not just as good as you've been told, it's even better. King and Bagenda have created a series people will be talking about for years. I, for one, want it to make it to #13 and beyond -- and, after you start reading it, you will too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Omega Men #7
Dec 30, 2015 |
Once again, "The Omega Men" #7 blows its competition out of the water. With each new issue connecting with what's come before it so well, it makes an eventual re-read of the entire series that much more appealing. King, Bagenda, Guara and Fajardo are in the midst of creating a near-perfect space epic with "The Omega Men," that rare book that any fan of the genre should buy. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Omega Men #10
Mar 31, 2016 |
I hope to see King and Bagenda work together again shortly (with Trevor Hutchison on posters, because his travel advertisements for the various areas of the Vega System have been amazing), because I'm really going to miss "The Omega Men" when it wraps up in two months. This is a smart series that never takes the easy way out and rewards readers more and more each issue. As always, a job well done. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Omega Men #11
May 2, 2016 |
I'm really going to miss King, Bagenda and Fajardo's work together, and hopefully it won't be too long until they create something else. While "The Omega Men" #11 might not be full of jolts and surprises like some previous issues -- and to be fair, with the stage needing to be set for the conclusion, I'm more than fine with that -- it's still a satisfying read that makes me eager to see how everything wraps up next month. That's a sign of talented storytellers. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
One-Hit Wonder | 1 issues |
4
|
One-Hit Wonder #2
Mar 26, 2014 |
Right now, the one amount of consistent storytelling is Olivetti's art, so with that having come to an end, I'm not sure how to feel about "One-Hit Wonder." Maybe things will finally gel with the third issue, and Sapolsky's story will pick one direction and stick with it. If so, this comic could really work. Right now, it's close -- but not quite there. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
One-Pound Gospel | 1 issues |
8
|
One-Pound Gospel #1
May 21, 2008 |
"One-Pound Gospel" is neither a romance book nor a boxing book, but it combines the best of both of those kinds of stories. Knowing now that we're getting an official conclusion to the series? Well, that makes me all the more excited. (Now if only Takahashi would create another two or three volumes of her "Mermaid Saga" to conclude it, I would be in seventh heaven.) I will warn you, though, that reading "One-Pound Gospel" if you're trying to lose weight can be a little damaging. I've already eaten two snacks just while writing this review, and I don't even want to begin to discuss how much I ate last weekend while re-reading the book. Food, romance, and exercise, now that's my kind of a good time. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Original Sin | 1 issues |
7
|
Original Sin #3
Jun 4, 2014 |
This comic might be all over the place, but it's still fun. Hopefully, with revelations given out (and tie-ins launched), remaining issues can start pulling all of the disparate pieces together and have a slightly more focused route. It's good, but it isn't achieving greatness just yet. Still, there's plenty of time to get there. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Outcast By Kirkman & Azaceta | 2 issues |
8
|
Outcast By Kirkman & Azaceta #2
Aug 1, 2014 |
I'm really pleased with "Outcast" #2; this series feels well on its way to a strong run. Those who read the first issue and liked it are in for a real treat. And if you haven't tried out "Outcast" yet, scoop up both issues and sit down and read them back to back. Your biggest complaint will probably be having to wait for issue #3. Kirkman and Azaceta make demonic possession look good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Outcast By Kirkman & Azaceta #7
Mar 19, 2015 |
With a television series on the way and this being promoted as the start of the second story arc, "Outcast" #7 feels like a comic where the script isn't trying at all to hook new readers. It's a shame, because this feels like a lot of lost potential. On the bright side, Azaceta and Breitweiser continue to dazzle through their art; if anyone will bring the proverbial new reader back for another installment next month, it's them. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.8
|
Outsiders (2007) | 4 issues |
4
|
Outsiders (2007) #6
Apr 21, 2008 |
For people who are fans of the current cast of "Batman and the Outsiders", I can imagine this must be a thrilling series to have all of their favorites gathered into one place. For readers who aren't particularly invested in them, though, it's more than a bit dull -- not the best way to draw in new readers, unfortunately. In the end, it's just not as exciting as it should be. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Outsiders (2007) #16
Mar 24, 2009 |
Honestly, the story about a secret council of bad guys? That isn't enough to make me want to read the next issue, it's just too middle-ground. Tomasi's work on "Green Lantern Corps" and "The Mighty" have both shown his skill as a writer much better than this. But Tomasi's "this is why I chose these characters" bit was interesting enough that I'm willing to give another issue a try and see if things pick up. That's where he's showing his skill, and hopefully now that it's out of the way he can fully focus on everything else in this story. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Outsiders (2007) #20
Jul 28, 2009 |
I wish that Tomasi had written a few shorter stories to introduce his new "The Outsiders" line-up and help people become familiar with his take on the book. This story, I fear, may have become a war of attrition to see who can still hang on to buy another issue. It's strange because Tomasi's work on books like "The Mighty" and "Green Lantern Corps" are a lot of fun, both titles that I look forward to each month. Something just isn't clicking here, though. Maybe it's the never-ending cycle of characters and directions? It could just be that it's time to let "The Outsiders" gracefully retire again. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
2
|
Outsiders (2007) #32
Aug 26, 2010 |
I feel slightly cheated for having bought this random issue, and I doubt I'll be back while this current creative team is on board. Maybe down the line if someone else takes over it'll be worth another shot. But for now, "Outsiders" feels like little more than another failed team book from DC Comics. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Pantheon | 1 issues |
4
|
Pantheon #2
May 13, 2010 |
"Pantheon" is showing some signs of improvement, but my biggest complaint is that it still feels slow. With a slightly faster pace I think some of the other problems might not be as noticeable, and as said before, it's a real improvement over the first issue. Andreyko's delivered the goods in the past, and I'll take a look at the third issue based on how much he's already improved things. But for now, it's not at the level I was hoping it would be. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Paper Girls | 2 issues |
8
|
Paper Girls #4
Jan 11, 2016 |
"Paper Girls" #4 is another strong issue from a strong new series; it's a good reminder that Vaughan's work on "Saga" isn't a fluke, nor was Chiang's run on "Wonder Woman." At this point, I'm hooked, and I bet I'm not the only one. All in all, another winner. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Paper Girls #6
Jun 6, 2016 |
After an incredibly strong first story arc, "Paper Girls" #6 feels very slow-going. The final pages start to turn up the excitement, but -- if I was a new reader starting out on this second story arc -- I'm not certain I would see what everyone else was talking about. Hopefully, the next issue will be back up to full speed again, but -- while "Paper Girls" #6 sure looks great -- the story just isn't up to the high standards of the previous issues. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Pearls Before Swine: The Crass Menagerie | 1 issues |
8
|
Pearls Before Swine: The Crass Menagerie #1
May 8, 2008 |
There may be a several-week archive of "Pearls Before Swine" strips officially available online, but a book like this is the sort of thing where you can pull it down from your bookshelf and really enjoy the insanity of Pastis' fevered imagination. Proof, perhaps, that the modern comic strip is not dead. You just need to be a little more selective. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Penguin: Pain and Prejudice | 1 issues |
7
|
Penguin: Pain and Prejudice #2
Nov 10, 2011 |
"Penguin: Pain and Prejudice" might go down a road that a lot of other works of fiction have, but Hurwitz and Kudranski make it an entertaining road. It's nice to see someone using the Penguin as a character again, not just an information service that you punch to have it spit out an answer. Batman fans should definitely take a look at this mini-series. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Penny Dora & The Wishing Box | 1 issues |
6
|
Penny Dora & The Wishing Box #1
Nov 6, 2014 |
"Penny Dora and the Wishing Box" #1 is a nice start, but I'm actually a little more eager to see the next issue. Once the route for the series is a little more firmly nailed down, it'll get expectations in the right place. Until then, though, this is a little light and predictable, but still pleasant enough that it's worth taking a look at that second issue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
2.0
|
Peter Cannon: Thunderbolt | 1 issues |
2
|
Peter Cannon: Thunderbolt #1
Sep 10, 2012 |
"Peter Cannon: Thunderbolt" #1 feels like a bad idea for a series; why not just have Darnell and Ross create a brand-new character rather than twisting an old one? Add in a lack of flair or pep and you end up with a swiftly forgettable comic. I'm delighted that Morisi's story finally got to see print (with a nice text introduction from Mark Waid, who had commissioned the story back in the day), but it doesn't make up for everything else included. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Phantom Lady | 1 issues |
4
|
Phantom Lady #1
Aug 30, 2012 |
"Phantom Lady and Doll Man" #1 is an all right comic, but in order to succeed it needs to be better than just all right. This needs to be exciting, fresh, and original if it's going to survive in this difficult marketplace. Right now, unless things pick up hugely in the second issue though, I'm afraid it's not on track to do that. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Phantom Stranger (2012) | 1 issues |
3
|
Phantom Stranger (2012) #0
Sep 6, 2012 |
The most frustrating thing about "The Phantom Stranger" #0 is that Corrigan's story doesn't get a real conclusion. It just stops, the character carted off stage for presumably other appearances to come. That's potentially the biggest pitfall for this series; it's going to need a story of its own, not just introductions of other characters. Having a book about Judas wearing Jesus's cloak while unveiling new DC Comics characters may sound like a riot, but in this case it just falls flat. "The Phantom Stranger" needs to bring some mystery back, and quickly. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Phonogram: The Immaterial Girl | 1 issues |
8
|
Phonogram: The Immaterial Girl #1
Aug 3, 2015 |
It's great to see "Phonogram" return and, with "The Wicked + The Divine" being such a hit for Gillen and McKelvie, hopefully some of those readers will give "Phonogram: The Immaterial Girl" #1 a whirl. It's worth their time, and yours, too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
Phonogram: The Singles Club | 1 issues |
9
|
Phonogram: The Singles Club #2
May 2, 2009 |
If you haven't read "Phonogram: The Singles Club" yet, don't be afraid that you haven't read #1. It's just as easy to jump in here, and you'll get a full, interesting story. Just be warned that when it's all over, you'll probably want to hunt down #1 because you want more of the fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Planetoid | 1 issues |
7
|
Planetoid #3
Aug 22, 2012 |
"Planetoid" #3 even finds time to mix in a little bit of action and conflict. After all, we still need something to drive the story forward and make people want to keep reading. I'd say that "Planetoid" #3 is the best issue of the series to date; this is the sort of comic that just gets better every month. If you haven't read this little gem from Image, now is a great time to give it a try. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
10
|
Pluto: Urasawa x Tezuka | 1 issues |
10
|
Pluto: Urasawa x Tezuka #1
Feb 9, 2009 |
Urasawa's thriller "Monster" was such a strong hit in both Japan and North America, with its combination of action, adventure, ethical dilemmas, and truly evil characters, that I figured any new book from Urasawa would be worth checking out. Now that I've read the first volume of "Pluto" I'm changing "worth checking out" to "absolutely must be read." Viz is about to also start releasing Urasawa's "20th Century Boys" manga in English, and now I know what I'll need to buy, pronto. If "Pluto" doesn't rack up award nominations next year, I will be genuinely perplexed. Remember my prediction this time next year, because "Pluto" is just that good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Poison Ivy: Cycle of Life and Death | 1 issues |
7
|
Poison Ivy: Cycle of Life and Death #2
Feb 22, 2016 |
I'd definitely be up for more "Poison Ivy" helmed by Chu once this miniseries is over. Chu gives us a real mystery to try and solve, complete with multiple suspects and motives. Her depiction of Ivy is strong and interesting, yet still dangerous. This is exactly the take on the character I've been hoping we'd see again, and so far, so good. I'll definitely buy the remaining issues. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.5
|
Power Girl (2009) | 2 issues |
5
|
Power Girl (2009) #2
Jun 23, 2009 |
"Power Girl" #2 is one beautiful book, but other than that, I'm a little worried. Good art can certainly boost the overall feel of the book, but the story here seems almost like an afterthought. Hopefully next month will get the title rolling again. This is a book I want to see succeed, but something needs to happen soon in order for that to take place. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Power Girl (2009) #20
Jan 19, 2011 |
"Power Girl" #20 was a fun trip into this character's world, and I feel like I got my money's worth. I'll certainly take a peek at next month's issue, but for someone who got drawn in based on the connection to "Justice League: Generation Lost," I don't feel like I've been duped at all. It's a little light and fluffy, and I'm good with that. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Princess Ugg | 2 issues |
7
|
Princess Ugg #5
Nov 21, 2014 |
Ugla's gotten quite good at playing the game of diplomacy, and now that she has all of the rules under her belt, "Princess Ugg" #5 kicks the series into high gear. This is a good next chapter for the title, and I'm now quite looking forward to what happens next. All in all, good stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Princess Ugg #8
Mar 23, 2015 |
"Ugla Will Return" is a promise made at the end of "Princess Ugg" #8, and I'm relieved. This series has been too fun to not continue and, hopefully, it will eventually get the attention it deserves. "Princess Ugg" was, is and no doubt will continue to be a winner. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.3
|
Prophet (2012) | 4 issues |
8
|
Prophet (2012) #21
Jan 18, 2012 |
"Prophet" #21 fills me with great hope for all of the Extreme Studios titles being re-launched this year. If they're even half as good as "Prophet," then we're in for a treat. And even if they're not? Well, we've still got "Prophet," and I am most definitely coming back for another issue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Prophet (2012) #23
Mar 22, 2012 |
"Prophet" continues to prove that there's no such thing as a bad character, just a bad execution. I'm already eager to see next month's issue (and artist Farel Dalrymple steps on board for two months); this is science-fantasy super-heroics with a great appeal. More, please. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Prophet (2012) #26
Jun 27, 2012 |
For people who have only read Graham's earlier "Prophet" issues and never seen any of his other comics, I suspect this issue will be an eye-opener. For fans of his other comics like "King City" and "Multiple Warheads," it's a welcome return. No matter which end of the spectrum you are in, it's a victory. (And that's not even including the dazzlingly beautiful -- if slightly bonkers -- back-up story written and drawn by Emma Rios, which is short and sweet and eye-popping.) Once again, "Prophet" #26 is a winner. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Prophet (2012) #29
Sep 27, 2012 |
The comic closes out with a five-page back-up by Andy Ristaino, which at first appears to be a simple battle but quickly turns into a grim story about a damaged spacecraft and the decision that the maintenance worker on duty has to make. It's not just a good way to close out the comic, it's a prime example of how you can tell a story in just a few pages and still make it feel like a complete and satisfying unit. Its strength shouldn't be that surprising, though. Graham has shown a strong understanding of what makes comics work over the years, both in "Prophet" and elsewhere, and this is just another example. If you aren't reading "Prophet," this is a great a place as any to fix that problem. As always, great stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Punisher (2004) | 1 issues |
4
|
Punisher (2004) #61
Aug 21, 2008 |
Maybe the next writer on "The Punisher" (they've lined up three different novelists to each take a crack at the book) will do a better job with the character. Right now, though, it's making the idea of a non-Garth Ennis "The Punisher" from Marvel's MAX imprint seem very bleak, indeed. And not in a good way. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.8
|
Punisher (2009) | 4 issues |
8
|
Punisher (2009) #5
May 22, 2009 |
"Punisher" is a surprisingly good book. So sure, people use shrinking technology and talk to dark flaming headed gods from other dimensions. But you know what? It still works, and in a completely non-silly way. Remender and Opena are hitting all the right notes here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Punisher (2009) #9
Sep 18, 2009 |
This is probably the weakest issue of the relaunched "Punisher," but even then it's still a solid comic. Normally it's just a bit better, more above average. Still, I can't complain when an off issue is still better than most other serials on the market today. I might have been dubious when I'd heard that "Punisher" was getting relaunched yet again, but I'm cheerfully eating my words now. This is an entertaining comic. But can we get rid of the resurrected characters soon? That's DC's big crossover, after all, not Marvel's. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Punisher (2009) #12
Dec 27, 2009 |
This certainly isn't the direction I'd have expected for "The Punisher" but then again, Remender seems to delight in turning up some surprises for his readers, and this is no exception. It may be a little sillier in places than the grim "Punishermax" title, but at its core, don't write it off as being a joke. "Punisher" is still delivering the goods. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Punisher (2009) #15
Mar 31, 2010 |
"The Punisher" seems like it would be a big bag of silly these days, and maybe that's true. But there's also a nice amount of drama and pathos mixed in as well, and the end result is a comic that's satisfying to read month after month. I'm not entirely sure how long "Frankencastle" is going to run, but for now I'm content to see just where Remender is taking us. At the end of the day it's fun, and that's good in my book. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.3
|
Punisher (2011) | 3 issues |
8
|
Punisher (2011) #7
Jan 5, 2012 |
"Punisher" #7 is another satisfyingly great issue. "Daredevil" is Marvel's new series getting a lot of (deserved) attention, but if you haven't taken a peek at "Punisher" yet, you owe it to yourself to do so. The pair of them launched together, and I think they're two of the best series at the company right now. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Punisher (2011) #9
Mar 15, 2012 |
Overall, next month's crossover doesn't fill me with any sort of excitement and that's as someone who greatly enjoys Mark Waid's run on the new "Daredevil." Still, I'm willing to wait and be pleasantly surprised. As part of the ongoing "The Punisher" series, this issue is good; as a lead-in to that crossover, though, I'm not as impressed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Punisher (2011) #11
May 11, 2012 |
"The Punisher" is a consistently good series, and #11 continues that streak. I appreciated the end result of Bolt's encounter with the zombies and his subsequent outing to the police force; it provides a lot more story fodder for the months to come. This is a good example of a series that has found just the right pace, not only for collected editions but for the serialized format too. As always, "The Punisher" is a pleasure to read. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Punisher MAX: Get Castle | 1 issues |
3
|
Punisher MAX: Get Castle #1
Jan 5, 2010 |
"Punisher MAX: Get Castle" is lacking just about everything that's needed for a good Punisher story. There's no wit, no cleverness, no real understanding about the character. All we end up with is violence, but that's something that needs to be a result of the other missing elements, not a substitution. Especially now that Jason Aaron and Steve Dillon are doing a sharp job with "Punishermax," there really was no need for this |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
1.0
|
Punisher: Butterfly | 1 issues |
1
|
Punisher: Butterfly #1
Mar 6, 2010 |
The only up point to "Punisher: Butterfly" is Laurence Campbell's art which, along with Lee Loughridge's colors, has some nice work with shadows and negative space. The final panel where the Punisher is a cut-out of darkness (save for his skull shirt) is drawn excellently, for instance, and some of the tight close-ups on people's lips as they whisper a word, or a pair of eyes, come across well. Even then, I wouldn't say to pick up the book if you're a big Campbell fan and want to see more of his art. "Punisher: Butterfly," especially at a cover price of $4.99, only serves to water down and neutralize the strong work done elsewhere with the character. If it comes to one-shots like this or nothing at all outside of the regular series and their creative teams, I'd rather see the latter, please. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Punisher: Nightmare | 1 issues |
3
|
Punisher: Nightmare #1
Jan 3, 2013 |
"Punisher: Nightmare" #1 feels like an odd choice for a five-issue, weekly-release marquee position. There's not enough to recommend this extra-strong push, although it's all the more frustrating because I feel like with a little work this could have been a much stronger debut. Maybe these problems will vanish in later installments, but for now it's just not quite there. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Punisher: War Zone (2008) | 1 issues |
8
|
Punisher: War Zone (2008) #3
Dec 23, 2008 |
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Punisher: War Zone (2012) | 1 issues |
5
|
Punisher: War Zone (2012) #3
Jan 14, 2013 |
All in all, I'm starting to feel that for fans of the Rucka and Checchetto "Punisher" series, it's best to pretend that the book ended back in September in "Punisher" #16. "Punisher War Zone" isn't a bad comic, but it's one that feels like it's missing its heart. That's a problem that the last series never had. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
PunisherMax (2009) | 2 issues |
9
|
PunisherMax (2009) #2
Dec 10, 2009 |
Post-Ennis, a mature readers "Punisher" book that entertained me was something I'd given up on. It's nice to see that with Aaron at the helm, I've got that back again. Relentlessly creepy, Aaron's knocking it out of the park. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
PunisherMax (2009) #6
Apr 15, 2010 |
Hopefully, later issues of "Punisher MAX" can slide back to the tone that the earlier issues of this new series had. It's hard to keep from wondering what this script would have been like had, say, Goran Parlov or Leandro Fernandez drawn this instead. But right now, it's strangely off-balance. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
QU33R | 1 issues |
8
|
QU33R #1
Jan 27, 2014 |
Initially funded by Kickstarter, "QU33R" is the sort of comics anthology that we need more of. Kirby's assembled a great deal of unique comics voices for this book, and the end result is a real joy to read. This isn't just a book of good LGBT comics, it's a book of good comics, period. "QU33R" is well worth your time and money. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Quantum and Woody | 1 issues |
7
|
Quantum and Woody #7
Jan 8, 2014 |
"Quantum & Woody" #7 is another fun comic that juggles both its main story as well as subplots, and hasn't forgotten about additions to the comic like 69 or Johnny. It's a silly and enjoyable comic, and it's working quite well as its own creation, not just in comparison to the original. I'm definitely back for more next month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.8
|
R.E.B.E.L.S. | 8 issues |
8
|
R.E.B.E.L.S. #3
Apr 22, 2009 |
If you were scared off by the clunky title, don't be. "R.E.B.E.L.S." is a remarkably strong book; it's the best work I've seen from Bedard and Clarke, and they just keep getting better every issue. Trust me, check it out, you'll love it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
R.E.B.E.L.S. #6
Jul 12, 2009 |
"R.E.B.E.L.S." is one of those fun sort of books; it's to the DC Universe what the "Annihilation" titles are to the Marvel Universe. Ignore the clunky name of the book, this is the start of an epic space adventure. Bedard's writing to his strengths here; like "Rai and the Future Force" and "Negation" before, Bedard definitely knows how to write the science-fiction super-hero adventure. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
R.E.B.E.L.S. #11
Dec 14, 2009 |
"R.E.B.E.L.S." is normally a fun book, but this month's serving seemed a little less intensive. With what appears to be poor sales, I do worry that "R.E.B.E.L.S." is going away soon. That'd be a pity, because when it hits its notes, it's a strong little comic that could. Hopefully more people will stick around after "Blackest Night," but we'll see. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
R.E.B.E.L.S. #17
Jun 16, 2010 |
"R.E.B.E.L.S." seems to be aiming to become a companion title to "Green Lantern Corps," which is a smart idea but is lacking the actual marketing to draw those readers over, for the moment. If Bedard's plan is going to work, someone needs to let readers know that the two are drawing closer together. Ugly covers and a misleading title certainly aren't going to help matters. "R.E.B.E.L.S." could survive, but it's going to need a better PR campaign behind it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
R.E.B.E.L.S. #20
Sep 2, 2010 |
"R.E.B.E.L.S." continues to be a fun book that I suspect if you read, you'd enjoy too. It's not too late to give it a try; Bedard makes sure to explain what's going on at any given moment and not leave new readers in the dark. Can't you give it a shot for me? Please? |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
R.E.B.E.L.S. #23
Dec 9, 2010 |
It's the last few pages of "R.E.B.E.L.S." that make me think we'll start getting something more interesting before long. Finding out Dox's new secret weapon, or the plans of the invaders of Psion, both point towards a good next story. And, with any luck, some of the other characters in the title will get to do something in it. For now, it's just average quality; for an issue of "R.E.B.E.L.S." I must admit I expect a bit more. Here's to a return to form next month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
R.E.B.E.L.S. #25
Feb 10, 2011 |
Overall, though, "R.E.B.E.L.S." has gone from flagging to high-energy, and none too soon. Hopefully this rejuvenation of "R.E.B.E.L.S." will continue in the months ahead. It's a fun book and I'd hate to see it go away; with any luck, the return of Starro will bring on board the readership it deserves. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
R.E.B.E.L.S. #27
Apr 14, 2011 |
So this is it, "R.E.B.E.L.S." You beat the odds on surviving past your first year, but with a new large event (and a handful of related mini-series) around the corner, your number was up. At this point, this is probably preaching to the choir, and it certainly won't save the title. But if you're not a reader of "R.E.B.E.L.S." and are interested? Scour those quarter bins, you're going to find 28 issues (plus one annual) worth of fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Rat Queens | 2 issues |
7
|
Rat Queens #4
Jan 17, 2014 |
"Rat Queens" #4 makes this book four-for-four, now. It's rare that you find a book that not only is smart and funny, but can also handle a main cast of all female characters that doesn't make a big deal about that fact. It's handled matter-of-factly, with all that really matters is that it's got a strong mix of humor and drama. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Rat Queens #9
Mar 6, 2015 |
"Rat Queens" #9 is a strong issue and it lets us know that everything is still on track for this series. It's a real pleasure to see "Rat Queens" back on stands again, and it's plugging away with good art and writing. Two thumbs up, and I'm already eagerly awaiting issue #10. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
1.0
|
Rawhide Kid (2010) | 1 issues |
1
|
Rawhide Kid (2010) #1
Jun 11, 2010 |
If "Rawhide Kid" was written with another minority in the lead and then having every single line of dialogue playing up on bad stereotypes (I'll leave it to the reader to decide some of the more offensive ideas out there), there's no doubt in my mind that Marvel would have declined to publish the comic. I wish the same had been true here. What a waste of Chaykin's talents, and of the reader's time. I won't make this same mistake again. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Realm of Kings | 1 issues |
6
|
Realm of Kings #1
Nov 17, 2009 |
If allowed to progress in such a way to let their true horror shine through, the villains of "Realm of Kings" have the potential to drive a really fun and exciting story. Right now, though, it feels like we're just getting the tip of the iceberg over that sunken world. Let's see what we've got next. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.5
|
Realm of Kings: Inhumans | 2 issues |
7
|
Realm of Kings: Inhumans #1
Nov 18, 2009 |
That said, I am a tiny bit worried about the end of the first issue, with no less than two different groups invading. I hope the rest of "Realm of Kings: Inhumans" continues to be about political machinations rather than more huge fight scenes. There's a lot of potential to be had in this set-up, and with any luck we'll get that follow through. For now, though, it's a solid start. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Realm of Kings: Inhumans #3
Jan 24, 2010 |
"Realm of Kings: Inhumans" was the title that I had the highest hopes for in "Realm of Kings" and it's the one that is starting to disappoint. Let's have more political maneuvering and less standard super-hero drama, please. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Rebels (2015) | 1 issues |
6
|
Rebels (2015) #2
May 18, 2015 |
"Rebels" #2 is a book where there are flashes of greatness but, overall, it doesn't seem to live up to its full potential. With time, hopefully Seth Abbott will become a more compelling character, and Wood and Mutti's story will continue to flesh out his humanity. For now, though, it's not bad but not so compelling that you'll be dying for the next issue, either. Here's hoping that, as the rebellion grows, so does the need to see what happens next. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.5
|
Red Circle | 2 issues |
4
|
Red Circle: The Web #1
Aug 24, 2009 |
Happily, Roger Robinson's pencils look strong here. They remind me a bit of Scott McDaniel's work (and whom ironically pencils the last page as a lead-in to "The Red Circle: The Shield"), with a slightly blocky, iconic look to the visuals. Robinson's best when it comes to perspective and architecture; the look into the Web's lair comes across as a more interesting first glance than it other might have been, and even something as simple as a kitchen looks attractive and inviting. He's good with characters and action too, don't get me wrong, but it's the attention to details that other artists that might have forgotten that make Robinson's art stand out. If anything, Robinson's art is the high point of the issue (although I do love the beautiful Jesus Saiz cover), and the fact that he's also illustrating the monthly series gives me some hope as well. Here's to "The Red Circle" characters breaking out of the standard molds they've been cast in. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Red Circle: The Hangman #1
Aug 8, 2009 |
Hopefully the remaining three characters to get their own "The Red Circle" one-shots (Inferno, the Web, and the Shield) will have a little more pizzazz in their introductions. Right now, this first one-shot is an attractive comic but it just isn't hitting the high mark that it needs to for people to get excited, wanting to read more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Red Hood And The Outlaws | 1 issues |
5
|
Red Hood And The Outlaws #2
Oct 20, 2011 |
Overall, "Red Hood and the Outlaws" #2 isn't bad, but we've also seen better. This issue feels like it's treading water, something that's admittedly better than the near-drowning of last month's installment. Next issue needs to settle into an actual stroke and start moving forward, though, or it's going to lose readers and interest at a rapid pace. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Red Lanterns | 1 issues |
3
|
Red Lanterns #2
Oct 5, 2011 |
"Red Lanterns" appears to have a distinct destination in mind, but both Milligan and Benes need to step up the excitement or no one's going to be around long enough to see where this is going. The idea of a "Red Lanterns" book is a tough enough sell as is; this book needs to hit the ground running instead of plod forward one step at a time. Milligan's equally slow-paced "Infinity Inc." from a few years ago died a quick death, and it's hard to keep from feeling like this is on the same course right now. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.5
|
Red Robin | 2 issues |
4
|
Red Robin #1
Jun 10, 2009 |
"Red Robin" #1 is showing potential, but so far it hasn't quite lived up to it. I'm willing to give Yost and Bachs a little more time, but they need to start playing to their strengths quickly. The Batman family of titles has been through some rough times, and unfortunately a new title can sometimes be used as a jumping-off point. Here's hoping future installments bring back the entertaining character we used to know. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Red Robin #20
Feb 9, 2011 |
I'll give "Red Robin" another try next month, and hopefully it won't open at such a frantic pace. Still, considering this is all occurring mid-storyline, I suppose I should be glad it made as much sense as it did. Nothing world-shattering here, but it's just strong enough in the second half that the book ends on a positive note, and that counts for a lot. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Red Thorn | 1 issues |
6
|
Red Thorn #1
Nov 19, 2015 |
"Red Thorn" is a comic that could have used an oversized first issue, if only to smooth out some of the details in the script while still giving us a lot of plot in the initial helping. There's enough in the issue's favor to warrant a second look, but Baillie's writing needs to allow itself to slow down just a touch, enough so that we're getting some more details, but not so much that everything grinds to a halt. Fortunately, with art as nice as Hetrick's, chances are good people will be willing to give it another shot in December. There are some interesting ideas here, and hopefully we'll see them move forward in a slightly more polished manner before long. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Reign in Hell | 1 issues |
3
|
Reign in Hell #1
Aug 3, 2008 |
"Reign in Hell" #1 reminds me more than a bit of some of the early Vertigo mini-series back in the day, where anything involving demons or swearing got the logo slapped on it and rushed out the door. Like those attempts, I suspect that "Reign in Hell" will be swiftly forgotten. Let's hope so. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.7
|
Resident Alien | 3 issues |
7
|
Resident Alien: The Suicide Blonde #0
Aug 16, 2013 |
About the only thing that's missing in "Resident Alien: The Suicide Blonde" #0 is the actual start of the latest murder case, which is of course what's waiting for us next month with issue #1. Add that into the mix and you've got everything that makes "Resident Alien" so much fun. If you haven't read this series before, this is a perfect place to give it a whirl. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Resident Alien: The Suicide Blonde #3
Nov 15, 2013 |
With a good setup for future stories here -- poor Harry's life is about to get a lot more difficult -- "Resident Alien: The Suicide Blonde" #3 achieves all of its goals quite nicely. While I wouldn't recommend one starting "Resident Alien" with the last issue of a mini-series, with "Resident Alien: Welcome to Earth!" in a collected format already, I would give a big thumbs up to picking it up, as well as "Resident Alien: The Suicide Blonde" #0-3 to follow on. This is a charming and attractive comic, and I'd bet that if you try this comic, you'll fall in love with it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Resident Alien #3
Jul 26, 2012 |
"Resident Alien" #3 is a satisfactory conclusion to the mini-series, but it's not as good as the previous chapters were. Hopefully now that Hogan and Parkhouse know for certain that more "Resident Alien" comics are happening, we'll see a slightly stronger conclusion to future stories. Still, it was enough fun that I'll read what the duo serve up next. For an "alien hiding on Earth" story, it feels just original and intriguing enough that it stands out and needs to be read. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.3
|
Resurrection Man (2011) | 4 issues |
7
|
Resurrection Man (2011) #1
Sep 15, 2011 |
There are a lot of nice little moments throughout the comic that I could just list all day. Even things like Mitch learning how to use his power and how he can "taste" the metal in the area is memorable, and Abnett and Lanning's character sketches of the other passengers are short but still make them feel real. This is a strong opening issue, with just enough hooks to bring new readers on board. As a rebirth, "Resurrection Man" has sprung quite nicely back to life. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Resurrection Man (2011) #2
Oct 15, 2011 |
"Resurrection Man" is quickly pushing its way into the position of one of my favorite "New 52" titles at DC Comics. Generally speaking the "Dark" line of titles at DC has proven to be strong, but this one is now 2-for-2, and a strong winning streak at that. If you haven't checked out "Resurrection Man," do give it a spin. I think you'll be equally pleased; there's a reason why fans of the original series have been waiting for decades for it to return. "Resurrection Man," like its main character, keeps coming back stronger than ever. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Resurrection Man (2011) #6
Feb 8, 2012 |
At the end of the issue, you get a strong idea on what "Resurrection Man" is about, and while you'll want to read more, you still have a complete story and a satisfying experience. I enjoyed the opening storyline that reintroduced "Resurrection Man" to the DC Universe, but this issue feels like it's more in step now with the sorts of stories I'd like to see. Mitch against impossible odds and needing to die instead of needing to survive? That's the beauty of "Resurrection Man." |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Resurrection Man (2011) #11
Jul 16, 2012 |
"Resurrection Man" has been an entertaining series, both times around. While once again the series is getting close to its conclusion, I must admit that I can't get too sad. After all, "Resurrection Man" has proven that it can come back from the dead. It's in the series' name, if nothing else. Before too long, I look forward to another revival with Abnett and Lanning on board. I bet it'll be just as entertaining as the first two go-rounds. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Revolutionary War (2014) | 1 issues |
4
|
Revolutionary War (2014): Dark Angel #1
Jan 15, 2014 |
"Revolutionary War: Dark Angel" is a comic that I wanted to like based on the pedigree of the character as well as having Gillen attached to it. But if all of the remaining "Revolutionary War" one-shots are just going to serve as nostalgia tokens rather than engaging comics in their own right, it might not be a bad idea to just stop here. Hopefully that's not the case, but at the moment I'm starting to feel like this is an event where I am not the target audience. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Rin-ne | 1 issues |
8
|
Rin-ne #1
Oct 26, 2009 |
If I had one complaint, it would be that a lot of "Rin-ne" feels a little familiar. There are certainly aspects of Takahashi's earlier works here; the spirits evoke thoughts of "InuYasha," and Sakura and Rinne's love/hate relationship definitely brings "Ranma 1/2" to mind. Still, if you've never read a Takahashi comic before, this is a good introduction. (That said, if you like it? Make sure to check out her older series "Maison Ikkoku," which is the perfect romantic comedy but in comic book form.) And of course, with new chapters online for free, it's easy to catch up. Viz's online comic reader is the best I've seen a company roll out, so give it a try. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Robin Rises | 1 issues |
4
|
Robin Rises: Omega #1
Jul 16, 2014 |
There are some interesting tie-ins here, both to "Superman/Batman" as well as current events in "Justice League" (just in case you hadn't guessed the new line-up), but that's not enough of a lure to read a comic. Tomasi's capable of far better than this, and this feels like a one-shot for the sake of a one-shot. It's nice to have Kubert step in and draw part of the next phase of the search for Damian, but there's far too much padding to make this really sing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Robin War | 2 issues |
8
|
Robin War #1
Dec 3, 2015 |
"Robin War" #1 is a strong opening for this one-month event, and it feels like the books drawn into it are all natural fits for the story. Even the one book that could have been very tangential ("Gotham Academy" #13) is given a reasonable method for getting tangled up with the war that's breaking out, and it should be fun to see those characters getting involved. Hopefully, the rest of the storyline can keep up with the high standards set by this first chapter. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Robin War #2
Jan 15, 2016 |
After a rough second half of the crossover, "Robin War" #2 stepped up the game for a good finale. With promises of real consequences and the ongoing menace of the Court of Owls, it's been an overall successful story, one that upped the overall profile of the secondary group of Batman titles. If these new elements in play can stick around, "Robin War" will be remembered for some time to come. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Robin: Son of Batman (2015) | 1 issues |
3
|
Robin: Son of Batman (2015) #7
Dec 28, 2015 |
I expected much more from "Robin: Son of Batman" #7; the creators involved are normally much better than this, and this storyline had such a strong opening. Maybe things will right themselves in the big conclusion, but -- for now -- "Robin War" has become a series of diminishing returns. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Rocketeer Adventures | 1 issues |
8
|
Rocketeer Adventures #1
May 18, 2011 |
Add in two pin-ups from Mike Mignola and Jim Silke (the latter of whom is certainly well-established as a Bettie Page artist) and you've got a great comic. This isn't just for fans of Stevens, but a way to hopefully help create new fans of Stevens. As nice as Alex Ross's cover is, I do wish all the copies came with the Stevens cover so they could see that he was an artist just as good as the talent assembled here, but hopefully new readers will seek out Stevens' works. Even if not, though, this is a nicely done comic from all parties involved. Now that I've read the first issue, I'm eager to see what else "Rocketeer Adventures" has in store. Good stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
10
|
S.H.I.E.L.D. | 1 issues |
10
|
S.H.I.E.L.D. #1
Apr 6, 2010 |
But, here's the thing. Everything I've described up until now? It's all window dressing for the main story set in the 1950s. Leonid, a young man with powers relating to the stars, is recruited to join S.H.I.E.L.D. and brought to the Immortal City beneath Rome. That's where the rest of this story lies, as we start to learn hints of the source of the organization's power, as well as Leonid and his father's connection to S.H.I.E.L.D. even before Leonid's recruitment. There are lots of little surprises in store for you, like the figures chasing after Leonid's father, or just why we're learning about all of these S.H.I.E.L.D. agents from the past. It's an imaginative, fun introduction to this new "S.H.I.E.L.D." series, and it's quite frankly the best issue #1 I've seen in a very long time. It will be hard for "S.H.I.E.L.D." to keep up this rush of newness and wonder and excitement throughout every issue, but for now I'm absolutely in love. This is a top-notch debut, and I wish all superhero |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
S.H.O.O.T. First | 1 issues |
3
|
S.H.O.O.T. First #1
Oct 16, 2013 |
I wanted to love "S.H.O.O.T. First" #1, and I think the basic idea still holds a ton of potential. Aclin and Selma's comic feels a little too stiff in both script and art, though; if everything could just relax a bit, I think it would be on the right path. For now, there's not enough here to make me come running back for a second installment. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.5
|
Sacrifice | 2 issues |
8
|
Sacrifice #4
Jan 24, 2013 |
Having "Sacrifice" #4 released alongside Humphries's new series this week ("Uncanny X-Force" #1) was a smart move; hopefully it will grab some additional attention. With two more issues to come, "Sacrifice" #4 has moved the series in a direction that makes me unsure of what would happen next or how it will possibly end. There's only thing I know for certain: I want to find out. If you haven't already, check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Sacrifice #6
Mar 20, 2013 |
Dark Horse has just announced a hardcover collection of "Sacrifice," and I'm tickled by the fact that it's going to get the high-level treatment that it deserves. Humphries and Rose started with a story about epilepsy, Joy Division and the Aztecs, and turned it into an amazing epic about promises and finding your purpose in life. If you're about to read "Sacrifice," be prepared to get blown away by what you'll find here. "Sacrifice" isn't as good as you've heard; it's even better. This is a comic that everyone involved with should be proud of. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.2
|
Saga | 11 issues |
8
|
Saga #1
Mar 13, 2012 |
"Saga" #1 was a strong introduction to Vaughan and Staples' new comic. Where it goes from here is, of course, anyone's guess. With a double-sized opening chapter, I feel like readers should have more than enough of a feel for if they're going to like the comic. Somehow, I suspect most readers are going to stick around for #2. This is yet another great debut from Image Comics. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Saga #4
Jun 20, 2012 |
"Saga" is a lot of fun, and with each new issue I find myself growing more interested in the title as a long-term, well, saga. This is one of those comics where the only real danger is realizing just how quietly the series has utterly hooked you. Four issues in, we've had four winners from Vaughan and Staples. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Saga #8
Dec 19, 2012 |
"Saga" #8 is another fun, if perhaps quiet issue. Not every issue can have tons of things happening, and this little break might not be as memorable as some of the previous issues, but that's all right. It's still fun, and a good way to wrap up the year. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Saga #14
Sep 25, 2013 |
"Saga" #14 is more than just another satisfying comic, it's a reminder of why "Saga" is a great comic book series. Vaughan and Staples are using the serialized format perfectly (the cliffhangers each month are excellent, as well as the rise and fall of the tension levels), and this has rapidly become a comic for the ages. With lots of little hints about events in Hazel's life much later down the line, it makes me hope that readers will get to see her entire life eventually play out. Right now, it feels like "Saga" could go on forever with the amount of material that the duo teases. I, for one, hope that it does. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Saga #19
May 21, 2014 |
With a final page that will almost certainly make readers shriek in terror, "Saga" #19 just keeps bringing the hits. And if you haven't read "Saga" before, well, the first 18 issues are already helpfully collected into three paperbacks. No excuses. Just jump on in. You'll love it. Honest. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Saga #22
Aug 27, 2014 |
So where do we go from here? Both main characters have some cracks in their previously polished facades; neither one of them is entirely in the right, and both have made some big mistakes. Honestly, I have no idea, because the possibilities are numerous. Here's what I do know, though: I'm dying to find out. Once again, Vaughan and Staples deliver everything you hope for, and then a little bit more to boot. Highly recommended. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Saga #25
Feb 9, 2015 |
"Saga" #25 is off to a solid start for its fifth volume, but there's also no doubt that there is a hell of a lot of setup going on here. It's necessary, but this won't be the sort of issue that wows a first time reader. Those who have read the previous twenty-four issues, though, will be content to sit back, relax and watch everything unspool. Those wow moments? They're just around the bend, no doubt. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Saga #27
Apr 9, 2015 |
With Marko on a renewed path to try and save his family, "Saga" #27 has the story continuing to charge forward with energy and interest. Where do we go from here? Knowing Vaughan and Staples, your guess is as good as any. What we do know is shown to us once more, though; this is a creative team that works fantastically together. In other hands, this could have been a series of tired clichs, but Vaughan and Staples make it work and look effortless in the process. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
10
|
Saga #30
Jul 13, 2015 |
"Saga" #30 is another strong comic by Vaughan and Staples. It brings home the central themes of the comic in a way that shows rather than merely tells, and it will make you positively ache in the wait over the next several months for "Saga" #31. This is a knock-out comic in one of the strongest ongoing series being published right now. Well done, everyone involved. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Saga #32
Dec 24, 2015 |
"Saga" #32 is another enjoyable chapter from a dependable book. Because of the nature of this story arc (catching up with everyone), each individual issue will probably have a smaller impact on its own, delivering a larger punch with a collected edition. Still, readers will get their money's worth here. "Saga" remains a fun series, month in and month out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Saga #35
Apr 1, 2016 |
"Saga" #35 is a reminder not to take this book for granted; it's consistently strong, and at times I think people might forget that as it moves from one selling point to the next. Where else can you get a generational saga spanning multiple star systems, where almost every single character's motivation is fueled -- at least in part -- by love? "Saga" #35 is another keeper. I have no idea which characters will succeed and which characters will slide in just past the deadline next issue, but I'm already anxious to find out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
10
|
Saga of the Swamp Thing | 1 issues |
10
|
Saga of the Swamp Thing #21
Mar 14, 2009 |
Between the "Watchmen" movie now in theaters, and a new hardcover collection of the first eight issues by Moore, Bissette, and Totleben, I think it's great that DC has just released a low-cost edition of this seminal issue. Hopefully a whole new audience is about to discover just how amazing their run on "Saga of the Swamp Thing" was. If you haven't read it, here's a hint: it just keeps getting better. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Salt Water Taffy Vol. 2: A Climb Up Mt. Barnabas | 1 issues |
8
|
Salt Water Taffy Vol. 2: A Climb Up Mt. Barnabas #1
Nov 18, 2008 |
Loux's art is still crisp and clean, here, and he's able to tackle people, animals, and fantastic settings all with equal ease. The art is easy to follow, which is good for an all-ages title. The art, like the story, never seems to be trying to appeal to any one age group; there's a little something for everyone old and young alike. At this point I think it's safe to say that "Salt Water Taffy" is a bona fide hit. You may not be able to actually eat issues of "Salt Water Taffy" (unlike its namesake) but in every other way, it's just as deliciously great. Definitely check this series out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
10
|
Sam Zabel and the Magic Pen | 1 issues |
10
|
Sam Zabel and the Magic Pen #1
Jan 15, 2015 |
Those who have followed Horrocks' website got a sneak preview of "Sam Zabel and the Magic Pen," but now everyone else can be in on the secret: this book is fantastic. It's wonderful to see Horrocks' second graphic novel build on the strength of the first and remind everyone that he isn't a one-hit wonder. If there's one thing that's clear about the overall message of this comic, it's that -- with any luck -- we won't have to wait quite so long for a third book from Horrocks. I suspect that, if you read this book, you might find something similar buried within you coming to the forefront. Highly recommended. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Sandman Mystery Theatre: The Hourman and the Python | 1 issues |
8
|
Sandman Mystery Theatre: The Hourman and the Python #1
Apr 11, 2008 |
"Sandman Mystery Theatre: The Hourman and the Python" is another satisfying collection from this series. The bad news is that the frequency of collections as of late seems to be about once a year. The good news is that if you haven't read much "Sandman Mystery Theatre" (like myself), the series ran 70 issues plus one annual. That means a lot more "Sandman Mystery Theatre" still in our future. And that makes me very happy indeed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
Sandman: The Dream Hunters | 1 issues |
9
|
Sandman: The Dream Hunters #1
Nov 5, 2008 |
In the afterword to this first issue of "Sandman: The Dream Hunters," Gaiman talks about the sequence of events that both created the original novella as well as this comic adaptation. At the end, he comments that it feels to him like he's getting to read a new "Sandman" comic for the first time. I completely understand; Russell's able to do just that with his adaptations, preserving the original feel while somehow making everything fresh and exciting. I, for one, can't wait for the next issue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
10
|
Saturn Apartments | 1 issues |
10
|
Saturn Apartments #1
May 19, 2010 |
"Saturn Apartments" reminds me a great deal of "Planetes," a series about garbage collectors who scoop up all the debris floating in outer space. Not because of any similarities in their jobs, but because like "Planetes," we see how the lower class lives and what their dreams and aspirations are. Mitsu, Jin, and company are enthralling characters and reading about them is a fantastic experience. Viz is serializing "Saturn Apartments" on their SIGIKKI website, and while the later chapters will eventually go away as collections are released, the first chapter (as well as the latest installments) will always remain up. Just be warned that once you read the first chapter, you'll almost certainly be back for more. This is nothing short of fantastic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Saucer Country | 1 issues |
8
|
Saucer Country #2
Apr 12, 2012 |
"Saucer Country" has delivered a strong second issue, and if I had any doubts they've been erased. Cornell and Kelly are giving readers a great new series here. I'd have to be abducted by aliens before I missed another issue of "Saucer Country." This is well worth your time. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Savage Hulk (2014) | 1 issues |
5
|
Savage Hulk (2014) #1
Jun 26, 2014 |
"Savage Hulk" #1 is a book that you'll buy for the art, not so much for the story. There's a certain fun thrill to see the team from the end of the original "X-Men" run all together again, but that's not enough to buoy your interest. This is a truly gorgeous comic, one the most beautiful of the week, but I wish the story had the same level of entertainment built into it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Scarlet | 1 issues |
6
|
Scarlet #2
Sep 2, 2010 |
For now, "Scarlet" is a book that I'd wholeheartedly recommend for Maleev's art. If Bendis just tweaks his story a little more and moves faster, I think I'd be more on board with it. For now, though, the combination of the two makes "Scarlet" just an all right reading experience, and that's a shame. With some work, I think it could be great. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.7
|
Secret Avengers | 3 issues |
4
|
Secret Avengers #4
Aug 19, 2010 |
I'm not giving up on "Secret Avengers" just yet, but I'm feeling a lot more hesitant than I did in the past. This should be a much better book, but after such an uninspired conclusion to the first storyline, I'm wondering if hopes were a little too high. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Secret Avengers #8
Dec 26, 2010 |
"Secret Avengers" still has the potential to be great, but right now (in both story and art) it feels like there are too many things being pushed onto the page to make it work. A little less all around, in this case, could be more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Secret Avengers #13
May 26, 2011 |
It's nice to see a tie-in issue that doesn't demand the reader have first checked out a different title. Spencer's script gives us just what we need to do, and then hits the ground running. I know Spencer's run is short so that Warren Ellis can come on board for a story arc, but I hope that down the line Spencer gets another crack at the characters. Based on this issue alone, I'm more than willing to read more Spencer-written "Secret Avengers." |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Secret Avengers (2013) | 2 issues |
6
|
Secret Avengers (2013) #2
Mar 13, 2013 |
"Secret Avengers" #2 is the sort of issue that I feel will work better in a collected format. This is a chapter of a larger story, and while on its own it's just all right, when taken in as part of a greater whole it will almost certainly feel much smoother and more interesting. Still, it gets the comic from point A to point B, and the seeds that are planted here look like a lot of fun. Not the most thrilling of installments, but it works for now. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Secret Avengers (2013) #6
Jul 15, 2013 |
"Secret Avengers" is a strange title, and with Spencer departing shortly, it could end up transforming greatly with a new writer at the helm. For now, though, this is a book in desperate need of a new name, and perhaps a bit of a tap on the accelerator to get the final storyline moving a bit faster. It's not bad, but it could be a bit more fun, too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Secret Invasion: War of Kings | 1 issues |
7
|
Secret Invasion: War of Kings #1
Jan 13, 2009 |
In the end, "Secret Invasion: War of Kings" is a fun little action romp. If everyone involved in "War of Kings" is able to maintain this level of fun and excitement, Marvel will once again have another hit on their hands. I'll definitely be back for the next installment. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Secret Origins | 1 issues |
5
|
Secret Origins #1
Apr 24, 2014 |
Chances are if you're reading this review, you're not for whom "Secret Origins" is targeting. You already know all of this. But if you know someone else who's interested in superheroes? Well, they might be just who this book is for. If I didn't know better, I would have thought this was DC's Free Comic Book Day issue for 2014. That's not a bad thing at all. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Secret Six (2014) | 2 issues |
7
|
Secret Six (2014) #1
Dec 3, 2014 |
The artistic glitches are ultimately frustrating because they're dragging down a really solid opening script from Simone. I definitely want to read more of "Secret Six," and I think it has some real potential. But the art needs a more consistent look (and a single inker), in order to turn this book from a simple thumbs up to a genuine wow. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Secret Six (2014) #5
Aug 21, 2015 |
"Secret Six" #5 is a strong recovery for the book, enough that I'd recommend people who might have given up to dip back in to give the series another shot. Simone, Eaglesham and Derenick put all of their chips on the table, and it's paid off. I'm all-in for future issues. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.6
|
Secret Six Vol. 2 | 11 issues |
7
|
Secret Six Vol. 2 #1
Sep 7, 2008 |
It's a fun first issue, and I want to see more. For now, Simone and Scott have got me right where they want me. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Secret Six Vol. 2 #7
Mar 10, 2009 |
It's a mostly satisfying ending to the story, although one character's about-face at the end just didn't quite convince (although I'm willing to re-read the storyline and see if it feels a little less forced if all together), and what could possibly remove another character from the team entirely seems strangely swept under the carpet for the final scene. Only time will tell how Simone and Scott handle it down the road. Still, "Secret Six" is a fun book, and I'm glad it's around. Villainy is almost never this much fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Secret Six Vol. 2 #17
Jan 18, 2010 |
When I got to the end of this issue, I was actually startled. Everything moved so quickly and effortlessly that I actually lost track of how many pages I'd already read. That's a good sign. If Simone and Ostrander want to keep co-writing books down the line, I'd be on board. (Or for that matter, a new "Suicide Squad" series from Ostrander sure would be nice, DC. Hint hint.) This was just fun, pure and simple. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Secret Six Vol. 2 #21
May 6, 2010 |
"Secret Six" #21 is another nasty gut punch from Simone and Calafiore, and I love it. This book has more and more stayed away from playing it safe, and the end result is a book that continually shocks and surprises its readership. We need more books like this. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Secret Six Vol. 2 #22
Jun 10, 2010 |
It wasn't until after finishing this issue that I realized that one storyline (Bane and Jeanette) doesn't appear in this issue at all. There's so much happening that there really wasn't room for it, and I'm glad that Simone wasn't afraid to set them aside for a month to focus on the bigger stories. This was a thoroughly gripping issue, and I appreciate the ride that Simone and Calafiore brought us on. Read this book, people. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Secret Six Vol. 2 #24
Aug 8, 2010 |
(P.S. Someone in the cover department needs to learn how to spell J. Calafiore's last name. Oops.) |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Secret Six Vol. 2 #25
Sep 6, 2010 |
There's always some of Simone's trademark wit on display here, and it's hard to not laugh at King Shark's movie title rallying cries going up against the flock of griffins. Likewise, Daniel Luvisi's cover showing the clash between Secret Six members as a character selection screen for a combat video game is an inspired choice. "Secret Six" #25 is a good issue, but as the first part of a new storyline I wish it had been a great issue instead, like the last few were. Still, I'll take a good "Secret Six" over most other comics any time, thank you very much. "Secret Six" is still one of the gems from DC Comics right now. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Secret Six Vol. 2 #29
Jan 13, 2011 |
Still, despite the faults in the art, "Secret Six" #29 is a satisfying conclusion to the crossover with "Action Comics," and if down the line Simone and Cornell want to do another crossover? I'm definitely down with that. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Secret Six Vol. 2 #31
Mar 4, 2011 |
Not convinced? Well, "Secret Six" is also the most-quotable issue I've read in a while. So much I don't want to give away any of the dialogue gems, but trust me, this book is on fire. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Secret Six Vol. 2 #33
May 6, 2011 |
When even the smaller moments stand out, like Liana's eyeliner running due to tears, or the glow underneath Lady Blaze's helmet as she delves out a nasty final piece of information to Scandal, you've got a strong and cohesive issue. That's exactly what I expect from Simone and Calafiore, and they deliver in spades. And with such a nasty final proclamation from Lady Blaze, well, I suspect everyone's going to be dying for the next issue (no pun intended). "Secret Six," month in and month out, continues to be excellent. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Secret Six Vol. 2 #35
Jul 10, 2011 |
I'm sad to see "Secret Six" about to end, but it's great to see Simone and Calafiore not doing it by halves. It's been a great three years worth of an ongoing series, and this is another great installment. Now, all that remains? Finding out who survives when the dust settles. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Secret Warriors | 5 issues |
7
|
Secret Warriors #13
Feb 23, 2010 |
"Secret Warriors" is a fun series that gets surprisingly little attention. Between this and the over the top fun of "Fantastic Four," Hickman's been proving himself to be an excellent addition to Marvel's series. He's definitely someone to check out if you haven't already. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Secret Warriors #15
Apr 30, 2010 |
"Secret Warriors" is a seriously fun book from start to finish, and this issue is no exception. If you aren't reading "Secret Warriors" you're missing out on a great, anything-goes series; trust me, this is a book that just keeps getting better every month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Secret Warriors #18
Aug 5, 2010 |
At the end of the day, "Secret Warriors" is going through an interesting diversion, and one that still advances the main plot. That said, I kept looking at the cover of this issue to make sure it said "Secret Warriors" and not "S.H.I.E.L.D." this month; the irony that Hickman writes both titles isn't lost on me. I'm ready to see the characters that I've grown to love come back and take over this title again. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Secret Warriors #20
Oct 1, 2010 |
"Secret Warriors" is normally a lot of fun, but this is the first issue in a while that just hasn't quite succeeded. Maybe my expectations are normally higher, but this isn't a good way to kick off the second-to-last storyline of the title. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Secret Warriors #24
Feb 13, 2011 |
The swift arrival and death of the Grey Team could have been interesting, but Hickman setting it up and knocking it down in the same issue smacks of (despite having been told for a while that the book was ending soon) running out of time, cramming too much into too few pages. So while you can go back and admire the work from artists David Marquez and Alessandro Vitti, there's not much else memorable, save for a quick reference to Hickman's "S.H.I.E.L.D." series that features Galileo as a supporting character. When "Secret Warriors" clicks, it's a great series. The number of fantastic ideas present in any given issue is always high. But as the title lurches towards its conclusion, right now I'm worried that the book is going to end with a conclusion that feels like half of the pages were left out by accident. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Sensation Comics Featuring Wonder Woman | 1 issues |
4
|
Sensation Comics Featuring Wonder Woman #6
Jan 22, 2015 |
There have been some really fun and inventive comics in "Sensation Comics Featuring Wonder Woman" over the past few months, but the danger of an anthology title is that occasionally some stories just don't quite hit their mark. In the case of "Sensation Comics Featuring Wonder Woman" #6, this print issue has the misfortune of collecting several chapters that all fell into the latter category. If you're interested in picking up a print edition of this digital-first title, this probably isn't the best entry point. Johnson and Snyder's art is really nice but, otherwise, it's ultimately forgettable. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Serenity: Leaves On The Wind | 1 issues |
7
|
Serenity: Leaves On The Wind #2
Feb 28, 2014 |
"Serenity: Leaves on the Wind" #2 feels like a comic that is delivering to its fans exactly what they need. If you'd tried the "Serenity" comics before and found them not to your liking, come back for one more try. I think you'll find this is probably more up your alley. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.5
|
Sex Criminals | 8 issues |
8
|
Sex Criminals #4
Jan 8, 2014 |
"Sex Criminals" #4 is another strong installment in a great new series. It's gleefully silly, it's deadly serious, it's whip-smart, and you don't need to take a shower afterwards. If you haven't read "Sex Criminals" yet, I urge you to give it a try. I bet once you're done, you'll come back again and again. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Sex Criminals #7
Aug 18, 2014 |
"Sex Criminals" #7 is another big success, and it's a pleasure to have a book this inventive and funny out on a regular basis. For a book that has a big crazy high concept, it's the characterization and the strong art that brings me back for more with each new installment. If you're not reading the comic, this is a good a place as any to fix that. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Sex Criminals #9
Dec 10, 2014 |
"Sex Criminals" #9, like the issues before it, succeeds because of how much you find yourself caring about the characters. Well, that and the great, larger-than-life concepts that frame the situations that they're in. Any single element of "Sex Criminals" would make an entertaining comic. Combined together? It's golden. It's easy to see why "Sex Criminals" is such a runaway hit: it's because it's just so amazingly good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Sex Criminals #10
Feb 2, 2015 |
"Sex Criminals" #10 is another thoroughly enjoyable comic that achieves everything it sets out to do. Where does the series go from here? Hopefully, continuing to do just what it does best: that is, everything. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Sex Criminals #11
Jul 29, 2015 |
There's still a nice vein of silly humor running through "Sex Criminals" #11, so don't think this book has gotten a little too serious. From "CSI: Miami" jokes to writer asides in place of a trip to an ethnic grocery store, there's a vein of ridiculousness that keeps the book from ever getting dark and depressing. With juggled plotlines and a growing, expanding cast of characters, every new issue of "Sex Criminals" is a real joy to read. It's great to have "Sex Criminals" back, and doubly so to have a market that embraces this sort of smart, sexy, silly serial. Bring it on. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Sex Criminals #13
Oct 16, 2015 |
Fraction and Zdarsky make "Sex Criminals" #13 another winner. Each new installment is that much more entrancing and continues to provide a richer depiction of both the fictional setup the duo have created as well as of sexuality in general. If you've been a little "Sex Criminals"-curious, this is a good place to give it a try. Go on. It'll still respect you in the morning. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Sex Criminals #14
Feb 22, 2016 |
"Sex Criminals" #14 is a comic that plays with format and structure but never loses sight of telling a story that's both interesting and genuinely fun to read. What other title would create a recap page by reprinting its Wikipedia entry, after all? Once again, money well spent; "Sex Criminals" is a book that never disappoints. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Sex Criminals #15
May 2, 2016 |
"Sex Criminals" #15 is another good chapter in this series, complete with a solid cliffhanger to assure readers that the more out-there aspects of the book haven't been forgotten. Where are we going from here? Darned if I know, but I'm dying to find out. Fraction and Zdarsky continue to make "Sex Criminals" one of the freshest and most original series on sale. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Shadowman (2012) | 2 issues |
6
|
Shadowman (2012) #0
May 6, 2013 |
"Shadowman" #0 is a pleasing if extremely dark comic, no pun intended. The Darques are hardly a character that you want to read about for too long, but this one-off story giving their story comes at just the right moment in the narrative. Hopefully we'll see this information integrated back into the rest of the series before too long. All in all, another solid issue from the comic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Shadowman (2012) #2
Dec 5, 2012 |
With two issues now out on stands, "Shadowman" feels like it's another success for Valiant. When it was first announced, the Valiant revival felt like it could have easily been a false nostalgia for a defunct comic company. What we're getting instead is a series of strong revamps that take the core ideas for the titles and turn them into fun, modern comics. Jordan and Zircher have given us a winner with "Shadowman." I'm definitely sticking around for issue #3 and beyond. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Shazam! | 1 issues |
4
|
Shazam! #1
Jan 26, 2011 |
"Shazam!" is, at the end of the day, a bit of a disappointment. It doesn't feel like the right tactic for these characters, and getting a big ol' "To Be Continued" at the end of the issue is slightly annoying. At least the "Wonder Girl" one-shot earlier this month had a conclusion (even though the new character will move on to "Teen Titans" shortly), but this comic in many ways just stops. The finished product is told with skill, but the core concept behind it feels flawed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
She-Hulk (2014) | 2 issues |
7
|
She-Hulk (2014) #4
May 9, 2014 |
"She-Hulk" #4 might not have been quite as great as the previous issues, but that merely means it's just very good. Four issues in, this series is still a winner, and I'm already dying to see what happens next. Soule and Pulido's work on "She-Hulk" is something you owe it to yourself to read. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
She-Hulk (2014) #9
Oct 27, 2014 |
"She-Hulk" #9 is another fun comic in a great series, and it's all the more frustrating to know that it's going away soon. Hopefully Soule and Pulido will get to reunite after this series ends (or even shift to a series of "She-Hulk" mini-series?), because this book is a great read. We may only have three more issues to go, but I bet I'm not the only one who's still looking forward to what's yet to come. If this issue is any indication, it'll be a blast. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
She-Hulk Sensational | 1 issues |
3
|
She-Hulk Sensational #1
Mar 30, 2010 |
"She-Hulk Sensational" is unfortunately not even remotely sensational. At five dollars, getting an old inventory story and an incomplete reprint taking up 60 of the 80 pages of this comic is an insult, pure and simple. I appreciate that David and Meyers gave it their all, but getting shoehorned into an 80-page story is a big disappointment. Their story on its own would've garnered a higher rating, but it's impossible to ignore its company. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
She-Hulks | 2 issues |
6
|
She-Hulks #1
Nov 14, 2010 |
"She-Hulks" #1 is a nice start to the series, although it feels like a lot of set-up. Hopefully with future issues we'll dig a little deeper now that the ground work is complete, but for now it's a strong enough beginning that I think readers should be happy with what they're getting. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
She-Hulks #4
Feb 3, 2011 |
"She-Hulks" had three and a half entertaining issues, and a lousy conclusion. Am I glad I read the first three issues? Yep. Do I wish the fourth had held up to that promise? Unfortunately, yes. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Sheltered | 1 issues |
7
|
Sheltered #1
Jul 10, 2013 |
Small issues aside, on the whole "Sheltered" #1 is a solid debut, one that should have readers back next month for the next installment. I'll definitely come back for more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Short-Tempered Melancholic and Other Stories | 1 issues |
6
|
Short-Tempered Melancholic and Other Stories #1
Aug 28, 2008 |
On the whole, I enjoyed "Short-Tempered Melancholic and Other Stories." I don't think I'd run out and buy all of Tanemura's other works, but I'll certainly keep her name in mind for the future. I'd love to see more collections like this from Viz in the future, though; it's a great way to get to know a creator's talents without getting bogged down in a single story. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Shotgun Wedding | 1 issues |
4
|
Shotgun Wedding #1
Apr 7, 2014 |
"Shotgun Wedding" could very well get stronger in the remaining three issues. The potential is there, but so far it's just not doing anything special. Hopefully Harms has something a little snazzier awaiting readers in the final three issues, but right now it's just not bringing the wow factor. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Sidekick | 1 issues |
6
|
Sidekick #4
Dec 2, 2013 |
The final page is the first hint that we're going to start seeing things turn around, that it's the initial step forward for "Sidekick." I hope that's the case. This is well-crafted material, but that doesn't mean it's something that keeps you eager to see just how much nastier the book can get. Let's get a taste of something good next issue, please. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Siege (2010) One Shot | 1 issues |
8
|
Siege (2010): Young Avengers #1
Apr 13, 2010 |
If there was ever any doubt in my mind that McKeever's troubled run on "Teen Titans" was atypical of his normal writing style, "Siege: Young Avengers" has dashed it to the side. If "Young Avengers" ever needs a completely new creative team, I hope McKeever has just made his way onto the short list. If this was an audition piece, I'd say he passed with flying colors. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Silver Surfer (2014) | 5 issues |
8
|
Silver Surfer (2014) #2
May 2, 2014 |
"Silver Surfer" #2 was a thoroughly fun comic. I haven't regularly read a "Silver Surfer" comic in ages, but thanks to Slott and Allred, that's about to change. Definitely good stuff and worth your time to check out for yourself. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Silver Surfer (2014) #5
Aug 28, 2014 |
"Silver Surfer" #5 is a good looking book, and it completes the opening story arc with the Surfer and Dawn fully paired up and ready for adventures. With a fun story and great art, what's not to like? I'm looking forward to the title going full steam ahead now that the opening sequence has been completed. All in all, a nice beginning. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Silver Surfer (2014) #10
Mar 12, 2015 |
As I said earlier, "Silver Surfer" #10 feels like it could have been the end of the series, and it's hard to wonder if this was an artificial conclusion point in case the sales weren't strong enough to warrant more issues. I'm thrilled that it's not the end, even with the slight change in the status quo holding a lot of possibilities for where "Silver Surfer" #11 and beyond will take us. Once again, kudos to all involved; Slott and the Allreds continue to breathe life into a character who is far too easily made stale. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Silver Surfer (2014) #12
Jun 12, 2015 |
Even a sub-par issue of the current "Silver Surfer" comic isn't a bad comic; it merely isn't up to the heights of earlier issues. "Silver Surfer" is still one of the crown jewels of Marvel's line right now and, if this is the low point, that says a lot. It's not an issue I'd give a new reader to explain why "Silver Surfer" is currently so much fun, but I still got my money's worth. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Silver Surfer (2014) #14
Sep 3, 2015 |
"Silver Surfer" #14 ultimately feels like it was compiled by creators who are stalling for time. With the series almost at an end, I can understand wanting to extend for just a little longer. While a strong conclusion may very well be around the corner, this chapter feels like it's dragging its feet when it's time to get sent to bed. It's not bad, but its welcome is overstayed at this moment. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.7
|
Silver Surfer (2016) | 3 issues |
8
|
Silver Surfer (2016) #2
Feb 18, 2016 |
"Silver Surfer" #2 is a lot of fun, complete with little in-jokes about how the Marvel Universe was put back together incorrectly at the end of "Secret Wars" and the discovery that the Fantastic Four are no longer in residence. So long as Slott and the Allreds are creating "Silver Surfer" comics, I'll keep buying them, doubly so with such a fun cliffhanger leading into next month's installment. Once again, an excellent issue by an excellent creative team. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Silver Surfer (2016) #3
Apr 15, 2016 |
"Silver Surfer" #3 looks great, and it does bring about a story element that's felt long overdue. However, as much as I loved looking at this comic, it's one of Slott and Allreds' weaker installments. I always expect greatness from this creative team, and this time, they've just hit average. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Silver Surfer (2016) #4
May 23, 2016 |
"Silver Surfer" #4 feels like a comic that just spent an issue treading water. There's little going on here that we haven't seen already, and that's a shame. "Silver Surfer" is normally an inventive and fun comic, and -- while the Allreds' work on the issue is up to their high standards -- there's little for people who read the last issue to get excited about. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Skullkickers | 1 issues |
6
|
Skullkickers #1
Sep 24, 2010 |
"Skullkickers" isn't a bad first issue, but I was hoping for more of a strong hook that would make me desperate to read more. This is fantasy in ways we've seen before, although by talented creators. I can see "Skullkickers" drawing in fans of fantasy stories, but so far I'm not convinced it's going to become a runaway juggernaut that crosses reader boundaries. Still, I'd like to be proven wrong. Hopefully next issue will have that draw that makes people desperate for more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Skyward | 1 issues |
6
|
Skyward #1
Aug 2, 2013 |
All in all, "Skyward" #1 is a nice, entertaining introduction to the comic by Dale. I feel like we've got a good grasp of what its world and characters are like, and with the plot kicking into high gear in the last few pages, there's enough of a hook to come back for issue #2 as things get rolling. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Snarked | 3 issues |
7
|
Snarked #1
Oct 5, 2011 |
"Snarked" #1 is a fun start, even as it serves primarily as set-up for stories to come. Now that he's got all of his main characters together, I suspect the next issue is going to be one of those stories where everything jumps into full speed. For now, though, it's a pleasant opening, and I'll be back for #2. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Snarked #4
Jan 12, 2012 |
"Snarked" is a lot of fun, and I appreciate that every time our crew has solved one problem, a new one is laid firmly at their feet. I'm already looking forward to the next story arc, and if it's even half as good as this opening story, we're in for a lot of fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Snarked #12
Sep 24, 2012 |
I'm going to miss Langridge's "Snarked," a series that never failed to entertain each month. He's writing "Popeye" for IDW, so it's not like we will be entirely without Langridge, but him tackling his own creations (and a few characters in the public domain originally from Lewis Carroll's books thrown in for good measure) has been a special joy. Hopefully the wait for Langridge's next brand-new project won't be too long. Langridge, like "Snarked," is a real gem. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Sons of the Devil | 1 issues |
7
|
Sons of the Devil #1
Apr 29, 2015 |
"Sons of the Devil" #1 kicks the series off to a good start; again, the less you know about this comic going into it, the better. Devoid of any advance information about where "Sons of the Devil" is headed, this is an intriguing first issue that should bring readers back for more. And if you do know more about the overall path of the series? Well, I suspect it will just draw you in even further. All in all, a good job. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.3
|
Southern Bastards | 3 issues |
7
|
Southern Bastards #6
Dec 12, 2014 |
"Southern Bastards" #6 is the latest in a string of truly dark and disturbing issues for this series. I hate Aaron and Latour for making me feel sorry for Boss, even as I'm impressed with the skill in which they do so. Aaron is keeping his villain from being one-note or easy to dismiss; this is a book that grows in complexity with each new issue. All in all, another good outing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Southern Bastards #8
Apr 2, 2015 |
"Southern Bastards" #8 is a dynamite comic, one that gets the language of comics and tells us a dramatic, hard-to-put-down story. I'm already eager for the series' next arc to kick off this summer; Aaron and Latour's journey into rural Alabama has just gotten more terrifying and enthralling with each new installment. If you aren't reading "Southern Bastards" yet, take advantage of this break in the action and catch up. It's not just well worth it; it's bordering on required reading. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Southern Bastards #9
Jun 22, 2015 |
As much as I hate the gaps of time between story arcs in "Southern Bastards," having the comic come back looking this good makes the delays well worth it. Aaron's script is low down and dirty, and Latour's art brings that world to life; "Southern Bastards" continues to serve up a glimpse of an awful place that you can't look away from. Here's to the next installment. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Southern Cross | 1 issues |
4
|
Southern Cross #1
Mar 11, 2015 |
"Southern Cross" #1 is off to a slightly rough start, and that's a real shame. Cloonan's work on "Gotham Academy" has been a real joy, but "Southern Cross" #1 isn't capturing that same spark of energy. Maybe future issues will pick up the pace and excitement level but, for now, this is a book that is trying to succeed but hasn't quite stuck the landing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Space Battle Lunchtime | 1 issues |
7
|
Space Battle Lunchtime #1
May 9, 2016 |
With the battle kicking off at the climax of the first issue, it looks as though "Space Battle Lunchtime" #2 will shift into high gear as Peony tries to figure out how to cook using alien foods and tools. While I wish we could have seen some of that play out in this first issue, there's still enough going on here that I'm not too worried. Riess piles on the charm in "Space Battle Lunchtime" #1, and she's sold me on her concept. Here's to something delicious next month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Spread | 1 issues |
8
|
Spread #1
Jul 9, 2014 |
"Spread" #1 is a pleasingly good debut, one that should make you want to read more. With a fun twist on why No's mission is so important, there's a lot of potential for where it's going to head next. Once again, a strong new series from Image Comics. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Star Trek: The Next Generation / Doctor Who: Assimilation² | 1 issues |
5
|
Star Trek: The Next Generation / Doctor Who: Assimilation² #1
May 31, 2012 |
"Star Trek: The Next Generation / Doctor Who: Assimilation" #1 is slightly slow, both in story and art, but it's not bad either. It's got some good enough ideas, and I appreciate both the approach and the final page reveal. It's going to need to get a little more energy all around, though, to keep readers beyond the second issue. There's potential here, but we need more than potential to continue much longer. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Star-Spangled War Stories: G.I. Zombie | 1 issues |
7
|
Star-Spangled War Stories: G.I. Zombie #2
Aug 28, 2014 |
"Star-Spangled War Stories Featuring G.I. Zombie" #2 is a good book, but I fear that it won't be around for long. (Why it wasn't just titled "G.I. Zombie" is beyond me; I can't help but think sales would have been higher automatically.) This is a title that could use some strong word of mouth; it's well-written, the art is great, and it has a sense of humor while still proving to be intense. Take a look for yourself, and you might just find yourself hooked too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Starfire | 2 issues |
7
|
Starfire #1
Jun 10, 2015 |
"Starfire" #1 is a great addition to the new DC YOU lineup of titles. This feels like a book driven by creator instincts; it definitely follows up on Conner and Palmiotti's work on "Power Girl" and "Harley Quinn" in bringing their voices to the character. Add in some good art from Lupacchino and McCarthy, and the end result? I'll be back next month. I suspect I won't be alone. This is a fun comic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Starfire #4
Sep 11, 2015 |
"Starfire" #4 is by no means great literature, but it isn't and shouldn't try to be. This is a light, fun comic that revels in the tropes of superhero comics without getting caught up in any darkness. There's always room for a sweet-natured comic like "Starfire" and I for one am glad that we have it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Starlight | 2 issues |
8
|
Starlight #1
Mar 5, 2014 |
Between this and "Jupiter's Legacy," Millar's been debuting some refreshingly strong new series as of late. "Starlight" #1 has a real emotional heart, and that's definitely a lot of the attraction. Millar and Parlov are off to a great start with "Starlight," and if they can keep this up, they've got a real winner on our hands. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Starlight #3
May 14, 2014 |
"Starlight" #3 is yet another winner of an issue in this series; it's a real joy to see the quality continue from one installment to the next. Whatever Millar and Parlov are doing to turn out comics this good, I hope they don't stop it any time soon, because this is a hell of a lot of fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.5
|
Static Shock | 2 issues |
6
|
Static Shock #2
Oct 5, 2011 |
"Static Shock" isn't doing anything groundbreaking, but it's going for a solid, clean, by-the-book superhero story. There's always a place for that, and McDaniel and Rozum have a strong grasp on writing Virgil. I'm sad to know that Rozum is departing the book shortly, because right now the book "sounds" to my ears right on target. Here's hoping McDaniel solo (or whomever is writing the book once Rozum is gone) can keep that up. For now, though, I'm going to just sit back and enjoy. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Static Shock #4
Dec 8, 2011 |
"Static Shock" is a nice book, although we've had stronger issues prior. As this is Rozum's last issue as co-writer, though, I'll admit to being a little worried about what's ahead. Hopefully the book will stay strong, and I wish that Rozum's departure had been with a slightly better final issue (or not happened at all). For now, though, "Static Shock" is in a wait-and-see holding pattern. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Steed and Mrs. Peel Vol. 2 | 1 issues |
5
|
Steed and Mrs. Peel Vol. 2 #0
Aug 29, 2012 |
"Steed and Mrs. Peel" #0 is an all-right introduction to the new series (although I'm not entirely sure why it isn't an issue #1 instead), but there needs to be some more energy and fun for this series to be read month after month. It's got a lot of promise, though, and I'm definitely going to come back to take a look at issue #1. Until then, though, I'm pulling out my DVDs of the black and white Steed and Mrs. Peel episodes. That's exactly what I'm hoping future issues from Waid and Bryant will resemble a bit more in terms of tone. Can we get there? I think so. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
2.0
|
Steel (2011) | 1 issues |
2
|
Steel (2011) #1
Jan 6, 2011 |
There's nothing new brought to the table here. Punches thrown, loud growls, sacrificing one's self to protect innocents, and even a deliberately murky "death" that could just as easily be undone. (In someone else's comic, no less, since it's unresolved here.) Lyons said he's been promised more work at DC. I hope that's true, but only because I want to see something that reminds me of his normally much stronger writing. This is a bad start to a crossover. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Stormwatch (2011) | 8 issues |
6
|
Stormwatch (2011) #2
Oct 6, 2011 |
"Stormwatch" #2 is a distinct improvement over #1, and it makes me feel a lot better about the series. If the book keeps getting stronger issue by issue, by the end of the first storyline this will be a comic to be reckoned with. For now, though, it's crossed the line into something strong enough to definitely want to read more. I'm on board. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Stormwatch (2011) #4
Dec 7, 2011 |
With the announcement today that Cornell is leaving "Stormwatch" after #6, this review ends up being a little bittersweet. It's not a perfect book, but it's still enjoyable even with some slight faults that feel like over time could be smoothed out. These first four issues have been a fun ride overall, and I'm still eager to see the final two chapters. (There's even a great cliffhanger that directly addresses an ongoing character flaw, and in a way that opens the door wide to all sorts of cool possibilities.) Barring disaster, and I don't see that coming, Cornell's going to be missed on this title. There's a huge amount of potential here for greatness with Cornell and Sepulveda working together, and it feels like a mistake to end the pairing so quickly. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Stormwatch (2011) #5
Jan 5, 2012 |
I'll miss Cornell's time on "Stormwatch," but this issue certainly has shown not to count him out until it's all over. For now, I'm fully prepared to sit back and enjoy the ride. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
2
|
Stormwatch (2011) #7
Mar 10, 2012 |
"Stormwatch" #7 sounded good on solicitation, but the end product is quite disappointing. I wanted to like this comic, but I'm now content to just wait until Sepulveda returns in May with the arrival of Milligan. This issue is, ultimately, a mess. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Stormwatch (2011) #9
May 7, 2012 |
"Stormwatch" remains a book that I want to get behind 100%, but from issue to issue it's still wildly unpredictable. Hopefully as Milligan and Sepulveda continue to work together they'll find a good rhythm. For now, though, it's a book that you should keep an eye on -- there's enough quality material here to definitely warrant that -- but it's not going to be the top of the to-read list. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Stormwatch (2011) #16
Jan 14, 2013 |
Conrad's pencils are fine; his characters look a little lean but are drawn consistently and reasonably. The panel flow is good, and I feel like he understands how to put a page together. There's nothing particularly flashy about Conrad's pencils, but they don't need to be; they get the job done in an unobtrusive way. And in some ways, that sums up "Stormwatch" #16. It's not going for an in-your-face manner, and I think that suits the title much more than the bigger, louder earlier attempts this comic has taken. All in all, a nice, good comic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Stormwatch (2011) #19
Apr 5, 2013 |
Of course, there's the distinct possibility that in a month or two, this reboot could just as easily get rolled back to the old status quo. If so, it's still a fun way to kick off this first storyline. It might not be amazing, but it's been a fun opening chapter. I'll be back next month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Stormwatch (2011) #30
Apr 2, 2014 |
"Stormwatch" #30 ends the series not with a bang, or an explosion, but just a solid re-establishment of the characters. At this point I think letting the title rest for a while is a smart thing, but if it ever comes back, call up Gates and Roberts. Their one-issue stint here is enough to convince me that they understand this book. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
StormWatch: Post Human Division | 1 issues |
4
|
StormWatch: Post Human Division #19
Feb 26, 2009 |
I can understand the need to make the Wildstorm books stand out and be something different, but this doesn't seem like the right way to get there. Sure, they're standing out, but more in a way that lets everyone know to back away slowly. Maybe there's a large post-armageddon readership out there that is eating this up, but despite the talent of the creators on board, it just does nothing for me. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.5
|
Strange (2009) | 2 issues |
8
|
Strange (2009) #2
Dec 7, 2009 |
I'm giving Waid, Rios, and Strain full credit where it's due; for the first time in a long while, I'm finding myself interested in reading about the good Doctor. Who knew a good hook for a Doctor Strange comic was staring all of us in the face? I'd love to see all three creators come back for an ongoing "Strange" comic, because at the halfway point of this mini-series, it's a blast and a half. Definitely check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Strange (2009) #4
Feb 9, 2010 |
Emma Rios' art is the strongest part of this issue; I like how she draws cosmic characters like Eternity, with squiggles and spheres inside its form, all glowing beautiful courtesy Val Staples. As Rios draws Strange trying to fix everything once more, it's a good reminder on why she was chosen to draw this mini-series. She's made a jump over the last year from "Hexed" to "Strange" and hopefully we'll see more of her art getting recognition down the line. Whatever her next project, though? I hope it's a little more balanced in the writing department. The end of "Strange" may have been aimed to make readers want to see more, but all it really did was leave a bad taste in my mouth. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Strange Adventures (2009) | 1 issues |
4
|
Strange Adventures (2009) #1
May 25, 2011 |
At the end of the day, "Strange Adventures" delivers two great stories, and then a lot of pieces that look good but aren't quite as strong in the writing department. It's a shame, because I'd have cheerfully come on board for an annual 80-page "Strange Adventures" anthology if it had top-notch stories. Based on this outing, though, I'm fine with this being just a one-shot. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Strange Sports Stories | 1 issues |
6
|
Strange Sports Stories #1
Mar 23, 2015 |
"Strange Sports Stories" #1 is a solid first issue. There aren't any stories that jump out and make you think that you'll remember them forever and a day, but there are also (more importantly) no duds. I am a little worried about there being two similar stories in the first issue; hopefully, that isn't a trend. Still, for now, it's a good enough first issue that I'm looking forward to seeing what the remaining issues have in store for us as readers. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Strange Tales (2009) | 1 issues |
8
|
Strange Tales (2009) #2
Oct 7, 2009 |
"Strange Tales" has turned into a fun little mini-series, much more than I'd hoped for. Sometimes, as it turns out, waiting a little extra for a comic can turn out to be a good thing. Maybe Marvel should sit on another Bagge comic for several years if we'd end up with another great mini-series to accompany it? (Nah, I didn't think so either.) |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.8
|
Stray Bullets: Killers | 4 issues |
10
|
Stray Bullets: Killers #1
Mar 12, 2014 |
"Stray Bullets: Killers" #1 is a fantastic, wonderful return for the series. Everything works so well here; the tense writing, the carefully structured page layouts, the wonderful expressions on people's faces as things go horribly wrong. From Eli's adoring gaze towards Scott, to the look of terror on Eli's father's face when he sees an unexpected person at the club, to the steely-eyed look that Scott gives Eli after Eli witnesses Scott doing business... every page, every panel, they're all winners. "Stray Bullets" is back, and with a vengeance. You won't find a better comic released this week. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Stray Bullets: Killers #3
May 14, 2014 |
"Stray Bullets: Killers" #3 is another great installment from a fun series that was gone for far too long. If you like suspense, crime noir, or thrillers -- or heck, just good storytelling, period -- you need to read "Stray Bullets." Trust me. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Stray Bullets: Killers #6
Aug 25, 2014 |
"Stray Bullets: Killers" #6 is another reminder of how great it is to have Lapham drawing his signature series once more. There's so much to love about this comic, and it continues to move from one strength to another. If you've been wondering about the world of "Stray Bullets," this is as great a place as any to dip in and see for yourself on what you've been missing. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Stray Bullets: Killers #8
Oct 27, 2014 |
While I'm sad to see "Stray Bullets: Killers" come to a close, knowing that "Stray Bullets: Sunshine and Roses" hits stores in January 2015 brings a smile to my face. This eight-issue story arc has reminded me how great Lapham's signature creation is, and what a big deal it is to have it back on a regular basis once more. Here's to the next story arc and beyond. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Stray Bullets: Sunshine and Roses | 1 issues |
8
|
Stray Bullets: Sunshine and Roses #2
Mar 20, 2015 |
"Stray Bullets: Sunshine and Roses" #2 is another excellent outing from Lapham in his signature series. It's a great jumping on point -- don't let the #2 scare you away -- and it is a reminder of what a strong storyteller Lapham is. In Lapham's hands, a life of crime and danger seems enticing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
Stumptown | 1 issues |
9
|
Stumptown #2
Jan 7, 2010 |
I used to be sad that we weren't getting any more "Queen & Country" for the duration, but "Stumptown" is more than mollifying any sadness I once had. Between this and his Batwoman stories, Rucka's re-positioning himself as an author to keep an eye on. "Stumptown" is fantastic, pure and simple. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Stumptown (2014) | 1 issues |
5
|
Stumptown (2014) #1
Sep 12, 2014 |
I was excited to see the return of "Stumptown," but if I was a new reader and picked this issue up, I might be a little perplexed to see why people have enjoyed this comic up until now. It's not bad, but it's nothing out of the ordinary either. Looking back at the first "Stumptown" mini-series from 2009, that's a comic that started strong right out of the gate and grabbed my attention in a way that didn't let up until the story was over. Right now, I wish this series had a similar hook. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Suicide Squad (2011) | 13 issues |
5
|
Suicide Squad (2011) #2
Oct 13, 2011 |
"Suicide Squad" is showing real promise, and I feel bad for having doubted it. With a stronger art team, "Suicide Squad" could actually turn into a winner. For now, though, I'll come back for a third issue based on Glass's scripts. The jump in quality from #1 to 2 was already big, and it gives me hope for the long-term potential of the comic. So far, not bad. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Suicide Squad (2011) #4
Dec 15, 2011 |
"Suicide Squad" is a great example of how sometimes a creative team just needs a few months to fully settle into a title. In the case of "Suicide Squad" it was well worth the wait. We aren't hitting John Ostrander and Kim Yale levels of greatness here, but this long-time "Suicide Squad" fan is happy with what we've got. Glass and Dallocchio can consider me officially on board. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Suicide Squad (2011) #5
Jan 11, 2012 |
"Suicide Squad" continues to be a lot of fun, even as we careen towards the big two-parter in February and March with a spotlight on Harley Quinn. After these past few months? I can't wait. Glass and Dallochio have a strong grasp on this book and where to take it, and I'm happily locked in for future stories. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Suicide Squad (2011) #7
Mar 15, 2012 |
"Suicide Squad" is certainly a bloodthirsty and violent book, but provided you don't mind that, it's also entertaining. Glass and company have brought a fun and dangerous romp through the DC Universe each month and this issue is no exception to that rule. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Suicide Squad (2011) #10
Jun 14, 2012 |
My one complaint with "Suicide Squad" right now is the continued rapid turn-over of the cast. I like that Glass isn't afraid to kill or remove members and swap them out with someone new at the drop of a hat. After all, it's one of the hallmarks of the Squad in general. It's been at such a rapid-fire pace, though, that it's hard to keep track of who's still around, and it lessens the surprise if every other issue someone dies. A little less of a bloodbath would be good; it'll make the moments in which it does happen that much more of an event. Still, "Suicide Squad" #10 is another dependable, enjoyable issue. I'm good with that. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Suicide Squad (2011) #12
Aug 9, 2012 |
(Oh, and the traitor? Well, let's just say that I found the revelation satisfying, but you'll have to read the issue yourself to find out who it was. There is however, with hindsight being 20/20, a big clue planted in "Suicide Squad" #8 on the character's identity. Heck, go back and read all twelve issues. It's worth it.) |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Suicide Squad (2011) #13
Oct 15, 2012 |
As for the conclusion in which one of the main characters appears to have died in a blaze of glory -- well, like always, time will tell if it's permanent. If it is, it's a ballsy move to make in the grand scheme of things and I'd like to see how it'll play out. If not, it's still a moment to get you jumping and it's a dramatic way to stop Regulus. Either way, I'm ready for issue #14 and the return of Dagnino on art to join Glass. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Suicide Squad (2011) #14
Nov 15, 2012 |
"Suicide Squad" in general is a fun comic, but this detour feels like a slight derailment of the general momentum of the title. Fortunately the pieces that are able to continue on keep the book moving well enough, and hopefully "Death of the Family" might even add in a few new regular readers to the title, too. It's not bad, but it's certainly been a lot better. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Suicide Squad (2011) #18
Mar 15, 2013 |
I'm still sorry to see Glass's run coming to an end, but I think I'm more sorry that right now it looks to be going out on a lackluster note. There's still another issue to turn thing around, but this comic feels rushed, both in story and art, like none of this was supposed to happen right now. I hope the new creative team can do well, but for now I'm going to just cross my fingers for a strong conclusion in the immediate future. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Suicide Squad (2011) #20
May 9, 2013 |
Once you get past the rough transition from the previous issue, "Suicide Squad" #20 shapes up into a good start from Kot and Zircher. Will I be back next month to see where they go from here? Absolutely. Now that they can start charting out their own territory, I think the sky's the limit. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Suicide Squad (2011) #22
Jul 15, 2013 |
It's ultimately a slightly frustrating issue. Kot's run had only just begun a couple of months ago and it's now coming to an end, and I feel now as I did before -- that the rough patches were ones that over time would go away. Some of his addition to the series felt like they had real potential, and he certainly has a strong scripting voice. If that would have panned out in the long run, though, we'll almost certainly never know now. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Suicide Squad (2011) #24
Oct 9, 2013 |
"Suicide Squad" #24 is a good start for Kindt and Zircher working together on the series, and it feels like momentum is just starting to pick up here. It's definitely worth keeping an eye on; Kindt's normally quite reliable as a writer, and I'm hoping that this book picks up some stability under his watch. So far, so good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Suicide Squad (2011) #30
May 29, 2014 |
"Suicide Squad" #30 says goodbye to the old Squad, even as it prepares to greet the new Squad. It's a good enough lead-in to "New Suicide Squad" #1 that I'll definitely take a look at it come July. It's a shame that "Suicide Squad" wasn't able to wrap up with a bang, though. This is really more epilogue than finale. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Suicide Squad Most Wanted: Deadshot and Katana | 1 issues |
6
|
Suicide Squad Most Wanted: Deadshot and Katana #1
Jan 27, 2016 |
"Suicide Squad Most Wanted: Deadshot and Katana" #1 delivers a lot of pages for a reasonable price -- it's essentially two full issues worth of comic -- but hopefully, future issues will pick up the energy level a bit. These aren't bad setups, but I feel like there's not quite enough of a hook to pick up the casual reader. If nothing else, though, it's nice to see Katana back after her disastrous series from a couple of years ago; that, alone, is reason to cheer. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Superboy (2010) | 7 issues |
5
|
Superboy (2010) #2
Dec 8, 2010 |
I'm not giving up on "Superboy" because there are for now a lot of entertaining parts to keep my interest up. But sooner or later, the rough parts need to be fixed. Fortunately, based on the portions of "Superboy" #2 that do work, I think this creative team can do it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Superboy (2010) #4
Feb 2, 2011 |
Bit by bit, "Superboy" is finding its own voice. I like how Lemire is building his stories in a way that click together, and as said before, Gallo's art is slowly improving. This is a book to keep an eye on. Right now it's good, but in a year's time it could quite easily be great. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
2
|
Superboy (2010) #6
Apr 13, 2011 |
"Reign of Doomsday" seems to have one tangible ability so far, and that's to make creators that I'm normally excited about turn in lackluster work. Lemire and Rudy are just the latest to fall to Doomsday; they're both normally much better than this. I'd love to see them collaborate on another comic down the line, if only to show how good it can be. This is ultimately a big miss. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Superboy (2010) #7
May 4, 2011 |
"Superboy" is back up to its old standards, and I'm glad to see it where it belongs. Lemire has done a good job with the "Superboy" title, and it's good to see Rudy's two-issue stint end on a high note. Crisis averted. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Superboy (2010) #9
Jul 6, 2011 |
With the comic almost over, Lemire is pulling out his surprises, and it's nice to get a cliffhanger which not only will catch most readers off guard, but also suddenly explains a great deal about the story to date. It's a fun twist, and it's another reminder to check out Lemire's two new series ("Animal Man" and "Frankenstein, Agent of S.H.A.D.E.") this next month. (Happily, they're getting two issues fall. I've grown to look forward to new issues of "Superboy," and while this one didn't disappoint, it's a shame there are only two more to come. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Superboy (2010) #10
Aug 3, 2011 |
I'm sad to see Lemire and Gallo leave "Superboy." It wasn't a perfect title, but I can honestly say it was one that kept growing in strength and (like "Batgirl") quickly snuck up on me as a comic that I looked forward to reading every month. I'm glad Lemire has "Animal Man" starting next month (the previews DC's been running this week look strong), plus of course "Sweet Tooth" over at Vertigo. But this "Superboy" title has been genuinely fun. It'll definitely be missed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Superboy (2010) #11
Aug 17, 2011 |
This eleven-issue run of "Superboy" is one that"regardless of how good next month's re-launch is"will be missed. It might not have been perfect, but it had a strong theme running through its issues, and Lemire and Gallo created a fun Smallville that you'd actually want to visit thanks to the stories they told there. Creating a "Superboy" comic in the 21st century might have looked like a thankless task, but Lemire and Gallo showed that it was still possible. Good job, guys. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Superboy (2011) | 7 issues |
2
|
Superboy (2011) #0
Sep 14, 2012 |
"Superboy" is a title that I've wanted to continue to like, post-Lobdell, but "Superboy" #0 is the most disappointing issue of the series yet. The book is feeling like it's in a standstill more and more, and this lengthy recap with little new material isn't helping shake that problem. If things don't pick up quickly, not even the beautiful art from Silva will be able to keep me around much longer. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Superboy (2011) #1
Sep 14, 2011 |
Since Lobdell is also writing "Teen Titans," there's a rather large nod toward that series; if nothing else, it certainly explains how Superboy can get from here to there with relative ease. But with Superboy himself a little too much of an enigma, I'm a little worried that the most interesting things are "look at these characters from the previous continuity" (like Dr. Umber's contact in the outside world) rather than what Lobdell is bringing to the table. This is a beautiful book, but the script is feeling mediocre. The story needs merits of its own to get reader interest up. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Superboy (2011) #3
Nov 11, 2011 |
"Superboy" is the sort of book that I suspect will attract itself more to fans of the character than casual readers, but it's not a bad little book. I do think it needs a stronger hook to bring in those casual readers, and a slightly faster pace could probably do it. Until that happens, though, it's still a good book. Just not great. At least, not yet. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Superboy (2011) #5
Jan 11, 2012 |
"Superboy" is a fun book, although I'm not convinced that reading it without "Teen Titans" is quite entertaining, as the pair of them are connected fairly closely. But it's a book that I think has defied expectations quite nicely. If it can just fix those rough patches, it'll be a winner. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Superboy (2011) #7
Mar 15, 2012 |
"Superboy" is, month in and month out, a fun comic and this issue's no exception. This might have been a book that few had high hopes for (since the previous run by Jeff Lemire and Pier Gallo had been enjoyable), but it's turned into a very pleasant surprise. So long as Lobdell and Silva are on board, so am I. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Superboy (2011) #9
May 11, 2012 |
Still, even some of the panels come across a little too busy-looking and having two inkers brings a slight inconsistency from one page to the next. "Superboy" has on the whole been a strong comic, but this issue feels like a bad misstep. This crossover should have been easy to pull off; after all, "Superboy" and "Teen Titans" have been closely connected since day one. But overall? If I was a new reader to these title and decided to start with "The Culling," I doubt I'd return next month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Superboy (2011) #20
May 8, 2013 |
"Superboy" #20 feels solid, and I feel like this is a building block from which the series can pull itself back together. For now, this is a sense of relief. If you also drifted away from "Superboy," worry not. This has been a change for the better. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.1
|
Supergirl (2005) | 9 issues |
7
|
Supergirl (2005) #38
Feb 20, 2009 |
Add in an "Origins & Omens" back-up drawn by Matthew Clark (is it me or should these back-up features really be called, "Who's going to die soon in this book and possibly come back as a Black Lantern Zombie later this year?"), and "Supergirl" #38 is a nice, solid comic. Kudos to editor Matt Idelson for finding just the right creative team for this book; it's taken a few years, but it's finally found its way. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Supergirl (2005) #41
May 24, 2009 |
The end of the issue says that "Supergirl" #42 is an epilogue to "Who is Superwoman?" and I'm hoping it gives us a bit of a softer finish to the story. This just came across a little too rough and jarring for what we've seen to date. Maybe Supergirl can finally catch a break for once? |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Supergirl (2005) #43
Jul 25, 2009 |
"Supergirl" under Gates and Igle has turned into a solid, enjoyable book. I like their take on the character, and on the whole the stories they've told are fun. Here's hoping for more short, sweet stories like this down the line. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Supergirl (2005) #47
Nov 23, 2009 |
"Supergirl" #47 has one big flaw, though, and it's an intensely predictable ending. The fate of Reactron seems so obvious from the start that I found myself wondering how they'd try and surprise us otherwise. As it turns out, it doesn't. I'm not saying that every comic needs to have an eleventh hour twist waiting around the corner, but for a book that seems to think it's faked us out, we get anything but that. Still, even with the obvious hanging over the book from start to finish, it's a nice enough issue. Here's hoping that next month finally starts focusing on Supergirl again. It is her own book, after all. Is that too much to ask for? |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Supergirl (2005) #49
Jan 27, 2010 |
In short? More like this, please. Gates has had "Supergirl" pulled into far too many other big "events" and stories over the last year. Maybe 2010 can be the year that Gates gets to have "Supergirl" stand on its own two feet? Let's hope so. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Supergirl (2005) #54
Jul 26, 2010 |
"Okay, I gotta admit, I missed this," Supergirl thinks to herself once she's back in the outfit. The feeling's mutual, here. Gates' run on "Supergirl" has been constantly put on hold for other crossovers and events, and it's a pleasure to see what appears to be his chance to finally go forward without interruptions. It's about time. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Supergirl (2005) #57
Oct 20, 2010 |
It's too bad that all we have left are two issues and an annual for Gates, but hopefully we'll see some more comics from him before too long. Still, Gates is going out with a bang, and you can't ask for much more than that, really. (Oh, and Bizarro Arsenal? Gates and Chang, you made me laugh for several minutes. Well done.) |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Supergirl (2005) #60
Jan 19, 2011 |
I wish Peaty the best of luck with "Supergirl" #61, and I hope that his contributions to #60 were substantial enough that we don't have to worry. He's definitely got some big shoes to fill, though. Fortunately, Chang will be around if nothing else. And to Spencer, the best of luck, but I can't help but wish that you had stuck around a little bit longer. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Supergirl (2005) #62
Mar 23, 2011 |
"Supergirl" under Peaty and Chang is, when it's all said and done, an average book. There are some fun bits and ideas, and the art looks great, but at the same time it needs a little something extra to stand out from the pack. If Supergirl is going to keep her own title, she needs a hook to justify its publication. From Peaty, I don't feel like I'm getting that just yet. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Supergirl (2005) Annual | 1 issues |
4
|
Supergirl (2005) Annual #1
Sep 8, 2009 |
In the end, I feel bad for Gates because I think a stronger artist on board this comic might have boosted my overall feeling towards the Annual. Instead, though, it's an unpleasant looking book that is a little embarrassing to read. Maybe in the future Dagnino can draw a book with robots instead, where there won't be the urge to try and sex things up? What could have been great instead feels like a misfire, here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Supergirl (2011) | 5 issues |
5
|
Supergirl (2011) #0
Sep 19, 2012 |
"Supergirl" #0 is ultimately running into the problem that so many DC #0 issues this month are; rather than occurring at a natural part in the series narrative it's just randomly getting dropped into the mix. Green, Johnson and Asrar do the best they can with the directive, and the end result is perfectly fine. But it's too bad this couldn't have appeared at a more natural point in the series; this could have been a lot more memorable with the right placement. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Supergirl (2011) #1
Sep 21, 2011 |
"Supergirl" #1 is a solid debut, but I'm curious on where it'll go from here. If it's more of the first half than the second half, I'm sold; sure, punching is good, but telling a story of loneliness and adaptation seems like a much more interesting tactic. For now, though, it's a good enough beginning to stick around for a second issue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Supergirl (2011) #4
Dec 22, 2011 |
"Supergirl" as a series feels like it's summed up in this issue in terms of quality. It's all right, but it needs a bit more spring to its step. I feel like Green, Johnson, and Asrar have all the pieces in front of them for a really good series, but so far they aren't coming together quite fast enough. Hopefully introductions are almost over and we can start heading forward at full speed soon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Supergirl (2011) #26
Dec 20, 2013 |
"Supergirl" #26 isn't off to a great start, but given time this could be heading in the right direction. I do wish that for a first issue on the title, though, that Bedard's script had a little more punch. He's written more engaging comics than this one before, so I know he's got it in him. Fingers crossed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Supergirl (2011) #37
Dec 19, 2014 |
It's a shame that no one seems to have a strong idea on what to do with the "Supergirl" series these days, especially with attempts to launch a television series in the works. At least "Supergirl" isn't bad, not by any stretch of the imagination. It's just not memorable, and sometimes being forgotten really is the worse option. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Supergirl: Cosmic Adventures in the 8th Grade | 1 issues |
8
|
Supergirl: Cosmic Adventures in the 8th Grade #1
Dec 7, 2008 |
Editor Jann Jones has done a great job with creating DC's new all-ages line thanks to books like "Billy Batson and the Magic of Shazam!" and "Tiny Titans," and "Supergirl: Cosmic Adventures in the 8th Grade" fits in perfectly when it comes to the high quality in its production. I'm in for more, absolutely. (And maybe we could have more than just six issues? Please?) |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.5
|
Superior | 2 issues |
6
|
Superior #2
Nov 21, 2010 |
I'm glad that Millar appears to be writing outside of his usual sphere for "Superior," and at the end of the day I'll take that over a hollow but flashy book. Hopefully the final page of "Superior" #2 means that the rest of the plot is going to kick in momentarily. Until then, though, enjoy the kindness of "Superior," and even more importantly, check out Yu and Alanguilan's gorgeous art. For that alone, "Superior" is worth the cover price. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Superior #4
Jan 19, 2011 |
"Superior" should be a great comic, but somewhere along the way it feels like some finishing just fell through, both on the script and the coloring. It's too bad, because I think at the end of the day people aren't going to remember "Superior" once it's said and done, and with a little work this could've been a modern day classic. Maybe the final two issues will turn things around, but this far in, it feels unlikely. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Superior Foes of Spider-Man | 2 issues |
8
|
Superior Foes of Spider-Man #7
Jan 6, 2014 |
"Superior Foes of Spider-Man" #7 is different from the rest of this series; it's missing Boomerang's great narration, and the interplay between the different members of the Sinister Six that normally makes this book a winner. This issue might be rather different from what preceded it, but it's great, too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Superior Foes of Spider-Man #9
Mar 14, 2014 |
"The Superior Foes of Spider-Man" #9 is another piece of a strange little series that deserves more attention than it gets. It's clever, it's funny, it's good looking and it rewards the reader. What more can you ask for? |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.2
|
Superman (2006) | 13 issues |
4
|
Superman (2006) #678
Jul 28, 2008 |
So far, I'm not impressed with Robinson on "Superman." Things can easily change, and hopefully the book will kick into high gear shortly. Right now, though, I'm cringing, and wishing that Busiek was still on board. Better luck next month? |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Superman (2006) #685
Feb 26, 2009 |
Ironically, it's the back-up "Origins & Omens" feature where things click into place. Robinson and former "X-Factor" artist Pablo Raimondi set up what's to come as they focus more on Mon-El's new situation and status quo. It's a fun little story, and I couldn't help but feel like more happened here than in the entire main feature. I'm glad it came at the end of "Superman" #685, because it not only closes the issue out on a good note, but it makes me excited and interested again about next month's Super-books. It's just too bad the entire comic hadn't managed that. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Superman (2006) #687
Apr 30, 2009 |
Still, "Superman" is doing well considering that its title character is off in his own mini-series for a year, and at the end of the day I want to keep reading more. While it's hard to not suspect that Mon-El will be back in the Phantom Zone by the end of the year (so to be set for his eventual restoration in the 30th century), "Superman" #687 makes me hope that somehow we get a new Mon-El series out of this entire experience once Superman comes back for his own comic. I'd be happy with that. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Superman (2006) #690
Jul 30, 2009 |
For a book that's supposed to be starring Mon-El for a year while Superman is in "World of New Krypton," this latest "Superman" comes across particularly odd since Mon-El himself is barely here. At least it does move things forward with Robinson's other stories, but in the end this feels like Robinson's just stalling until next month's crossover. I'm not entirely sure that's the right call. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
2
|
Superman (2006) #691
Aug 31, 2009 |
"Codename: Patriot" was supposed to pump up the Superman titles again and get things rolling, but it feels the other way around. It's made me feel less-than-charitable towards "Superman" and "Action Comics" and wish that "Supergirl" and "Superman: World of New Krypton" could somehow pull entirely free of their department-mates. This was a massive disappointment. Supposedly things are going to pick up with some more big stories, soon, and I sincerely hope that's the case. At the moment, though, "Superman" seems to be determined to make its readers really miss the titular character. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Superman (2006) #696
Jan 30, 2010 |
Superman #686 |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Superman (2006) #698
Mar 26, 2010 |
With this era of "Superman" coming to a close, it's a shame that these issues are caught up in a big line-wide crossover. James Robinson's writing has been up and down over the past couple of years on the title, but when it's been good it's a pleasure to read. Writing the middle chapter of a crossover, though, doesn't play to his strengths. Hopefully "Superman" #700 will give us one last good Robinson story. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Superman (2006) #704
Oct 27, 2010 |
The sad thing is, I think I enjoyed this fill-in issue of "Superman" more than the ones by the regular creative team. Wilson's story felt a little less stereotypical and more interesting, and I like her take on superheroes in general. Hopefully this break will do "Superman" some good. Even with its problems, "Superman" #704 has inadvertently shown up its neighbors. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Superman (2006) #705
Nov 18, 2010 |
Right now, "Superman" isn't where it should be. Considering the strong groups of books coming out of the Batman stable, it's a little frustrating to see what should be the one of the three flagship titles at DC Comics not quite hitting the mark. (Fortunately there's still the entertaining "Action Comics" right now.) Here's hoping that in 2011 Roberson can turn "Grounded" into the entertaining story that it has the potential to be. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Superman (2006) #708
Feb 9, 2011 |
Once "Grounded" is over, at this point I'd be happy to see a Roberson and Barrows creative team be announced as permanent once Straczynski's plotting has ended. Roberson is showing good instincts on how to use the pre-determined plots to his advantage, and his work on books like "iZombie" has also been entertaining. Until then, though, I've got much more confidence in the book getting a chance to build toward a strong conclusion. And that's good enough for now. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Superman (2006) #710
Apr 13, 2011 |
As entertaining as it is to watch Roberson reshape "Grounded" into a more interesting story, it is a reminder that on some level he's still stuck to some parts of J. Michael Straczynski's basic outline. We've had enough of Roberson now, though, to make me think that (even with this not being his best issue) Roberson would be an excellent full time writer on the book once "Grounded" is over. The worst Roberson/Straczynski issue is still better than the best Straczynski solo script, after all. That's a good sign. Hopefully, DC editorial agrees. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Superman (2006) #712
Jun 22, 2011 |
It's too bad this comic wasn't published several years ago, when Superboy was still dead and it genuinely looked like he wasn't coming back. It would've had an extra level of impact, and really hit home. That said? It's to Busiek, Leonardi, and Sibal's credit that even now it still works well. That final page is heartbreaking, and they did a great job. I'm glad that, on the eve of the relaunch, we finally got to see the comic. It was worth the wait. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Superman (2006) #714
Aug 3, 2011 |
After all, "Superman" #714 is serving as not just the end of "Grounded" but also the entire post-"Crisis" era of Superman. It's a shame that the final storyline ended up being an overall dud, but Roberson at least made a lot of the individual pieces shine. Not a great finale, but Roberson gave it a shine that was far greater than it deserves. If Roberson ever gets the chance to write Superman again (but this time with his own plots, from scratch) I know I'd welcome it. Just not working off "Grounded" again, please. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.3
|
Superman (2011) | 20 issues |
6
|
Superman (2011) #0
Oct 1, 2012 |
"Superman" #0 is one of the books with the most recognizable comic origin stories already connected to it, so it was nice to see Lobdell and Rocafort try and veer away from it as much as possible. This has definitely been one of the more troubled titles since the re-launch, so hopefully this is a sign that it's going to finally find a direction and some stability. Could it be? There's only one way to find out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Superman (2011) #4
Dec 29, 2011 |
Unlike a fine wine, "Superman" has not improved with age, either in the comic or in the real world. Perez has written a lot of excellent comics over the years, but this doesn't feel like one of his finer hours. At this point, I'm ready to just wait until Keith Giffen and Dan Jurgens join Jesus Merino in "Superman" #7. This was a nice idea for a creative team, but it's just not gelling. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Superman (2011) #7
Mar 29, 2012 |
Overall, there are several little touches throughout "Superman" #7 that made me feel like this creative team was moving in the right direction. The Daily Planet scene, for example, was great, but it goes beyond that. Even something as simple as there being a monorail station in Metropolis made me smile; it's just the right sort of moment where you'd nod and say to yourself that yes, Metropolis would have a monorail. My biggest regret with "Superman" #7 was that this wasn't "Superman" #1. Finally, one of DC's most important flagship titles feels back on track. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Superman (2011) #14
Nov 28, 2012 |
I understand that there was no way to know that the media would latch on so strongly to "Superman" #13 and Clark quitting the Daily Planet. But it feels like a real shame that no sooner did it happen than the book zoomed off in a different direction for several months. It certainly feels like Lobdell and Rocafort would rather tell that story. I tend to agree. "H'el on Earth" is, for now, off to a less than interesting start. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Superman (2011) #18
Apr 1, 2013 |
I understand that when you've got a round-robin set of artists, it's usually a last-minute substitution (no doubt for Rocafort, whose name was originally in the solicitation credits), and at times beggars can't be choosers. Still, after finding two artists that worked, it's a shame that the third one felt so off base. Then again, the story itself in "Superman" #18 is lackluster and uninspiring on the whole. When Lobdell first took over (before getting almost immediately drawn into a crossover) I felt like there was some potential for "Superman." Now, I'm struggling to maintain interest. Things need to turn around fast, because this isn't a "Superman" title that I want to keep reading. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Superman (2011) #20
May 24, 2013 |
All in all, "Superman" #20 is a sign that the book is back on track. That's a very good thing indeed. Lobdell's story is definitely going somewhere, and the more Kuder draws on the title (or elsewhere, if that's not going to be the case), the happier I'll be. A nice turnaround. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Superman (2011) #22
Jul 24, 2013 |
"Superman" #22 was a book that I'd been looking forward to since last month's issue, so this is definitely a bit of a stumble. There are enough little bits here and there that I'm not giving up hope yet, and I would like to see what happens when Lobdell and Barrows can collaborate on a story together right from the start rather than mid-stream. Still, this issue could have been a lot better. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Superman (2011) #23.1
Sep 4, 2013 |
"Superman" #23.1 is a little frustrating because this is by two good comic creators who are ultimately undone not by anything of their own fault, but by the nature of the assignment. If this had been able to get broken free of "Forever Evil" and tell a story that got to head off in its own direction, I'd be much more enthusiastic about it. Instead, this feels like an exciting car ride that suddenly and with no warning ends right back where you started. Next time, let Fisch and Johnson pick their own destination, please. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Superman (2011) #23.4
Sep 25, 2013 |
Still, overall, "Superman" #23.4 is good. The art is amazing, and there's enough that does work in the story that you finish with a nice feeling about the comic. I'm looking forward to lots more Kuder art down the line, and if he writes another comic for DC, I'll certainly check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Superman (2011) #28
Feb 28, 2014 |
"Superman" #28 is a reminder to me that this title is more than ready for a revamp; it's the weak link in the Superman titles right now, and that's a shame when you consider it should be the flagship. While a date hasn't been announced yet, hopefully we'll see it before too much longer. The book doesn't look bad, and there's a nice cover from Ed Benes to lure you in, but the writing is just too scattershot to recommend. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
2
|
Superman (2011) #30
Apr 23, 2014 |
I'm enjoying the other Superman family comics right now, and since "Superman" #30 was supposed to lead directly into "Superman: Doomed" I thought it was worth a try. But at this point, the new creative team in June can't get here fast enough. If you're in the same situation, I'd just pass on this issue entirely. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Superman (2011) #34
Aug 27, 2014 |
"Superman" #34 is fun, and the book is clearly in good hands. Now that we're three issues in, I think we should all have a good feel for what the Johns, Romita, Janson and Martin run on the title will be like. And based on that, I'm sticking around. You may see what's coming before it actually appears, but it's executed with skill in a way that you won't really mind. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Superman (2011) #35
Oct 23, 2014 |
"Superman" #35 does a lot of heavy lifting in the art, but after a month's absence, the story is a bit disappointing. It's pleasant enough, but we're starting to hit the point where it feels almost like the comic is in a holding pattern, stalling for whatever reason. Here's hoping the new cliffhanger this month has some more staying power and picks up the pace while we're at it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Superman (2011) #38
Feb 4, 2015 |
"Superman" #38 is a comic where the script lives up to its duties, but the art struggles to keep up. Those who have read all of the Johns/Romita/Janson issues of "Superman" to date will certainly like the conclusion, although they may also be underwhelmed by the visuals this month. Those who are coming to the storyline for the first time, though, might be a little less excited. Those expecting a climax rather than epilogue might be a little disappointed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Superman (2011) #40
Apr 30, 2015 |
"Superman" #40 positions the comic well for its return this summer; I'm looking forward to seeing what Yang does, and Romita has set him up well. It might not be the most riveting of comics but it gets in and out and accomplishes exactly what it's supposed to. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Superman (2011) #43
Aug 26, 2015 |
The ideas in "Superman" #43 aren't bad, but there are some seriously rough edges that need to get fine-tuned. A little more subtlety would go a long way; while I appreciate that ideas aren't just plucked out of a hat, they don't need to be set up quite so obviously either. In the end, the execution is dragging down the stronger big picture. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Superman (2011) #44
Oct 1, 2015 |
"Superman" is frustratingly harder to read with each new issue. Considering how eager many readers (myself included) were for the Yang and Romita creative team, this is turning out to be a real disappointment. Maybe things will turn around soon but, right now, none of the elements feel consistently good. For every moment that shows the book's potential, there are several others where we see a creative stumble. "Superman" sadly deserves a lot better than this. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Superman (2011) #45
Oct 28, 2015 |
"Superman" #45 is finally fulfilling the potential that Yang's arrival always held. We're getting a take on different cultures and how superheroes work, all while being grounded within the DC Universe. Hopefully, Yang and Porter will get to continue this new trend for a while; "Superman" as a comic should engage the reader's imagination and harness the power of stories, and that's exactly what we're getting here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Superman (2011) #48
Jan 29, 2016 |
Yang's understanding of Superman makes me that much more eager to see this storyline hit its conclusion, so that the title isn't bogged down by plots spanning multiple titles. For now, this installment is overall a bit average, but what's still to come that will get readers excited. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Superman (2011) #51
Apr 7, 2016 |
With new super-powered beings popping up and a Chinese hacker trying to gain access to Superman's Fortress of Solitude, there's a fair amount of story still to come, even as Superman continues to deal with the fact he's not long for this world. Tomasi and Janin have found just the right balance for this opening chapter, mixing that heartfelt drama with threads of adventure. If the remaining installments can keep this up, it'll be a strong note for the New 52 Superman to go out on. So far, so good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Superman (2016) | 1 issues |
7
|
Superman (2016) #1
Jun 16, 2016 |
"Superman" #1 is a little slow in some aspects, but it's enjoyable. Tomasi, Gleason and Gray have carefully crafted what the home life of the Kents is like, and the conflicts that happen here are small and internal even as the outside world starts to close in on them. It's a good take on the characters, and I'm ready to see more. All-in-all, "Sueprman" #1 is an above-average start to the series, with lots of potential for some genuinely great super-heroics before long. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.3
|
Superman / Batman (2003) | 4 issues |
7
|
Superman / Batman (2003) #61
Jun 22, 2009 |
Since Jeph Loeb's departure from "Superman/Batman" several years ago, this book has fallen out of the spotlight more than a bit, a strange sort of almost-non-continuity book on the edges of the rest of the DC Universe. If Green and Johnson tell more stories like this, though, I'll be inclined to keep reading. Sure, it was a little slight in points, but I just kept grinning the entire time I read it. I'll be back next month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Superman / Batman (2003) #65
Oct 26, 2009 |
The story itself may go by with little more trace than a couple of sharp lines here and there, but it does serve up some great looking art. As a one-off, it's not bad, but it will be nice when "Superman/Batman" picks up a new regular creative team in a few months. "Superman/Batman" used to be a huge book, and hopefully it can find its way towards that point again. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Superman / Batman (2003) #76
Sep 24, 2010 |
"Superman/Batman" #76 may have just a so-so and predictable story, but Rudy's art knocks it out of the park. I'm glad to see Rudy getting a higher-profile comic assignment, and hopefully he's got much more to come. He's too much of a talent to languish in books no one's reading. A mixture of Ed McGuinness and J.H. Williams III when it comes to his approach to pages, Marco Rudy is someone to watch. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Superman / Batman (2003) #83
Apr 24, 2011 |
All in all, this "Superman/Batman" storyline is by no means bad. It's amusing and fun in places, and Bunn's storyline fits in well with the title as a whole. But it is a shame that it's just good rather than great, because with creators as talented as Bunn, ChrisCross, and Deering, I'd expected so much more. They've got one more issue left, though, so here's to a potentially huge finale that does it all. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.2
|
Superman / Wonder Woman (2013) | 6 issues |
7
|
Superman / Wonder Woman (2013) #3
Dec 11, 2013 |
With a subplot about the perfect Christmas present for Superman -- which comes to a slightly predictable but still heartfelt conclusion -- "Superman/Wonder Woman" #3 even gets in a little extra bonus for tying into the time of year that it was published. When you look at the main cast of the book and the characters that it pulls in, "Superman/Wonder Woman" almost feels like a member of the "Justice League" family rather than an offshoot of either Superman or Wonder Woman... but without feeling the need to tie into "Forever Evil." For those who aren't interested in the crossover, this might be the substitute title they've been looking for, instead. It has a strong grasp of the DC Universe, it plays with some of the major icons, and it's well crafted. That's a winner in my book. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Superman / Wonder Woman (2013) #7
Apr 14, 2014 |
Hopefully the "Superman Doomed" storyline that "Superman/Wonder Woman" #7 is serving as prologue to works well; I'm enjoying "Superman/Wonder Woman" too much to want it derailed by a big crossover. Even when there's a weaker than normal issue here, "Superman/Wonder Woman" is still worth my and your time. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Superman / Wonder Woman (2013) #14
Dec 29, 2014 |
As for the big cliffhanger, without giving anything away, I feel a bit apprehensive. This is a character who after his initial debut, has been mishandled on several occasions; I'm not sure one can point to a successful usage of the character beyond his initial creation, in fact. Maybe Tomasi and Mahnke will surprise us all and do something special and intriguing; I'm going to try and keep an open mind. But after the startled factor wore off, looking back on how dull the rest of this issue was, I don't have high hopes. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Superman / Wonder Woman (2013) #21
Sep 17, 2015 |
"Superman/Wonder Woman" #21 clearly sets up a larger storyline still to come (especially with the final page tying into the other Superman family titles this month) and, as a result, it's understandable there are going to be some lackluster moments. If it wasn't for Lois' moments under the lasso, I suspect this issue would have been entirely forgettable, but it's there that Tomasi and Mahnke remind us they normally deliver much stronger stories. This is transition, pure and simple; it's not bad but it's not more than average, either. I look forward to seeing where the title is heading, but hopefully the heavy lifting was completed this issue so things can get a bit more exciting in October. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Superman / Wonder Woman (2013) #25
Jan 25, 2016 |
With a solid conclusion and a good cliffhanger to lead into "Superman" #48, "Superman/Wonder Woman" #25 takes a slightly uninspiring first half and rallies into a strong finish. It's nice to see this "Savage Dawn" storyline start to wrap up the Superman titles' current story arc, if only because it'll be good to see the various creative teams unleashed after it's over. Tomasi, Mahnke and company have little sparks of fun and interest here, and hopefully they'll get to follow up on them a bit more before too long. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Superman / Wonder Woman (2013) #28
Apr 28, 2016 |
"Superman/Wonder Woman" #28 feels limp, which is a shame considering how much stronger the previous three chapters were. Hopefully we'll see the remaining issues rally a bit more, because this slump at the halfway point makes it a bit harder to get excited for the remaining chapters in May. Superman has had a worthy send-off up until now; let's hope that comes back soon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Superman Unchained | 1 issues |
7
|
Superman Unchained #6
Mar 20, 2014 |
In the end, "Superman Unchained" #6 is a solid comic that is let down a bit by the art. Snyder's moving everything forward with a strong pace, and I feel like he's on track to give us a satisfying conclusion in the last third of the series. But honestly, I'd like to see some more publication delays if it means Lee having more time to pencil those remaining issues. With some stronger art, there's no doubt that this would have been a better comic. Lee's a talented artist, but it's just increasingly clear that he's not someone who should be drawing an ongoing series. I'd rather see him have the extra wiggle room to do justice to the scripts that he's drawing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
Superman: American Alien | 4 issues |
9
|
Superman: American Alien #2
Dec 17, 2015 |
"Superman: American Alien" #2 swings for the fences and succeeds marvelously; Landis and Edwards should be very proud of their achievement. Revisiting Superman's origin is tricky business, and so far every single potential pitfall has been neatly avoided. "Superman: American Alien" #2 will make readers wish that every Superman comic was this good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Superman: American Alien #3
Jan 14, 2016 |
Throw in another one-page epilogue, this time with a loopy and deliberately perplexing look at Mxyzptlk from Landis, Mark Buckingham and Jose Villarrubia, and the end result is another great comic in this miniseries. "Superman: American Alien" #3 is a perfect example of everything that a relaunch should give its readers; Landis and Jones deliver a story true to the character concept of Superman, but they're also not afraid to provide one that's updated and modern. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
10
|
Superman: American Alien #5
Mar 21, 2016 |
"Superman: American Alien" #5 is a perfect issue, something that Landis and Manapul should be exceptionally proud of. With a wonderful script, gorgeous art and understated colors, what more is there to ask for? I realize Landis and Manapul have many other projects ahead of them, but -- if there was a way for them to be reunited on another comic -- it would be a bestseller. Landis and Manapul have set the bar very high for what a Superman comic should be. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Superman: American Alien #6
Apr 25, 2016 |
"Superman: American Alien" #6 is another strong installment in one of the best Superman stories published in quite a while. It's sad to know we only have one more issue to go, but right now the series is almost assured to go out on a high note. We're six-for-six now, and all parties involved should be proud of what they're delivering. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Superman: Last Stand of New Krypton | 1 issues |
4
|
Superman: Last Stand of New Krypton #3
Apr 30, 2010 |
If "Superman: Last Stand of New Krypton" had been labeled as #3 of 8, this might not have been a letdown. As a conclusion to a month-long mini-series and crossover, though, it doesn't deliver quite what it promises. Woods brings his top game to the story, but it's not a terribly thrilling end to the mini-series overall. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Superman: Secret Origin | 1 issues |
7
|
Superman: Secret Origin #5
Apr 12, 2010 |
When this series was first announced my initial thought was that I could really do without another re-telling of Superman's origin, but this has been a pleasant enough series that at the end of the day I don't mind it sitting next to, say, my copy of "Superman: Birthright." After all, they're all just stories. They can hang out with one another if they wish. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Superman: War of the Supermen | 1 issues |
6
|
Superman: War of the Supermen #3
May 22, 2010 |
With the "New Krypton" era of "Superman" almost over, it's a little sad to see such a thorough dismantling of everything from the past few years. Maybe we'll get a nice surprise next week and discover that not everything is being completely reset. But right now? It's hard to not feel like you are seeing that coming around the bend at an increasing speed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Superman: World of New Krypton | 3 issues |
8
|
Superman: World of New Krypton #8
Oct 12, 2009 |
Maybe it's because "Superman: World of New Krypton" stars Superman instead of Mon-El or Nightwing & Flamebird, but there's no doubt that "Superman: World of New Krypton" is the most entertaining of the three Superman books being published right now. With four issues to go, I'm sorry to see its end approaching, but it's been a thoroughly enjoyable ride. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Superman: World of New Krypton #10
Dec 7, 2009 |
I've enjoyed my sojourn on New Krypton, I'm ready to leave. Superman needs to head back to his own titles, and back to his real home planet: Earth. This has been a fun experiment, and I commend them for trying something different. But just like how Rucka and Robinson have shown that the Labor Guild's being barred from the Council needs to become part of the past, so does Superman's time on New Krypton. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Superman: World of New Krypton #12
Feb 3, 2010 |
As I said before, this story isn't really over. In fact, it's a direct lead-in to the "Superman: Last Stand of New Krypton" mini-series and tie-ins. I think most of us can guess at this point what will happen to New Krypton by the time the dust settles. It'll be interesting to see down the line how readers looking back on this era of the "Superman" titles view the creative decisions made here. I can see the idea of getting to know New Krypton so anything bad happening to it will carry more weight. But I do think this is something that could have sped up a bit, maybe just six to eight months at most. It was an interesting experiment, certainly. But with still more chapters to come in the crossover, it doesn't feel as final as a comic with "Final Issue" on its cover should. One more slight stumble for "Superman: World of New Krypton," alas. It could have been great, but in the end I think it just averages out to good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.3
|
Supreme (2012) | 3 issues |
8
|
Supreme (2012) #63
Apr 4, 2012 |
"Supreme" #63 is a pleasant epilogue to Moore's "Supreme" run, even as it serves up an excellent cliffhanger for Larsen to move forward. The sky was always the limit in "Supreme," and I feel like it's even more so in its final pages. Where is Larsen going to take "Supreme?" Thanks to Moore, the answer is clearly, "Wherever he can possibly imagine." This is an excellent way to depart a series, even as it provides a final chapter that I didn't realize I had been missing. Good stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Supreme (2012) #66
Aug 15, 2012 |
"Supreme" #66 is a pleasant comic; I'd look at it a little more favorably if we had a bit less of the original Supreme (whose story I don't find that compelling) and more of Ethan Crane, but there's certainly enough of the latter that I'll keep reading. For now, I'm entertained. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Supreme (2012) #67
Dec 21, 2012 |
The return of "Supreme" (first with Alan Moore's last script in #63 drawn by Larsen, then Larsen and Hamscher on #64-67) has been a fun coda, one that works in part because it's been so long since Moore's original run. It feels like it's hitting just the right length, not overstaying its welcome by too much, and that's exactly what a creator should aim for when taking over a title. (Hopefully this will spur some high-quality collections of Moore's run on "Supreme," too.) I'm not sure when we'll actually see the 80-page "Supreme" #68, but hopefully it won't be too long. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Supreme: Blue Rose | 1 issues |
6
|
Supreme: Blue Rose #2
Aug 21, 2014 |
In the end, "Supreme: Blue Rose" #2 is a book that you're going to buy in the immediate time frame for the art; Lotay's pages are just amazing and I want lots of comics drawn by her. As for the story? Once some more issues are released I suspect that this one will read a lot better. Until then, though, just keep reminding yourself how fantastic the art is. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Survivors Club | 1 issues |
7
|
Survivors Club #1
Oct 9, 2015 |
"Survivors' Club" #1 has a huge amount of potential, and I want Beukes, Halvorsen and Kelly to succeed here. While this first issue didn't blow me away, it's still above average. The next issue or two will make or break the series, but -- for now -- there's enough promise present to make me come back for more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.3
|
Swamp Thing (2011) | 18 issues |
8
|
Swamp Thing (2011) #2
Oct 5, 2011 |
"Swamp Thing" is definitely moving in the right path; this feels like new and old readers should both be able to follow the action, and I like that aside from the inevitable Alec-becomes-Swamp-Thing moment, I have no idea what will happen next. With a new major villain introduced and a new core concept behind "Swamp Thing" itself, the book is full of possibilities. So far, Snyder and Paquette are making sure I want to keep reading to find out how it will all pan out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Swamp Thing (2011) #4
Dec 7, 2011 |
"Swamp Thing" is continuing to turn out a strong narrative, one that moves at its own pace but never feels too fast or slow. There was a lot of initial disappointment when the word came down that Swamp Thing was moving out of Vertigo and back into the DC Universe, but so long as the title remains this story, I don't think there should be any more complaining. This is some of the best "Swamp Thing" we've seen in years. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Swamp Thing (2011) #6
Feb 1, 2012 |
By the time we get to the end of the issue, you can see where the thrust of the series will be heading from here. We've got both old and new adversaries to worry about from this point on, and of course one more issue to finish off this current story. "Swamp Thing" continues to move from strength to strength, and I'm already eagerly awaiting next month's conclusion. Good job, once again. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Swamp Thing (2011) #11
Jul 15, 2012 |
"Swamp Thing" has moved from one strength to the next over its first year back, and this issue continues that trend. Of the various New 52 titles from DC Comics, "Swamp Thing" is one of the most-consistently strong titles. That's a good thing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Swamp Thing (2011) #16
Jan 10, 2013 |
I'm definitely going to miss Snyder and Paquette on "Swamp Thing," and this issue is a prime example of why. The duo have a strong sense of how to create a comic that's as much adventure as it is horror. With an engaging story since day one, "Swamp Thing" has brought a level of class to the New 52 that will be sorely missed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Swamp Thing (2011) #17
Feb 6, 2013 |
"Rotworld" may have come to a close, but of course the big wrap-up/epilogue is still to come next month. So while the saga as a whole can't be evaluated, does "Swamp Thing" #17 bring this chapter of it to a satisfying conclusion? I'd say so. The last page here is one that almost every reader must have seen coming (at least in terms of an end result, not in how it happens), but Snyder, Lemire, and Belanger made the way that it happens a fun one. With the setting of "Rotworld" laid to rest in a dignified manner, it's even one that has resulted in a nice little surprise or two for the reader. Snyder and Paquette will bring it all home next month, but until then, I think this has delivered just what was promised to us as readers. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Swamp Thing (2011) #19
Apr 3, 2013 |
"Swamp Thing" #19 feels like it's pointed in the right direction, it's just having a little trouble getting out of the gate. I'll definitely come back next month to see if Soule's script flows a little smoother, but I'm already intrigued by the creation of the Seeder and that's a real draw. Plus, of course, the gorgeous art from Kano doesn't hurt either. I've seen better debuts for a new creative team, but I've certainly seen far worse, too. There's potential. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Swamp Thing (2011) #21
Jun 5, 2013 |
"Swamp Thing" #21 is a strong and enjoyable comic; it's great to see Soule establish himself so quickly on the comic, and for Saiz to step in so effortlessly for some guest art. (If Kano ever needs another break and Saiz is free, hopefully he'll be asked again.) If you were unsure about continuing with "Swamp Thing" after the recent creative team switch, hopefully this issue will persuade you to stick around. I know for me, it most definitely did. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Swamp Thing (2011) #23
Aug 12, 2013 |
"Swamp Thing" #23 has Soule and Kano having settled in quite nicely on this title, and I appreciate that they've kept the book moving well after the departure of Snyder and Paquette. If you haven't taken a look at Soule and Kano's rendition of Swamp Thing, now feels like a good time to try. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Swamp Thing (2011) #23.1
Sep 20, 2013 |
Soule's working out quite well on "Swamp Thing," and this issue is just another example of his strength as a writer. So long as Soule is interested in writing "Swamp Thing," he (as well as Saiz, for that matter) is welcome as far as I'm concerned. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Swamp Thing (2011) #24
Oct 4, 2013 |
"Swamp Thing" #24 is still good, it's just not quite as perfectly polished as the last few issues have been. Still, Soule's run has definitely been a success up until now, and I'd say this issue continues that trend. If you haven't been reading, this would be a good a place as any to dip in and give it a try. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Swamp Thing (2011) #26
Dec 5, 2013 |
"Swamp Thing" #26 is another strong issue by a strong creative team. This latest development feels natural and interesting, and I'm curious to see what Soule and Saiz have up their proverbial sleeves. Once again, one of the best books published by DC Comics these days. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Swamp Thing (2011) #28
Feb 6, 2014 |
"Swamp Thing" #28 is a slightly above average comic, but one that once again is poised for a strong storyline to come. Considering how many excellent issues we've had under Soule's time on the title, the occasional dip down to merely good is more than acceptable. All in all, a dependable title keeps on moving forward towards more good things. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Swamp Thing (2011) #30
Apr 7, 2014 |
"Swamp Thing" #30 is a solid, dependable comic. It's fun, it's surprising, and once again there's a great twist at the cliffhanger that promises all sorts of excitement next month. For those reading the Soule and Saiz version of "Swamp Thing," this storyline is a great place to start. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Swamp Thing (2011) #32
Jun 9, 2014 |
Even if you didn't read "Aquaman" #31 (you should -- Jeff Parker and Sean Parsons did a good job there), don't worry. This is a fun book regardless. Once again, I'm already dying to see what happens next. Good job, Soule and Saiz. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Swamp Thing (2011) #33
Jul 7, 2014 |
"Swamp Thing" #33 was another fun, solid, entertaining issue. In many ways it's just a setup for what's still to come, but you know what? I wish all setup was this entertaining. An above average issue just in terms of quality, and notable in addition for how well it handles the, "Here's what's going on" backstory. As an added bonus, if you're a new reader, this is as good a place as any to jump on board. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Swamp Thing (2011) #38
Jan 12, 2015 |
It's sad to see "Swamp Thing" coming to a close with "Convergence" in the spring, but Soule's making sure that the book ends with a bang. I look forward to the remaining issues still to come even as I enjoy this one. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Swamp Thing (2011) #40
Mar 5, 2015 |
"Swamp Thing" #40 wraps up a title that might not have been commercially viable enough to continue but was a creative goldmine of talent. It's a genuine shame that it's come to a close, but at least Soule and Saiz managed to do so on a high note. Hopefully, the duo will collaborate again before too long; their "Swamp Thing" run, once it got up and running, moved from one strength to the next. I suspect that, with all of the series wrapping up at DC Comics this month, this will end up being the most graceful conclusion. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.3
|
Swamp Thing (2011) Annual | 3 issues |
8
|
Swamp Thing (2011) Annual #1
Nov 1, 2012 |
"Swamp Thing Annual" #1 is a great way to get through the dreaded fifth week of the month. It adds a new piece to the overall story being told in "Swamp Thing" and it also stands on its own rather well to boot. This is the perfect way to use the Annual format. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Swamp Thing (2011) Annual #2
Oct 30, 2013 |
"Swamp Thing Annual" #2 deserves the slightly higher profile release this month, and I'm glad to see it here. Soule's script here is strong, and this is easily the best art I've seen from Pina in his career. This is a creative team that should get together more often, if something so much fun is the end result. If you've been wondering how "Swamp Thing" has been post-Scott Snyder, this is a great spot to find out for yourself. Take a look. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Swamp Thing (2011) Annual #3
Oct 31, 2014 |
"Swamp Thing Annual" #3 lacks the amount of punch that Soule's comics normally contain. The art looks good, but the script itself doesn't live up to its own promise. Soule's idea here is good, but this feels like a regular issue that's been forced into the longer, bulkier Annual format. That's a real shame, because the fit just doesn't work. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Sweet Tooth | 6 issues |
6
|
Sweet Tooth #1
Sep 8, 2009 |
I hope "Sweet Tooth" does well. I think Lemire's a major talent who deserves a wider audience. I'm just afraid that Lemire's taking the wrong tactic for the pacing of this series. Hopefully other people besides myself will stick around, because I think this is going to be great once it starts moving. In this troubled marketplace, though, sometimes you only get one chance. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Sweet Tooth #6
Feb 8, 2010 |
"Sweet Tooth" is a comic that's growing on me more with each issue. I'm hoping we get more "what's going on" and less "traveling the country trying to survive" each month, but for now I'm content to sit back and see what Lemire serves up for us next as readers. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Sweet Tooth #14
Oct 11, 2010 |
"Sweet Tooth" may have not instantly grabbed me when it debuted, but I'm a believer now. The "Animal Armies" storyline looks to be the strongest one to date, and what I think I like best about it is that I have absolutely no idea how it will end. Lemire's not afraid to pop surprises on us, and I'm already looking forward to the next issue. "Sweet Tooth" is a strong and compelling comic that you really should be reading. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Sweet Tooth #16
Dec 5, 2010 |
"Sweet Tooth" is one of those series that grows on you slowly but surely. With each new issue, Lemire draws me into its pages that much more. Like so many new Vertigo series lately, this is a smart comic that begs to be read and re-read multiple times. If you're not reading "Sweet Tooth," definitely check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Sweet Tooth #18
Feb 3, 2011 |
Lemire could have easily made "Sweet Tooth" #18 a quick, dashed-off time-saver, but instead his shift fit the series overall both artistically and thematically. For a book that had a slow start, I've come to love this book and care about its characters. (And it's also a pleasure to see him write and draw all of the first 18 issues, although the guest-artist line-up for next month's issue sounds fantastic.) This is a nice way to wrap up the current story, and to prepare for what's up next. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Sweet Tooth #19
Mar 4, 2011 |
And of course, Lemire draws some pages as well, giving us the framing device for these stories as well as bringing in the start of a new story. It's a strong opening for "Endangered Species," and I'm (unsurprisingly) eager for the next issue. And while I'll miss our guest artists, I'm glad the book ends on Lemire; it's a good reminder that his own art is not only strong but goes a long way toward creating the overall "innocence meets danger" feel that is "Sweet Tooth." This issue is not only a good issue in general, it's a strong jumping-on point if you're interested in the series. Can't ask for much more than that. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
Sword of Sorcery | 2 issues |
8
|
Sword of Sorcery #0
Sep 19, 2012 |
Like last week's "Team 7" #0, it's turning out to be the new titles that are the issue #0s worth your attention from DC Comics. "Sword of Sorcery" #0 might have a slightly inelegant name, but it's got two good first chapters inside its covers. If all fantasy comics were as good as "Sword of Sorcery" we'd have a more diverse industry today. I'm definitely going to stick around. I bet you will, too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Sword of Sorcery #4
Jan 24, 2013 |
"Sword of Sorcery" #4 has a side-step for its main feature and a new feature in the back, the pair of which could prove in other hands to be a jumping-off point. Here, though, I think that Marx, Andreyko, Moore and Bressan have kept the book on course. I'm glad the main feature is returning to more familiar territory next month, but all in all it's a pleasant issue. While new readers might not get a good feel for the world of Nilaa that "Amethyst" is set in, I think they will get a handle on its lead character of Amaya. For that alone, I'd say it's a success. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
T.H.U.N.D.E.R. Agents | 2 issues |
8
|
T.H.U.N.D.E.R. Agents #3
Jan 13, 2011 |
"T.H.U.N.D.E.R. Agents" may have an awkward name, but that's the only rough thing about it. I am loving "T.H.U.N.D.E.R. Agents," and it's one of the best new series from DC Comics in a long time. So long as Spencer and CAFU stick around, they can count on me reading. Great job, all involved. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
T.H.U.N.D.E.R. Agents #6
Apr 19, 2011 |
"T.H.U.N.D.E.R. Agents" #6 isn't a bad book, but it isn't quite up to the high standards that Spencer, CAFU, Bit, and all the flashback story artists set with the previous issues. "T.H.U.N.D.E.R. Agents" is a great book and well worth your time. But I can't help but think that if you aren't reading the comic yet, that perhaps it would be better to wait until next month to finally give it a try. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
T.H.U.N.D.E.R. Agents Vol. 2 | 1 issues |
6
|
T.H.U.N.D.E.R. Agents Vol. 2 #1
Dec 1, 2011 |
"T.H.U.N.D.E.R. Agents" #1 might have been slightly better received if it was "T.H.U.N.D.E.R. Agents" #11, but as a new #1 I'm not convinced it hits the mark. For those who have read the previous volume of "T.H.U.N.D.E.R. Agents" published earlier this year, though, it's like seeing an old friend again. Hopefully later issues will be a little more new-reader friendly. Provided, of course, that new readers give it one more shot. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.5
|
Talon | 2 issues |
6
|
Talon #3
Jan 7, 2013 |
"Talon" #3 is still a fun book, but I feel like we've needing a little bit more in this series as a whole. Is this the moment where that something extra arrives? I'm hoping so. For now it's still nice, but I want this book to be great, and for that we'll need a stronger core concept to move it forward. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Talon #7
Apr 26, 2013 |
"Talon" #7 is a solid issue; the book hasn't gotten to "you must read this" status, but it's a pleasant comic each month and there's always something in an issue to recommend its existence. Hopefully when Tynion takes the writing reins all on his own next month, we'll continue to get that feel. For now, though, this is a good conclusion to Snyder's time on the book, and where it goes from here is anyone's guess. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
Taskmaster (2010) | 1 issues |
9
|
Taskmaster (2010) #2
Oct 11, 2010 |
"Taskmaster" could have been, by all rights, a throw-away mini-series. Instead it's one of the smartest new books I've seen come along in a while. Van Lente and Palo have kicked their work up several notches, and I'm dying to see the remaining issues. Who knew a mini-series about a villain that trains other villains could be so entertaining? Definitely check this book out. "Taskmaster" is fun from start to finish. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Team 7 | 1 issues |
8
|
Team 7 #0
Sep 13, 2012 |
"Team 7" #0 is a strong debut for the title, and Jordan and Merino definitely make their mark quite quickly. With a large cast, even though some characters are already known to survive into the present day, we've got question marks over enough other heads that there's still a "will they make it?" feel to the series. And by adding in new elements like the Majestic Project, we've got a good central mystery to hang the book on. I'm definitely back for the next issue. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.2
|
Teen Titans (2003) | 5 issues |
6
|
Teen Titans (2003) #61
Aug 11, 2008 |
Could this be the turning point for "Teen Titans?" I hope so. I used to really love the "Teen Titans" revamp, and it's starting to feel like a book I want to read. I'll be sticking around for a while longer if McKeever keeps this up. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Teen Titans (2003) #68
Feb 26, 2009 |
It's too bad that there's a big crossover with "Titans" and "Vigilante" around the corner, because "Teen Titans" hasn't felt terribly stable for a while now, and this seemed to be the perfect opportunity to gain a new status quo. Hopefully things will calm down soon and we can get a cheerful, fun "Teen Titans" again. There are glimmers of it just lurking below the surface here; only time will tell if that's what we're finally receiving. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
2
|
Teen Titans (2003) #81
Apr 4, 2010 |
Even the back-up feature by Sean McKeever and Yildiray Cinar fails to entertain; if you're coming in late, it's slightly incomprehensible on who's in the hospital and why as a reader we should care. "Teen Titans" #81 was a disappointment from start to finish. This book has lost its way badly enough that if DC announced tomorrow that it was going on hiatus for a year to take the time to find a better direction and creative team, I think most readers would applaud the decision. Oh, how the mighty have fallen. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Teen Titans (2003) #89
Nov 27, 2010 |
The one part of the issue that didn't work for me is the new villain, whose motivations in general still feel ill-defined. I'm willing to wait it out and see where this is going, but it's hard to overlook that right now he just feels like a character that they're fighting for the sake of fighting. Still, two issues in, I feel like this is a good start for Krul and Scott, and for readers to take another look at the series again. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
2
|
Teen Titans (2003) #99
Aug 10, 2011 |
"Teen Titans" #99 is quite possibly one of the most skippable comics I've seen in a while. If you aren't reading the series, there's nothing to entice you on board. If you are reading the series, the lack of forward movement will be frustrating. Unless the purpose of "Teen Titans" #99 was to make Titans fans giddy at the idea of this comic getting completely reset with a new creative team and cast, I'm at a loss. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.3
|
Teen Titans (2011) | 9 issues |
7
|
Teen Titans (2011) #3
Nov 23, 2011 |
"Teen Titans" #3 is showing more than ever this series finding its own voice and tone, and it's a good one. With the promise that next issue should finally pull the team together, I find myself genuinely interested in what happens next in a "Teen Titans" comic. It's been a while since we've had that for the Titans. This is definitely one of the more pleasant surprises of the New 52. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Teen Titans (2011) #5
Jan 25, 2012 |
"Teen Titans" isn't a terribly deep book, but it doesn't need to be. It's a fun book overall, and it's got a nice brisk pace; doubly so now that the team (minus Superboy) is all together at last. It's been a while since "Teen Titans" has been readable, so it's a pleasure to be five issues in and still enjoying the title. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Teen Titans (2011) #8
Apr 26, 2012 |
"Teen Titans" #8 serves both as primer (for those who haven't read the title before) and teaser (for those who have been reading) and while it's not a bad prelude to the big storyline, it's not as good as the title normally is from month to month. "Teen Titans" has proven itself to be a fun book month in and out, but this one feels like a small misstep off its normal path. Nothing to worry about, but if it wasn't for the hints about future stories, I suspect it would be quickly forgotten in the months to come. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Teen Titans (2011) #10
Jul 2, 2012 |
Still, "Teen Titans" #10 is nice. The good parts are what make me want to come back, and I'm glad that things are finally calming down. Now if we can just get some dangling plots resolved faster than they're introduced, well, we'll be golden. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Teen Titans (2011) #13
Oct 26, 2012 |
"Teen Titans" #13 could have worked, but the finished product just never quite gels. As a return to the main narrative, it's a bit of a let down. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Teen Titans (2011) #16
Jan 30, 2013 |
Ultimately, "Teen Titans" #16 isn't a bad comic, but it's a slightly forgettable one. The stakes never feel high, and even the eventual reveal by the Joker of characters connected to Red Robin and the Red Hood feels curiously muted, perhaps because they aren't ones we've spent any time with in the current continuity. I understand that it can be tough to work with someone else's story, and that's what "Teen Titans" #16 feels like. All parties put in a good enough effort, but the energy from earlier issues isn't here either. As much as I love "Batman" these days, I suspect I won't be the only one glad to see "Teen Titans" clear of this storyline soon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Teen Titans (2011) #22
Jul 29, 2013 |
Ever since "The Culling" storyline it's felt like "Teen Titans" has been grasping for a direction, even as it avoids the most obvious and perhaps easy one. The problem is, in trying to make "Teen Titans" different it feels like Lobdell's thrown out what can make a team work. Namely, having it feel like an actual team of interesting characters. With at least one origin on the horizon, hopefully this is about to change. But all in all, this is a comic that needs to pull itself together quickly, before too much damage is done. Something needs to be done before readers give up. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
0
|
Teen Titans (2011) #23.1
Sep 12, 2013 |
I expected "Teen Titans" #23.1 to be a fun comic, but there is nothing fun about this issue from start to finish. It's not engaging, it's not interesting, and it's more than a little nasty. I don't consider myself a prude or squeamish, but "Teen Titans" #23.1 is not a comic I would recommend to anyone, ever. This is, in the end, truly pointless. Let's just pretend it never happened. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
2
|
Teen Titans (2011) #27
Feb 3, 2014 |
Lobdell's narration for "Teen Titans" #27 explains the idea of the team early on and then notes, "It can be argued, lately, they've lost the plot." Truer words were never written. This title, pre-"The Harvest," was fun. Hopefully a new creative team can come along later this year and find that once more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Teen Titans (2014) | 3 issues |
7
|
Teen Titans (2014) #3
Oct 16, 2014 |
I'm not a fan of renumbering a book for the sake of renumbering it, but after the crash and burn of the last series, it's nice to see that "Teen Titans" is getting a proper second chance. "Teen Titans" #3 continues a strong run from Pfeifer and Rocafort, and hopefully the duo will be sticking around for a while. It's a pleasure to have this book genuinely fun once more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Teen Titans (2014) #6
Jan 21, 2015 |
"Teen Titans" #6 is still a massive improvement over the previous series, but it's a shame that the main storyline isn't that interesting. With Power Girl now on board and some of the other solid subplots like Raven's admirers or the army of Wonder Girls, I have high hopes that the book can kick into high gear before long. Right now, it looks promising. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Teen Titans (2014) #18
Mar 28, 2016 |
Pak's stay on "Teen Titans" is temporary, and that's too bad. While this particular chapter isn't as strong as the previous one, it shows a certain knowledge of the Titans and how they tick. Hopefully, this series can gain some stability with the new creators coming on board as part of "Rebirth"; this storyline certainly gives the impression that someone higher up wants "Teen Titans" to be a little more streamlined, and it's certainly moving in that direction. That gives one hope, if nothing else. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles Micro-Series | 1 issues |
7
|
Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles Micro-Series #3
Mar 1, 2012 |
"Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles Micro-Series" #3 is a slightly fluffy comic, but it's also the first one of these three one-shots that I also found myself enjoying the most. I've given up on there being a bit more of a punch to these (which is a shame), but as popcorn entertainment it's fun. If you're looking for an extra "Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles" helping this month, it's worth your time. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Ten Grand | 2 issues |
8
|
Ten Grand #2
Jun 6, 2013 |
"Ten Grand" #2 is another successful comic from Straczynski and Templesmith, and I have to hand it to them for giving their readers everything they wanted and then somehow more. With the doubts and surprises that have been added into the book, I feel like this is a comic that I'm into for the long haul. "Ten Grand" is definitely one of the big debuts for 2013. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Ten Grand #5
Nov 11, 2013 |
"Ten Grand" #5 definitely weathered the shift in artist, and to that I give the comic great props. Hopefully now that it's behind us, the book will pick up the pace with Joe firmly in the afterlife. If story and art can get back into sync again, it'll be the "Ten Grand" that I've come to love. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Terra | 1 issues |
7
|
Terra #1
Nov 7, 2008 |
"Terra" #1 is a strong start to this mini-series. Was it worth the wait? I certainly think so. If the remaining issues are as good, I hope a follow-up monthly series doesn't take as long to show up. It's hard to bring a brand-new character into their own book these days, but Gray, Palmiotti, and Conner make it look positively easy. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Thanos Imperative | 2 issues |
8
|
Thanos Imperative #2
Jul 17, 2010 |
Marvel's cosmic books are probably the best books you're not reading by the company right now. They may be down to just this one mini-series, but it's well worth your while. I'm not a big fan of resurrecting dead characters just for a little shock value; with that in mind, so far "The Thanos Imperative" has convinced me that bringing Thanos back from the dead was a great storytelling decision. Clearly, they're doing something right, here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Thanos Imperative #6
Nov 11, 2010 |
"The Thanos Imperative" #6 is a textbook example of how to finish up an "event" mini-series. Abnett, Lanning, and Sepulveda deliver on all counts, and I left feeling like this was money well spent. If we're going to have to wrap up these books for a while, this was the way to do it. Good job, everyone. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Thanos Imperative: Ignition | 1 issues |
7
|
Thanos Imperative: Ignition #1
Jun 1, 2010 |
"The Thanos Imperative: Ignition" is a good introduction to the six-issue mini-series that starts in June, and for now it's a nice substitute for the other cosmic titles that it's displaced. (It's actually a little nice to only have one book to worry about in order to get the entire story.) Hopefully it'll end up bringing in new readers that can help support an eventual return of the other books; if not, well, a series of mini-series as fun as this will work just fine, too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
The Answer! | 1 issues |
7
|
The Answer! #2
Mar 4, 2013 |
"The Answer!" #2 is a fun comic; Hopeless and Norton work well together, both in the co-plotting as well as the division of labor between scripting and drawing. At this point I'm definitely on board for the remaining two issues, and am already hoping for more down the line. It's a fun, smart little superhero comic; definitely worth taking a look at for fans of the genre. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
The Autumnlands | 1 issues |
8
|
The Autumnlands #3
Jan 26, 2015 |
"The Autumnlands: Tooth & Claw" #3 continues to tell its story quite well and, while I'd be shocked that people hadn't already been hooked after the first two issues, this clinches that being the case. Here's hoping we can journey through the Autumnlands for quite some time to come. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
The Avenging Spider-Man | 1 issues |
6
|
The Avenging Spider-Man #2
Dec 7, 2011 |
"Avenging Spider-Man" #2 is nice, but it's also the sort of comic that you'll read at a rather rapid pace. It has some beautiful art, but I wish that Wells had stepped up the plotting to go with it. Wells has shown on other books that he's capable of long-term, fuller plotting; hopefully we can get some here before long. At $3.99 an issue, pretty art or not, I'd like a story that's a little more substantial. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
The Best of Simon and Kirby | 1 issues |
8
|
The Best of Simon and Kirby #1
Jun 7, 2009 |
I feel a little bad that I've been so unfamiliar with just how many different titles Simon and Kirby collaborated on, but I've seen the error of my ways. With high production values and great interiors, this is a book for any serious lover of comics to have proudly placed on their bookshelf. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
The Black Beetle | 1 issues |
9
|
The Black Beetle #2
Feb 22, 2013 |
Every time you read "The Black Beetle: No Way Out" #2, you'll notice a little something extra that might have slipped past you the first time. It was on the third or fourth time through myself that I realized the truth: I'm hooked. Any doubts I had before have been dashed; Francavilla's not just an excellent comic artist, he's a great comic creator in general. Here's to a lot more of "The Black Beetle" in the months and years to come. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
The Calling: Cthulhu Chronicles | 1 issues |
7
|
The Calling: Cthulhu Chronicles #2
Aug 11, 2010 |
"The Calling: Cthulhu Chronicles" is trying to bring the scary back into comics, and I appreciate that. The script is stronger than the art, but now that it's at the halfway point I'll definitely stick around for the second half. Creepy cultists and mysterious figures that you can only see when it's too late? That's exactly what I signed up for here, and it's delivering. Fun stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
The Chilling Adventures of Sabrina | 1 issues |
8
|
The Chilling Adventures of Sabrina #2
Apr 16, 2015 |
Between "Chilling Adventures of Sabrina" and "Afterlife with Archie," Archie Comics has created a surprisingly successful little horror sub-imprint within the greater confines of the company. If you'd told me a year ago that there would be a dark horror rendition of the classic Sabrina Spellman character and that I'd eagerly await new issues of it, the response would have almost certainly been a hearty laugh. The reality is that Aguirre-Sacasa and Hack have created a horror comic that would work well even if it wasn't attached to the iconic "Sabrina." The fact that it is -- and that they integrate all of the classic "Sabrina" comic characters -- makes for an added bonus. This works not just because of the concept, but rather because of the strong execution. There's always room in my world for cute and perky Archie Comics but, when it comes to "Chilling Adventures of Sabrina," I'm ready for more horror, please. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
2.0
|
The Covenant | 1 issues |
2
|
The Covenant #1
Jun 8, 2015 |
I appreciate that Liefeld wanted a historical epic comic book, and it's nice that he, Hovak and Image Comics were willing to give it a try. Unfortunately, their ambition has outreached their skills; it's just not clicking, either in writing or in art. It's a good idea, but the execution sadly lets it down. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
The Creep | 1 issues |
9
|
The Creep #2
Oct 15, 2012 |
With "The Creep" Arcudi and Case have created a compelling detective story that grabs you. Each new installment just gets stronger, and if anything it just makes the wait that much more frustrating. This is an excellent comic that you should be reading; if you haven't seen it up until now, take a look for yourself. You won't be disappointed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
The Death-Defying Doctor Mirage | 1 issues |
6
|
The Death-Defying Doctor Mirage #2
Oct 13, 2014 |
"The Death-Defying Doctor Mirage" #2 is all right, but with such a strong legacy from the original series in the '90s, one wants this mini-series to be great. Hopefully as the series gets further in, everything will warm up enough to fully embrace what Van Meter and De La Torre are creating here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
The Discipline | 1 issues |
6
|
The Discipline #1
Mar 2, 2016 |
"The Discipline" #1 is off to a slightly average and predictable start, and that's a little frustrating, as Milligan is not only known for his off-beat and interesting ideas, but his work with Fernandez on "The Names" too. With any luck, future issues will play up on the elements hinted in this first issue, which will make "The Discipline" different from other types of stories. For now, however, those bits are too small to really stand out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
The Double Life of Miranda Turner | 1 issues |
9
|
The Double Life of Miranda Turner #1
Oct 30, 2013 |
"The Second Life of Miranda Turner" #1 is a real winner. Read it for the crazy heroics, the hinted-at fully-developed backstory, the gorgeous art, or even just the warm affection between sisters Miranda and Lindy. Monkeybrain Comics has picked up another winner of a series in the form of "The Second Life of Miranda Turner." At just $0.99, it's not only a bargain, it's a must-buy. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.3
|
The Fade Out | 3 issues |
10
|
The Fade Out #1
Aug 20, 2014 |
"The Fade Out" is a killer comic, thanks to Brubaker and Phillips. After reading this issue, you'll wish that every new series had such a strong debut. Wherever this crime noir goes next, I'll be eagerly following. A fantastic job from start to finish. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
The Fade Out #8
Aug 10, 2015 |
"The Fade Out" #8 is yet another twisty, intricate, keeps-you-guessing issue, and Brubaker and Phillips don't show any signs of stopping. Where is the book going next? I don't think anyone knows but them, but it's going to be a lot of fun getting there. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
10
|
The Fade Out #12
Jan 7, 2016 |
Some people will be startled by the conclusion of "The Fade Out" #12, if only because there is no gentle, proverbial fade out as it all quietly winds down. Here, we get a sudden jump to black as it concludes, leaving us with just our thoughts -- and that's the way it should be. It's been one hell of a ride and, as always, I know I'll be there for whatever Brubaker and Phillips do next. I'm the rest of "The Fade Out's" readers will, as well. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
10
|
The Fix | 1 issues |
10
|
The Fix #2
May 12, 2016 |
From start to finish, every element of "The Fix" #2 is wonderful. As much as I loved Spencer and Lieber's hilarious collaboration on "The Superior Foes of Spider-Man" series, this is a thousand times better. Their original creation is a riot, and every single page delivers. Buy this book; then, buy some extra copies for your friends. They'll thank you for hooking them on a comic that's a shoe-in for a "Best New Series" award nomination for 2016. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
The Fury of Firestorm: The Nuclear Men | 3 issues |
3
|
The Fury of Firestorm: The Nuclear Men #2
Oct 27, 2011 |
Based on its pedigree of creators, "The Fury of Firestorm: The Nuclear Men" should have been a blast. Instead, it feels like a muddled mess that has lost sight of pacing, and isn't making characters at least interesting to read about, if not actually likable. Fans of Firestorm have been lobbying for a strong book starring Ronnie Raymond ever since the character was killed off in "Identity Crisis." Alas, Raymond fans, it looks like you're going to have to wait a while longer to get that good comic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
The Fury of Firestorm: The Nuclear Men #14
Nov 29, 2012 |
"The Fury of Firestorm: The Nuclear Man" #14 is a nice book, which is already an improvement from what came before. It's not yet quite an exciting book, though, which needs to be the next step. Still, stepping forward to a good middle-of-the-road position is the direction this comic needs to head in so that it can survive. Hopefully it's not too little too late. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
The Fury of Firestorm: The Nuclear Men #17
Mar 4, 2013 |
"The Fury of Firestorm: The Nuclear Man" is a title that's coming to an end shortly, and if #17 is any indication, it's a title that is ready for retirement. With so many creators coming on and off the title over the past year and a half, the only thing that's seemed particularly clear is that a particularly engaging comic starring Firestorm is harder to make than one might think. Until someone can come up with that comic, though, I think Firestorm is best suited to guest-starring in other people's titles. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
The Fuse | 1 issues |
7
|
The Fuse #2
Mar 24, 2014 |
Overall, I'm enjoying "The Fuse" a lot. Johnston and Greenwood's diverse future feels well thought-out in its depiction of the world, but doesn't lose track of telling a story either. If you're looking for science-fiction or crime procedural, you'll probably like this comic. If you're looking for both, well, you might have just hit the jackpot. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
The Incredibles: Family Matters | 1 issues |
7
|
The Incredibles: Family Matters #1
Mar 30, 2009 |
"The Incredibles: Family Matters" #1 is a nice start to the mini-series. When it's all said and done, it put a smile to my face; partially out of nostalgia for the movie, partially for what Waid and Takara did themselves. I'd say it's definitely a successful debut, and those who liked the movie will definitely want to pick up more issues. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
The Kitchen | 1 issues |
7
|
The Kitchen #2
Dec 19, 2014 |
"The Kitchen" #2 is a good comic, and I'm still quite curious on where it's going next. But after a slightly stronger debut, this familiarity for the second issue is a tiny bit disappointing. Here's hoping that the exposition is fully over at this point, and we can start seeing the comic move ahead with the same strength of that first issue once more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
The Legend of Luther Strode | 3 issues |
7
|
The Legend of Luther Strode #1
Dec 10, 2012 |
"The Legend of Luther Strode" #1 is getting the mini-series just started right here, but it's off to a strong beginning. Now that the set-up is over, there's no doubt in my mind that we're in for another crazy ride. If you liked "The Strange Talent of Luther Strode" (now available in a collected edition, for that matter) you'll almost certainly like "The Legend of Luther Strode" #1, too. If you haven't read any of these comics, now is a great time to begin. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
The Legend of Luther Strode #4
Apr 1, 2013 |
"The Legend of Luther Strode" #4 is a comic that shows us a story in transition. Will it draw new readers in in the way that the original mini-series did? Honestly, I don't think so. It's not quite the gateway "you must read this" comic as the first time around. For those who are reading, though, I think this is ultimately going to prove to be quite satisfying once everything wraps up. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
The Legend of Luther Strode #6
Aug 12, 2013 |
Read as the conclusion to "The Legend of Luther Strode," this issue serves up a good conclusion and provides a satisfying wrap-up of everything we've seen. As the final chapter in the second of three volumes, though, I feel like it's even better. Everything is well-positioned for next year's "The Legacy of Luther Strode," and it makes me look forward to how Jordan and Moore with bring it all to a close. Until then, it's definitely worth taking a look at the progression through all six issues of "The Legend of Luther Strode." I'd say it all comes together in a way that makes the serial format work; it's nice to see that chapter-by-chapter pacing succeed so well. Good times. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
The Legend of Wonder Woman | 1 issues |
8
|
The Legend of Wonder Woman #1
Jan 14, 2016 |
"The Legend of Wonder Woman" #1 is an excellent start to this series. It's easy to see why this DC Digital First series warrants a print release; this is an inviting comic that should be able to serve a wide audience interested in the character. De Liz and Dillion provide a strong reintroduction of Wonder Woman to the general public as well as seasoned readers, and I'm already eager to see what happens next. De Liz and Dillion breathe new life into an old tale with "The Legend of Wonder Woman" #1. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
The Marvels Project | 2 issues |
7
|
The Marvels Project #5
Jan 19, 2010 |
"The Marvels Project" is the kind of book that I think is going to benefit greatly from being re-read all at once. While I'm enjoying it serialized every month, I think it's going to be great fun to go back through and watch how all the different plot threads and characters intersect and weave together to form a unified whole. Until then, though, it's a nice experience revisiting the Marvel Universe from 70 years ago. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
The Marvels Project #7
Mar 28, 2010 |
"The Marvels Project" has been an interesting ride, and I'm sorry to see it almost at an end. If you've read and enjoyed "Captain America," you really should be reading this series too. While there is some oddness to the nature of it being a prequel to a large historical event (to say nothing of the reminder that in the Marvel Universe there are Atlantean warriors running around with Nazi regalia on), on the whole it's a nice addition to your bookshelf. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
The Massive | 1 issues |
9
|
The Massive #2
Jul 11, 2012 |
"The Massive" is an impressive series, and we're only two issues (and three short stories in "Dark Horse Presents" giving some pre-Crash origins of some of the characters) into its run. If you aren't reading "The Massive" yet, I wholeheartedly recommend it. With titles like "MIND MGMT" and "The Massive," Dark Horse has lined up some great new ongoing series. "The Massive" doesn't just introduce you to a dangerous future, it drops you in feet-first and lets you try and swim for safety. Definitely check this series out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
The Mercenary Sea | 1 issues |
6
|
The Mercenary Sea #1
Feb 12, 2014 |
"The Mercenary Sea" #1 has a lot of promise, and based on this first issue I'll be back for more. It's a good debut, and with a little work that can shift from "good" to "great." These are two talented creators, and given time, they could be powerhouses. All in all, a pleasant start. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
The Mighty | 2 issues |
8
|
The Mighty #1
Feb 6, 2009 |
I have a bad feeling that "The Mighty" is going to sink without a trace; released with very little publicity, unconnected to any other comic, the prospects for it in this market aren't promising. At the same time, I really hope it does succeed because this was a great first issue and I want to see more. If you haven't checked it out, please do. I think you'll be really pleased. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
The Mighty #6
Jul 6, 2009 |
"The Mighty" is a thoroughly enjoyable book that, I suspect, no one but critics are reading. The thing is, it's easily one of the top ten books DC Comics is publishing right now. Please, please, please, pick up an issue and try it out. I really want to see it continue and become a bonafide hit. It's strong and good enough to be one. You'll love it, I promise. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
The Mighty Thor | 1 issues |
7
|
The Mighty Thor #5
Sep 3, 2011 |
This is a good enough issue of "Mighty Thor," but like the rest of Fraction's run on both this title and "Thor," it's one that's going to read much better in a collected form. Here, it just paces out a bit too slow for me to be as enthusiastic as I'd otherwise feel. The pieces are good, but the completed saga will be great. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.5
|
The Mighty Thor (2015) | 2 issues |
6
|
The Mighty Thor (2015) #2
Dec 21, 2015 |
The story itself -- which sets up Thor and Loki's involvement in the War of the Elves -- is little more than a minor transition, but that doesn't matter when the book looks this good. With a strong setup for "The Mighty Thor" #3 now in place, Aaron's mostly unmemorable script is forgivable because the book is an artistic powerhouse. If only all superhero comics were this pretty to look at. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
The Mighty Thor (2015) #5
Mar 14, 2016 |
"The Mighty Thor" #5 is a downer of a way to wrap up a story arc, but -- if nothing else -- it will make the eventual victories that much sweeter. For now, though, it's a solid and above-average conclusion, and I'm looking forward to future installments. All-in-all, a good job. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
The Mighty Zodiac | 1 issues |
6
|
The Mighty Zodiac #1
Apr 11, 2016 |
"The Mighty Zodiac" #1 has a ton of potential, but it doesn't rise up past a flat average for the moment. I had a lot of high hopes for this new comic, and -- while it's not bad -- it should also be a lot more gripping right off the bat. Torres and Howell's second issue may smooth things out, but I wish that "The Mighty Zodiac" #1 had made a more mighty first impression. An average-strength zodiac just isn't quite as noteworthy. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
The Multiversity | 1 issues |
8
|
The Multiversity #2
Apr 29, 2015 |
Even with these flaws, "The Multiversity" #2 is still a very good comic, just not an overwhelmingly great one. With any other creative team, this would be jaw-dropping. From people as talented as Morrison and Reis, it's merely strong. Hopefully, we will see some follow-ups from Morrison down the line and this isn't really his final word on these subjects. He's left himself room to tell further stories in this vein, after all, and there's so much potential untapped. "The Multiversity" #2 is ultimately a comic that doesn't quite extend its full reach as much as one would hope, but what it does accomplish results in a satisfying conclusion. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
The Multiversity One Shot | 3 issues |
10
|
The Multiversity: Ultra Comics #1
Mar 25, 2015 |
"The Multiversity: Ultra Comics" #1 is the oddest portion of "The Multiversity" to date, but it's also quite possibly the best. Is it a trap? Absolutely. When the book is over, loop back to the start and follow Ultra's path again. Each time through, you'll notice something different, something telling. Morrison, Mahnke and company should be proud of what they've created here; their "living comic book" does, indeed, have a great deal of life in its pages. Highly recommended. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
The Multiversity: Thunderworld Adventures #1
Dec 18, 2014 |
"The Multiversity: Thunderworld Adventures" #1 has a tenuous connection to the rest of "The Multiversity" comics, and that's a good thing. (You'll see the through-lines here and there, from the other multiverse Sivanas to the copy of the S.O.S. comic.) I don't want to see the Captain Marvel family going up against grim-and-gritty characters. I just want them to have exciting, joyous adventures like we got here. With contemporary jokes like Billy Batson's reporting running up against child labor laws, this feels classic yet modern. If there's any way to convince Morrison to write a "Thunderworld Adventures" ongoing, well, I know I'd buy it. If nothing else, Morrison and Stewart have given us a pretty-near pitch-perfect comic that shows us how viable these characters are. Post-"Convergence," maybe we'll get lucky with a return to Thunderworld. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
The Multiversity: The Just #1
Oct 22, 2014 |
"The Multiversity: The Just" #1 is a comic that takes known themes and makes them feel engaging and different even while going through familiar paces. For a series that is primarily a series of one-shots, "The Multiversity" is continuing to come across as interesting and fun, and those who have enjoyed the comic up until now will find no reason to turn away after "The Just." Morrison and Oliver work well together in "The Multiversity: The Just" and this will make you want to see another collaboration from the duo, and soon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.5
|
The Muppet Show | 2 issues |
9
|
The Muppet Show #3
Mar 13, 2010 |
Langridge draws the characters here in a way that is instantly recognizable even as it also maintains his own style of art. It's light and humorous; the way he draws a character's eyes widening out of surprise is hysterical, and the opening two-page splash of the character zooming back to the theatre in the bus is worthy of a poster. Peppered with sight gags in the backgrounds even as he continues to bring the world of the Muppets to life, this is a fine looking book. If you've ever been a fan of "The Muppet Show" you owe it to yourself to give this comic a try. And if you've never experienced "The Muppet Show," well, this is a great way to find out for yourself why it has such a strong following. It's hard to find a funnier comic on the market than "The Muppet Show." |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
10
|
The Muppet Show #9
Aug 26, 2010 |
So few "all-ages" books are really for all ages, but "Muppet Show" is one of the exceptions to that rule. I suspect just as many adults as kids read the book, and with good reason. So long as Langridge is in charge of "Muppet Show" I am most cheerfully on board too. This is a great, great comic book. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
The Mystic Hands of Doctor Strange | 1 issues |
4
|
The Mystic Hands of Doctor Strange #1
Mar 14, 2010 |
It's odd, really. Gillen, Milligan, McKeever, and Carey are all capable of writing mystical-themed stories with great success; "Phonogram," "Hellblazer," "Metropol," and "Lucifer" all being prime examples. So why did none of these stories work? Your guess is as good as mine. I have come to one conclusion this year, though; reading "Doctor Strange" comics is always going to spell disappointment sooner or later. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
The Names | 1 issues |
7
|
The Names #3
Nov 10, 2014 |
"The Names" #3 is another good installment in a strong mini-series; with two-thirds still to come, I feel like the sky's the limit. If Milligan and Fernandez can keep this up, we're going to have a real winner. In the meantime, though, I hope that more people start buying and talking about this comic. It's too fun to be ignored. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
The New 52: Futures End | 5 issues |
3
|
The New 52: Futures End #2
May 15, 2014 |
Because this is a book that has involved time travel right from the get-go, it's hard to get too worried about the timeline portrayed in "Futures End." If anything, it all but promises some sort of intervention that wipes out some or all of the events of this comic. Right now, this is a series that could have just as easily been titled, "Fear the Future." If I was a character in the DC Universe, after reading this comic, I know I sure would. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
The New 52: Futures End #10
Jul 10, 2014 |
"New 52: Futures End" #10 is a solid issue, and one that shows the level of improvement that the series has gone through. Ultimately, that's a good sign. With this group of creators, I feel like they've found their footing, and made this series one that's starting to provoke some real interest. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
The New 52: Futures End #14
Aug 8, 2014 |
Some fans will get a little excited at the glimpses of "Earth 2" characters in the final pages of "New 52: Futures End" but it's not enough of a lure to make this comic come together. Some issues of "New 52: Futures End" I've enjoyed, and others make me wonder why I'm continuing to check in on the series. Sadly, #14 falls into the latter camp. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
The New 52: Futures End #24
Oct 17, 2014 |
In the end, we've got some very nice art (having artists like Merino, Cully Hamner and Patrick Zircher draw issues of this series has been a real delight), and a chance to check in on characters that we haven't seen in a bit. But some of these storylines need to wrap up soon, if only so that the remaining ones can start to gain a little strength and momentum. This is no "Countdown to Final Crisis," but it's no "52" or "Trinity" or "Batman Eternal," either. For a series set in the future threatening Armageddon, the lack of urgency is hard to ignore. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
The New 52: Futures End #35
Jan 2, 2015 |
"New 52: Futures End" #35 is certainly one of the better issues of the series to date, but with that in mind, it could have been a lot better. Will people looking for a new comic this week find this entrancing enough to stick around for the remainder of the series? It's hard to say. If they're fans of Firestorm, this could be a tipping point. Otherwise, this is for existing readers to enjoy. The good news is that, for them, this is definitely an installment they can get behind. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
The New Deadwardians | 1 issues |
8
|
The New Deadwardians #3
May 31, 2012 |
"The New Deadwardians" #3 continues the high level of quality that the first two issues began. This comic might be just an 8-issue mini-series, but hopefully it's the first of many. There's enough story potential here to go on for a long time to come. Even if this is all we get, though, I'm along for the ride. Who knew zombies and vampires could be fun and inventive again? |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
The New Mutants Forever | 2 issues |
7
|
The New Mutants Forever #1
Aug 10, 2010 |
The one thing "New Mutants Forever" #1 doesn't seem to even try to do is ease in new readers, but I suppose they're not the target audience in the slightest. Don't remember what happened to the other members? Too bad. (I do like to think the Hellfire Club wouldn't have drawn big red Xs over their faces, though.) Not entirely sure why they're all upset? No time for more than the briefest of answers. This is a mini-series aimed squarely at people who remember reading "New Mutants" #54, after all. And for that audience? I think it's doing just fine. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
The New Mutants Forever #5
Dec 16, 2010 |
"New Mutants Forever" was initially a nice walk down memory lane for people who still remember the old run on "New Mutants" from Chris Claremont, Bob McLeod, Bill Sienkiewicz, and company. This ending, though, is such a disappointment that I find myself no longer hoping for a follow-up. Maybe Claremont had hoped for more issues, and had to wind things down in a hurry. I like to think he still could have done something better than this, though. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
The Private Eye | 1 issues |
8
|
The Private Eye #1
Mar 19, 2013 |
Still, a slight stumble aside, "The Private Eye" #1 is an excellent debut from Vaughan and Martin. It's been a few years since the duo worked together on their "Doctor Strange" mini-series, and it's fun to see them reunited on a project that they've built from the ground up. You should absolutely check this out; after all, you can give as much or as little money as you want. Myself? I know I'll be back to buy the second issue. Definitely give this comic a try. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
The Ray | 1 issues |
7
|
The Ray #3
Feb 23, 2012 |
"The Ray" #3 is a good comic but I must admit I'm a little sad to see the previous two issues' whimsy set aside. Hopefully it'll return for the conclusion next month, because it definitely set "The Ray" apart from just another superhero comic -- because while it's a good superhero comic, it's great when it goes for the more offbeat style. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
The Sandman Overture | 3 issues |
9
|
The Sandman Overture #3
Jul 31, 2014 |
From giants hanging onto the roots of the world, to armies of beetles, or a depressed being of light's panels being stripped of all colors, "The Sandman: Overture" #3 takes its storytelling needs quite seriously, without being strictly serious. This comic is full of flights of whimsy, dangerously grim moments and beautiful inventive set pieces. It's a real pleasure to read "The Sandman: Overture," and this issue is no exception. Once again, well done. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
The Sandman Overture #5
Jun 1, 2015 |
When it's all said and done, few people will even remember the serialization of "The Sandman: Overture," as its readership expands substantially through the collected edition. There's also no doubt that the book is much better suited for that format, too; that said, though, the serialized format is all we have to judge it by for the time being. Thanks to some interesting ideas and some amazing art, it's still well above average and worth reading. However, it's also not quite as dazzlingly amazing as when it initially debuted. Hopefully, some of that wonder will finally reappear in the final issue, whenever that might be. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
10
|
The Sandman Overture #6
Sep 30, 2015 |
"The Sandman: Overture" #6 is a comic that's just stronger and stronger with every re-read. From a perfect mimicry of Dream's capture in "The Sandman" #1 to the cat version of Dream's importance to the story, there are so many little bonuses strewn throughout the comic it would be easy to simply sit back and list them. In the end, "The Sandman: Overture" #6 is a celebration of the series that enchanted so many readers as well as a thoroughly-enjoyable new chapter to complement rather than recreate those comics. Gaiman, Williams, Stewart and Klein should be proud of what they've created here; when revisiting an old property, it would be a dream come true if all attempts were this strong. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
The Savage Axe of Ares | 1 issues |
8
|
The Savage Axe of Ares #1
Apr 16, 2010 |
"The Savage Axe of Ares" is a fun throwback to the '70s; there's even a brief prose story by Duane Swierczynski and Leonardo Manco to round out the title. Marvel's return to this old black and white anthology format has had its ups and downs, but "The Savage Axe of Ares" is definitely an up. This is good old fashioned violent fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
The Saviors | 1 issues |
6
|
The Saviors #2
Feb 3, 2014 |
"The Saviors" #2 is a fun second installment, and enough to seal the desire to stick around to see what happens next. This is a fun story and a good looking book to boot. With the exposition out of the way for now, the next issue should be able to move at a faster clip. Consider me sold. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
The Secret History of D.B.Cooper | 1 issues |
7
|
The Secret History of D.B.Cooper #4
Jun 22, 2012 |
The biggest surprise for me, though, involves Cooper heading to a certain airport to have a rendezvous with destiny on Northwest Orient Airlines Flight 305. I hadn't realized that Churilla was going to head to this pivotal (and famous) moment in Cooper's life quite so quickly, and knowing now that it's on the horizon makes "The Secret History of D.B. Cooper" even more interesting. We all know that he's going to leap off the plane with money and a parachute, but in many ways I think a lot of us expected that to be near the end of the series. With the moment almost upon us, it makes the, "What really happened?" answer all the more full of possibilities. It's going to be a bumpy ride and this issue for me just sealed wanting to be on board for when it happens. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
The Secret Service | 1 issues |
4
|
The Secret Service #2
May 18, 2012 |
If I had to describe the general feeling of reading "Secret Service," it's that you're watching an incredibly predictable movie. With movie director Matthew Vaughn (whose credits include adapting Millar's "Kick-Ass" to the big screen) serving as a co-plotter, I can't help but think that it's not a surprise. "Secret Service" all but has the words "film property" stamped all over it, but in this case it's just not a terribly inventive film property. Still, this is a comic without a lot of Millar's normally overused tics, so for now I'll give him a begrudging nod of approval. I appreciate that he's trying something a little different than his regular fare, but it feels like he no longer knows how to get there save by stereotype -- a not-bad stereotype, but this book needs to bring in something a little more unexpected and fun, and soon. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.6
|
The Shade (2011) | 5 issues |
9
|
The Shade (2011) #1
Oct 12, 2011 |
"Shade" #1 is a glorious return to form, topped with a beautiful painted cover from Tony Haris, and a welcome trip back to the "Starman" corner of the DC Universe. I'm sure many will be trying to figure out how this fits into the new DC Universe, but honestly, it's so good that the response should be, "Who cares?" "Shade" #1 is fantastic, that's all you need to know, and we've still got 11 more issues. Bring them on. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
The Shade (2011) #3
Dec 14, 2011 |
We're a quarter of the way through "The Shade" now and I'm in love with this series as much as I was with "Starman" back in the day. We've still got great artists on deck (Darwyn Cooke for a "Times Past" story next month, and then Javier Pulido steps on board for #5-7) and Robinson is turning out some of his best scripts in a decade. This is a top-notch comic; if you haven't been reading it, now is a great time to catch up. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
The Shade (2011) #5
Feb 29, 2012 |
"The Shade" #5 is, once again, a strong issue from Robinson and his artistic collaborators. It's frustrating to see such a good comic not getting the sales attention it deserves (is everyone waiting for a hopefully-matching hardcover to go next to their "Starman Omnibus" volumes?), because even a slightly-slower issue of "The Shade" is still required reading in my world. It's not too late; check out "The Shade" for yourself. I don't think you'll be sorry. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
10
|
The Shade (2011) #8
May 17, 2012 |
Even if you aren't reading "The Shade" (and if not, shame on you), you might want to take a look at this issue to see what Thompson's been up to when we weren't paying attention. I suspect you'll be surprised, because no matter how good you already think she is, the reality is that now she's even better. Comics like "The Shade" #8 demonstrate just how great this medium can be. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
The Shade (2011) #9
Jun 13, 2012 |
"The Shade" has been a thoroughly enjoyable and high quality mini-series since its debut, and "The Shade" #9 continues that level of excellence. I'm looking forward to a collection of "The Shade" that can sit next to my "Starman Omnibus" volumes on my bookshelf (having it match would sure be nice, hint hint). "The Shade" is a series that you'll want to be able to sit down and read again and again. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.5
|
The Shaolin Cowboy: Who'll Stop the Reign? (2013) | 2 issues |
7
|
The Shaolin Cowboy: Who'll Stop the Reign? (2013) #1
Oct 9, 2013 |
The only downside to "Shaolin Cowboy" #1 was that things are just finally kicking into high gear when the issue comes to a close, but with more issues around the bend, readers should be in for a fun time. Hopefully sooner or later, we'll also see some collections of the original material -- and if so, I'd like to place my request now for an oversized hardcover edition, please. If there's an artist whose creation deserves to be seen that large, it's Darrow. Until then, though, I'll just keep staring at what we've got. It really is something else. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
2
|
The Shaolin Cowboy: Who'll Stop the Reign? (2013) #3
Dec 11, 2013 |
But still, in terms of selling this as anything but a series of portfolio pages, it's decidedly disappointing. There's no plot here whatsoever, no hook to make you want to keep reading. The mocking nature of the first page having a random pin-up model being drawn in the foreground with the action blasting away behind her felt like another shot across the bow about the lack of plot -- and of course, it just went downhill from there. I'm pretty sure I'm not the only person who turned the page and audibly groaned when discovering that more of the same. If Darrow's goal was to make sure that no one asks for "Shaolin Cowboy" ever again, then I suppose that this comic could be considered a success. Darrow's succeeded in chasing me away from the new "Shaolin Cowboy," even though there's only one issue to go. What a disappointment. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
10
|
The Sheriff Of Babylon | 1 issues |
10
|
The Sheriff Of Babylon #1
Dec 3, 2015 |
"Sheriff of Babylon" #1 is breathtaking. It's hard to look at the two-page splash that doubles as a credits page and not gasp at your first look at Baghdad. The crossed swords over the street, the burning buildings, the sepia color scheme washing over it all -- it's a real tour de force. King and Gerads have taken a modern event, given just enough time since its occurrence so that one can effectively create fiction set inside of it, and turned out a winner. And there are still seven more issues to go! In an ideal world, "Sheriff of Babylon" is going to win a lot of awards in the next year or two. Highly recommended. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
The Shield | 1 issues |
8
|
The Shield #1
Sep 15, 2009 |
"The Shield" #1 is a promising start to the series, although I must admit that I winced slightly at the surprise DC Universe guest-stars that showed up at the end of both of the features. Hopefully Trautmann and Jerwa can do something interesting with each of the guest-stars; I'll admit that as a cliffhanger both felt a little forced. Still, they both did a good enough job that I'm more than willing to be pleasantly surprised next month. And after all, they make me want to see another issue, so they're definitely on the right path. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.3
|
The Sixth Gun (2010) | 12 issues |
9
|
The Sixth Gun (2010) #1
May 2, 2010 |
I do wish that "The Sixth Gun" #2 was scheduled for June instead of July, but that's only because I don't want new readers to forget about the book. This is a great debut, and a smart way to do it. (And if your retailer runs out, well, there's a non-FCBD second printing of #1 also solicited for July alongside #2.) I'd have cheerfully paid full price for "The Sixth Gun" #1, and that's when you know you have a winner. Highly recommended. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
The Sixth Gun (2010) #2
Jul 13, 2010 |
"The Sixth Gun" had a top-notch debut issue, and this follow-up has assured me that it's a series I'll be reading for a good while. If you missed "The Sixth Gun" the first time, this is a rare second chance. Don't let it pass you by, this is great stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
The Sixth Gun (2010) #7
Dec 21, 2010 |
"The Sixth Gun" just keeps getting better, and this issue is no exception. Bunn and Hurtt have created a modern comic book classic for us to read, month after month. I love that I never know quite what to expect, other than it delivering a satisfying dose of entertainment. If you're not reading "The Sixth Gun" you're missing out on one of the best series of the year. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
The Sixth Gun (2010) #9
Feb 28, 2011 |
"The Sixth Gun" is a book that leaves nothing to chance; every piece of dialogue, every carefully drawn background, it's all meticulously crafted and presented to us as readers. "The Sixth Gun" is one of the top comic book series being published right now. If you're not reading it, you're missing out on a hell of a lot of fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
The Sixth Gun (2010) #14
Aug 31, 2011 |
"The Sixth Gun" is a consistently fantastic comic, and it's great to know that even if Hurtt takes a month off the level of quality isn't going to drop. I'm glad Hurtt's back with the next issue, but if he never needs another break, I hope Crook can fill in again. Just like with Hurtt, we've got a good rapport between Bunn and Crook, and we the readers are the clear winners. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
The Sixth Gun (2010) #18
Jan 26, 2012 |
"The Sixth Gun" is still impressing a year and a half later, and it genuinely pains me that more people aren't reading (and therefore loving) this series. "The Sixth Gun" is one of the best ongoing series being published right now, period. No matter what the genre you enjoy, you owe it to yourself to try "The Sixth Gun." |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
The Sixth Gun (2010) #21
Apr 18, 2012 |
"The Sixth Gun" is strong month in and month out and it's fun to see Bunn and Hurtt stretch themselves with a slight twist that still feels like a natural growth of the current story. "The Sixth Gun" is more than the best series you're not reading; it's one of the best series being published right now. Read this book, read this book, read this book. You'll thank me later. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
The Sixth Gun (2010) #24
Aug 29, 2012 |
"The Sixth Gun" #24 is just another great example of how a comic series should be. Bunn and Hurtt do another great job with "The Sixth Gun" #24, and I'm somehow even more excited about the series than ever. I don't know where it's heading, but I'm eager to stay on the ride. Once again, if you aren't reading, "The Sixth Gun," you need to fix that right away. Great, great stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
The Sixth Gun (2010) #28
Jan 30, 2013 |
It's no small wonder that the option to turn "The Sixth Gun" into a television series just got a pilot order; there's enough ideas packed into just the comic alone to fuel multiple years' worth of episodes. "The Sixth Gun" #28 is a great example of just that; brilliant ideas, fun plot twists and some beautiful art. Once again, Bunn and Hurtt have put together a fantastic comic. If you aren't reading "The Sixth Gun," you don't know what a good time you're missing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
The Sixth Gun (2010) #31
May 27, 2013 |
"The Sixth Gun" #31 is another fantastic issue in a great series. Bunn and Hurtt's collaboration is rapidly becoming the stuff of legend here; they've raised the bar on what it means to create a western/horror comic. Seriously, people; you need to read this comic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
The Sixth Gun (2010) #33
Aug 21, 2013 |
"The Sixth Gun" is always a fun comic, and #33 is no exception. And while long-time readers might rankle a bit at the exposition, there's no denying that it'll help new readers. If you're one of those new readers, now's your chance to see what you've been missing out on. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
The Sixth Gun (2010) #50
Jun 17, 2016 |
It was almost impossible not to see this conclusion coming. After all, Bunn and Hurtt have been moving the series towards this ending for a while now -- and yet, it's more than a touch bitter. I appreciate that they stuck to their guns, but this cataclysmic ending is hard to get too enthusiastic about. It's the story they wanted to tell and it's executed very well, but it's also an ending that won't encourage readers to return to it, unlike some earlier stories that had real moments of bleakness. It's the curse of a series that takes place in a universe forever tortured by the apocalypse that remakes it; the only proper ending won't necessarily be a happy one. Still, Bunn, Hurtt and Crabtree have wrapped up the series in style, and I'm glad I got to see this conclusion. "The Sixth Gun" always unleashes imaginative creations on its readers, and this issue was no exception. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
The Sixth Gun: Dust To Dust | 1 issues |
5
|
The Sixth Gun: Dust To Dust #1
Mar 16, 2015 |
I love "The Sixth Gun," but "The Sixth Gun: Dust to Dust" #1 is a comic by the numbers. I expect something a little more exciting and wondrous from both this series and the creators involved. In the end, it struggles to do anything out of the ordinary, and that's a real shame. In a difficult market, just-average simply can't cut it for long. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
The Sixth Gun: Sons of the Gun | 1 issues |
5
|
The Sixth Gun: Sons of the Gun #5
Jul 29, 2013 |
It's a shame that "The Sixth Gun: Sons of the Gun" #5 ends up the weakest issue of the mini-series, because the earlier issues were a bit more entertaining. "The Sixth Gun: Sons of the Gun" feels like a good idea that had some execution problems. Die-hard readers of "The Sixth Gun" (which remains one of my favorite ongoing series) will find something to like here, but if you've been curious about the series as a whole, this probably isn't the best jumping-on point. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
The Sixth Gun: Valley of Death | 1 issues |
6
|
The Sixth Gun: Valley of Death #1
Jun 8, 2015 |
"The Sixth Gun: Valley of Death" #1 is perfectly fine, although I must admit that -- at this point -- I'm a little more eager to see "The Sixth Gun" main series return for the big final storyline. Still, as a little side step, it works. It's not going to eclipse the primary title, but it's not going to shame it, either; this storyline, so far, fits in nicely. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
The Spirit Vol. 2 | 1 issues |
4
|
The Spirit Vol. 2 #2
May 22, 2010 |
After two issues of the new series of "The Spirit," the only thing that is standing out so far is Moritat's snazzy art. This is a series you want to like more, but it's yet to start firing on all cylinders. Maybe when David Hine takes over the writing position with #4 (plus upcoming back-ups involving creators like Michael Wm. Kaluta, Phil Winslade, and David Lapham), it'll all come together. For now, it's not quite there. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
The Strange Case of Mr. Hyde | 1 issues |
7
|
The Strange Case of Mr. Hyde #1
May 1, 2011 |
"The Strange Case of Mr. Hyde" is a solid first issue; where it goes from here, though, is anyone's guess. Still, Haddon and Corley give us enough to want to see more, and I'm entertained enough to want to stick around for the next chapter. If they can keep this initial momentum up, we'll have a winner. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.5
|
The Strange Talent of Luther Strode | 2 issues |
9
|
The Strange Talent of Luther Strode #2
Nov 2, 2011 |
"The Strange Talent of Luther Strode" is a third of the way over and I'm loving it. The overall villain hasn't even directly interacted with Luther yet and he's immensely disturbing (the apron is a nice touch), and I actually found myself worrying about Luther by the end of the comic. (Then I remembered he's a fictional character.) This is a gory, awesome, nasty, gripping, crazy, fun comic. It's by the kind of new voices that comics needs, an energetic infusion of raw talent. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
The Strange Talent of Luther Strode #5
Feb 1, 2012 |
"The Strange Talent of Luther Strode" #5 continues another strong installment in this debut series from Jordan and Moore. I don't know what they're going to do as a follow-up (either more "The Strange Talent of Luther Strode" or something entirely different), but based on this comic, it'll be well worth everyone's attention. Definitely one of the big surprise comic hits of 2011, and I'm sorry to see it already winding to a close. Fun and disturbing, just the right thing for a super-hero meets horror comic. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
The Terminator: 1984 | 1 issues |
7
|
The Terminator: 1984 #1
Sep 30, 2010 |
"The Terminator: 1984" #1 may really be #4 of an ongoing "Terminator" series, but Whedon and MacDonald did a good job of bringing me up to speed and making me feel welcome. For a comic based on a film that came out over a quarter of a century ago, Whedon and MacDonald are making "The Terminator" feel fresh and fun and new. I can't ask for much more than that. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
2.0
|
The Tomorrows | 1 issues |
2
|
The Tomorrows #1
Jul 13, 2015 |
"The Tomorrows" #1 has a lot of heart, but it just doesn't quite come together on the page. This is a book that I wanted to enjoy much more than I actually did. It tries but, ultimately, a little too hard to actually succeed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
The Totally Awesome Hulk | 2 issues |
7
|
The Totally Awesome Hulk #2
Jan 7, 2016 |
"Totally Awesome Hulk" #2 cements this new series as something fun. I don't know how long the Hulk will get to be totally awesome, but it's an adjective I approve of. If you'd like a light-hearted and fun take on superheroes, this is the place for you. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
The Totally Awesome Hulk #6
May 27, 2016 |
"Totally Awesome Hulk" #6 is a lot of fun, but it's hard to keep from seeing the missed opportunities that feel as though they were swept under the rug. I liked Pak and Choi's work here, but this is an instance where a little more space could have turned this from an above-average comic into a great comic. I'm still a fan of the series, but my expectations were a little higher than what we received this time around. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.5
|
The Twilight Children | 2 issues |
10
|
The Twilight Children #1
Oct 14, 2015 |
"The Twilight Children" #1 is an amazing first issue, one that will draw you in and make you eager for the remaining three issues. As part of Vertigo's big relaunch, it's not just good -- it's phenomenal. Hernandez, Cooke and Stewart need to collaborate more often; each creator brings out the best in the others. Simply amazing and highly recommended. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
The Twilight Children #3
Dec 14, 2015 |
"The Twilight Children" continues a monumental achievement by all creators involved. Hernandez, Cooke and Stewart have created a comic for the ages, with so many hooks just waiting to pull readers in. If they can stick the landing with next month's conclusion, this is going to become a must-have for everyone's shelves. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
The Umbrella Academy: Dallas | 2 issues |
8
|
The Umbrella Academy: Dallas #1
Nov 30, 2008 |
Last but not least, Gabriel Ba's art is lovely as always. From little kids in school uniforms fighting statues, to Rumor's confrontation with White Violin, he's able to nail everything needed in terms of visuals. Shots of Seance preening in front of a mirror or Rumor's facial contortions as she realizes the mental state that White Violin is in, both speak so loudly that Way doesn't need dialogue to explain exactly what's going on here. Ba's an amazingly talented artist and by the time the book gets to 00.05's fight against the attacking hordes, you know that he's the sort of person that can draw everything just spot-on perfect in Way's script. "The Umbrella Academy: Dallas" #1 (which as the inside cover points out, is for all intents and purposes "The Umbrella Academy" #7) is another great reminder of just how much fun the first mini-series was, and how this new one promises to be more of the same. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
The Umbrella Academy: Dallas #6
May 19, 2009 |
In many ways, "The Umbrella Academy: Dallas" really isn't a second mini-series, it's issues #7-12 of "The Umbrella Academy" as an ongoing series. This is some seriously top-notch and strange stuff, but it has such heart and punch to each story that I can't even imagine people not liking this comic. A recent interview with Way said that it'll be a little while until the next "The Umbrella Academy" story"due to his band My Chemical Romance recording its new album"but if that means I just have to re-read the twelve issues that are out until then, I'm ok with that. Seriously fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl | 1 issues |
7
|
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl #3
Mar 19, 2015 |
"The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl" #3 is deliberately silly but it knows exactly what it's aiming for. It's not setting the world on fire but it doesn't need to, either; it's Squirrel Girl, after all. North, Henderson and Renzi have just the right attitude to make this kind of comic succeed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) | 1 issues |
7
|
The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl (2015) #1
Oct 27, 2015 |
"The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl" #1 is silly as ever; after all, this is a book which manages to give us a sly wink to the fact that mutants are under a different media-rights contract than other Marvel characters in such a brash and ridiculous manner that it spotlights the backflips that Marvel goes through in the films. "The Unbeatable Squirrel Girl" is consistently fun; North and Henderson have created something suitably silly and well worth your time. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.4
|
The Unwritten | 7 issues |
9
|
The Unwritten #2
Jun 18, 2009 |
In a time where periodical comics are often being ignored in favor of waiting for the collected edition, Carey and Gross haven't forgotten how a strong periodical can keep people's interest. This is a serial that makes me want to read it monthly, because I just have to know what happens next. Now that's good stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
The Unwritten #11
Mar 11, 2010 |
"The Unwritten" has lots of tricks up its sleeve, and it's a joy to watch them get unveiled one at a time. Carey even isn't against a sly nod to the audience every now and then. At one point, Tom dryly notes that if he was Tommy, there was a certain object (now in Tom's possession) that Tommy finally picked up in the second book of his series. "The Unwritten" #11 closes out the second collection of this series; somehow, I don't think that's a coincidence. If you aren't reading "The Unwritten," you're missing a grand series about reading and imagination and everything creative. This is great stuff. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
10
|
The Unwritten #12
Apr 19, 2010 |
After twelve issues of "The Unwritten," this has easily become my favorite series running at Vertigo. Carey keeps pulling new and crazy ideas out of his back pocket, and when even a side step story can still have so much punch to it, well, that's a series that has fully realized its potential and then some. I'm absolutely adoring "The Unwritten" and this might be my favorite issue to date. Well done, everyone involved. If you aren't hooked after reading "The Unwritten" #12, I don't know what will. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
The Unwritten #18
Oct 14, 2010 |
"The Unwritten" is one of Vertigo's strongest series, and this issue is no exception to that rule. Mike Carey and Peter Gross have produced a tremendous hit, the kind of comic where you want to buy a new issue each month because you simply can't wait for the collection. If you aren't reading "The Unwritten" you really need to fix that problem right now. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
The Unwritten #23
Mar 19, 2011 |
"The Unwritten" ends its current storyline with a grim message about the nature of stories, and how "Happily ever after" is something that a book's hero can strive toward, but never truly achieve. It's a fate hanging over poor Tom Taylor's head, along with his friends who we last saw in some rather dire straits. Can Tom avoid his father's warning that happy endings are mythical? I'm looking forward to reading more of "The Unwritten" to find out, and issues like this are a good reminder why. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
The Unwritten #26
Jun 10, 2011 |
"The Unwritten" is the sort of comic where you come to depend on every aspect of it being strong, from Yuko Shimizu's beautiful covers to Todd Klein's careful lettering. At the same time, though, Carey and Gross throw enough curveballs into the mix that you can never get too complacent. "The Unwritten," month after month, never disappoints. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
The Unwritten #33.5
Jan 30, 2012 |
The idea behind "The Unwritten" .5 issues is solid, and the execution for #33.5 follows through. The best part is that even if you've never read "The Unwritten" before, this still stands quite nicely on its own as a horror comic. If you're reading "The Unwritten," don't think these are skippable. And if you aren't? It's a good place to begin. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
The Wake | 1 issues |
8
|
The Wake #1
May 29, 2013 |
"The Wake" #1 is a strong first issue, and with the basic set-up concluded, it promises to get even stronger in the issues to come. Where is this going? With even the title not offering on a definitive clue (the ceremony connected to a funeral, the act of waking up, or the track left behind in water by a moving body?), it's fun to try and guess what's ahead. Based on strictly what Snyder and Murphy offer up here, though, I'm pretty sure it's going to be a lot of fun. Let the thrill-ride begin. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
The Warlord | 1 issues |
6
|
The Warlord #1
Apr 9, 2009 |
"The Warlord" #1 isn't a bad debut, but (like so many first issues) it seems to stop before it quite gets moving. With the market not exactly in a boom of prosperity at the moment, I can't help but think that a stronger first issue is needed in order to survive. Hopefully this return of "The Warlord" will survive the transition to double-digit issue numbers, but it's going to need to be more than just good to do that. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.8
|
The Wicked + The Divine | 9 issues |
8
|
The Wicked + The Divine #6
Dec 18, 2014 |
There are so many lovely little touches throughout this comic; the sparkling on the envelope from Inanna, the amazing outfit that Inanna wears (and the glimpse into Inanna's past), the dangerous revelation delivered and Laura's next step that promises to kick "Fandemonium" into high gear. Are you ready for what's in store? You better be. "The Wicked + The Divine" #6 has great promise for what's still to come. In a year with lots of great new series, "The Wicked + The Divine" stands out as a must-read. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
The Wicked + The Divine #8
Mar 2, 2015 |
"The Wicked + The Divine" #8 is still a good, above-average comic. For a series that is normally great, however, this issue is definitely not quite as dazzling. Considering the purpose of this issue, though, it's more than understandable. Still, I'm looking forward to next issue not being set up quite this way, if only because more panels from Gillen, McKelvie and Wilson are always a good thing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
The Wicked + The Divine #10
May 11, 2015 |
"The Wicked + The Divine" #10 is another satisfying installment to a good series, and readers should be on proper tenterhooks for the conclusion to the story arc next issue. What's going to happen? Your guess, I suspect, is as good as mine. Gillen and McKelvie delight in pulling the rug out from under the readership, even as they do so in logical, reasonable ways. It's part of what makes "The Wicked + The Divine" so much fun. Here's to the conclusion and then the next story arcs to come. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
The Wicked + The Divine #12
Jul 1, 2015 |
Add in a one-pager drawn by McKelvie at the end of the issue, and it's the proverbial cherry on top of the sundae. "The Wicked + The Divine" #12 is tantalizing, in that it moves the storyline forward but also deliberately doesn't give us all of the answers we desire. It's a good start to "Commercial Suicide" and I think any fears that readers might have had about McKelvie taking six issues off to draw the next "Phonogram" miniseries should be assuaged now; he'll be missed, but the art is in good hands during his absence, if Brown is any indication of what's still to come. Once again, "The Wicked + The Divine" is divinely fun, but wicked in making us wait another month to find out what happens next. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
The Wicked + The Divine #14
Sep 10, 2015 |
Most comics couldn't and shouldn't try to pull this off. "The Wicked + The Divine" #14 is a smart and peculiar comic, one that has built up enough of a backlog of material at this point to make what could have easily been a flop into an actual hit. (If you'd told me that Gillen and McKelvie were going to remix earlier issues of their comics into a new one, though, I would have assumed it would be the music-themed "Phonogram," so all the more power to them for surprising everyone.) As eager as I am to see the main narrative move forward, this strange side-step was not only a pleasure, it was something that I wanted without even realizing it was an option. Nicely done. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
The Wicked + The Divine #15
Oct 16, 2015 |
"The Wicked + The Divine" #15 is definitely setting up some big moments to come; you can almost hear the thunder rumbling in the distance. As a transition issue, giving us the aftermath of Tara's death even as we learn a bit more about Amaterasu hits all of the moments well. In many ways, it feels like we're still at the tip of the proverbial iceberg, and you know what? That's fun, and it makes the wait for the next issue that much more exciting. Another above-average comic in a series that rarely disappoints. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
The Wicked + The Divine #17
Dec 16, 2015 |
With all that in mind, though, it's the final page of "The Wicked + The Divine" #17 that readers will be thinking about until the book returns in April. Considering that Gillen titles it "The Inevitable Cliffhanger," it's clear he and McKelvie know exactly what they're doing here, too. It's a startling little twist, one that potentially has been sitting in front of readers for months now without ever calling notice to itself. More importantly, after a very low-key final issue in this story arc, it's a smart way to rev up the readers and make them eager to see what happens next. I suspect it's going to work like a charm. It'll be a long wait for "The Wicked + The Divine" #18. Nicely played. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
The Wicked + The Divine #18
Apr 7, 2016 |
There's a lot of Persephone's story still be told, but Gillen and McKelvie tease out just enough that it's clear there's a lot more than meets the eye going on here. I have no idea where we're going next, but I'm dying to see. "The Wicked + The Divine" #18 is divinely fun, but it's wicked we have to wait a month for the next chapter. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
The Wicked + The Divine #20
Jun 10, 2016 |
"The Wicked + The Divine" #20 rewrites its own history and makes it even more intriguing and satisfying. That's no small feat, and Gillen and McKelvie remind us here that they've got a lot of tricks up their sleeves. I can't wait to find out more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
The Wonderful Wizard of Oz | 1 issues |
9
|
The Wonderful Wizard of Oz #2
Jan 20, 2009 |
When this adaptation is complete, I hope it's going to end up as a gift for a lot of readers; Shanower and Young just don't do Baum's book justice, they in some ways make it even better. I absolutely adore this adaptation, and give high marks for all involved. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
The Woods | 1 issues |
5
|
The Woods #3
Jul 7, 2014 |
"The Woods" #3 isn't bad, but I do feel like Tynion's cutting some corners with his characters in order to speed things up a bit. That's a bit of a shame; I'd rather see them move forward in the plot in a slightly more realistic, human manner. Keep the teenagers acting like teenagers, and I think we'll be well set. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Theseus and the Minotaur | 1 issues |
7
|
Theseus and the Minotaur #1
Aug 29, 2014 |
"Theseus and the Minotaur" is a great debut for Toon Graphics, and with two fall releases around the corner, I'm already dying to see what's next. For the younger reader in your life -- especially if he or she is as interested in Greek myths as I was at that age -- this will be a perfect birthday or holiday gift. Or heck, just buy it for them with no warning. They'll thank you. Just don't tell them that you read it first, before wrapping it up. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.6
|
Thief of Thieves | 7 issues |
8
|
Thief of Thieves #3
Apr 12, 2012 |
"Thief of Thieves" continues to impress three issues in, inviting in its relaxed nature. I'm sure other people would be delighted to hear that it's been picked up as a full television series, but so long as the comic book is around and feels this good, that's all that matters to me. If you aren't reading "Thief of Thieves," this is a good a time as any to fix that problem. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Thief of Thieves #6
Jul 5, 2012 |
The first "Thief of Thieves" storyline is about to wrap up, and at that point barring utter disaster next month I'd say that it's a success. A fun overall story with great snappy dialogue, and some gorgeous art. I've been sold since the first issue, but it's been a real pleasure to have the book maintain such a strong tenor since then. A good job from all involved. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Thief of Thieves #14
May 30, 2013 |
If you haven't picked up "Thief of Thieves" yet, I'd say it's well worth your time. I think it's the strongest of Kirkman's comics right now, and I appreciate that from one issue to the next, there's always a strong element of fun involved. (Even when there are scenes involving depressive drinking; it's not all smiles and giggles, to be fair.) "Thief of Thieves" #14 is a reminder that this book is very much on track, and it's a consistently enjoyable comic. That's a big thumbs up for me. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Thief of Thieves #16
Aug 21, 2013 |
"Thief of Thieves" #16 is another strong installment of a fun series. There are lots of little bits peppered throughout -- double-crosses, the increasingly dire situation that Augustus is in, and the big question on how Conrad's ex-wife is involved in it all -- and it sets everything up perfectly for the next chapter. "Thief of Thieves" continues to provide fun from start to finish. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Thief of Thieves #18
Dec 2, 2013 |
I'm not saying it's a perfect comic -- the secondary cast still feels light on characterization -- but it's a lot of fun. "Thief of Thieves" #18, and the series in general, is a thriller through-and-through, with nice little reveals and surprises waiting to pop up at just the right moments. With a fairly perfect sense of pacing in the writing and some great art, this is once again, a winner. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Thief of Thieves #20
Apr 25, 2014 |
It's nice to see "Thief of Thieves" back, doubly so with the promise that the production delays are now behind them. And with the end of this issue, I feel like the route is wide open now to do whatever they want. Whatever that is, I'm looking forward to the next chapter in order to find out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Thief of Thieves #30
Aug 28, 2015 |
"Thief of Thieves" #30 looks nice, and hopefully Diggle is leading the book fully back to Conrad and company actually doing something interesting. Right now, the book is going the long way around to regaining its mojo, and -- while I've stuck around long enough in the hope that it happens -- I'm starting to wonder when that'll finally happen. Here's hoping Conrad (and the book in general) gets his groove back ASAP. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.7
|
Thor (2007) | 3 issues |
7
|
Thor (2007) #607
Feb 23, 2010 |
Billy Tan and Rich Elson split the art chores this month and it works out well. Elson's art is a more classical style that matches with the scenes within Asgard proper, while Tan's superhero influenced art is a stronger fit for Volstagg's scenes in Oklahoma. When it's time for punches to be thrown (even if I had to groan at the arrival of the villain, one whom if we're lucky Gillen will kill off once and for all), Tan does a good job of keeping the tension level high. "Thor" #607 is a good use for a "Siege" crossover; after all, the siege is of Asgard, so it's about time we saw how its inhabitants are doing. Gillen may have been hired to serve as a bridge between Straczynski and incoming writer Matt Fraction, but he's doing a good job in his own right as well. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Thor (2007) #613
Aug 26, 2010 |
I'm looking forward to giving the upcoming Fraction and Ferry issues a whirl, but as Gillen and Elson wrap up their time on board "Thor," I think Marvel's found a good team to bridge the gap. It's been a pleasant enough ride, and I think it's stayed true to the tone established prior. That's about all you hope for with an extended fill-in team, so good job to them. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Thor (2007) #616
Oct 14, 2010 |
"Thor" still holds a lot of promise, but for now it's in need of a slightly faster pace. Watching Thor mope for two issues isn't the most exciting of stories, and with nothing else moving quickly either it makes me wonder if the real replacement for Asgard in the Nine Worlds was a dimension full of molasses. Here's to a slightly quicker pace next month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Thor (2014) | 1 issues |
8
|
Thor (2014) #3
Dec 11, 2014 |
With a final page cliffhanger that fans have been waiting for, "Thor" #3 delivers the goods. This isn't just a great "Thor" comic, it's a great superhero adventure. I'm officially hooked. I suspect if you pick up "Thor" #3, you will be, too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Thor and the Warriors Four | 1 issues |
8
|
Thor and the Warriors Four #3
Jun 6, 2010 |
"Thor and the Warriors Four" is more fun than you would expect; don't make the same mistake I had and pass these "Power Pack" mini-series by |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Threshold | 1 issues |
5
|
Threshold #1
Jan 17, 2013 |
"Threshold" #1 is an all right comic, but I do feel that as a first issue it's missing the boat a bit. Neither story makes me dying to read a second chapter; they're both reasonable but for the moment I feel like they're lacking that extra spark that will make a reader add this to their subscription list. Giffen's been more reliable in the past so I don't think it's out of the realm of possibility that "Threshold" #2 could turn things around quickly. But for now, it's not the blockbuster starting that a new series needs in this crowded market. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.2
|
Thunderbolts (2006) | 11 issues |
6
|
Thunderbolts (2006) #128
Jan 20, 2009 |
It's strange, because Diggle's scripts normally feel a little more cracking than this, and as entertaining as parts of "Thunderbolts" #128 run, it's not up to his normal high standard. Consider this a slightly-above average book than great, in the end. Hopefully we'll be up to great before we know it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Thunderbolts (2006) #136
Oct 4, 2009 |
There's a lot of fun stuff going on here: the rifts in the team, the surprise new leader, the identity of Scourge. But by being tied into "Dark Reign," it's hard to feel like this is going to last for too much longer. Still, Diggle's done a good job with being handed a strange situation, and I'll be sorry to see him leave. Hopefully Jeff Parker will be able to pick up the pieces left behind and run with them; there's a lot of potential in these characters, and hopefully they won't get entirely thrown out with "Dark Reign" and its inevitable conclusion. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Thunderbolts (2006) #148
Sep 19, 2010 |
Parker's "Thunderbolts" is still in early days, but it's been a long time since I've found this title so thoroughly enjoyable. Heroism and villainy are excellently twisted together in this title, and that's exactly what this comic should be. "Thunderbolts" is a must-read book each month. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Thunderbolts (2006) #152
Jan 27, 2011 |
Reading "Thunderbolts" once more has an "anything can happen" air about it, without having to worry that said "anything" is going to involve a hideous maiming or other nastiness. For a book that's a combination of heroes and villains working together, there's a great upbeat sense to this comic, but without dulling the edges of the villains. If you haven't read it already, check it out, this is a ton of fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Thunderbolts (2006) #155
Mar 17, 2011 |
I don't think "Thunderbolts" has been this much fun since the original Kurt Busiek and Mark Bagley run that started it all; Parker and Walker are on fire, here. (And not because they touched Man-Thing while being afraid.) It takes a fine hand to successfully create a comic primarily starring super-villains, but Parker and Walker have succeeded and then some. If you're not reading "Thunderbolts," you need to start now. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Thunderbolts (2006) #158
Jun 2, 2011 |
"Thunderbolts" #158 works perfectly; it advances "Thunderbolts" and "Fear Itself" storylines, and appeals to readers of either comic. More importantly, it's a hell of a lot of fun. If there was any justice in comics, "Thunderbolts" would be a top-ten title on the periodical charts. If you aren't reading "Thunderbolts," this current storyline is a nice place to begin. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Thunderbolts (2006) #162
Aug 19, 2011 |
"Thunderbolts" this month gets the ball fully rolling on the B-Team's revolt, but as said before, it's much more of a transition issue than we normally have on the book. Still, where it's going looks quite promising, and I don't think any "Thunderbolts" fan will have room to complain. I'm certainly up for the next issue. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Thunderbolts (2006) #163
Sep 9, 2011 |
This is a bizarrely fun turn of events, and while I don't know (nor do I want to know) how long this story will last, I plan on enjoying every chapter of it while I can. "Thunderbolts" from Parker and Walker has been consistently good, and this issue is no exception to that rule. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Thunderbolts (2006) #168
Jan 5, 2012 |
"Thunderbolts" #168 feels like a bit of set-up for later stories, but right now it's not as much fun as what we've been getting with the other half of the cast. Fortunately, I suspect their spotlight is just right back around the corner. Not the best issue to jump in on, although Southworth fans will definitely want to take a look. Still, even a below-average issue of "Thunderbolts" these days isn't a bad comic, and I'll definitely be back for future issues. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Thunderbolts (2006) #171
Mar 23, 2012 |
After a slightly underwhelming spotlight on Luke Cage a couple of issues ago, "Thunderbolts" #171 feels like the series is back to its strengths again. I'm a little apprehensive about the upcoming shift over to being "Dark Avengers," but Parker makes this series work so well that I'm more than willing to see what he's got in store for us next. It's a little sad it's going to (presumably) take a name change to "Dark Avengers" to get more people to understand what the rest of us figured out a long time ago. Parker and Walker make "Thunderbolts" fun, month after month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Thunderbolts (2006) #174
May 18, 2012 |
Hopefully, "Dark Avengers" will be little more than a name change for a book that's been a lot of fun to read the last couple of years. Right now, though, it feels like we're missing a bit of an epilogue to the time-travel story, and with any luck we'll get that next month. Still, overall, not a bad end to a particularly entertaining story. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
2.0
|
Time Masters: Vanishing Point | 1 issues |
2
|
Time Masters: Vanishing Point #1
Jul 21, 2010 |
At first, I started to wonder if I'd set my sights too high with "Time Masters: Vanishing Point." But looking at my bookshelf, I was reminded that you can have tie-in mini-series that still function well on their own. "Villains United" is probably the best example of all, eventually spawning a "Secret Six" mini-series and then ongoing series, probably in part because you didn't need to read "Crisis on Infinite Earths" to enjoy it. "Time Masters: Vanishing Point" might've been all right if it had managed to exist as its own entity. As random pages scattered throughout "Batman: The Return of Bruce Wayne" #2? Not so much. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
1.0
|
Titans (2008) | 1 issues |
1
|
Titans (2008) #33
Mar 10, 2011 |
If I was a betting man, I'd wager that "Titans" is on its end-run, with the current 4-part storyline also culminating with the end of the series at "Titans" #36. Maybe that's wishful thinking? If nothing else, though, I feel like I gave the series a fair second-chance here, trying another issue after reading after the disastrous "Titans: Villains for Hire" special that kicked off this current incarnation almost a year ago. The book is, unfortunately, still at the bottom of the heap and not improved in quality. Enough already. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Titans Hunt | 1 issues |
5
|
Titans Hunt #1
Oct 21, 2015 |
"Titans Hunt" #1 is a complete middle-of-the-road comic, but that's not a good thing. If it was extremely good or extremely bad, it would at least be memorable, but right now it's failing to make an impression, though die-hard "Teen Titans" fans will almost certainly come back for a second issue. Hopefully, things will shift for something a little more exciting next issue; a second issue at this level could scare off even more purchasers, because -- right now --this isn't standing out in a crowded marketplace. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
0.0
|
Titans: Villains for Hire Special | 1 issues |
0
|
Titans: Villains for Hire Special #1
May 14, 2010 |
Never mind that Ryan Choi gets killed off for nothing more than shock value. This is a badly written and drawn comic, peroid. I've gone on the record as saying that the Titans books are in desperate need of a revamp, but this was not at all what I had in mind. I can't see sales on "Titans" doing anything but sliding dramatically over the next six months if this is what the series will be like. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Top 10 Season Two | 2 issues |
8
|
Top 10 Season Two #1
Oct 9, 2008 |
My biggest complaint about "Top 10: Season Two" is simple and to the point: only five issues? I really wish we were getting much more than this, based on the first issue alone, but hopefully this will prove to be enough of a success that we'll get more follow-ups from the Cannons and Ha quickly. Based on how strong this first issue is, I like to think that all the creators involved are having a good time. A tremendous success. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Top 10 Season Two #4
Mar 11, 2009 |
There is one strange thing going on here, though, and I'm hoping we'll get some sort of update or clarification before too long. This was solicited as "Top 10 Season Two" #4 (of 4). The problem is, most storylines don't come even close to a conclusion here. So will there be a continuation around the corner, before too long? There is still a "Top 10 Season Two Special" coming up (with art by Da Xiong), but the solicitation makes it sound like a one-off story, not picking up where this issue left off. I'm really hoping this isn't the end of the Cannon and Ha "Top 10" because this has just reminded me more and more why I loved the original so much. It's too good to fall by the wayside. More, please! |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Toy Story: Mysterious Stranger | 1 issues |
4
|
Toy Story: Mysterious Stranger #1
Jun 12, 2009 |
At the end of the day, "Toy Story: Mysterious Stranger" #1 is a lackluster start to the mini-series. I'm hoping the remaining three issues will have some more pep and wonder to them. This unfortunately just didn't hit the high marks that both Pixar and the Boom! Kids line have up until now, but there's still chances for improvement. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Translucent | 1 issues |
8
|
Translucent #3
Mar 30, 2008 |
With a delicate, attractive art style and hysterically funny one-page "bonus" stories peppered throughout the series (ranging from floating bandannas blocking a view of the television, to Shizuka finding out her father's deepest, darkest, beauty care secret), "Translucent" is rapidly becoming one of my favorite manga series currently being published. I'm no longer worried about the book running stale; Okamoto's proven to be an adept creator and then some. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Treasury of XXth Century Murder: The Lindbergh Child | 1 issues |
8
|
Treasury of XXth Century Murder: The Lindbergh Child #1
Aug 26, 2008 |
"The Lindbergh Child" is the sort of book that once you pick up, you can't put back down until you're finished. Forget modern murder cases like O.J. Simpson or Robert Blake; once you read "The Lindbergh Child" you'll really understand what it takes to have a sequence of events be named "the crime of the century." Unforgettable, from start to finish. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Trees | 2 issues |
8
|
Trees #1
May 28, 2014 |
"Trees" #1 is a strong debut, and between this and "Moon Knight" it's great to see Ellis not just writing comics, but writing excellent comics. In interviews it's been stated that "Trees" will have an initial story arc of eight issues or so, but that it could run for quite some time if all goes well. Based on the first issue, let's hope so. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Trees #3
Jul 23, 2014 |
At this point, I really only have one worry, and that's the fear that "Trees" will end with its first storyline. I hope that's not the case. There's so much potential here for years of story, and just as importantly, so much talent on display. Another excellent issue in an excellent series. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.3
|
Trinity | 3 issues |
8
|
Trinity #1
Jun 4, 2008 |
While I certainly enjoyed DC's "52," it's "Trinity" that potentially looks to be the most interesting of DC's recently year-long weekly series. It's a strong first issue, and it makes me absolutely want to read 51 more issues. In a market where individual issue sales are more and more giving way to collected editions, that's an impressive feat. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Trinity #30
Dec 28, 2008 |
"Trinity" is the kind of book that I think gets harder and harder to jump on board, because of how Busiek is taking full advantage of a 52-issue story. It's certainly one of the longest Elseworlds stories from DC (and probably the absolutely longest one), and we're getting a much stronger realized final product as a result. At this point, I can't help but think that releasing a collection of the first 17 issues might not be such a bad thing so that people could get caught up in the rest of the series to date. Still, though, it's a lot of fun for those who have been around since day one. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Trinity #52
May 30, 2009 |
Down the line, once all the collections are released, I can't help but think that "Trinity" is going to be remembered as a book that didn't get the attention it deserved. It's in many ways a definitive altered-timeline story for DC Comics, and it's going to be hard for future stories to feel as satisfying. I'm definitely glad I stuck with "Trinity." If you didn't, well, those collected editions are worth you giving the title a second chance. At the end of the day, it was not only cohesive, it was just plain old fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
True Story, Swear to God | 1 issues |
8
|
True Story, Swear to God #11
May 12, 2008 |
It's funny, because writing this review I'd decided at the beginning that I would be assigning it a 3 1/2 star rating. By the time I was done, I'd fallen in love with the book all over again. Surely this was a four star book, right? Yes, absolutely. So, I had to go back up and amend the review, because the more I had to think about the book, the better it was. True story, swear to God. Somehow, I think Beland would approve. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Ultimate Comics Enemy | 1 issues |
4
|
Ultimate Comics Enemy #2
Feb 25, 2010 |
After hitting the halfway point, "Ultimate Enemy" seems to have gone nowhere slowly. There's only so much that Bendis' trademark snappy dialogue can cover, unfortunately. With Sandoval's excellent pencils, though, I can understand if you'd want to stick around and see the conclusion. Regardless of the script, Sandoval and Bonet are going to make it look spectacular. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Ultimate Comics Spider-Man (2009) | 1 issues |
6
|
Ultimate Comics Spider-Man (2009) #9
Apr 25, 2010 |
The relaunch of "Ultimate Spider-Man" as... "Ultimate Spider-Man" seems slightly pointless. (Did anyone else notice that the whole "Ultimate Comics" brand never actually appeared aside from in solicitations? Seriously, look at the covers as well as the indicia at the end of each issue, it's not there.) At its core, this is really just "Ultimate Spider-Man" #142. It's not a perfect comic, but it's fun, if slightly overpriced. Business as usual. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.5
|
Ultimate Comics X | 2 issues |
6
|
Ultimate Comics X #2
Apr 6, 2010 |
At the end of the day, the overused narration transforms it from a great book to just a good one, it's so annoying. Hopefully once Loeb finishes introducing his cast (since this same technique was used in the first issue) he'll ditch this storytelling technique, because it's getting in the way of what is otherwise a strong collaboration between Loeb and Adams. Until then, though, I guess I'll just try and ignore as many of them as possible. If you do that, well, you'll probably end up a lot happier. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Ultimate Comics X #3
Jun 18, 2010 |
This is probably the best issue of "Ultimate X" to date; the art is gorgeous as always, and the writing is definitely improving. I've said it before and I'll say it again; if this is a side effect of not forcing the title onto a strict monthly schedule, well, more power to Marvel for agreeing to a timetable that works. The readers are definitely getting much more bang for their buck as a result. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Ultimate Wolverine vs. Hulk | 1 issues |
8
|
Ultimate Wolverine vs. Hulk #5
Apr 30, 2009 |
It may have been a long wait between issues #2 and 3, but now that the rest of the series is showing up, I dare say it was well worth the extra time spent. The Ultimate line at Marvel's been floundering for a while now, but "Ultimate Wolverine vs. Hulk" is a reminder of how much fun it could be, as well as the potential bound up in the titles. Good stuff, all around. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Uncanny Avengers | 1 issues |
6
|
Uncanny Avengers #2
Nov 27, 2012 |
"Uncanny Avengers" #2 isn't a book that's going to convince anyone to change their minds about reading it. If you're the book's target audience, you'll almost certainly stick around for issue #3. But if you were already on the fence, or not thrilled with the first issue, this isn't going to pull you back into the fold. I like the little ideas that Remender peppers the book with, and for me it's that inventiveness that makes me want to stick around through the first storyline. But so far, the book isn't hitting the heights that Remender showed readers in "Uncanny X-Force." Hopefully that larger-than-life feel will show up before long. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Uncanny Avengers (2015) | 1 issues |
6
|
Uncanny Avengers (2015) #1
Oct 15, 2015 |
"Uncanny Avengers" #1 has its heart in the right place and -- given a little bit of time -- this could prove to be a lot of fun. Duggan clearly has a good sense of humor about Deadpool (a character he's quite familiar with) being part of the title now and, with any luck, that wit will liven up the title. For now, it's a perfectly average comic; for a debut issue, though, one would hope for something a little more energetic. Not bad, but not as good as it could have been either. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.6
|
Uncanny X-Force (2010) | 5 issues |
8
|
Uncanny X-Force (2010) #3
Dec 17, 2010 |
"Uncanny X-Force" is a great example of how to take a basic concept (the X-Men's secret strike team) and make it your own without throwing away the concept itself. This isn't just a better book in general, it's also a more welcoming title. This is a force worth checking out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Uncanny X-Force (2010) #6
Mar 24, 2011 |
"Uncanny X-Force" has rapidly settled into a dependable comic. You know Remender's going to deliver a good script, and it'll be a good-looking issue no matter whom the artist is this month. It would be nice if all comics were as reliable as "Uncanny X-Force." |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Uncanny X-Force (2010) #13
Aug 24, 2011 |
With the conclusion of "The Dark Angel Saga" barreling down on the reader, Remender, Brooks, and Eaton are making sure that this isn't a forgettable middle chapter. It's a strong reminder that a good creative team can make every issue in a storyline fun, and it's what makes "Uncanny X-Force" a must-read every month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Uncanny X-Force (2010) #32
Oct 3, 2012 |
"Uncanny X-Force" will be replaced with two new "X-Force" series and at this point they could go anywhere. Let's hope, though, that the writers of those new series keep "Uncanny X-Force" in mind as a potential model. This is more than just the little book that could; it's a model for how mutant team books should work. Juggling this many characters and storylines isn't easy, but Remender makes it look like a breeze, and fun to boot. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Uncanny X-Force (2010) #35
Dec 19, 2012 |
"Uncanny X-Force" #35 isn't a big, pulse-pounding, seat-of-your-pants issue of the series. It is, however, a nice epilogue to the series as a whole. It's nice to see a book not just end but actually come to a conclusion, and that's exactly what we got here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Uncanny X-Force (2013) | 2 issues |
6
|
Uncanny X-Force (2013) #5
May 30, 2013 |
"Uncanny X-Force" #5 handles a huge lump of exposition in a solid and clean manner; this is information that needed to be given to us sooner or later, both about Bishop as well as the foe that's been coming after Ginny. Now that it's over, though, I'm more looking forward to what's still to come. All in all, a perfectly fine installment. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Uncanny X-Force (2013) #13
Nov 1, 2013 |
"Uncanny X-Force" is a title that I want to do well, but it just keeps fumbling away momentum. Some parts click together perfectly, others just never quite get there. It's the former that keeps me reading, but I'd love to see a bit more consistency in this title. It's got the potential, hopefully we'll finally be able to finally see it fully realized. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.4
|
Uncanny X-Men (1963) | 16 issues |
6
|
Uncanny X-Men (1963) #499
Jun 27, 2008 |
In the end, "Uncanny X-Men" #499 finishes up with a bit of a whimper, but here's hoping that next month's #500 kicks it off with a bang. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Uncanny X-Men (1963) #500
Jul 24, 2008 |
Artistic glitches aside, "Uncanny X-Men" #500 feels like the X-Men comics I read many years ago; not because Brubaker and Fraction are aping Chris Claremont or Louise Simonson, but rather due to the high level of excitement and fun that they've infused into their comic. I really want to read the next issue, and right away at that. It's been a while since "Uncanny X-Men" has been this good. Here's to a lot more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Uncanny X-Men (1963) #505
Dec 17, 2008 |
Now that everything's accounted for, my hope is next month starts pushing ahead full steam once more. There's a lot of good stuff happening here, and the last element needed is some strong forward momentum. But right now? Based on what we've got here, I have faith that we're getting it. Who knew "Uncanny X-Men" could be fun on a monthly basis once more? |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Uncanny X-Men (1963) #507
Mar 24, 2009 |
I've said it before, and I'll say it again: now is a great time to be reading "Uncanny X-Men." I don't think I've read this many issues in a row of "Uncanny X-Men" since Steven T. Seagle was on board as writer, ten years ago. Welcome back to being the flagship title, "Uncanny," you've been missed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Uncanny X-Men (1963) #515
Sep 24, 2009 |
"Nation X" is off to a good start, and while Fraction's perpetually juggling a lot of stories in "Uncanny X-Men," it's not feeling out of hand. I'm curious to see just what Fraction will do with the X-Men's Utopia, and based on this first issue it will be fun to find out. If you're looking for a good jumping-on point, this is it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Uncanny X-Men (1963) #518
Dec 2, 2009 |
There's a lot to like about this issue. Even little touches like characters explaining just what the Void is (to people unfamiliar with the character of the Sentry) feel like everything is just sliding along naturally. "Uncanny X-Men" is a lot of fun these days, and this issue is no exception to that rule. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Uncanny X-Men (1963) #520
Jan 20, 2010 |
On the plus side, though? I liked Matt Fraction's script for "Uncanny X-Men" #520 a great deal. As the cracks in Utopia begin to widen, Fraction has carefully set up a teetering platform for Cyclops to stand on, and it's one that's wobbling faster by the minute. I'm appreciating that I'm not sure where Fraction is going with this story. A power struggle leading them scattered? A triumphant return to glory? Something completely different? Who knows? I'm enjoying seeing everything fall into place, though, and it's turning out to be a lot of fun. I just wish the Dodsons were illustrating every issue. Still, even with art that's becoming problematic, there's enough in the script to make me want to keep reading, so good for that. One out of two ain't bad, right? |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Uncanny X-Men (1963) #524
May 6, 2010 |
Hopefully this is just a hiccup in what up until now has been a surprisingly successful crossover. But after five strong chapters, suddenly stumbling at this point in the game is a little surprising, and not in a good way. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Uncanny X-Men (1963) #527
Aug 19, 2010 |
I want to like "The Five Lights" storyline, but having Portacio pencil these issues is increasingly looking like a mistake, especially with the art already falling apart on the second chapter. Having a gorgeous cover by Terry Dodson and Rachel Dodson is almost insult to injury, reminding us of how good the interiors could have looked. I hate to say it, but after riding high for three months during "Second Coming," this is a fast way to undo all the good momentum "Uncanny X-Men" picked up. Visually, it's a mess. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Uncanny X-Men (1963) #530
Nov 27, 2010 |
Overall, this is a fun issue of "Uncanny X-Men," and between the set-up here and also knowing that Kieron Gillen steps on as a co-writer starting next month, it's a solid launching point for reader interest to rise. This was a lot of fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Uncanny X-Men (1963) #532
Jan 27, 2011 |
"Uncanny X-Men" is entertaining right now, although the smaller details are in many ways the ones that shine through rather than the overall big picture. Still, it's a fun enough book, and Fraction's contributions from the past three years will certainly be missed when he departs this spring. Still, Gillen's co-writing now is strong enough that I suspect we won't see much more than a hiccup when the switchover occurs. If only all creative team swaps looked to be so potentially smooth. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Uncanny X-Men (1963) #537
May 26, 2011 |
I'm not down on this storyline overall, but this chapter definitely feels like the weak link. Hopefully this is all leading up to something big; it feels a little odd to see all of these characters and concepts dredged up from the Whedon era after being set aside for so long. For now, though, this story feels like it's going to clock in at about one chapter too long. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Uncanny X-Men (1963) #539
Jun 30, 2011 |
Gillen's solo-run on "Uncanny X-Men" started off with a story that was probably one chapter too long, and this new issue isn't jumping out as anything big either. "Uncanny X-Men" quietly took the flagship title crown from "Astonishing X-Men" a few years ago, but right now it's starting to look like it's ready to relinquish that position. "Uncanny X-Men" needs to be great, not just all right. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Uncanny X-Men (1963) #541
Jul 21, 2011 |
Tie-in issues are normally to be dreaded, but Gillen and Land are following the trend of "Fear Itself" tie-ins in general, by making it fun. Don't let that logo scare you off, regular readers. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Uncanny X-Men (1963) #542
Aug 17, 2011 |
Gillen's hit his stride quite well in "Uncanny X-Men," and with the book about to end and get split in two, I'm glad that he's still in charge of one of them. This is a vastly entertaining story, and while I don't know what we'll get next, I'm eager to find out. It's a pleasant surprise how much fun this is. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Uncanny X-Men (1963) #543
Sep 25, 2011 |
Even with a so-so ending, this story has been fun enough that I'm feeling that Gillen has gotten a good feel for the book. His setup for future stories is intriguing, and I like his take on Cyclops as a master strategist. I'm less than thrilled about the split into two titles that's around the bend, but I'll certainly continue to read "Uncanny X-Men" with Gillen still at the helm. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Uncanny X-Men (2011) | 3 issues |
6
|
Uncanny X-Men (2011) #3
Dec 28, 2011 |
All in all, this "Uncanny X-Men" story feels like it doesn't deliver on its promise. We get lots of sly lines hinting about the future, but Mr. Sinister's plans now come across as uninteresting, and the story itself unfinished. There are some fun moments -- don't mess with Emma Frost -- but I feel like the potential from the first two chapters is, for now, unrealized. For the conclusion to the first storyline in the re-launched "Uncanny X-Men," I think everyone was expecting something stronger. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Uncanny X-Men (2011) #6
Feb 1, 2012 |
"Uncanny X-Men" #6 is a good book, but I must admit that I'm more interested in the fine details that Gillen is sprinkling throughout Tabula Rasa; he's clearly intrigued by the idea, and it's nice to see him doing something interesting with it. Like so many middle portions of a comic, though, I think it's the end point for this storyline where things will have the potential to go from good to great. I look forward to seeing just where "Uncanny X-Men" goes with Tabula Rasa and the Immortal Man; there's enough setup here that it feels promising. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Uncanny X-Men (2011) #13
Jun 7, 2012 |
"Uncanny X-Men" #13 isn't bad, but it's not that fun either. I feel like writing these tie-ins is a bit of a thankless task right now; Gillen and Tan are making the best they can of a bad situation. Nonetheless, "Uncanny X-Men" has been a lot better than this over the past year. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.6
|
Uncanny X-Men (2013) | 10 issues |
7
|
Uncanny X-Men (2013) #7
Jun 27, 2013 |
Where does "Uncanny X-Men" go from here? I feel like it's on a good path. I'm looking forward to seeing the next step for Magik (whenever that may be), and I like seeing some parts of the team coming together while others splinter off. It feels right. For now, "Uncanny X-Men" is a rock-solid comic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Uncanny X-Men (2013) #13
Oct 16, 2013 |
Ultimately, there's just very little substance to "Uncanny X-Men" #13, and it feels like this crossover could have stood to shed a part or two. Bendis and Bachalo do their best to put a nice spit-shine on this segment of "Battle of the Atom," but in the end, I feel like they were dealt a dud hand. Overall I've enjoyed the crossover, but this one just fell a little flat. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Uncanny X-Men (2013) #15.INH
Dec 12, 2013 |
"Uncanny X-Men" #15.INH looks nice, but in the end it's a comic that just comes to a halt for its second half. I get it, tie-ins to big events sell well, and this is a practice that's unlikely to change in the near future. But I can't help but think that if this is the best that's being served up, sooner or later it's going to catch up with Marvel and DC and that sales bump isn't going to happen. If tie-ins aren't thought through a bit better, markers like .INH are going to be signals to avoid, rather than to target. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Uncanny X-Men (2013) #21
May 22, 2014 |
"Uncanny X-Men" #21 is a book that needs some consistency. I feel like Bendis is steering the book in the right direction, but Bachalo's art -- as much as I'm a long-time fan -- is taking a lot of missteps. It's not a bad book, but it could also be a lot better. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Uncanny X-Men (2013) #23
Jul 17, 2014 |
"Uncanny X-Men" #23 comes on the heels of several stronger issues, making this one stand out all the more as being all over the place. There are pieces to like here, but there are just as many to wince at. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Uncanny X-Men (2013) #27
Oct 16, 2014 |
"Uncanny X-Men" #27 is satisfying, but at the same time it doesn't stand out. It's good, but we haven't hit the moment that makes you straighten up in your chair and think, "I must find out what happens next." Still, for a comic starring a character that feels like a not quite right fit (and whom I'm sure people are already betting won't be around after this storyline's conclusion), it's trucking along fairly well. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Uncanny X-Men (2013) #29
Dec 29, 2014 |
In the end, "Uncanny X-Men" #29 is a fun comic, although I do wish that the middle didn't feel like it was dragging its metaphorical feet, and that the art held together a bit more. At its core, though, there's a good comic here. I'm already looking forward to the next installment in 2015. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Uncanny X-Men (2013) #33
Apr 17, 2015 |
This series of "Uncanny X-Men" has had a rocky path, with just as many lows as there were highs. "Uncanny X-Men" #33, in many ways, gets to the heart of the series' problem: there was never quite enough material to maintain it alongside all of the other X-Men titles. It means well and it sounds good as a story pitch but, in the end, "Uncanny X-Men" #33 isn't a full issue's worth of material. It's pretty and it's nice that things are wrapping up, but this could have moved faster without losing a thing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Uncanny X-Men (2013) #34
May 20, 2015 |
It's nice to get a comic where the solicitation isn't quite what we actually received; not only is the surprise appreciated, but it ends up making much more sense than initially advertised. With "Uncanny X-Men" #35 shipping shortly and then the big wrap-up of "Uncanny X-Men" #600 this October, the end is clearly here for Bendis' take on the characters. If the final issues are as strong as this one is, both in terms of giving us a satisfying conclusion as well as setting up situations for other writers, we're in for a good ride. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Uncanny X-Men (2013) #35
Jul 23, 2015 |
"Uncanny X-Me" #35 is fun and fast-paced. With some witty dialogue and a strong emotional core for the characters, it's a good lead-in to this fall's conclusion in "Uncanny X-Men" #600. It's a shame that's not until October, because we're going to lose some momentum with that large of a delay. Still, Bendis seems determined to go out with a bang. So far, so good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Uncanny X-Men (2013) Annual | 1 issues |
5
|
Uncanny X-Men (2013) Annual #1
Dec 11, 2014 |
The idea behind "Uncanny X-Men Annual" #1 is interesting, and at first the issue looks like it's off to a good start. But what could have been an emotional and touching moment is instead bland and by the numbers. It's a real shame, because there was almost certainly a way to make all of this work. But for now, it just doesn't come together. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.7
|
Uncanny X-Men (2016) | 3 issues |
5
|
Uncanny X-Men (2016) #2
Jan 21, 2016 |
"Uncanny X-Men" #2 is unfortunately right in line with the overall shift for the X-Men stable of books. For the moment, the direction of this title isn't wowing, and -- while it's competently put together -- there's a real lack of a strong hook to make you want to see what happens next. If the book could focus on a little less failure and a bit more victory, then that would be a good step in the right direction. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Uncanny X-Men (2016) #6
Apr 11, 2016 |
The remaining chapters of "Apocalypse Wars" in "Uncanny X-Men" may turn out to be a lot of fun, but this first issue is just too slow. There's still time to turn things around, but -- for the moment -- the sluggish, overly expository nature of this comic keeps it from engaging with readers the way an opening chapter should. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Uncanny X-Men (2016) #8
Jun 16, 2016 |
"Uncanny X-Men" #8 is the sort of comic that sounds better in concept. There's something at the heart of this book which holds a lot of promise, but we're just not quite getting it yet. Maybe Bunn and Lashley will pick up the pace in future chapters, but -- right now -- it's a little too sluggish for its own good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Uncanny X-Men Special | 1 issues |
5
|
Uncanny X-Men Special #1
Jun 11, 2014 |
"Uncanny X-Men Special" #1 is not off to a memorable start. Both writing and art are just all right, with a certain sameness rubbing off on all of the characters. Maybe the remaining two installments will pick up the pace, but at $4.99 a pop, it might be a hard sell to get readers to jump for the chance to buy the remaining issues. This is, unfortunately, nothing special. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Unknown Soldier (2008) | 1 issues |
4
|
Unknown Soldier (2008) #8
Jun 6, 2009 |
Reading "Unknown Soldier" makes me think less of an ongoing series and more of a mini-series that somehow got expanded into a much larger piece. Each issue of "Unknown Soldier" is good, but as part of a greater whole it's losing impact with each new installment. I hate to say it, but if you skipped some issues between its debut and now, I don't think you'd have missed too much. Dysart and Ponticelli are talented, and they've got a story to tell. But if the pace doesn't pick up soon (and perhaps a change of locale to another conflict elsewhere in the world), I fear that "Unknown Soldier" is going to quietly stumble into an unmarked grave. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.1
|
Usagi Yojimbo | 9 issues |
9
|
Usagi Yojimbo #119
Mar 31, 2009 |
Honestly, "Usagi Yojimbo" is almost hard to review at times because it's near-perfect. Beautiful art, fun stories that capture everything under the sun, what more could you ask for? Well, maybe more wrap-around covers like this latest one. Clearly Sakai had a lot of fun drawing zombies in this story, and it certainly showed. Fun from start to finish, there's a reason why "Usagi Yojimbo" is closing on its 25th anniversary. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Usagi Yojimbo #134
Dec 26, 2010 |
My one complaint has nothing to do with the issue itself, but rather the distance between it and the last collection, which reprinted up through #109. It's becoming increasingly difficult for a new reader to catch up to the new issues, so to speak, and that seems like a bad business decision. Please, Dark Horse, maybe two collections for 2011? I suspect that would bridge enough of the gap that it wouldn't look so daunting. Still, no matter what, just so long as you keep publishing "Usagi Yojimbo" that's a good move in my book. As always, great stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Usagi Yojimbo #135
Mar 3, 2011 |
"Usagi Yojimbo" continues to be a solid and enjoyable comic month after month, and this latest issue is no exception. In a perfect world, everyone would read "Usagi Yojimbo." |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Usagi Yojimbo #137
May 5, 2011 |
"Usagi Yojimbo" debuted in 1987 and has continued to run strongly since then. If you add in the issues published by Fantagraphics and Mirage, the comic should hit its 200th issue within the next year, and there's a reason that a one-man comic has continued to be not only still published, but so popular at that. Check it out, you won't regret it. "Usagi Yojimbo" is great stuff, month after month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Usagi Yojimbo #138
Jul 2, 2011 |
"Usagi Yojimbo" is, as always, a treat from start to finish. There's a reason why "Usagi Yojimbo" has lasted this long; Sakai is a master storyteller, and it's a pleasure to read every issue. As always, well done. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Usagi Yojimbo #142
Nov 23, 2011 |
"Usagi Yojimbo" has been around since 1987 (with runs at Fantagraphics and Mirage before the current series that began at Dark Horse), and there's a reason it's lasted so long. It's just that dependably good, month after month. Despite being 24 years old now, Sakai still makes sure that the comic is open to new readers, too. So if you still haven't given it a shot, well, what better way to relax after a huge turkey dinner? It's the best dish of rabbit you'll ever have, but it won't leave you feeling full. If anything, you'll want another serving. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Usagi Yojimbo #145
May 25, 2015 |
It's been too long since we've had a regular issue of "Usagi Yojimbo" and, hopefully, there won't be any future delays down the line. Existing readers have a reason to celebrate; new readers have a reason to finally try out this multiple-award-winning series. Jump on board and, trust me, you'll be happy you did. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Usagi Yojimbo #150
Nov 20, 2015 |
Sakai's "Usagi Yojimbo" is a genuine treasure, and this issue is no exception. In an ideal world, everyone would read "Usagi Yojimbo." This is as good a place as any to start making that happen. Check it out. You'll be pleased you did. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Usagi Yojimbo #154
May 23, 2016 |
If all of that isn't enough, "Usagi Yojimbo" #154 is fun and full of adventure from start to finish. It always moves at a good pace, and the various turns of the plot show up right when necessary to keep the reader's mind from wandering. Sakai is a master storyteller, and "Usagi Yojimbo" #154 reminds us once again just how much of a treasure he and his works are. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
10
|
Usagi Yojimbo One Shot | 1 issues |
10
|
Usagi Yojimbo: The Artist #1
Jul 10, 2014 |
"Usagi Yojimbo Color Special: The Artist" is a perfect comic. It has humor, it has drama, it has sadness, it has joy. It's beautifully drawn, it's approachable from multiple angles, and it rewards both long-time readers and first-time visitors. The comics industry would be poorer without Sakai and "Usagi Yojimbo." It doesn't get much better than this. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Usagi Yojimbo: Senso | 2 issues |
8
|
Usagi Yojimbo: Senso #1
Aug 7, 2014 |
It's a delight to see the return of "Usagi Yojimbo" back in the form of this mini-series. (The one good thing about the two-year break is that in theory it could take just one more collection for the books to finally catch up with the series. Hint, hint, Dark Horse's collections department. It sure would be nice.) There's enough here for new readers to enjoy if they've never experienced "Usagi Yojimbo" before. But for long-time fans, "Usagi Yojimbo: Senso" #1 brings a long-awaited sequence to the page, and that's extra reason to cheer. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Usagi Yojimbo: Senso #4
Nov 10, 2014 |
It's nice to have every issue of "Usagi Yojimbo: Senso" feel like it's genuinely important. There's no filler here; big events are happening in each new chapter, and skipping an issue means you're going to fail to see another big step forward in the storyline. While I'm relieved that the regular "Usagi Yojimbo" series is returning after "Usagi Yojimbo: Senso" comes to a close, if this was the last word on the series, I think I would be all right with that. Sakai's showing us how to go out with a bang, both figuratively and literally. This is a story where the stakes are high not just because we're told that they are, but because we can see and feel the level of danger. Another excellent comic from one of the industry's diamonds. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
10
|
Vagabond VizBig Edition Volume 1 | 1 issues |
10
|
Vagabond VizBig Edition Volume 1 #1
Sep 21, 2008 |
"Vagabond" is the one comic book series that I think just about everyone should give a try, and thanks to the new VizBig omnibus, you're getting such bang for your buck that you absolutely must give it a try. There are comic books, and then there's "Vagabond." |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Valen the Outcast | 1 issues |
6
|
Valen the Outcast #1
Dec 8, 2011 |
At an introductory price of just one dollar, it would have been hard to not get your money's worth. "Valen the Outcast" #1 was pleasant enough, though, that I'll give it another issue to see where Nelson and Scalera go, now that the setup and exposition phase appears to be over. At the core of "Valen the Outcast" is a strong concept, and I want to see just what they're going to do with it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Veil | 1 issues |
8
|
Veil #2
Apr 4, 2014 |
"Veil" #2 is a strong second chapter, and with three more parts to go I'm in for the rest of the ride. (And hopefully beyond, if there are more "Veil" mini-series ahead of us.) Rucka and Fejzula have created a dark and creepy mystery here, and it's going to be fun following it all the way to its conclusion. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
Velvet | 2 issues |
9
|
Velvet #10
Apr 27, 2015 |
"Velvet" #10 is a dazzling conclusion to the series' second storyline and, hopefully, the wait for "Velvet" #11 and beyond won't be too long. Brubaker's creator-owned series have always been a joy to read, as well as his numerous collaborations with Epting. For this duo, I'd say this is easily their best work together. Brubaker and Epting's "Velvet" is what all spy stories should aspire to be. Highly recommended. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Velvet #11
Aug 17, 2015 |
"Velvet" #11 is a fantastic issue, and I think it's a good jumping on point in many ways (although reading #1-10 or the first two collections will likely become necessary down the line). Forget about a new James Bond film; we have a new "Velvet" story arc, and Brubaker and Epting will take your breath away with each new installment. Highly recommended. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Venom: Space Knight | 1 issues |
3
|
Venom: Space Knight #1
Nov 25, 2015 |
"Venom: Space Knight" #1 is off to a rocky start; it needs a better hook than "Venom is now a hero" or "Venom is in outer space." For the moment, there's nothing else offered as a reason to buy the second issue; this series runs the very dangerous risk of being forgettable. Hopefully, Thompson and Olivetti can come up with a better lure, and quickly. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Vertigo Quarterly: Cyan | 1 issues |
7
|
Vertigo Quarterly: Cyan #1
May 1, 2014 |
It's nice to see something as oddball as "Vertigo Quarterly: Cyan" succeed, and it bodes well for the remaining magenta, yellow, and black themed-issues. There's a little something for everyone here, and with a mixture of new and familiar talent, I think that the book comes together into a book that's worth your money. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Virgil OGN | 1 issues |
8
|
Virgil OGN #1
Aug 14, 2015 |
I'm glad that "Virgil" will be published after Orlando has started to get some attention for his work on "Midnighter," because hopefully that will mean a larger audience for "Virgil." This is a strong, emotionally powerful graphic novel that accomplishes everything Orlando and Faith set out to do. When you get to that final scene, you'll let out the breath that you didn't even know you were holding. An excellent job by all parties involved. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.7
|
Vision (2015) | 3 issues |
8
|
Vision (2015) #1
Nov 6, 2015 |
"The Vision" #1 is a pleasant surprise that delivers an intriguing take on humanity, superheroism and life in suburbia. King and Walta have created an instant classic with "The Vision" #1, the sort of thoughtful comic that is all-too-rare these days. In the glut of new comics, don't let this one sneak past you. It's a winner. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Vision (2015) #3
Jan 8, 2016 |
"The Vision" #3 is about as different from the rest of Marvel's comics as one can find, but it's brilliant in how well it still fits in with their overall universe. This is a book that inches its way into the darkest corners of the Marvel Universe, all under the guise of four bright, shiny androids. I have no idea what will happen next in this wonderfully twisted book (aside from inevitable doom), but I can't wait to see. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Vision (2015) #6
Apr 8, 2016 |
"The Vision" #6 is another installment of a series that triumphs month after month; this disturbing look into one of Marvel's strangest characters is unlike anything else on the market right now. Now is as good a time as any to catch up and see just what you've been missing. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.7
|
Voodoo | 3 issues |
7
|
Voodoo #2
Oct 27, 2011 |
A big deal was made out of "Voodoo" #1 being set in a strip club, but Marz and Basri have moved the action to hotel rooms and abandoned buildings here, so hopefully it will get some attention. Sure, the early pages involve an extended afterglow scene, but I appreciate that we're getting the same amount of coverage (or should that be uncoverage?) on both male and female characters; it feels like something you'd see in an episode of "NYPD Blue," not something seedy. As a thriller, "Voodoo" is hitting its marks, and I'll definitely take a look at the third issue. If nothing else, the promise of a much bigger superhero presence will be interesting to see how Marz and Basri handle the collision of genres. But so far, so good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Voodoo #4
Dec 29, 2011 |
"Voodoo" is a fun comic, and I'm enjoying Marz and Basri's run together. Hopefully with the "new direction" (and new writer) arriving with "Voodoo" #6, it won't lose too much of the elements that make it an entertaining comic. Until then, though, I'm determined to sit back and enjoy the ride. We've still got one more issue from Marz and Basri together, after all. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Voodoo #7
Mar 30, 2012 |
"Voodoo" is a strange little book and it's going to take a little more time to see just where Williamson and Basri are moving. For now, it's interesting enough I'll plan on sticking around to find out. Losing the moral ambiguity from "Voodoo" is a shame, but what looks like we're about to get in exchange has its own potential. Time will tell. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Vote Loki | 1 issues |
5
|
Vote Loki #1
Jun 17, 2016 |
"Vote Loki" #1 just doesn't come together in the way it should. There are little moments that are fun and the overall concept is clever, but -- for now -- Hastings and Foss' finished product doesn't live up to its potential. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Wall-E | 1 issues |
5
|
Wall-E #4
Mar 29, 2010 |
The thing is? I think Carlson has potential to get this story to work. I'd like to see Carlson work on some single issue stories and master that length a bit more, because I think it would be tough for anyone to tell an extended story in a "Wall-E" prequel. This could still come together next month, but even if not, there are some nice little moments scattered throughout the issue that I'm not going to write it off just yet. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
War of Kings | 2 issues |
8
|
War of Kings #4
Jun 2, 2009 |
Reading "War of Kings" just reminds me that I need to check out Abnett and Lanning's work on the "Annihilation" mini-series, because "War of Kings" is a fun ride that will easily remind you why Marvel's outer space characters and races have been able to hold so much attention over the years. It's just fun, pure and simple. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
War of Kings #6
Aug 4, 2009 |
Still, it's a fun issue, and Paul Pelletier's pencils are their consistent, energetic norm. If Marvel ever publishes another "Inhumans" series down the line I'd love to see him draw it, because there's something about the way he draws characters like Crystal and Medusa that just feels right. Hopefully next month's epilogue one-shot will finish wrapping this story up. There are still a lot of unanswered questions and situations, but Abnett and Lanning have done a good job up until now of dealing with them. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.5
|
War of Kings: Ascension | 2 issues |
5
|
War of Kings: Ascension #1
Apr 13, 2009 |
Wellinton Alves and Scott Hanna do a nice enough job on the art. It's perfectly average, solid art; they do a good job of keeping the two Raptor armor characters looking distinctly separate, and Alves' designs for the different armor configurations that show up work well. It's a shame Alves didn't get to draw more Negative Zone craziness, but hopefully that will come with time. In the end, "War of Kings: Ascension" straddles the middle of the road. Next issue if Abnett and Lanning give us more cues on how we're supposed to feel about Christopher Powell, that could change. But it seems to be playing it a little safe in that regard, at least for now. Still, we can always hope. Maybe next issue even worse things will happen. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
War of Kings: Ascension #3
Jun 16, 2009 |
"War of Kings: Ascension" is getting a little stronger with each issue, and while I'm not sold on the possibility of this somehow turning into a new "Darkhawk" series down the line, the idea isn't as scary as it once might have been. In terms of fitting into the rest of "War of Kings," I have to give Abnett and Lanning credit, they know exactly how to piece together an epic like this. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Warlord of Mars | 1 issues |
7
|
Warlord of Mars #1
Oct 13, 2010 |
In the end, Nelson's scripting is nice, and it has a nice flow to it, but the biggest attraction is what Sadowski brings to the page. Consider me interested in reading more of "Warlord of Mars" based on this first issue, and at just a buck it's a nice way to lure other curious readers in too. This is a good, solid, enjoyable first issue. If you're interested in a little pulp adventure in your life, you should check it out too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.5
|
We Are Robin | 2 issues |
7
|
We Are Robin #1
Jun 24, 2015 |
"We Are Robin" #1 is a good first issue; it re-introduces Duke Thomas and makes him a capable hero-in-training, as well as brings to life the idea of a whole round of Robins operating on the streets of Gotham. So far, there's more than enough here to bring readers back for a second issue. Bermejo, Corona and Haynes have created a new take on an old character, and it works. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
We Are Robin #6
Nov 30, 2015 |
Perhaps after "Robin War," "We Are Robin" can spend more time on the individual characters of the series and flesh them out. If Bermejo can do that, I think this book could really come together and fulfill the promise seen in the title's debut. Until that happens, "We Are Robin" is a book that's struggling to hit the mark it's aiming for. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
We Stand On Guard | 2 issues |
8
|
We Stand On Guard #1
Jul 1, 2015 |
"We Stand on Guard" #1 looks fantastic, and the world that Vaughan and Skroce have created is appealing. Given time, there's no doubt in my mind that the characters will become more defined and we'll grow to care about them. For now, though, the rest of the comic is so good that it's a rough patch that's easily overlooked. "We Stand on Guard" had high expectations tied into its very DNA and, overall, I think readers will be very pleased with what they find. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
We Stand On Guard #5
Nov 9, 2015 |
"We Stand on Guard" #5 is a good book, but it feels like it's never quite getting to the point of great. Maybe, if it had been setup for a longer stretch of issues, Vaughan would have felt he had the room to make this feel a bit more robust. Instead, the book moves forward well enough, but the hints of potential there are almost frustrating because you see how much more engrossing it could have become. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.5
|
Wednesday Comics | 2 issues |
9
|
Wednesday Comics #1
Jul 8, 2009 |
Last but not least, I hope DC Comics considers this an open letter with a specific request. Please, please, please offer "Wednesday Comics" in a collected edition that runs the full 14x20" size. Also released today was the first volume of Fantagraphics's "Prince Valiant" reissues, and the Hal Foster art looked amazing on this same size and with sharp paper. I fully expect there to be a smaller-sized version of this book for all the stores that won't stock something oversized, and I get that. But something this beautiful deserves to be collected in the larger size, too. Please? I promise I'll buy two copies, because I bet my brother-in-law would love one for Christmas or his birthday. (The other, of course, is for me.) This is too good to get shrunken down. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Wednesday Comics #11
Sep 18, 2009 |
Will I come back for another "Wednesday Comics" run down the line? Absolutely. I think this has been a slight learning process for DC Comics as well as the creators, and there's no doubt in my mind that a second run would have much more top-tier stories. But even then, I still feel like I've gotten my money's worth and more with the existing "Wednesday Comics." This is a fun series and experiment, and for a twelve week project, it makes me want to make sure I hit the store every week. For that alone, it's a wild success. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Weird Worlds | 1 issues |
5
|
Weird Worlds #3
Mar 12, 2011 |
I want to love "Weird Worlds" (because I do love the anthology format) but right now, it's not quite there. This is a comic where you'll come for Tanga, and while you're there enjoy Garbageman. And as for Lobo? Well, you can look at it and see how two talented creators were completely mismatched with a character. VanHook and Ordway have done good things elsewhere, but they just aren't right for Lobo. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Where is Jake Ellis? | 1 issues |
8
|
Where is Jake Ellis? #1
Nov 14, 2012 |
"Where is Jake Ellis?" #1 is a triumphant return by Edmondson and Zonjic to the property they created together last year. I'd forgotten just how much I loved this comic, but I won't make that same mistake again. This is definitely a sequel that was worth waiting for. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
Who Is Jake Ellis? | 1 issues |
9
|
Who Is Jake Ellis? #3
Apr 7, 2011 |
"Who Is Jake Ellis?" was recently announced as shifting from a five-issue limited-series to an ongoing series, and I'm delighted. There's so much room for Edmondson and Zonjic to keep telling stories of Jon and Jake, and after three issues the series has not only maintained its high standards, I think it's gotten even better. "Who Is Jake Ellis?" is an amazing new series that you owe it to yourself to check out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.7
|
Witchfinder | 3 issues |
6
|
Witchfinder: The Mysteries of Unland #1
Jun 23, 2014 |
"Sir Edward Grey, Witchfinder: The Mysteries of Unland" #1 isn't bad, but it needs some spring to its step that is currently vacant. Now that Sir Edward is determined to discover the mysteries of Unland, hopefully we'll see things pick up a bit. For now, not a great start, but there's potential for improvement. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Witchfinder: Lost and Gone Forever #1
Feb 2, 2011 |
"Witchfinder: Lost and Gone Forever" #1 is a good beginning, but while the script is just fine, it's the art that ultimately knocks it out of the park. So long as Severin's on board, you know that this comic is going to be a winner. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Witchfinder: Lost and Gone Forever #3
Apr 6, 2011 |
"Witchfinder: Lost and Gone Forever" #3 is probably the weakest issue in the series to date, but if all weaker issues were only good rather than great comics, I'd be all right with that. And like I said before, at the end of the day it's another comic with Severin art. That alone is worth your $3.50. Severin might be 89 years old, but he's still got it and then some. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
Wolverine (2010) | 1 issues |
3
|
Wolverine (2010) #311
Aug 13, 2012 |
"Wolverine" #311 has some snazzy visuals courtesy Bianchi; where else can you get Wolverine in the cockpit of a plane while half a dozen Sabretooth arms crash in through the glass around him? In terms of a story with any real substance, though, you'd best look elsewhere. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Wolverine and Jubilee | 1 issues |
8
|
Wolverine and Jubilee #1
Jan 22, 2011 |
This is a smart-looking book, and I'm curious to see where Immonen and Noto are going to take it from here. There's a lot of set-up in this first issue, but it's such a pleasant set-up that you barely even notice until it's over. So far, my only real complaint is that we're getting this as a mini-series. Of all the 9000 other X-Men spin-offs out there, one with this creative team would sure be nice. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.2
|
Wolverine and the X-Men | 12 issues |
9
|
Wolverine and the X-Men #4
Jan 11, 2012 |
"Wolverine & The X-Men" is a title that, pre-publication, seemed destined for a middle of the pack existence. Instead, it's roaring up and challenging parent title "Uncanny X-Men" for the top spot. When Deathlok tells a nervous student, "That is what you are here to discover," it hits an emotional note that all X-Men authors strive for, but few reach. In just a few issues, Aaron (along with Chris Bachalo and now Bradshaw) has turned "Wolverine & The X-Men" into a must-read title. 2012 is already shaping up to be a great year for comics, and this is one of the titles that makes it that way. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Wolverine and the X-Men #5
Feb 8, 2012 |
"Wolverine & The X-Men" #5 is really good, but after last month's issue being fantastic, this issue feels like it's stepped down a notch. Hopefully this is just "middle chapter syndrome" and the next issue will be up to the high bar set previously. There's something nice about a comic where "really good" is a low point. Keep up the good work, all. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Wolverine and the X-Men #8
Apr 4, 2012 |
"Wolverine & The X-Men" #8 ends up being the first "just all right" issue of the series; I can't help but wonder if the timing of "Avengers vs. X-Men" ended up throwing off the issue a bit. It's trying to accomplish a lot, but some pieces work better than others. Ultimately it's not a bad issue, but the previous installments have made me (and I suspect most other readers) expect a lot more, that's all. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Wolverine and the X-Men #14
Jul 26, 2012 |
"Wolverine & the X-Men" #14 best serves as a reminder that just because a comic is a tie-in to a big event (be it "Avengers vs. X-Men" or something entirely different) doesn't mean that it has to be generic. Aaron's script does a good job of supplementing the main event comic while still establishing its own voice and moving the series' plotlines ahead. All in all, a good job. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Wolverine and the X-Men #17
Sep 25, 2012 |
Aaron and Allred are clearly having a ball here and I'd love to see the duo collaborate again in the future. "Wolverine & the X-Men" #17 is silly, it's crazy and it's exactly what readers needed. You wouldn't want this every month, but that's the beauty of this comic. When the various X-Men titles are at their peak, it's when they've managed to balance the drama with the comedy; with this issue, Aaron and Allred demonstrate they definitely know how to bring the comedy side of that equation. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Wolverine and the X-Men #19
Oct 30, 2012 |
"Wolverine & the X-Men" #19 is not only a fun new installment, it's also clearly marking out the path forward for the series now that "Avengers vs. X-Men" is over. Based on this issue? Well, if there was only one X-Men title that I could read, I think it would be this one. Aaron's brought this comic in an interesting direction for 19 issues now, and I suspect that going forward that's not going to change. As always, a pleasure. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Wolverine and the X-Men #26
Mar 14, 2013 |
"Wolverine & the X-Men" #26 is worth reading for the half of the issue that I identified earlier, and for that reason alone I'm glad I did so. But with it most likely that the next issue will be set entirely in the present, I don't have much hope for what's to come next. The quicker Dog exits "Wolverine & the X-Men," the better. Here's hoping this is Dog's first and last return, post-"Origin." |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Wolverine and the X-Men #31
Jun 13, 2013 |
With a familiar artifact from "Uncanny X-Men" situated in the cliffhanger that's been gone since the early '90s, Aaron provides not only a nice callback for long-time readers but also a storyline in which anything and everything can happen. After an all right prologue in the previous issue, this first official chapter of "The Hellfire Saga" has grabbed my attention quite nicely. Bring it on, Hellfire Club. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Wolverine and the X-Men #33
Jul 24, 2013 |
"Wolverine and the X-Men" #33 is another enjoyable installment in the series, which feels like it's starting to tie off a lot of plot threads since the series' inception. Aaron and company doing just that -- clearing the decks -- can mean a whole new set of stories and ideas to come in soon. All in all, a lot of fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Wolverine and the X-Men #36
Sep 25, 2013 |
A ten-part crossover runs the risk of losing steam by the halfway point, and credit where it's due: that hasn't happened yet with "Battle of the Atom." "Wolverine and the X-Men" #36 has shown us that there are still some surprises in store, and that it's got the gas to go the full distance. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Wolverine and the X-Men #38
Dec 2, 2013 |
"Wolverine and the X-Men" #38 is another dependable issue in a dependable series. Honestly, I feel like that's what Marvel needs more, not less, of. Hopefully there will be an announcement before long explaining what'll happen to most of the cast; they're just too good to be left out in the cold for long, especially when written by Aaron. What at first felt like a useless extra X-Men title quickly turned into one of my favorites in the line, and I'll be sorry to see it go. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Wolverine and the X-Men #42
Feb 26, 2014 |
I can't imagine a worse issue with which to try out "Wolverine and the X-Men," but for those who have already been on board, it's a good enough wrap-up. Whatever the next creative team wants to do with the book and the characters, Aaron's left them in a position where it will be easy to do so. And more importantly, for everyone else who's been enjoying Aaron's time on the title, it contains a satisfying amount of closure. For an issue that figuratively and literally turns off the lights at the end of the day, it works. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Wolverine and the X-Men (2014) | 1 issues |
5
|
Wolverine and the X-Men (2014) #1
Mar 5, 2014 |
"Wolverine and the X-Men" in its last incarnation was one of my favorite ongoing titles from Marvel, and at the moment the new "Wolverine and the X-Men" #1 suffers in comparison. Hopefully future issues will step away a bit more from the same basic cast and situations that were part of Aaron's run, letting Latour and Asrar develop their own voice and take on the title. Right now it's feeling just a little off, but I feel like improvement could be just around the corner. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Wonder Girl (2011) | 1 issues |
6
|
Wonder Girl (2011) #1
Jan 14, 2011 |
At the end of the day, I can't help but feel like we got a little shortchanged when it comes to Wonder Girl herself, and that it was Solstice who got the real spotlight. On the plus side, at least it does make me more interested in seeing the character appear as a superhero in "Teen Titans" down the line. I don't think "Wonder Girl" ever quite hits its level of potential, but it's a nice extra chapter of "Teen Titans" if nothing else. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Wonder Woman (2006) | 2 issues |
7
|
Wonder Woman (2006) #600
Jun 30, 2010 |
Still, it's hard to judge the new "Wonder Woman" team based on just a ten page prologue; there's promise, but I want to see what they do with "Wonder Woman" #601 to get a better feel for what's in store for us as readers. Maybe if we'd had less pin-ups (to be fair, they are awfully nice) and more story pages this might not have been as much of a problem? If nothing else, though, it's got people talking about Wonder Woman again. That's a good sign. I'll certainly stop back in next month to see what they do next. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
Wonder Woman (2006) #602
Aug 25, 2010 |
The new direction of "Wonder Woman" holds potential (especially since it looks to be a limited run), but I'm worried that it already is losing some steam. These early issues need to do everything they can to hold onto any new readers that came on board to see what all the fuss was about, and if next month's issue feels equally uninspired, I don't think they'll be sticking around much longer. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.9
|
Wonder Woman (2011) | 18 issues |
9
|
Wonder Woman (2011) #2
Oct 19, 2011 |
"Wonder Woman," two issues in, is easily one of my favorite comics right now. Azzarello and Chiang have made "Wonder Woman" must-read material, and that's exactly how such an important character should be handled. Highly recommended. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Wonder Woman (2011) #4
Dec 21, 2011 |
"Wonder Woman" just gets better and better every month, and I'm already mentally allocating space on my bookshelves for a collected edition in 2012. Thanks to Azzarello and Chiang, "Wonder Woman" isn't just good, it's a must-read. This is, by far, one of the roaring successes of the DC Comics re-launch. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Wonder Woman (2011) #8
Apr 19, 2012 |
"Wonder Woman" is designed to push buttons (last month's issue in particular pushed a lot), there's no doubt. With each new chapter, though, I feel like we're getting a strong through-line of these ideas, that it's all there to specifically align for a greater purpose. It's still one of the most interesting books in DC's New 52 and while some ideas might be a little off-putting, I feel that it's trying to startle its readers even as it's providing more than just shock tactics. I'm curious to see where the title will go next. More importantly, it also answers the question of what sets Wonder Woman apart from the rest of the Amazons; she's better than them, someone for whom you should look up to. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Wonder Woman (2011) #10
Jun 25, 2012 |
"Wonder Woman" #10 continues the trend of strong comics for this series, both in writing and art. And if Kano ever wants to come back and draw more "Wonder Woman," well, I won't complain. As much as I love Chiang's art, and also appreciate Akins as a regular fill-in artist, Kano's more than proven this month that he has what it takes to draw "Wonder Woman," too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Wonder Woman (2011) #12
Aug 16, 2012 |
"Wonder Woman" #12 is exactly the right way to close out the first year of this comic (and the upcoming second collection, "Wonder Woman: Guts"). I'm just as much a fan of "Wonder Woman" now as I was a year ago, and that's thanks to Azzarello, Chiang and Akins. As always, this is a must-read. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Wonder Woman (2011) #13
Oct 18, 2012 |
"Wonder Woman" #13 is a great example of how well a reboot of a company's line of comics can work with the right creators. Azzarello, Akins, and Cliff Chiang have turned the title into one that's continually enthralling, and this is no exception. Bring on the rest of year two, please. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Wonder Woman (2011) #18
Mar 22, 2013 |
"Wonder Woman" #18 is a bit of a let-down, if only because the series on the whole is normally so much stronger than this. Hopefully next month will pick things back up again, but for a book that is normally great, a just-average issue is a real disappointment in comparison. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Wonder Woman (2011) #19
Apr 17, 2013 |
"Wonder Woman" #19 is another solid issue in an always fun series. Azzarello and company have clearly kicked off another six months or so of stories to form the fourth collection here; it's much to their credit that I'm not willing to wait until that collection surfaces, though. Good times. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Wonder Woman (2011) #23
Aug 22, 2013 |
"Wonder Woman" #23 and the series as a whole has walked to the beat of its own drum, and this is no exception. Will these changes be integrated into the rest of the DC Universe? Who knows? More importantly, I find myself unable to worry about it. It's a clever shift, and I want to see how Azzarello, Chiang, and the rest of the artist rotation deal with this in the months to come. Consider me properly psyched for the start of the title's third year. Well done, all involved. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Wonder Woman (2011) #23.2
Sep 26, 2013 |
"Wonder Woman" #23.2 is one of the real winners of Villains Month, but that's perhaps because it ultimately ignores a lot of the failings of the initiative. With the issue slotting in quite nicely to the series' regular narrative, "Wonder Woman" fans have a lot to enjoy here. In an ideal world, Azzarello and ACO's attention to craft and detail would have been the norm, not the exception. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Wonder Woman (2011) #25
Nov 22, 2013 |
"Wonder Woman" #25 is ultimately a strong and on track comic. It's not the most riveting of issues to date, but it's still quite enjoyable and fun, and you can see how what's yet to come is being set up perfectly. Comics like this one are what make the best issues possible, with a careful lead up to those moments. Watching Strife's best laid plans all start coming together is great, and not only because that's what you get when you trust the goddess of discord. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Wonder Woman (2011) #27
Jan 24, 2014 |
"Wonder Woman" #27 should get us to the next high of the series, easily. Azzarello and Chiang have had enough successes with this title that the occasional downward dip (and only to the realm of average, rather than outstanding) is more than acceptable. And at the end of the day, having Chiang draw just an average story? Well, that won't scare readers away one bit. His art is always worth the wait. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Wonder Woman (2011) #31
May 23, 2014 |
"Wonder Woman" #31 is another strong issue, and I'm definitely going to miss Azzarello, Sudzuka, and Chiang when their time comes to a close. For now, though, lean back and enjoy the ride. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Wonder Woman (2011) #33
Jul 28, 2014 |
I'll be genuinely sad to see the Azzarello and Chiang era of "Wonder Woman" come to an end; it's been a constant source of good, strong entertainment since the start of the "New 52" reboot. In the meantime, though, there's nothing to stop me from enjoying what we've got. Here's to the final two chapters. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Wonder Woman (2011) #35
Oct 31, 2014 |
I'll greatly miss Azzarello, Chiang and company on this title. It's been a fun ride, and this is a run on the title that years later will still be talked about as a definitive "Wonder Woman" era. But with all of that in mind -- I wish that their final issue had been as great as their overall overage, rather than just good. They ultimately won the marathon, but that final mile wasn't as graceful as one would have wanted. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
Wonder Woman (2011) #37
Dec 18, 2014 |
"Wonder Woman" #37 is disappointing on several levels; inappropriate art and a script that can't bring its plot to life are the two big ones. I'm not willing to entirely give up on the series just yet, because I think that Meredith Finch does have potential. But for now, unfortunately, that potential is deeply buried. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Wonder Woman (2011) #47
Dec 31, 2015 |
"Wonder Woman" #47 is a big step forward for the series, and at an important time. With a cinematic version of the character set to debut in "Batman v Superman: Dawn of Justice" in 2016, there needs to be a strong "Wonder Woman" comic. While we're not quite at that level just yet, the amount of improvement over Finch's first year on the title gives me hope we're on our way towards just that. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Wonder Woman (2011) #50
Mar 28, 2016 |
I'm eager to see what the next creative team will do with this series when the Finchs' run comes to a close in May. Meredith Finch has certainly improved greatly during her time here, but it's still not quite at an even keel; often, the basic ideas feel like they're just lacking the level of polish needed in the execution. I do wish her well with future assignments, though, and hopefully that continued growth will continue. In the meantime, it feels like "Wonder Woman" is due for a new set of hands to guide her forward. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Wonder Woman (2011) One Shot | 1 issues |
5
|
Wonder Woman (2011): Futures End #1
Sep 22, 2014 |
"Wonder Woman: Futures End" #1 doesn't fall down on the job, but it certainly stumbles a few times. The book looks great (even with multiple inkers), but this first half a two-part story (concluded in "Superman/Wonder Woman: Futures End" #1) doesn't have quite the punch that its setup promises. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
9.0
|
Wonder Woman: Rebirth | 1 issues |
9
|
Wonder Woman: Rebirth #1
Jun 8, 2016 |
While "Wonder Woman: Rebirth" #1 stops just as things are about to get particularly hairy, the pacing here is pretty much perfect. This is as much teaser as it is a lure; it doesn't take a Delphic Oracle to know that readers will want to see much, much more. Rucka, Clark, Sharp and company have created one of the strongest "Rebirth" comics to date and laid out the groundwork for exciting times ahead. I'm definitely back for more, and I think you will be, too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
World War Hulks | 1 issues |
4
|
World War Hulks #1
Apr 8, 2010 |
At the end of the day, "World War Hulks" #1 is an uneven anthology; there are some good pieces, and also some for which you'll question their inclusion. If you're a die-hard "Hulk" fan you'll probably want to get this, but if you're just a casual reader, don't worry if you skip it. There's nothing so game-changing that you'll end up lost if you just wait for the main storyline issues down the road. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
World's Finest (2012) | 2 issues |
4
|
World's Finest (2012) #2
Jun 8, 2012 |
"Worlds' Finest" has an interesting basic idea, and I'd like to see a book like this succeed. But while the flashback sequences feel right on target, the present day portion of the book could use a bit of a boost. This should be fun, but it ends up just a touch dull instead. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
World's Finest (2012) #18
Dec 13, 2013 |
It was nice to revisit the series via "Worlds' Finest" #18, if only to see what had happened in my absence. It's not a bad book, but in the end it's still not a book that promises to grab interest and compel readers to find out what happens next. There are some good bits here and there, and I'd love to hear that Levitz is focusing more on Power Girl and Huntress adapting to not being in their own universe and less on random attacker of the week. As it is, this book is just all right, nothing more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Wytches | 1 issues |
8
|
Wytches #5
Mar 26, 2015 |
"Wytches" #5 is another strong issue, and one that sets up next month's conclusion to this first story arc with a sense of dread hanging over the proceedings. Snyder and Jock's "Detective Comics" run was creepy and unnerving, but this is a whole new level of horror. Enter the realm of "Wytches" -- if you dare. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
X | 6 issues |
7
|
X #1
May 8, 2013 |
"X" #1 is almost certainly not for those who want something tame. Instead, this feels like a mash-up between "Punisher MAX" and "The Question," with an eye towards violence set alongside a fight against corruption. If you're ready to take a bit of gore, definitely take a look. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
X #3
Jul 10, 2013 |
"X" #3 is another good issue, and is a strong lead-in to next month's wrapping up of the series' first storyline. Swierczynski and Nguyen have marked their spot quite well in "X." I'll be back for more. It's dark and twisted, but it's fun, too. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
X #5
Sep 13, 2013 |
"X" #5 continues the overall quality of the series to date, and it makes me interested to see where the series will head next. Swierczynski and Parker are keeping the bar set well, and if you still haven't picked up "X" but are interested, this is actually as good a place as any to start. It's a bit of epilogue, sure, but it's also a launching point for the series heading forward, too. If you want a dirty gritty crime comic, you should be reading "X." |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
X #6
Oct 9, 2013 |
"X" #6 just gets better and better, and it's a pleasure to have this book on a monthly basis. If you're in the mood for a dark crime series, "X" marks the spot. All in all, their best effort yet. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
X #10
Feb 12, 2014 |
"X" is, month in and month out, a brutally entertaining series. Swierczynski and Nguyen's "X" kicks its characters in the head and has them crawling back for more, as a fight against corruption with only one voice of morality left in the city begins to shift into high gear. Another strong installment from one of Dark Horse's better new series. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
X #13
May 14, 2014 |
Even with an unfortunate mismatch between script and art, though, "X" #13 is a good enough issue. Swierczynski's follow-through from the previous issue has made things exciting, and whatever we have next, I'm looking forward to it. But hopefully, once Nguyen returns to the title with "X" #15, he'll stick around for a while. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.5
|
X-23 (2010) | 2 issues |
8
|
X-23 (2010) #2
Oct 22, 2010 |
"X-23" reminds me, above all else, that there's no such thing as a bad character. All it takes is the right creative team to tackle them and make them interesting. I'll freely admit I never thought an "X-23" ongoing series would look interesting, but Liu and Conrad have ably proven me wrong. This is an instance that I don't mind being proven wrong. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
X-23 (2010) #4
Jan 3, 2011 |
I'm not entirely sure about the new villain showing up this month, but considering nothing beyond her initial appearance seems to have happened with the character, I'm willing to wait and see what Liu does with her. Considering Liu turned the "Wolverine" title's "a demon is possessing Wolverine" story and made it into something that could've just as easily tricked me into thinking it was Liu's idea all along, I have faith that this character can end up working well here. For now, I'm along for the ride. Considering this is a character I was never interested in before, Liu's doing a whole lot of good already. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
X-Campus (2010) | 1 issues |
3
|
X-Campus (2010) #1
Jul 3, 2010 |
It's nice for the creators that they're getting some English-language exposure for their work, but "X-Campus" just doesn't have that punch needed to make it rise up above an already expansive sea of other X-Men comics. Right now, I can't see why people would want to read "X-Campus" with watered down X-Men characters when they can just read the actual titles instead. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.3
|
X-Factor (2005) | 24 issues |
7
|
X-Factor (2005) #32
Jun 22, 2008 |
In the end, "X-Factor" #32 does what it clearly meant to; wipes the deck clean of almost everything leading up to this point, then sets the stage for what's to come. I just wish we could've saved the latter for the next issue. Still, I'll be back to see just what David has in store for the title next. So far, so good. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
X-Factor (2005) #36
Oct 21, 2008 |
I was a little worried just three months ago, feeling like the change in location for the book coupled with Stroman's arrival as artist might be the beginning of the end for "X-Factor." Now? I'm really happy to see how just a few months could make all the difference in the world. This is a lot of fun, and it feels like creatively everyone is clicking together perfectly. Just the way it should be. It's nice to have "X-Factor" back up to its old strength again. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
X-Factor (2005) #40
Feb 25, 2009 |
After last month's "X-Factor" I found myself rolling my eyes and groaning a bit with the big ending. This month? I'm genuinely looking forward to seeing the next issue. That's a bit more like it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
X-Factor (2005) #47
Aug 20, 2009 |
"X-Factor" lately has had its ups and downs, and this one is more down than up. Hopefully next month will be another up, but at the moment I think I'd settle for feeling like "X-Factor" has a purpose again. I know David has said he can't plan that far ahead, but somehow I'm sure he can put something together if he and editorial really wanted to. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
X-Factor (2005) #50
Oct 29, 2009 |
It's frustrating because there are little sparks of good peppered throughout the issue. When we finally get big revelations about Layla Miller's powers and how she "knows stuff," it reminds me of the older issues of "X-Factor" where it felt like something big happened every month. Likewise, David makes Trevor Fitzroy an interesting character for the first time since he was introduced in 1991. With the team potentially back together for "X-Factor" #200 around the corner, I'm hoping that the book regains its groove. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
X-Factor (2005) #200
Dec 15, 2009 |
If you've never read the current incarnation of "X-Factor," this issue even includes a reprint of "Madrox" #1, the first issue of the mini-series that lead up to the return of "X-Factor." Hopefully all of this influx of energy will get the book the attention it once more deserves. This was a pleasant surprise |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
X-Factor (2005) #202
Feb 25, 2010 |
Still, this is a massive improvement from "X-Factor" six months ago; the book feels energized and alive again, not counting out its pages and glancing at its watch. Who knew that adding 150 onto your age could make you feel young again? That might not work for people, but in the case of "X-Factor" it did the trick quite nicely. "X-Factor" is back in action and I'm happy to see its return. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
X-Factor (2005) #203
Mar 28, 2010 |
The previous storyline that ran in "X-Factor" #200-202 was easily my favorite story we've seen from the book in a year or two, now. This issue was all right, but it didn't instill me with confidence that the quality of the last storyline will be repeated here. I'm hoping this isn't an ill omen of things to come. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
X-Factor (2005) #206
Jun 28, 2010 |
I appreciate that David and the mutant office tried to logically bring "X-Factor" into "Second Coming" as best they could, but now that it's over I think it might've just been better to ignore it entirely. (After all, if you're going to recognize X-Factor running around, it's hard to not also note that "Second Coming" targeted all the teleporters but somehow missed Shatterstar. Considering he uses his power in this very issue, that's a rather large plotting blind spot.) This reminded me much more of the lackluster "X-Factor" we had about nine months ago, and that's not the kind of memory this book should try and evoke in its readers. I expect better than this. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
X-Factor (2005) #210
Oct 22, 2010 |
"X-Factor" isn't always sweetness and light, but this is definitely a darker turn for the comic. I don't mind getting a little less cheerfulness in the title, but it's a fine line to walk, doubly so when the darkness comes at the expense of liking the main characters. A lot of the strength in "X-Factor" has been enjoying the character interactions, so hopefully they won't all end up distasteful before too long. At least next month brings Longshot back on board, and that should help somewhat, but this was a huge shift in style. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
X-Factor (2005) #215
Feb 10, 2011 |
"X-Factor" is playing to its strengths this week, and the end result is a real joy to read. It's a nice reminder on why I read the book, and a good set-up for situations to come down the line. More like this, please. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
X-Factor (2005) #218
Apr 25, 2011 |
With some issues of "X-Factor" I've felt like half the cast missing was a detriment, but here it's to the book's favor. With such a fast pace, slowing it down to bring the rest of the characters in would've been a mistake. I have no idea just what David and Lupacchino have in store for us next, but after this month's issue, I'm dying to find out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
X-Factor (2005) #226
Oct 21, 2011 |
"X-Factor" has turned out another strong issue, and it's nice to see the book firing on so many cylinders. With Havok and Polaris about to join back up before long, it's bound to get crazier still, but I've got confidence that two new additions can fit in just fine. Once again, "X-Factor" is a lot of fun. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
X-Factor (2005) #227
Nov 16, 2011 |
"X-Factor" is definitely been running through some of its stronger material in 2011, and it's great to see the book back in such strong form. But as for its reputation... Fun? Absolutely. Strictly funny? Not really. This is a book that hits all sorts of emotions and ranges, and those who have avoided it because they think it's a comedy book should give it another shot. This is definitely some dark material, and I say that as a compliment. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
X-Factor (2005) #233
Mar 22, 2012 |
It's nice to see "X-Factor" finally moving forward again, but after months of teasing, it feels like we should be a bit further along. "X-Factor" is at its worst when the pace slows down, so hopefully we're finally getting beyond that now. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
X-Factor (2005) #235
May 7, 2012 |
"X-Factor" is on a roll as of late and this issue is a good a place as any to check out the book for yourself if you haven't done so. David and Kirk are delivering strong, fun, quality comics. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
X-Factor (2005) #239
Jul 6, 2012 |
"X-Factor" is a book that I've been cheering on for the majority of the year, so seeing it start to misstep and scatter is a bit disappointing. This is a book that I know is capable of so much better, because we've had it before. Hopefully Longshot can work some of his luck powers on his home title and right things again, because "X-Factor" could use some right now. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
X-Factor (2005) #241
Aug 1, 2012 |
"X-Factor" #241 is fun, but it's also the first of five parts for "Breaking Points." It could all still come tumbling down, but for the moment, it feels like David and Kirk are on the right track. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
X-Factor (2005) #243
Sep 6, 2012 |
"X-Factor" #243's overall story feels a little forced, both in terms of Polaris's origin as well as so many members departing in such a short time period. But it's still turning out fun to read, and nice to look at. I'm willing to put up with a bit of clich if it means the end result is entertaining. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
X-Factor (2005) #245
Oct 17, 2012 |
So where does "X-Factor" go from here? With a suddenly reduced cast, the options are numerous; doubly so with the return of mutantkind courtesy "Avengers vs. X-Men" #12. Ditching part of the cast (even if it ends up only temporary for some) feels like it was a freeing process for David; with any luck, the stories to follow will show that to be true. Until then, though, it's nice to see the book geared up for what's next to come. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
X-Factor (2005) #254
Apr 18, 2013 |
It's tough seeing "X-Factor" stumble a bit here; I want not only the book to succeed but its creators as well. In a collected format, I can't help but think that this particular chapter of the "Hell on Earth War" is going to feel a bit skippable. Earlier installments were much more fun, but this one fails to ignite. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
X-Factor (2005) #257
Jun 6, 2013 |
"X-Factor" #257 is a less than riveting start to "The End of X-Factor," and that's a shame because I'd like the series to go out on a high note. I think it's still possible, especially now that the missing Madrox subplot has been wrapped up. But for the sake of the readership, I hope that whatever happens next does so in a slightly snappier manner. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
X-Factor (2005) #259
Jul 22, 2013 |
"X-Factor" #259 continues the series' wrapping up of each of its main characters' stories for now. While it's sad to see them all scattered and going their separate ways, this is a group of stories with the umbrella title of, "The End of X-Factor," after all. For long time readers, I'd say this works. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
X-Factor (2005) #260
Aug 12, 2013 |
"X-Factor" #260 is a slightly gutsy turn for the book, and if this was truly a wrap-up for Polaris it might be a little easier to swallow. But as a springboard for a new series, or even a follow-on from everything seen for the character to date, it doesn't feel right on either front. I don't mind a comic that is prickly and unpleasant, but this feels like it's a slight misstep in achieving its presumed purposes. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
X-Factor Forever | 1 issues |
4
|
X-Factor Forever #3
May 16, 2010 |
After enjoying the first issue a great deal, this middle slump is a slight disappointment. Hopefully it's just a dip in the road and not a downward slide; with two issues to go, though, I feel like I'm in until the end. And while we're at it, maybe someone could offer Simonson a title she'd be interested in writing? I miss her gift with dialogue. It'd be nice to see her do something new. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
X-Factor Special: Layla Miller | 1 issues |
8
|
X-Factor Special: Layla Miller #1
Aug 24, 2008 |
Like the previous special focusing on Quicksilver, "X-Factor Special: Layla Miller" could very well serve as a template for how to best handle an extra one-shot for your ongoing comic. It touches in on a character that readers care about and want to see more of, but at the same time is a story that is best served by not breaking up the other stories running in the monthly title. If David has any more "X-Factor Specials" up his sleeve, I'll definitely be back for more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
X-Force (2008) | 2 issues |
6
|
X-Force (2008) #11
Feb 5, 2009 |
In the end, I found myself with a bit of a quandary. I liked the issue, but knowing that Crain is the regular artist on the book, am I ready to come back for more? (I have to admit, had Crain drawn the entire issue the rating would have been much lower.) I'm still not sure on that front yet, but I do know one thing: if Urusov comes back to draw another issue, I'll definitely check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
X-Force (2008) #27
May 26, 2010 |
After several issues of losing steam, this chapter of "Second Coming" finally kicks the story back into high gear after an initial misstep. With just five chapters (and a handful of tie-ins) to go, that's a good thing; it's nice to see some pep back in this crossover. For readers who might've been getting a little bored, rest assured, the fun is starting to return. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
3.0
|
X-Force (2014) | 1 issues |
3
|
X-Force (2014) #2
Mar 14, 2014 |
When Rick Remender turned "Uncanny X-Force" into a tremendous critical success, it made sense that Marvel wanted the title to continue in his absence. But splitting the title into two X-Force comics felt like a bit of a disaster, and I'd hoped that boiling it back down to a single comic would fix the problem. At this point, though, I think "X-Force" is ready to be retired until a better take on the idea comes along. I'd rather see no "X-Force" than a bad "X-Force," and two issues in, I feel that this comic shows few signs of pulling out of its tailspin. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.6
|
X-Men (2010) | 8 issues |
6
|
X-Men (2010) #1
Jul 8, 2010 |
"X-Men" #1 has a so-so story, but you'll stay for Medina and Vlasco's art. Hopefully Gischler will add in a little more strength to the next issue. While I'm not convinced there's any need for a third monthly X-Men title (especially now that "X-Men: Legacy" has shifted to a combination of older and newer characters with Rogue at the center), there's some potential here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
X-Men (2010) #3
Sep 14, 2010 |
Still, overall it's an entertaining read, although in order to survive (or at least maintain a respectable sales velocity compared to its brethren) there needs to be a bit more urgency and excitement in its stories. That's the one hook that's missing, and considering how much attention they're lavishing on this initial story, it's a tiny bit worrisome that it hasn't appeared yet. Still, there's time. For now I'm along for the ride, but before too long it's going to need to step up a notch. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
X-Men (2010) #4
Oct 17, 2010 |
I give Gischler credit for trying to keep all of his cards on the table, even down to a brief mention of the recently resurrected Dracula so we don't forget that he's back in the picture (despite not appearing at all this issue). That said, Cyclops's response ("That hasn't played out yet. Remember that.") might as well have a big neon flashing arrow while we're at it, the line is so blatant. "X-Men" needs to get its momentum back, though; with an already crowded marketplace, slowing down so early in a series' life is probably the worst thing it can do. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
X-Men (2010) #8
Feb 26, 2011 |
"X-Men" #8 is a great looking comic, but the fact that we're on chapter two of "To Serve and Protect" and it's already grinding to a halt is a bad sign. "X-Men" needs to pick up the pace, pronto. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
X-Men (2010) #10
May 1, 2011 |
"X-Men" is a title that I want to like, but at a dollar more per issue, plus sluggish plots, it's burning off a lot of good will rather quickly. I think there's still a place for this comic, but it needs a little more fine tuning to hit the spot. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
X-Men (2010) #29
Jun 1, 2012 |
Conrad's cover at least promises some fun, but then again it's also a scene that blatantly doesn't happen in this comic. (For starters, half of the characters on the cover aren't present in "X-Men" #29, which feels like some rather false advertising.) A comic that has a Skrull shuttle buzzing the Statue of Liberty should have been fun, but instead it's a publication where it feels like the creative team was resigned to not being around next month. Hopefully Brian Wood and David Lopez can kick the title into high gear; right now, this is the "X-Men" comic that time (and the readership) forgot. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
X-Men (2010) #32
Jul 23, 2012 |
I don't know if, post-Marvel NOW! we'll have more "X-Men" comics from Wood and Alvarez. I hope so, for our sakes. They're a good team and in just a couple of issues they've turned the flagging, forgotten title in the X-Books into one that I'm eagerly awaiting the next installment. This has been a pleasant surprise. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
X-Men (2010) #38
Nov 9, 2012 |
"X-Men" #38 was a very pleasant surprise. Knowing nothing about Peck's writing, I had no idea how he and Azaceta would fare on this title. Having a strange cast for the first issue made it doubly a mystery. The fact that the duo pulled it off so well gives me great hopes for the future of "X-Men." I'll be back, absolutely. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.3
|
X-Men (2013) | 6 issues |
7
|
X-Men (2013) #3
Jul 31, 2013 |
"X-Men" #3 is a fun issue overall, but it does feel a little scattered in places. Still, it's definitely above average, and all in all "X-Men" has proven itself with a good first story outing. In a market which isn't afraid to unleash a glut of titles with the same teams or characters, it's a relief to have a new book starring the X-Men still feel interesting and with a strong voice. Good stuff. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
X-Men (2013) #7
Nov 21, 2013 |
"X-Men" #7 is a solid issue in a strange little book. I'd like to see it find a stronger purpose than, "random female X-Men characters thrown together," but that's an issue that is becoming increasingly prevalent with each new X-Title starting to flood the market. If nothing else, doing so will hopefully let this book have long-term stable sales in order to survive. There's potential here, and I like a lot of the little fine points that we've seen, but that's not enough for an ongoing strategy just yet. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
X-Men (2013) #10.NOW
Feb 5, 2014 |
"X-Men" #10.NOW is an odd book for Marvel to shine a spotlight upon. Wood's in the middle of a storyline, and there are two different artists whose styles look nothing alike drawing the title. I'm still enjoying "X-Men" but there has to have been a better example in the pipeline than this one to hopefully lure on board new readers. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
X-Men (2013) #12
Mar 20, 2014 |
"X-Men" #12 is a colossal disappointment, to the point that it's making me wonder if it's worth continuing to read this title. There are some great ideas packed away in here, and little moments here and there (like the revelation of what of Pryor was still around, last issue), but the execution of the stories is where it all falls apart. If future storylines are going to be ended in such a manner, I'm not convinced that it's worth going through them in order to get let down once more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
X-Men (2013) #18
Aug 15, 2014 |
"X-Men" #18 feels like the series is back on track, which is a real shame since Guggenheim's only signed on for four issues. Still, if he and Tolibao were enlisted to stay on board full time, that sure would be nice. Until then, just sit back and enjoy the ride. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
X-Men (2013) #25
Mar 5, 2015 |
"X-Men" #25 should have been a reason to celebrate but, instead, this story continues to limp along with less energy each issue. It's a real shame, because Wilson's basic ideas are both good and the best thing about the comic. I want to like this more than I do but, somewhere between idea and execution, nothing has quite worked. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
2.0
|
X-Men Forever | 1 issues |
2
|
X-Men Forever #2
Jun 28, 2009 |
Claremont and Grummett have both worked on better books in recent days, so "X-Men Forever" is almost bewildering to look at. They're both capable of a lot better, but this book just feels like a mistake on every level. I can't figure out why "X-Men Forever" got green lit; younger X-Men fans probably won't care about a book that follows up on stories from the early '90s, and older X-Men fans have probably moved on. With stories of this caliber, I suspect finding and keeping an audience is going to be difficult at best. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
X-Men: Curse of the Mutants (2010) | 2 issues |
4
|
X-Men: Curse of the Mutants (2010): Blade #1
Aug 26, 2010 |
I've enjoyed the first two issues of "X-Men" well enough, but after reading this "Curse of the Mutants" one-shot, I'm ready to pass on the others unless I hear great things about them. "Curse of the Mutants: Blade" wasn't bad, but at the end of the day it's an unnecessary comic. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
X-Men: Curse of the Mutants (2010): X-Men vs. Vampires #1
Sep 30, 2010 |
The comic wraps up with the first half of a reprint of "Uncanny X-Men" #159, where Storm is briefly turned into a vampire. Since they've been referencing Storm's relationship with Dracula throughout this crossover, it's a logical story to reprint. It does serve as a reminder, though, on how much more plot Chris Claremont was able to pack into issues of "Uncanny X-Men" back then; it certainly makes all of these stories feel a bit slower by way of comparison. "Curse of the Mutants: X-Men vs. Vampires" is ultimately not a bad comic, but it's not a great one either. We've seen much better in the way of X-Men anthologies before. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
X-Men: First Class (2007) | 1 issues |
6
|
X-Men: First Class (2007) #14
Aug 4, 2008 |
"X-Men: First Class" didn't tell a story that I'll be thinking about for months to come, but it was entertaining enough that I'll certainly pick up future issues. Add in back-up stories drawn by Coover, and I just get that much more excited; her cute, delicate drawings of the X-Men are a real treat. In the end, it's just fun, and I'm good with that. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.5
|
X-Men: Legacy (2008) | 12 issues |
4
|
X-Men: Legacy (2008) #219
Dec 18, 2008 |
Carey is normally much better than this, and hopefully future issues of "X-Men: Legacy" will show his strengths off more than what we got here. With a promise for the return of Rogue post-"Messiah Complex," it sounds like there's a big storyline just around the corner. This issue, though, just feels like he's stalling for an extra month until the next direction of "X-Men: Legacy" is revealed. Everyone involved deserves and is capable of better. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
X-Men: Legacy (2008) #226
Jul 10, 2009 |
Carey does the best he can and gives lots of little fun moments (Rogue versus Ares, in particular), but at the end of the day, it's little more than a fill-in. Here's looking forward to "X-Men: Legacy" getting its own stories and voice back shortly. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
X-Men: Legacy (2008) #229
Nov 23, 2009 |
The "X-Necrosha" one-shot earlier this month promised that "X-Men: Legacy" would get drawn into that crossover, but I'm delighted that it wasn't the case this month, and won't be next time either. It's nothing against "Necrosha" but rather that I'm loving what Carey's doing on his own within "X-Men: Legacy." A book focusing primarily on Rogue but utilizing the full X-Men cast? Her own solo series might have failed, but this to me seems like it's a winner. Thoroughly fun from start to finish. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
X-Men: Legacy (2008) #231
Dec 27, 2009 |
As a small sub-crossover within the X-Book family, "X-Necrosha" is proving to be an entertaining story that fits well with "X-Men: Legacy" and "New Mutants," despite being a story that originated (and ends) within "X-Force." Carey's turned "X-Men: Legacy" into a pleasant companion to "Uncanny X-Men" and it's a nice extra helping of these characters every month, just like it should be. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
X-Men: Legacy (2008) #232
Jan 26, 2010 |
X-Men: Legacy #219 |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
X-Men: Legacy (2008) #235
Apr 22, 2010 |
When I first heard about "Second Coming" I'll admit I groaned at the thought of another crossover, but this has proven to be a thoroughly enjoyable crossover so far. If the remaining ten chapters keep the pace, this could go down as one of the best "X-Men" family crossovers to date. Good work, all involved. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
X-Men: Legacy (2008) #236
May 22, 2010 |
Greg Land and Jay Leisten's art is predictable and on form with their earlier work. Land's blatant photo references remain as distracting as ever, to the point that tight close-ups on some characters are actually a little confusing because they don't look recognizable due to a lack of their own, familiar faces. When he breaks free of them it's not quite so bad--he's actually doing a nice job on what little action there is in this issue--but post-"Second Coming" I'd be happier if Terry and Rachel Dodson took over "Uncanny X-Men" full time. At the end of the day, this issue's art is just like the rest of it; all right, but getting a little predictable and tired. Here's to some more pep in the remaining chapters. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
X-Men: Legacy (2008) #238
Aug 1, 2010 |
It's nice to see "X-Men Legacy" back doing its own thing again; I think Carey has found a good direction for the title, and one that shows a lot of potential. I'll admit that some of the characters he's using, like Loa and Hellion, are little more than names for me right now. Hopefully they'll stick around long enough that we can start to get a feel for them. For now, though, I'm content to sit back and see what happens next. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
5
|
X-Men: Legacy (2008) #239
Aug 27, 2010 |
At the end of the day, "X-Men Legacy" #239 feels like a rough draft that needed another polish before going live. Even some of the finer details have mistakes that could have used an editor, like Magneto's name of "Erik Lehnsherr" being misspelled as "Eric Lensherr." This issue is an unfortunate misstep by most parties involved. Let's hope it stays an atypical end result and the book is back to normal next month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
X-Men: Legacy (2008) #252
Jul 28, 2011 |
"X-Men Legacy" is a fun little comic, and I appreciate that Carey isn't afraid to continually change up the line-up and main thrust of the series. That said, I'm already looking forward to the next story involving the return of several long-missing X-Men. Fortunately, what we're getting until then has been fun, and looks to be set at just the right length. No arguments here. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
X-Men: Legacy (2008) #263
Mar 15, 2012 |
The new creative team for "X-Men Legacy" initially looked promising, but this was an extremely weak ending to their first big story. Hopefully this isn't a sign of things to come. After five years of Mike Carey building up "X-Men Legacy" to have its own voice, it would be a shame to see it all come crashing back down. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
3
|
X-Men: Legacy (2008) #265
Apr 27, 2012 |
Most importantly, "X-Men Legacy" still doesn't have a new direction set post-Carey and I'm starting think it's not going to have one. Right now this feels like just another "X-Men" team of random characters, lacking any particular drive or spirit. I've loved Gage's writing on other comics, so it makes "X-Men Legacy" that much more disappointing. This should be better. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
X-Men: Legacy (2008) Annual | 1 issues |
7
|
X-Men: Legacy (2008) Annual #1
Sep 15, 2009 |
My one big complaint with "X-Men: Legacy" Annual #1, though, is that that it's a "to be continued" story. One thing I liked about most Annuals (before they all turned into big company-wide crossovers) was that you got a double-sized, all-in-one story. When I turned the page and discovered that it still wasn't over, well, I couldn't help but be disappointed. Still, that's a good sign that Carey and Acuna did their job well enough that I wanted more. It's a fun new direction for the series, and one that I can see succeeding both creatively and financially. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
1.0
|
X-Men: Legacy (2012) | 1 issues |
1
|
X-Men: Legacy (2012) #1
Nov 16, 2012 |
The sad thing is that a book about a character with multiple personalities could be fun. (Matt Ruff's novel "Set This House in Order" is a prime example of how it can work for a narrative success.) I'm not convinced that "X-Men: Legacy" could ever be that book, though. The character of Legion feels like a bit of a poison pill at this point in time, and while Spurrier and Huat throw in everything but the kitchen sink to try and fix the problem, it feels like too big of a stumbling block for either one to get over. All in all, a disappointment. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
X-Men: Pixie Strikes Back! | 1 issues |
8
|
X-Men: Pixie Strikes Back! #2
Mar 10, 2010 |
"X-Men: Pixie Strikes Back!" may look like another disposable mutant mini-series, but Immonen's snappy script is strong enough that it's quietly beating the odds. If all mini-series and one-offs were this strong, I think we'd have a lot more happy customers in the store buying them. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
X-Men: Second Coming | 1 issues |
7
|
X-Men: Second Coming #2
Jul 14, 2010 |
Did "Second Coming" work? I'd say most definitely yes. It had some slow spots in the middle, sure, but on the whole it held together strongly. Multi-title crossovers are more often than not a mess, and this is one of the few exceptions. I'd like to see no more crossovers for a while, but if they can all end this well, I'd be willing to turn a blind eye towards the next one. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
X-Men: Second Coming - Revelations: Blind Science | 1 issues |
4
|
X-Men: Second Coming - Revelations: Blind Science #1
May 29, 2010 |
"X-Men: Science Club" was a great idea, but these normally fun characters deserved a better solo outing. Maybe once "Second Coming" is over someone else can tackle the group and see what they can do, but for now in an overall good storyline this has felt rather "eh." |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
X-Men: Second Coming - Revelations: Hellbound | 1 issues |
4
|
X-Men: Second Coming - Revelations: Hellbound #1
May 9, 2010 |
"X-Men: Hellbound" is off to a slow start; with just three issues, there isn't too much time left to get to the meat of the matter. With yet another villain returning from the dead for the sake of a shock ending, let's hope there's a little more punch to the remaining chapters that make this worth it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
X-Necrosha | 1 issues |
6
|
X-Necrosha #1
Oct 27, 2009 |
"X-Necrosha" #1 is a good way to kick off this crossover. It's a shame the lead story isn't up to par with its supporting members, but hopefully now that the exposition and set-up is out of the way, they can hit the ground running with the next issue of "X-Force." For now, this is definitely proof that we can have two superhero/zombie stories running in comics at the same time. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Xombi | 2 issues |
9
|
Xombi #1
Mar 19, 2011 |
I like to think that "Xombi" was a book ahead of its time in the '90s, although to be fair it was also in the same era as the birth of the Vertigo imprint, and when readers had already experienced books like Grant Morrison's "Doom Patrol" and Peter Milligan's "Shade the Changing Man." None the less, I hope that it was somehow ahead of its time, if only because that gives me even a faint hope that "Xombi" will prosper now. This book is too good to ignored a second time. Pick up a copy. Please? |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Xombi #3
May 25, 2011 |
In an ideal world, we're going to hear that "Xombi" is building up its sales every month. There's nothing else quite like it on the market right now; it's smart, funny, touching, and beautiful. If you aren't reading "Xombi" yet, scoop up the first three issues. You're in for one doozy of a ride. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.0
|
Years of Future Past | 1 issues |
6
|
Years of Future Past #4
Aug 17, 2015 |
I'll probably stick through "Years of Future Past" to the conclusion, in part to see if the remaining portion makes Cameron's actions feel a bit more natural. For the moment, though, it's a little frustrating. I'd enjoyed the series a lot more up until that point and, while there's still time for a recovery, it does feel like a big stumbling block to get past. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
7.0
|
Young Allies | 1 issues |
7
|
Young Allies #2
Jul 10, 2010 |
"Young Allies" is fun and while it may look like a strange mix of characters, I'd say that overall McKeever and Baldeon have hit the spot. I suspect if you pick up the first two issues, you too will end up signing up for the series. Check it out. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.3
|
Young Avengers (2013) | 4 issues |
8
|
Young Avengers (2013) #2
Mar 1, 2013 |
My one complaint -- and it's a minor one -- is that occasionally it feels like there's been a slight leap of logic between panels, especially in the second half. I'm still not 100% convinced on why exactly the trio travels to Asgardia, but despite the occasional little rough patch like that, "Young Avengers" #2 is still a lot of fun. And you know what? Fun isn't a good thing, it's a great thing. After all, this is a comic where the recap page is styled like a Tumblr dashboard; everyone involved is in on the entertainment of it all. So long as this book stays as stylish and upbeat as this, I know I'll be sticking around. I'm betting I'm not the only one, either. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
9
|
Young Avengers (2013) #4
Apr 24, 2013 |
Even the cover of "Young Avengers" #4 is a treat; the two sets of arrows zooming across the page feels very retro and mod, and the contrast between bow and laser is a nice touch on the two characters. Is there anything that "Young Avengers" can't do at this point? I think not. If you aren't reading "Young Avengers" you're missing out on one of the top superhero comics currently being published. Trust me, read this book. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Young Avengers (2013) #6
Jun 27, 2013 |
"Young Avengers" #6 is a fun way to take a sidestep from what we've seen so far, and have a guest artist flex her artistic muscles. Gillen and Brown have turned out a truly satisfying comic, and once again "Young Avengers" is defiantly showing other series how it should be done. I, for one, approve. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
8
|
Young Avengers (2013) #11
Oct 25, 2013 |
For an issue that's mostly setup, there's a lot to love about "Young Avengers" #11. Prodigy's network of contacts alone is worth the price of admission, as he works out how to assemble an army in the blink of an eye. It meshes well with the sort of themes you often see in Gillen's writing, but never feels forced or unordinary. Instead it's a smart and fun little moment that pulls together everything you know about the teenagers of the Marvel Universe. I wish all lead-ins to a big climactic storyline were as much fun as "Young Avengers" #11. I don't know who's going to follow Gillen and McKelvie with these characters, but they're going to have huge shoes to fill. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
5.0
|
Young Avengers Presents | 1 issues |
5
|
Young Avengers Presents #3
Apr 8, 2008 |
Ultimately, I think Aguirre-Sacasa and Urusov really do the best with the thankless task they're given. It's tough, because with no continuing storyline from one issue to the next, there's a real lack of a hook to make you want to keep reading, and that was always one of the strongest points of "Young Avengers" with Heinberg and Jim Cheung on board. Here, you get to the end of the issue and it's by no means bad, but you really do wish that the characters could finally be free of the holding pattern they're stuck in. A pity, really. Both the title and all the creators involved really deserve much more. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
4.0
|
Young X-Men | 2 issues |
4
|
Young X-Men #5
Aug 21, 2008 |
"Young X-Men" isn't a bad idea. There's certainly potential in the book, and I suspect next issue will be establishing the new status quo for the characters. But right now, it's too flat and lifeless. Guggenheim's normally much better than this (his ensemble-cast comic of "Resurrection" does a great job of touching on lots of characters in a single issue), so hopefully he'll start shedding the large numbers of guest-stars and focus on one or two characters and make us care about them. Right now? It's a big pot of blandness, and that's the worst thing possible. A bored reader will soon become an absent reader, and I'm on the verge of that right now. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Young X-Men #7
Oct 17, 2008 |
If there was ever a moment of, "Why am I still reading this book?" I'm afraid that this was probably it for me. After a lackluster five-part opening story, this two-part follow-up promised to set the book on track and show its new direction and line-up. Unfortunately, I think all that readers ended up with was another slow, dragged-out story. I want this book to succeed, but sometimes what you want and what you get are two different things entirely. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
1.0
|
Youngblood (2012) | 1 issues |
1
|
Youngblood (2012) #71
May 25, 2012 |
I'm glad that "Youngblood" #71 showed up well after "Prophet" and "Glory" were re-launched (the best two of the five titles), because if this had shown up first I might have assumed that all five comics would be business-as-usual. I understand that "Youngblood" is Liefeld's #1 baby and so the chances of it moving too far away from his original comics was slim. Nonetheless, this is still a huge disappointment. Writers like Casey and Moore have shown in the past that there's still something good to be done with "Youngblood," but this is most definitely not it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
6.3
|
Zatanna | 4 issues |
8
|
Zatanna #1
May 19, 2010 |
I said earlier that Dini didn't waste much time with exposition, but the one thing that "Zatanna" #1 does do is set up the status quo. At the end of this issue every new and old reader alike knows who she is, what she does, how strong her powers are. From here? Dini's got the rest of the series wide open to do whatever he wants. I'm looking forward to seeing it. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
6
|
Zatanna #3
Jul 27, 2010 |
Roux is taking a few months off while artists like Chad Hardin and Yanick Paquette step on board, and I'll definitely miss his art; hopefully he'll be back quickly. Half of the attraction of "Zatanna" is definitely his gorgeous renderings of Zatanna and her world. If Dini can step it up in Roux's absence, though, we might not even notice that Roux is gone. Bring on the magic! |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
7
|
Zatanna #9
Jan 27, 2011 |
I hate to say it, but in some ways I enjoyed the backup more than the main story this month. Chiang's art is still drop-dead gorgeous, but it feels like the wind has slightly gone out of the main story's sails. Fortunately, the backup is a solid, strong enough feature to make the book still end on a positive note. I'd rather have more full Dini and Chiang stories (or for that matter, a return of original artist Stephane Roux who is still MIA on interiors after his first three issues), but if we need more backup stories down the line, the return of Beechen and Igle would be welcomed. |
|
View Issue View Full Review | |
4
|
Zatanna #12
Apr 23, 2011 |
The saving grace in Sturges' script is when he has Zatanna talk about the magic of San Francisco. Never mind it feels like that it's Sturges stalling for time (it has utterly nothing to do with the rest of the issue), it's well-written and a cute little detour. If the rest of the issue was written as well, this might have been an overall better experience. Instead, this is a prime example of reading a comic specifically for the art. Dini, we'll be eagerly awaiting your return next month. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |
8.0
|
Zot!: The Complete Black and White Collection | 1 issues |
8
|
Zot!: The Complete Black and White Collection #1
Jul 15, 2008 |
Hopefully HarperCollins and McCloud will decide to eventually release a second volume with the color stories (as well as the Austen and Feazell contributions), but until then, I'm quite pleased with what they've done here. I've spent the last few days re-reading "Zot!" and enjoying the author notes that McCloud added into the volume, a commentary on each story and not only what his intentions were but what was happening in his life and career at that time. With a smart-looking trim size and a sharp design that includes cover flaps and a stark-but-beautiful cover, "Zot!: The Complete Black and White Collection" is an admirable addition to one's bookshelf. |
|
View Issue View Full Review |